Subscribe to the Bombay Chartered Accountant Journal Subscribe Now!

Learning Events at BCAS

1. 8th Long Duration Course on Goods and Services Tax held on 18th August 2025 to 17th November 2025 @ Virtual

The 8th Long Duration Course on GST- 2025, organised by the BCAS, was successfully conducted in a fully Virtual (Online mode) from 18th August, 2025 to 17th November, 2025. The programme was scheduled every Monday and was thoughtfully covered theoretical as well as practical aspects of GST, enabling the participants to gain a comprehensive understanding of the subject.

The course covered 24 pre-recorded training videos, each ranging from 90-120 minutes, along with 9 live interactive sessions. Each session was delivered by the proficient faculty having immense expertise in the field of indirect taxation. The course started with the levy under CGST & SGST, scope of supply & related definitions and covered various concepts such as ISD vs. Cross charge, E-way bills, Registration, Valuation Principles, refunds under GST, POS Services – Domestic & International, Appellate procedure, returns, Annual returns & reconciliation, etc.

The pre-recorded videos provided participants with the opportunity to learn at their own pace, grasp technical concepts in depth, and come prepared with queries for the live sessions. This significantly enhanced engagement during the sessions, allowing participants to highlight practical issues and discuss them with nearly 24 distinguished GST experts, who enriched the learning through their insights.

During the live sessions, the moderators effectively coordinated the flow of discussions, addressed questions raised by participants, and facilitated meaningful deliberations on the assigned topics. This interactive format encouraged collaborative learning and ensured that participants gained clarity on complex provisions of GST law.

The course received an overwhelming response, with 178 participants enrolling from various cities across the country. The consistently positive feedback shared by attendees at the conclusion of the programme serves as a strong motivation for us to continue designing and delivering more such knowledge-enhancing courses in the future.

BCAS Academy link: – https://academy.bcasonline.org/courses/8th-long-duration-course-on-goods-and-services-tax/

QR code:

8th Long Duration Course on Goods and Services Tax

2. The Family Offices Masterclass 2025 held on 15th November, 2025@ BCAS – Hybrid.

Family Office.

The Family Offices Masterclass 2025 explored the evolving structures, governance models, and regulatory considerations relevant to family offices in India and overseas. The masterclass witnessed strong participation with around 75 attendees present physically and over 235 participants joining virtually. The keynote address by CA (Dr.) Anup Shah emphasized the importance of long-term planning and cross-border readiness for wealth-owning families. CA Toral Shah explained foundational structuring options, including trusts, LLPs, companies, and governance elements for both single and multi-family offices. Adv. Poorvi Chothani discussed key global jurisdictions—UAE, Singapore, UK, US, and Portugal—highlighting regulatory nuances and practical considerations.

In the session on succession and estate planning, CA Falguni Shah covered wills, settlements, conflict management and case law insights relevant to business families. An interactive segment with Dr Srinath Sridharan provided perspectives on founder-successor dynamics and behavioural aspects illustrated through real-life experiences. Adv. Bijal Ajinkya addressed drafting and governance pitfalls with a focus on trust deeds, shareholder agreements, and fiduciary responsibilities.

Further, CA Mehul Bheda delivered an overview of domestic tax and regulatory issues relating to GAAR, POEM, AIFs and compliance challenges. The concluding session by CA Rutvik Sanghvi focused on cross-border tax and regulatory matters, including FEMA, DTAA application, NRI heirs, foreign trusts and global inheritance tax trends. The full-day masterclass concluded with an informal networking interaction.

3. Kung Fu Panda: Lessons on Life & Leadership held on Saturday, 8th November 2025 @ BCAS

Kung Fu Panda

The HRD Committee organised a unique and engaging session that brought together both CA members and CA students, creating a shared learning platform rooted in storytelling, reflection, and community interaction.

 

The event began with a movie screening of Kung Fu Panda, setting the stage for an open and thought-provoking discussion. Post the screening, participants reflected on powerful themes from Po’s journey—from overcoming self-doubt to discovering purpose—and how these ideas inspire us to embrace challenges as catalysts for growth.

The discussion encouraged attendees to interpret scenes through their own lens, drawing parallels to real-life challenges and personal evolution. Many participants shared their experiences and insights, making the discussion diverse and deeply relatable.

The session highlighted the power of self-belief, mentorship, resilience, and authenticity, seamlessly blending entertainment with impactful learning. It reaffirmed that some of the most meaningful lessons can emerge from the most unexpected narratives.

4. Full Day Workshop on Goods and Services Tax Appellate Tribunal (GSTAT) held on Saturday 01st November 2025 @ Hybrid.

Full Day Workshop on GST.

1. 125 participants from across 20 cities in India had registered for the workshop, with 37 participants enrolling for the physical event and the remaining participants enrolling virtually.

2. The first session covered the “Overview of the GSTAT framework”, including –

(a) Constitution of the GSTAT; Principal Bench; State Benches; Single and Division Benches.

(b) Distinguishing features between GSTAT, CESTAT and VAT / Sales Tax Tribunal.

3. The second session covered the “Significant and substantive aspects of GSTAT”, including appealable orders, timelines for filing appeals, the substantial changes proposed in the GSTAT Rules and their proposed functionality compared to the existing procedures in CESTAT, the inconsistencies between the provisions contained in the Act & Rules, etc..

4. The third session was on the technical subject of “Art of Drafting Pleadings”, where the speaker explained in detail the various fields in the appeal Form APL-05 and what information must be submitted therein, how the statement of facts and grounds of appeal must be drafted, care to be taken while preparing the appeal file, etc.

5. The fourth session covered the “Art of Advocacy” where the speaker explained the practical aspects of appearing before the Tribunal/ Courts, emphasizing how to conduct in court, realizing when to speak and when not to speak, the dual responsibility of the professionals, maintaining the decorum of the Court, operating ethically, etc..

The full-day workshop was completely interactive, with the faculty answering the queries raised by the participants.

BCAS Academy Link: https://academy.bcasonline.org/courses/workshop-on-goods-and-services-tax-appellate-tribunal-gstat-law-procedure-and-practice/

QR code:

Full Day Workshop on Goods and Services Tax Appellate Tribunal (GSTAT)

5. Indirect Tax Laws Study Circle on “GST Annual Return Critical Amendments and Compliance Insight” held on Tuesday, 28th October 2025 @ Virtual

The Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society had organized the following Study Circle Meeting under Indirect Taxes on 28th October 2025:

Group Leader: CA. Aman Haria, Mumbai

Mentor: CA. Rajat Talati, Mumbai

The group leader first presented the various changes made to the GST Annual Return relating to F.Y. 2024-25, followed by seven case studies covering the various aspects of reporting in the Annual Return and its implications.

The presentation covered the following aspects of the GST Annual Return for a detailed discussion:

  •  Changes made to GST Annual Return (GSTR-9) vide CGST (Third Amendment) Rules, 2025 w.e.f. 17.09.2025, including the FAQs released by GSTN.
  •  Implication on reporting in case of errors relating to the nature of supply (inter-State vs. intra-State), category of recipient (B2B vs. B2C), and non-disclosure of RCM liability made in the monthly GST returns
  •  Nuances and issues in reporting ITC in cases where taxpayers have reported ITC in their monthly returns by following Circular No. 170/02/2022-GST, dated 06.07.2022, vs. taxpayers who have not followed the said circular.
  •  Effect of amendment to invoices by suppliers on the values reported in Table 8 of GSTR-9.
  •  Effect of reporting ‘additional ITC reversal’ in Annual Return, which is found during finalisation of accounts.
  •  Implications of mandatory details required to be reported in GSTR-9 of F.Y. 2024-25, which may not be readily available to the taxpayer.
  •  Difference between reporting details of Table 8C and Table 13 of GSTR-9.
  •  Challenges in reporting details in Table 12 of GSTR-9C owing to changes made in GSTR-9.

Around 112 participants from all over India benefited while taking an active part in the discussion. Participants appreciated the efforts of the group leader and the mentor.

6. Finance, Corporate & Allied Laws Study Circle – Critical Issues Related to FCRA Laws for NPO held on Friday, 24th October 2025 @ Virtual.

On 24th October 2025, a virtual Study Circle meeting on “Critical Issues related to FCRA Laws for NPOs” was conducted with CA Khubi Shah Sanghvi as the speaker. She commenced the session by explaining the inception, scope and key definitions under the Foreign Contribution (Regulation) Act (FCRA), particularly the meaning of “foreign contribution” and “foreign source”. The discussion then moved to important periodic and event-based FCRA compliance and the relevant prescribed forms. The learned speaker provided valuable insights into critical aspects of registration, renewal, suspension, cancellation and surrender of FCRA registration, along with major reasons for rejection of applications. An in-depth analysis of the amendments made in 2020, 2024 and 2025 was shared, followed by a useful overview of the FATF Charter for Associations and expectations under the Charter for Chartered Accountants. Recent circulars, public notices and notifications were also highlighted, with the speaker addressing several practical compliance issues faced by NPOs. The session was highly informative and well-received by all attendees, with a total of 38 participants benefiting from the knowledge-sharing.

7. ITF Study Circle Meeting on “Nuances in Residential Status for Individuals – Income Tax Perspective” held on 14th October, 2025@ Virtual.

Chairman of the session – CA Mayur Nayak and Group Leaders: CA Nithin Surana and CA K Prasanna

The International Tax and Finance Study Circle organized a meeting (virtual mode) on 14 October 2025 to discuss the nuances in the Residential Status of Individuals from an Income Tax Perspective.

  •  The session opened with introductory remarks from the chairman on his initial views on the determination of residential status.
  •  As a precursor to the decision of DCIT vs. M Mahadevan [2025] 175 taxmann.com 383 (Chennai ITAT), the group leaders began with a quick look at the core principles for determining residential status as per Section 6 of the Income-tax Act 2025 (ITA 2025).
  •  The group leaders discussed the facts of the case, the contentions of the taxpayers and the tax authorities and the ruling by the Chennai ITAT in the case of. Mahadevan (supra).
  •  Further, the nuances about the concept of deemed residency & ‘liable to tax’ as per section 6(7) of ITA 2025 read with Article 4 of the OECD MTC.
  •  Deliberation was done on various connecting factors relevant to determining residential status as per OECD MTC.
  •  The chairman highlighted key points during crucial moments of the discussion and subsequently opened the floor for deliberation on the topic of ‘Split Residency’.
  •  Several participants shared their perspectives on the various implications of the ruling, and a range of divergent views emerged on multiple issues. The session was attended by a number of senior members of the fraternity. The discussion was lively and enriching for the participants.

The session closed with the concluding remarks made by the chairman.

8. Indirect Tax Laws Study Circle – Issues in Exports and Refunds Under GST held on Tuesday, 07th October 2025 @ Virtual

Group Leader: CA. Deepak Kothari
Mentor: CA. Jignesh Kansara

The group leader first presented the Law pertaining to Exports and Refunds under GST, followed by seven case studies covering the various aspects of Issues in Exports and Refunds under GST.

The presentation covered the following aspects of Refunds and Exports for a detailed discussion:

  •  Implications for delayed receipt of Foreign Exchange and its implications under GST under Rule 96 of the CGST Act 2017.
  •  Implication of the Commercial Invoice amount being higher than the value declared in the Shipping Bill owing to freight charges and its implication on the refund under GST.
  •  Interpretation of Intermediary and its implications under claiming refunds under GST, and discussion about erroneous refund and powers of the department in relation to the same.

Around 92 participants from all over India benefited while taking an active part in the discussion. Participants appreciated the efforts of the group leader and the mentor. Due to paucity of time, only three case studies were completed; hence, BCAS is planning a Second Session for the same.

9. Professional Accountant Course held on Saturday, 19th July 2025 to Sunday 5th October 2025 @ Guru Nanak College

Professional Accountant Course

The Professional Accountant Course, jointly conducted by the Human Resource Development Committee, DBM India, and Guru Nanak College, concluded with its certification ceremony on 10th October 2025.

The programme was spread across 20 sessions over the weekends, held at Guru Nanak College, aimed to bridge the gap between academic learning and professional application for undergraduate students aspiring to build careers in finance, taxation and accounting. The course sought to provide classroom learning with industry practices, building the competence required for emerging professionals. The sessions covered an overview of diverse topics across various domains, including Direct Tax, Auditing, GST, Corporate and Allied Laws, Accounting & MIS and Technology Applications for Accounting and Management Reporting, thoughtfully curated to provide a holistic understanding of accounting and finance.

Each session was designed to promote conceptual clarity through practical examples and interactive learning. The knowledge was delivered through engaging sessions conducted by eminent professionals. BCAS served as the Knowledge Partner, with members from various Committees across BCAS and other professionals volunteering their time and expertise to deliver high-quality sessions and mentor the participants. The programme received an enthusiastic response with 59 students from the college participating in these sessions.

A key highlight of the initiative is the Internship Assistance Programme, supported by BCAS, under which eligible students are being connected with CA firms and industry networks for internship placements. This initiative provides participants with an opportunity to experience hands-on learning and apply classroom concepts in real-world scenarios.

The Professional Accountant Course marks another milestone in BCAS’s ongoing efforts to strengthen student connect and build a bridge between academia and the profession, empowering students through learning, mentorship, and collaboration to become future-ready professionals.

10. Panel Discussion Webinar on implications of OBBBA on Indian NRIs and Indian companies investing in the USA held on Monday, 11th August 2025 @ Virtual

OBBBA 1

Moderator: CA Paresh Shah

Panellists: CPA Vinay Navani & CA Prathamesh Hegishte

The panel gave their insights on the recently enacted One Big Beautiful Bill Act, 2025, in the US. The discussion focused on the implications of the new law on the Indian entities wishing to invest in the US and US residents wishing to invest in India. Queries raised to the panellists were practical and relevant for people having business relationships with the USA. The panel also responded to other US tax-related queries of the participants.

More than 200 participants attended the panel discussion.

All the participants well received the program.

YouTube Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=D78cb9xGd2o&t

QR code:

OBBBA

II. REPRESENTATIONS

The Bombay Chartered Accountants Society (BCAS) submitted feedback on the Draft ECB Regulations to the RBI on 24th October, 2025. Key points:

  •  Eligible Borrower: Clarification sought on FDI-linked restrictions and statutory registration requirements.
  •  Lender Due Diligence: Recommended standardised procedures for non-compliant jurisdictions.
  •  Operational Clarity: Guidance requested on borrowing limits, pricing norms, and ALP applicability.
  •  Existing ECBs: Proposed enabling provisions for revised interest rates or reduced MAMP.
  •  Reporting & Monitoring: Clarification sought on ECB utilisation and parking procedures.

This submission underscores BCAS’s commitment to practical and member-friendly regulatory reforms.

QR Code:

REPRESENTATIONS

Readers can read the full representation by scanning the QR code or visiting our website www.bcasonline.org

III. BCAS INITIATIVES

1. “Are You Aware?” PODCAST Series.

The Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society continues its commitment to spreading knowledge and strengthening public understanding of complex international taxation matters. Through the “Are You Aware?” podcast series, the BCAS International Taxation Committee has been creating accessible, high-quality content on important cross-border tax and regulatory issues.

The latest podcast on the topic of Consequences of Non-Disclosure of Foreign Assets by CA Rutvik Sanghvi, CA Kartik Badiani, and CA Mahesh Nayak was released in the month of Oct 2025.

This episode dives deep into the legal, compliance, and procedural aspects of foreign asset disclosure, highlighting the implications of non-reporting under Indian tax law.

The other episodes in the series cover a wide spectrum of relevant topics, including:

  •  Global Taxation – Five decades of change & the road ahead by CA Hitesh Gajaria, in conversation with CA Pinakin Desai.
  •  Are You Aware? How to claim Foreign Tax Credit in India? by CA Divya Jokhakar, in conversation with CA Nilesh Kapadia.
  •  Are You Aware? Of Exposure to Foreign Companies under Indian Income-tax Act? by CA Divya Jokhakar, in conversation with CA Sushil Lakhani.
  •  FERA to FEMA & Beyond: Evolution of India’s Forex Laws – A conversation with CA Shri Dilip J Thakkar and CA Rutvik Sanghvi.

These initiatives reflect BCAS’s broader mission to contribute to society by promoting informed decision-making, voluntary compliance, and continuous professional development. The Society remains dedicated to offering resources that bring clarity to complex laws and empower stakeholders at all levels. To explore all episodes under the “Are You Aware?” podcast series, kindly scan the QR code below.

PODCAST

2. BCAS Library Now Open for Book Lending!

The Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society is pleased to reopen its Library Lending Service, welcoming members and students to rediscover the joy of reading. With a thoughtfully curated collection—from technical resources to enriching general reads—the library offers a space to learn, reflect, and grow.

Library Access at a Glance:

  •  Who Can Borrow? BCAS members and students
  •  Deposit: A one-time refundable ₹500
  •  Borrowing Allowance: One book per month
  •  Easy Returns: Drop-off at the BCAS office

We encourage members and students to explore the book list, understand the borrowing guidelines, and enrol to enjoy the benefits of this valuable resource.

Explore the Book List: https://lin-k.ai/BCAS-Library-List-2025x

QR code:

BOOK list

Library Enrollment Form & SOP: https://lin-k.ai/BCAS-Library-Enrollment-Form

QR code:

L Enrollment

IV. BCAS IN NEWS & MEDIA

• BCAS has been featured in several news and media platforms, showing our active involvement, professional contributions, and commitment to the field. This reflects the growing recognition of BCAS in the public and professional space.

Link: https://bcasonline.org/bcas-in-news/

QR Code:

News

Statistically Speaking

1. DIRECT TAX COLLECTIONS FOR FY 2025-26

DIRECT TAX COLLECTIONS FOR FY 2025-26

2. GLOBAL WEALTH INEQUALITY MEASURED BY GINI COEFFICIENT

GLOBAL WEALTH INEQUALITY MEASURED BY GINI COEFFICIENT

3. IPOs TREND IN FY 2025

Particulars Q4 FY25 Q3 FY25 Q2 FY25 Q1 FY25
No. of IPOs 11 30 26 13
Total funds raised * 165 955 344 166
Average
issue size*
15 32 13 13
Average total oversubscription (in times) 105 50 81 70
Average listing day gain/(loss) % 17% 28% 34% 33%
Money raised by PE backed IPOs 99 billion raised by 3 companies 174 billion raised by 5 companies 180 billion raised by 7 companies 109 billion raised by 7 companies
Total funds raised through Offer For Sale 147 billion

(58% of total funds)

643 billion (51% of total funds) 185 billion (45% of total funds) 120 billion (58% of total funds)

Source: KPMG in India Analysis, 2025 based on final offer documents filed with ROC

4. IPOs IN FY 24 AND FY 25

Particulars FY 25 FY 24
No of IPOs 80 76
Total funds raised 1630 619
Average issue size 20 8
Average total oversubscription (in times) 71 50
Average listing day gain/ loss (%) 29% 29%
Money raised by PE backed IPOs 562 billion raised by 22 companies 199 billion raised by 15 companies
Total funds raised
through OFS
1095 billion was raised through OFS constituting 51% of total funds 324 billion was raised through OFS constituting 42% of total funds

Source: KPMG in India Analysis, 2025 based on final offer documents filed with ROC

5. EDUCATION INDUSTRY IN INDIA

EDUCATION INDUSTRY IN INDIA

Regulatory Referencer

I. DIRECT TAX: SPOTLIGHT

1. Extension of timelines for filing of various reports of audit and Income Tax Returns (ITRs) for the Assessment Year 2025-26 – Circular No. 15/2025 dated 29 October 2025

The due date for furnishing Income Tax Return for Assessment Year 2025-26 for the assessee referred to in Clause (a) of Explanation 2 to Section 139(1) is extended from 31 October 2025 to 10 December 2025. Consequently, the specified date for furnishing of report of audit as specified under clause (ii) of Explanation to section 44AB of the Act for Assessment Year 2025-26 stands extended to 10 November 2025.

2. CBDT notified Agreement and Protocol between the Republic of India and the State of Qatar for the avoidance of double taxation and the prevention of fiscal evasion with respect to taxes on
income – Notification No. 154/2025 dated 24 October 2025

The agreement was signed in New Delhi on 18 February 2025 and entered into force on 10 September 2025. Its provisions will take effect in India and Qatar for income arising on or after the first day of the fiscal year immediately following its entry into force.

3. CBDT clarifies approved tolerance range for the variation between the calculated ALP and the actual transaction price for international or specified domestic transactions. – Notification No. 157/2025 dated 6 November 2025

If the variation does not exceed one percent of the actual price for wholesale trading, or three percent in all other cases, the actual transaction price will be deemed to be the ALP.

4. CBDT has notified the Protocol amending the Agreement and the Protocol between the Government of the Republic of India and the Government of the Kingdom of Belgium for the avoidance of double taxation and the prevention of fiscal evasion with respect to taxes on income. – Notification No. 160/2025 dated 10 November 2025

II. IFSCA

1. IFSCA amends Listing Regulations to extend validity of financial information in offer documents to 180 days

IFSCA has amended the existing IFSCA (Listing) Regulations, 2024 with modifications in certain regulatory timelines and penalty provisions for entities listed in an IFSC. Following are the amendments:

a. Regulation 16(8) – The financial information in the offer document shall not be older than ‘One hundred and Eighty’ days. Earlier, the no. of days were ‘One hundred and Thirty-Five’ days.

b. Regulations 25(2), 52(3) and 65 – No. of days for allotment of specified securities and payment of refunds have been increased to ‘Eight’ days from ‘Five’ days from the date of closing of the issue.

c. Regulations 96(2) and 107(2) now mandate that a Listed Entity must disclose its first half-yearly financial statements to stock exchanges within forty-five days from the end of first half-year, following board approval.

[Notification No. IFSCA/GN/2025/011, dated 13th October 2025]

2. IFSCA issues Stewardship Code framework for fund management entities and institutional investors in IFSC

IFSCA has with reference to Fund Management Regulations, 2024, issued Framework on Stewardship code in IFSC. The Code aims at guiding the regulated entities (Fund Management Entities) to align their practices with global standards for long-term value creation. The regulated entities may adopt the Stewardship Code as provided in Annexure-A, or as published by:

a. Financial sector regulator in their home jurisdiction

b. Financial sector regulator in India like SEBI, IRDAI and PFRDA

c. Statutory professional body like ICSI

The code shall substantially reflect the core principles under this code. Upon adoption of such Stewardship Code, the Regulated Entities must ensure regular and transparent reporting in accordance with the same on their website, and the same must be reported to the Authority.

[Notification No. IFSCA-AIF/132/2024 – Capital Markets, dated 23rd October 2025]

3. IFSCA seeks public input on new pension fund regulations to boost GIFT-IFSC as global hub

Upon recommendations by IFSCA, the government of India (GOI) has notified the ‘schemes operated by a Pension Fund’ as ‘financial product’. IFSCA has now introduced a consultation paper on the proposed IFSCA (Pension Fund), Regulations, 2025 for launch of Pension schemes from IFSC. The consultation paper is aimed at developing robust inclusive and forward-looking forex pension framework. It would also cater to the needs of 15 million NRIs, 19 million PIOs and foreign expatriates.

The proposed regulations include voluntary participation of subscribers in pension scheme, flexibility to determine the frequency and amount of contributions, variety of investment options and integrated pension plan with medical policies.

IFSCA invites comments and suggestions from stakeholders, market participants and general public. The feedback maybe submitted to IFSCA on or before 25th November, 2025.

[Press Release, dated 4th November, 2025]

4. IFSCA mandates AML / CFT certification for Designated Directors and Principal Officers

IFSCA has mandated that all Designated Directors and Principal Officers under the IFSCA [Anti-Money Laundering (AML), Countering the Financing of Terrorism (CFT) and KYC] Guidelines shall undergo the “NISM-IFSCA-01” certification course on AML/CFT.

[Notification No. IFSCA-DAC/8/2024-AMLCFT, dated 17th November 2025]

II. FEMA

1. RBI extends the time period for realisation & repatriation of full export value of goods/software/services from 9 to 15 months

The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) has issued FEM (Export of Goods & Services) (Second Amendments) Regulations, 2025 amending the FEM (Export of Goods & Services) Regulations, 2015. Following changes have been made:

a. Regulation 9 – The period of realisation and repatriation of export proceeds has been increased to ‘fifteen months’ from ‘nine months’.

b. Regulation 15 – The period for submission of various export-related documents has been increased to ‘three years’ from ‘one year’.

Essentially, exporters have been provided with a longer compliance window.

[Notification No. FEMA 23(R)/(7)/(2025-RB), dated 13th November, 2025]

2. RBI issued Trade Relief Measures Directions

2.1 The RBI recently issued the RBI (Trade Relief Measures) Directions, 2025 to ease the debt servicing challenges faced by exporters affected by global trade disruptions. These directions are applicable to Banks, NBFCS, Financial Institutions and Credit information companies. It extends relief measures to borrowers who –

a. are engaged in exports relating to specified impacted sectors; and

b. had an outstanding export credit facility from Regulated Entities (REs) as of 31st August 2025; and

c. the accounts with all REs were classified as ‘Standard’ as on 31st August 2025.

2.2 The REs shall frame a policy and can provide following relaxations:

a. Grant a moratorium on payment of all instalments, principal and interest, falling due between 1st September and 31st December 2025.

b. Defer recovery of interest for working capital facilities during above-mentioned period.

c. Recalculate the ‘drawing power’ in working capital facilities either by reducing the margins or basis reassessment, during the above period.

d. Enhancement in maximum credit period from one year to 450 days for pre-shipment and post-shipment export credit disbursed till March 31, 2026.

e. Allow liquidation of packing credit facilities availed by exporters on or before August 31, 2025, where dispatch of goods could not take place, from any legitimate alternate sources of such goods or substitution of contracts with the proceeds of another export order.

Apart from the above, there are relaxations provided by way of Asset Classification & Provisioning by REs and certain Disclosure Requirements for REs.

[DOR.STR.REC.60/21.04.048/2025-26 dated 14th November 2025]

Address Verification

Arjun : O’ Lord ! Where are you? I am not finding your anywhere.

Shrikrishna : Parth, I am here !

Arjun : Here means where? I went to your house also; but you were not there!

Shrikrishna : Arjun, you very well know that I am everywhere! Whenever my devotee calls me, I rush to his rescue.

Arjun : Yes, Bhagwan. You are Omnipotent.

Shrikrishna : Yes. Now I am here before you. Tell me what happened?

Arjun : Lord, the problem is of verification of address only. Everywhere, there is a hype of KYC!

Shrikrishna : Ha! Ha!! Ha!!!

Arjun : My CA friend is in deep trouble. About 10 years ago, a few clients approached him for incorporation of a private limited company.

Shrikrishna : Ok. What next?

Arjun : You know, for incorporation, many documents are required and a CA or other professional is required to certify that all documents are in order. He has also to verify and verified the location of proposed registered office.

Shrikrishna : Fair enough!

Arjun : After incorporation, the promoters used my friend’s services for a couple of years – to obtain GST registration, other registrations and so on.

Shrikrishna : Good.

Arjun : Last 8 years, the promoters were totally out of contact. They would have engaged another CA!

Shrikrishna : Nothing uncommon.

Arjun : Now, it appears that the company did some shady deals and dodged the revenue for a huge amount! The investigating authorities visited the registered office and found that there were no business operations there. They interrogate the landlord. He denied any connection with the company. He said the NO Objection Certificate submitted by the company at the time of incorporation was a fake one! He had never signed such NOC. His signature could be a forged one!

Shrikrishna : Oh! Horrible.

Arjun : That’s why I was looking for you at your address!

Shrikrishna : (laughs) I agree, Arjun. This is a serious matter.

Arjun : We have to proceed in good faith when the clients give us such document. The place was very much there. Rent agreement was notarised. What more are we expected to verify?

Shrikrishna : True. I am told there are many similar cases coming up.

Arjun : During Covid time, it was not even feasible to personally visit any place.Moreover, the place may be situated at a distant location, perhaps in another city! That makes our responsibility endless!

Shrikrishna : Now, you people only will have to evolve a system of verification. Just check standards on secretarial practices issued by Institute of Company Secretaries of India.

Arjun : I understand that. But for a relatively small thing, too much of a burden! And the worst part is that the regulators try to rope the CAs also in a criminal conspiracy or abetment!

Shrikrishna : That is very alarming.

Arjun : Now, this my friend may be ultimately absolved; but he has to undergo the torturous proceedings for many years! Perhaps, henceforth, we will have to record the discussion with the landlord or gather ‘third party evidence’ by writing to him.

Shrikrishna : Yes, Arjun. In this kaliyuga, you have no choice! And despite all these precautions, anything may happen on which you have no control.

Arjun : Lord you will say ‘कर्मण्येवाधिकारस्ते मा फलेषु कदाचन

Shrikrishna : In this case, it is also likely that the owner may have given a negative statement out of fear.

Arjun : Exactly. Such chances are bright. Otherwise, over a period of 8 years, There would certainly be some correspondence at that address. Everything is very strange, Bhagwan.

Shrikrishna : I agree. It is ‘Maya ‘. In kaliyuga, anything can happen! The only lesson is that you need to be more cautious!

Arjun : Bhagwan, please save me.

This dialogue is based on a practical case involving factual verification of place of registered office; and how totally unforeseen things happen. Members are advised to make the verification fool-proof.

Miscellanea

1. ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE

#Elon Musk’s xAI launches Grokipedia, a free AI-powered rival to Wikipedia

xAI, Elon Musk’s artificial intelligence company, has launched Grokipedia, a free AI-powered online encyclopedia designed as a direct rival to Wikipedia. Musk has long criticized Wikipedia for what he calls “woke” bias and inaccuracies caused by human editing. He argues that an encyclopedia written and maintained entirely by AI represents a “massive improvement” and is “super important for civilisation” because it reduces subjective human influence.

Grokipedia currently contains over 885,000 articles, initially sourced from Wikipedia under its Creative Commons license, with clear attribution. xAI plans to phase out reliance on Wikipedia by the end of 2025 and generate fully independent content using its Grok models. Unlike Wikipedia’s open-editing system, users cannot directly edit articles; they can only suggest changes or report errors. The service is accessible via web browsers, with no mention of mobile apps yet.

(Source: India Express – dated 28 October 2025)

#Google claims first verifiable quantum advantage for willow chip

Google has announced a groundbreaking achievement with its Willow quantum processor, claiming the first “verifiable” quantum advantage over classical computers. This milestone demonstrates that Willow can outperform the world’s fastest supercomputers in a practical task involving a specialized algorithm called Quantum Echoes, based on out-of-time-order correlators (OTOC). The algorithm ran approximately 13,000 times faster than the best classical algorithms on the world’s fastest supercomputers for a specific task. The OTOC measures how quantum information spreads, scrambles, and echoes back in a highly chaotic system, allowing Willow to complete complex simulations—such as atomic interactions observable via nuclear magnetic resonance—in mere hours, compared to over three years for classical systems on 65 qubits. This verifiable nature means the results can be independently repeated by other quantum setups or confirmed through physical experiments, drawing a clear boundary between quantum and classical computational limits due to inherent quantum interference effects.

The implications of Willow’s success are profound for quantum computing, particularly in fields like drug discovery and materials science, where it enables “Hamiltonian learning”—essentially fingerprinting a quantum system’s underlying rules to model complex chemical reactions or novel materials with unprecedented accuracy. By inserting random operations to test phase jiggles in quantum waves, the experiment confirmed signals from many-body quantum effects that classical methods cannot replicate. Google CEO Sundar Pichai hailed it as a pivotal step toward real-world applications, with details published in an open-access Nature paper. While the breakthrough awaits broader validation, it underscores Willow’s advanced superconducting qubit control and positions quantum tech closer to practical utility, though challenges in scalability remain.

(Source: Hindu.com dated 30 October 2025)

2. WORLD NEWS

#Harry and Meghan, Steve Bannon and More Sign Petition Urging AI ‘Superintelligence’ Ban

Hundreds of prominent figures from diverse backgrounds, including billionaires, AI pioneers, Nobel laureates, former U.S. officials, and media personalities, have signed a petition spearheaded by the non-profit Future of Life Institute. The initiative calls for an immediate ban on developing AI superintelligence—systems surpassing human cognitive abilities—until scientists achieve consensus on ensuring its safety and controllability, alongside robust public input. Key signatories include Richard Branson, Apple co-founder Steve Wozniak, Prince Harry and Meghan Markle, conservative commentators Glenn Beck and Steve Bannon, AI experts Yoshua Bengio and Geoffrey Hinton, and former national security advisor Susan Rice. The petition underscores the need for AI designs that prevent harm from misalignment or misuse, highlighting a rare cross-ideological unity on the risks posed by unchecked AI advancement.

The urgency stems from the breakneck pace of frontier AI progress, with experts warning that such systems could outthink most humans within years and potentially lead to existential threats like human extinction. Signatories like Bengio stress the importance of scientific safeguards and democratic oversight, while AI researcher Stuart Russell frames it as a push for verifiable safety protocols rather than an outright technological halt.

Notably absent is Elon Musk, a past donor and advisor to the institute who leads his own AI firm, xAI. Public sentiment bolsters the call, with U.S. polls showing 80% support for government AI safety regulations—even if they slow innovation—and 64% opposing superintelligent AI until proven safe. This echoes the institute’s 2023 plea for pausing massive AI experiments, signalling growing momentum for global AI governance.

(Source: Forbes 22 October 2025)

2. ENVIRONMENT

November 2025’s biggest environmental story was COP30 in Belém, Brazil (Nov 10–21), the first climate summit held in the Amazon. World leaders pledged faster fossil-fuel phaseouts, $100 billion in annual climate finance, and progress on a global plastics treaty, while Morocco’s ratification triggered the High Seas Treaty for ocean protection starting 2026. However, Brazil faced fierce backlash for bulldozing ~100,000 trees to build a highway for delegates, drawing accusations of greenwashing.

Meanwhile, global CO2 emissions are set to hit a record 42.2 billion tonnes in 2025, extreme weather killed dozens in the Philippines, Indonesia, and Europe, and Antarctic ice melt accelerated. On the positive side, electric vehicles reached 25% of UK car sales, Colombia declared the entire Amazon a protected reserve, and new “MISO” bacteria were found that naturally clean toxic sulfide pollution.

(Source: bbc.com – 14 November 2025)

Accounting Treatment of Foreign Exchange Gain/Loss on a Disputed Foreign Creditor Balance under Indian Accounting Standards

The article analyses the correct accounting treatment for disputed foreign-currency trade payables under Ind AS 37 and Ind AS 21. When a quality dispute makes the final settlement uncertain, the liability is no longer a standard trade payable but becomes a provision, since the obligation exists, an outflow is probable, and a reliable estimate—such as a 30–40% settlement—is available (paras in full text). Only this best-estimated amount represents the carrying value under Ind AS 37. The remaining portion becomes a contingent liability, disclosed but not recognised. This estimated foreign-currency liability is a monetary item, which must then be re-translated at the closing rate under Ind AS 21, with resulting exchange differences recorded in profit or loss. The article contrasts this correct method with the incorrect practice of translating the full invoiced amount, and explains auditor expectations under SA 540, disclosure requirements, and the financial-statement impact.

Consider a common yet challenging scenario: a company procures goods from a foreign supplier, and a liability is recorded in a foreign currency. Subsequently, a significant dispute emerges over the quality of the supplies, leading to negotiations. Management, supported by robust evidence and ongoing communication, concludes that the final settlement will be a fraction of the amount originally invoiced.

This situation presents a critical accounting dilemma that strikes at the heart of the “true and fair view” principle. At the reporting date, the auditor come across with the common question: should the period-end foreign exchange (forex) impact be calculated on the full, legally invoiced liability, or on management’s best estimate of the probable settlement amount?

This article provides a definitive analysis of this issue, navigating the intricate interplay between Indian Accounting Standard (Ind AS) 37, Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets, and Ind AS 21, The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates.

The core thesis is that the correct accounting treatment is not a matter of choice between two alternative bases for forex calculation. Instead, it demands a sequential application of these two standards. First, the principles of Ind AS 37 must be applied to determine the appropriate carrying amount of the liability, based on the best estimate of the expected outflow. It is only this adjusted carrying amount that constitutes the monetary item to be subsequently re-translated under the mandatory requirements of Ind AS 21.

Using the Ind AS 37 Framework:

ESTABLISHING THE OBLIGATION:

While the obligation originated as a standard trade payable, the introduction of significant uncertainty regarding the final settlement amount transforms its accounting character, bringing it firmly within the purview of Ind AS 37. Ind AS 37 defines a provision as “a liability of uncertain timing or amount”. This uncertainty is the key feature that distinguishes provisions from other liabilities such as trade payables or accruals, where the amount and timing of the settlement are largely known.

In the scenario under review, the company has a clear liability to its foreign creditor. However, the dispute over quality has rendered the final settlement amount uncertain. The original invoice value no longer represents a certain future outflow. This transformation of a certain liability into an uncertain one is the critical event that triggers the application of Ind AS 37’s recognition and measurement rules.

For a provision to be recognized, Ind AS 37 stipulates that three cumulative criteria must be met which are as follows:

1. A present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event:

The “past event” or “obligating event” is the initial receipt of goods under a commercial contract. This event created a legal obligation to pay the supplier. The subsequent dispute does not extinguish this present obligation; rather, it introduces uncertainty about the quantum of resources required to settle it. The obligation to the creditor continues to exist at the reporting date.

2. It is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation:

The term “probable” in the context of Ind AS 37 means “more likely than not”. In the given situation, settlement negotiations are underway, and management anticipates, based on ongoing negotiations, a payment of 30-40% of the outstanding balance. This clearly indicates that an outflow of resources is not merely possible but probable.

3. A reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation:

The management’s estimate of a 30-40% settlement is not a speculative guess. It is substantiated by ongoing communications with the creditor and an assessment of the merits of the quality dispute. This demonstrates that a sufficiently reliable estimate can be made, even if it is a range rather than a single point figure.

Provision vs. Contingent Liability

It is crucial to distinguish this situation from a contingent liability. A contingent liability is defined as either a possible obligation whose existence is yet to be confirmed, or a present obligation that is not recognized because an outflow of resources is not probable or the amount cannot be measured with sufficient reliability.

In this case, the obligation is present (not possible), and the outflow is probable (not remote or merely possible). Therefore, the liability must be recognized as a provision, not merely disclosed as a contingent liability. The core issue is one of measurement uncertainty, not existence or probability.

By correctly identifying the disputed payable as a provision, we establish that its accounting is no longer governed by the face value of the original invoice. Instead, it must be measured according to the specific principles laid out in Ind AS 37.

The amount not classified as a provision i.e., balance 60-70% will fall under the category of contingent liability. As contingent liability is defined as a possible obligation whose existence is yet to be confirmed, or a present obligation that is not recognized because an outflow of resources is not probable or the amount cannot be measured with sufficient reliability. The difference between total invoice value and amount already classified as a provision may turn into possible obligations once the matter under consideration finalised and hence it is contingent upon the future events and classified as a contingent liability in the notes to the financial statements.

DETERMINING THE BEST ESTIMATE:

Having established that the disputed liability is a provision, the next critical step is to determine its carrying amount at the reporting date. This is the central element that directly informs the subsequent foreign currency translation. Ind AS 37 provides clear, albeit judgement-intensive, guidance on this measurement.

Paragraph 36 of Ind AS 37 is unequivocal: “The amount recognised as a provision shall be the best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present obligation at the end of the reporting period.” Now, this is a departure from the historical cost or invoice value, focusing instead on a realistic assessment of the future economic outflow.

For a single, one-off obligation, such as the settlement of a lawsuit or a disputed claim, Paragraph 40 of Ind AS 37 further clarifies that the best estimate of the liability may be the “individual most likely outcome”.

The facts of the scenario provide compelling evidence to support an estimate that is significantly lower than the full liability:

  • Management’s Assessment: The management team, being closest to the negotiations, holds the view that the full amount is not payable.
  • Corroborating Communications: This view is not merely an internal opinion; it is “backed by the communications taking place between the supplier and the company.” This documented correspondence is a key piece of audit evidence.
  • Creditor’s Concession: Most significantly, the foreign creditor has expressed “a reluctance on their part to receive the full amount, citing concerns regarding the poor quality of supplies.” This is a powerful admission that corroborates the company’s position and strengthens the reliability of a lower settlement estimate.
  • Specific Range: The estimate is not an arbitrary number but a specific range of 30-40%, indicating a degree of precision based on the negotiation status.

This body of evidence strongly suggests that the “most likely outcome” is a settlement within the 30-40% range. Recognizing a liability for the full 100% of the invoice value would ignore this evidence and would not represent the “best estimate” of the future economic outflow. It would, in fact, overstate the company’s liabilities and understate its equity, failing to present the economic substance of the situation. The principle of substance over form dictates that the financial statements must reflect the probable economic outflow, not merely the legal claim on the original invoice.

Therefore, the carrying amount of the liability must be adjusted at the reporting date to reflect this best estimate. For instance, if the range is 30-40%, management might use the mid-point of 35% as the best estimate, subject to further evidence. It is this adjusted amount in the foreign currency that represents the true liability for financial reporting purposes. It is also important to recognize that this estimate is not static; it must be reviewed at each subsequent reporting date and adjusted to reflect the current best estimate as negotiations evolve, or new information becomes available.

Using the Ind AS 21 Framework:

With the carrying amount of the liability determined under Ind AS 37, the focus shifts to Ind AS 21 to address the foreign currency translation. Ind AS 21 does not create provisions; it prescribes the methodology for translating existing assets and liabilities. The output of the Ind AS 37 measurement process becomes the direct input for the Ind AS 21 translation process.

DETERMINING MONETARY ITEM

Ind AS 21 applies different translation rules for monetary and non-monetary items. A monetary item is defined as “units of currency held and assets and liabilities to be received or paid in a fixed or determinable number of units of currency”. The provision for the disputed liability, although an estimate, represents an obligation to pay a determinable amount of foreign currency units (e.g., 35% of the original invoice value). The uncertainty lies in the final quantum, but once estimated under Ind AS 37, it becomes a determinable amount for translation purposes. It is, therefore, a monetary item.

SUBSEQUENT MEASUREMENT:

Paragraph 23 of Ind AS 21 states that at the end of each reporting period, “foreign currency monetary items shall be translated using the closing rate”. The closing rate is the spot exchange rate at the end of the reporting period. There is no alternative treatment or policy choice available.

Paragraph 28 of Ind AS 21 further mandates that “Exchange differences arising on the settlement of monetary items or on translating monetary items at rates different from those at which they were translated on initial recognition shall be recognised in profit or loss in the period in which they arise”.

The accounting standards require an entity to first determine the correct carrying amount of the liability in the foreign currency using the “best estimate” principles of Ind AS 37. This amount is the monetary item. This monetary item must then be translated into the functional currency at the closing rate as required by Ind AS 21. The resulting exchange difference is recognised in the statement of profit and loss. There is no conceptual basis for applying the closing exchange rate to the original, full invoice amount, as that amount does not represent the entity’s probable future obligation and is not the liability’s carrying amount at the reporting date.

ILLUSTRATIVE EXAMPLE:

Assume Company A, whose functional currency is the Indian Rupee (INR), purchased goods from a foreign supplier for 100,000 units of a foreign currency (FC) when the exchange rate was 1 FC = INR 80. A dispute over quality arises before the year-end.

  • Initial Transaction:

Liability recognized = FC 100,000

Liability in functional currency = 100,000 × 80 = INR 8,000,000

  • Dispute and Re-estimation (Application of Ind AS 37):

Based on negotiations, management’s best estimate for settlement is 35% of the invoice value, i.e., FC 35,000.

The liability is written down by FC 65,000 (100,000 – 35,000).

A gain on remeasurement of the provision is recognized in P&L: 65,000 FC×80 INR/FC = 5,200,000 INR.

The new carrying amount of the provision is FC 35,000, which is carried in the books at 35,000 FC×80 INR/FC = 2,800,000 INR.

FC 65,000 is Contingent Liability that needs to be converted into INR at each reporting date and that amount will be disclosed in Notes to Accounts. No impact in the Profit & Loss Accounts to be given for conversion of FC 65,000 as the same is not recognised liability.

  • Year-End Translation (Application of Ind AS 21):

The closing exchange rate at year-end is 1 FC = 83 INR.

The provision of FC 35,000 is re-translated at the closing rate: 35,000 FC×83 INR/FC = INR 2,905,000.

The exchange difference is calculated as the difference between the re-translated amount and the current carrying amount: 2,905,000 − 2,800,000 = INR 105,000.

An exchange loss of 105,000 INR is recognized in P&L.

Particulars Incorrect Approach (Forex on Full Amount) Correct Approach (Forex on Best Estimate) Impact on Financials
1. Initial Liability (FC) 100,000 100,000
2. Initial Liability (INR @ 80) 8,000,000 8,000,000
3. Remeasurement of Provision (Ind AS 37) Not performed. Liability kept at 100,000 FC. Liability adjusted to 35,000 FC. Gain of 5,200,000 INR recognized in P&L. Correct approach recognizes the gain from the dispute resolution estimate immediately.
4. Year-End Liability (FC) 100,000 35,000
5. Year-End Liability (INR @ 83) 8,300,000 2,905,000 Incorrect approach overstates year-end liability by 5,395,000 INR.
6. Forex Loss for the Period (300,000) (105,000) Incorrect approach overstates the forex loss by 195,000 INR, creating artificial P&L volatility.
Net P&L Impact (300,000) Loss +5,095,000 Gain Highlights the massive difference in reported profitability and the misleading nature of the incorrect approach.

The Auditor’s Lens

The measurement of a provision for a disputed liability is a significant accounting estimate, and as such, it will be subject to scrutiny under the Standards on Auditing (SAs), particularly SA 540, Auditing Accounting Estimates, Including Fair Value Accounting Estimates, and Related Disclosures.

SA 540 requires the auditor to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence to evaluate whether accounting estimates are reasonable in the context of the financial reporting framework. A high degree of professional skepticism is required, especially for estimates that involve significant judgment, are complex, or are susceptible to management bias. A disputed liability, where management’s estimate directly impacts reported profit, is a prime example of an area requiring heightened skepticism. The auditor must challenge the assumptions and methodologies used by management rather than simply accepting them.

Given the inherent uncertainty in predicting the outcome of a negotiation or legal dispute, this type of provision is characterized by high estimation uncertainty. This elevates the matter to a “significant risk” in the auditor’s assessment, warranting a more robust and detailed audit response.

To gain assurance over the reasonableness of management’s “best estimate,” the auditor must perform a range of procedures to corroborate the assumptions and data used. These procedures would typically include:

  • Review of Correspondence: Scrutinizing all written communication (emails, letters, meeting notes) between the company and the foreign creditor to find consistent evidence supporting the dispute’s validity and the estimated settlement range.
  • External Confirmation: Requesting direct confirmation from the creditor regarding the outstanding balance and the status of the dispute. While a standard confirmation may not be fully effective, a carefully worded inquiry can provide valuable evidence.
  • Legal Counsel Evaluation: Obtaining and critically evaluating the opinion of the company’s external or internal legal counsel regarding the legal merits of the dispute and the likely range of outcomes.
  • Review of Board Minutes: Inspecting minutes of meetings of the Board of Directors or its audit committee to understand the governance and oversight of the dispute resolution strategy and to confirm consistency with management’s representations.
  • Developing an Independent Estimate: The auditor may develop their own independent point estimate or range of reasonable outcomes to compare against management’s estimate. A significant divergence would require further investigation.

Management must be prepared to provide a comprehensive file of evidence that triangulates information from internal assessments, external communications, and specialist opinions. Without such evidence, the auditor may be unable to conclude that the estimate is reasonable, potentially leading to a qualification in the audit report.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS PRESENTATION:

  • Balance Sheet: The provision, measured at its best estimate and translated at the closing rate, should be presented as a liability. Its classification as current or non-current will depend on the expected timing of the settlement. If a settlement is anticipated within the next twelve months, it would be classified as a current liability.
  • Statement of Profit and Loss: Two distinct impacts would be presented.

First, the gain arising from the remeasurement of the provision (the write-down from the full invoice value to the best estimate) should be recognized.

Second, the foreign exchange gain or loss arising from the re-translation of this best estimate at the closing rate should be presented. The nature of both items should be clearly explained in the notes.

● Disclosure in Notes to Accounts

A reconciliation (roll-forward) of the provision: This table would show the carrying amount at the beginning of the period, the effect of the remeasurement (the write-down), the foreign exchange adjustment for the period, and the closing balance.

A brief description of the nature of the obligation: This narrative would explain that the provision relates to a disputed payable with a foreign creditor arising from concerns over the quality of goods supplied.

The expected timing of any resulting outflows: For example, “Management expects the dispute to be settled and the resulting payment to be made in the second half of the next financial year.”

An indication of the uncertainties and major assumptions: This is a critical disclosure. The company must disclose the uncertainties surrounding the final settlement amount and timing. Crucially, it must also disclose the major assumptions made in arriving at the best estimate, such as the basis for the 30-40% settlement range.

CONCLUSION:

The accounting treatment for a disputed liability denominated in a foreign currency is a complex issue that requires a disciplined and sequential application of Ind AS principles.

The process begins with Ind AS 37, which dictates that once a dispute introduces uncertainty, the liability must be treated as a provision and measured at the “best estimate” of the expenditure required for settlement. This best estimate, supported by all available evidence, becomes the new carrying amount of the liability in its foreign currency.

Subsequently, Ind AS 21 mandates that this monetary item be translated into the functional currency using the closing exchange rate at the reporting date, with any resulting exchange difference recognized in profit or loss.

Therefore, the definitive answer to the core question is that the forex impact must be calculated on the proposed or best-estimated settlement amount, as this is the amount that faithfully represents the entity’s present obligation at the reporting date. Applying forex calculations to the full, undisputed liability i.e., an amount the entity has no probable expectation of paying would fundamentally misrepresent the entity’s financial position, its performance, and its true exposure to foreign currency risk. Such a treatment would contravene the core tenets of both Ind AS 37 and Ind AS 21 and would ultimately fail the overarching test of presenting a true and fair view.

Trust & FEMA Who Owns Trust Property – Trustee Or Beneficiary?

The article analyses ownership of trust property under the Indian Trusts Act and its implications for FEMA. A trust is not a separate entity and cannot own property; instead, the trustee is the legal owner solely in a fiduciary capacity, holding the property for the benefit of beneficiaries. Beneficiaries do not own the trust property but possess a beneficial interest, which is transferable and treated as a distinct form of property. Supreme Court decisions confirm that a trustee’s ownership is limited to administration, while beneficiaries are the real owners in substance. For FEMA purposes, settlement of property into a trust is treated as a gift from settlor to beneficiaries, not trustees. Accordingly, FEMA applies wherever any party (settlor, trustee, beneficiary) or the property is outside India. Transfers must comply with LRS limits, overseas investment rules, and RBI permissions. RBI has clarified that whatever is permissible directly to a non-resident can also be done through a trust, subject to the same restrictions.

INTRODUCTION

Under FEMA, all current account transactions are permitted except where specifically prohibited or regulated. All capital account transactions are prima facie prohibited except where specifically permitted.

APPLICABILITY OF FEMA:

Where the settlor, trustees, beneficiaries are all Indian residents, and trust property is situated in India; FEMA is not applicable. However, if any of the three categories of persons is a non-resident or if the property is a foreign property, FEMA is applicable. For example, if the settlor, trustees and the beneficiaries are Indian residents, but the property is a foreign property; it is a capital account transaction. One has to examine overseas investment rules to ascertain whether the transaction is permissible or not. Similarly, if the settlor and trustees are Indian residents, property is situated in India, but one or more beneficiaries are non-residents; FEMA is applicable. Again, one will have to examine the applicable provisions of FEMA.

TRANSACTIONS THROUGH TRUST:

Can one say that whatever is permitted to individuals; a similar transaction is permissible through a trust? In this matter, the Reserve Bank of India has responded to a query sent to it. Full texts are reproduced in this article. In short, the answer says whatever is permissible for the individual can be transacted through a trust. As a corollary, whatever is not permissible to an individual, cannot be done through a trust. Thus, consider an illustration; Indian resident father wants to settle a trust where the beneficiaries will be his non-resident son and his family. Under LRS, the Indian resident can make a gift to the non-resident relatives upto $ 250,000 per year. If he settles a trust and contributes upto $ 250,000 per year, it is permissible. However, if the Indian resident settles in a trust an amount exceeding $ 250,000; it would be a violation of FEMA. If shares in an Indian company are to be settled in a trust then nothing can be done without prior permission of Reserve Bank of India. If one or more house property / properties is/are to be settled, any number of properties can be settled without RBI permission. can be done irrespective of the value of the property and without specific permission from RBI. If shares of a foreign company are to be gifted, the same can be gifted irrespective of the value involved.  This subject has attracted different opinions. Hence the author is elaborating his view. The readers may study & take an informed independent decision.

Under FEMA, it is an unwritten cardinal principle: whatever is transacted, should be bonafide in substance.

The query raised under Indian Trust Act is: When a property is settled in a private family trust, who becomes the owner of the Trust Property: Trust, Trustees or Beneficiaries?  In other words, the settlor is gifting the property to the trustee or to the beneficiary? Based on the answer to this query, FEMA applicability may be determined. This is a specific query on the subject covered above. We therefore need to examine the Indian Trust Act and FEMA.

Ownership Rights over Trust Property.

Indian Trust Act (ITA). Let us take the issue in the summary above. Answer to this issue will determine answers about applicability of FEMA.

  1. “Trust” is only a Relationship. It is not an entity. Hence a Trust cannot hold property.
  2. Trustee is the legal owner of trust property in a fiduciary capacity. Section 3 of Indian Trust Act (ITA). A “trust” is an obligation annexed to the ownership of property, and arising out of a confidence reposed in and accepted by the trustee” So trustee is the Legal Owner of the trust property.

While trustee is the owner of the trust property, the ownership is not absolute. It has annexed “Obligation” to use & manage the property for the benefit of the beneficiaries as specified by the settlor. He has NO personal right, title or interest in trust property. Trustee cannot use trust property for personal benefit – Section 51. If a trustee uses a trust property or income for his personal benefit, it will amount to a “Breach of Trust”. Trustee’s “Ownership” of trust property is NOT transferable.

Objective of the Indian Trust Act (ITA) in making the trustee as “Legal Owner” is to facilitate his management of Trust property. One has to look at a law and its purpose. A decision on one issue under one law may not be applicable for a similar issue under another law. (See S.C. decision in State Bank of India vs. West Bengal secretary. Civil Appeals Nos. 3573-74 of 1988. D/d. 24.2.1994.)  Beneficiaries may be minor or otherwise unable to manage and preserve trust property. Hence Trustee is given “Legal Ownership”. But this is only for management & not for personal enjoyment.

Trustee has a “fiduciary” relationship with beneficiaries. It is trustee’s duty to manage the trust property for the benefit of the beneficiaries. When the settlor settles a trust, he is not making any gift to the trustees. He is gifting the property to the beneficiaries subject to management by trustees. He appoints trustees and the trustees accept an obligation to preserve and protect the property for the benefit of the beneficiaries. Beneficiaries enjoy the benefits of the trust.

3. Beneficiary: Under Indian Trust Act, a beneficiary does not have any ownership rights over trust property – neither legal nor beneficial. But he has a Beneficial Interest in trust property. This interest is transferable – section 58; and its value depends on trust property & trust income. Hence beneficial interest is valuable. Any financial interest that is valuable & transferable is a “property” and is subject to the applicable laws.

4. Beneficial Interest: Different laws in India have created different kinds of rights over any property. Let us compare & contrast a few kinds of rights.

5. Types of Ownership

Personal Ownership. When a person has absolute, personal ownership of any property, he can use the same and deal with the same as he likes it. He does not need any one’s permission for sale or gift of the property. Compared to this personal ownership, the beneficiary has no ownership over trust property. He cannot sell or mortgage the property. He can enjoy the benefits of the property as directed in the trust deed.

Company: A company incorporated under Companies Act of India, is a separate legal entity. All the properties of the company are owned by the company. Shareholder does not have an ownership of company’s property. Shareholder, in his capacity of the shareholder cannot sell, mortgage or even use the company’s property. Shareholder owns shares in the company. Shares are a new kind of property created by the Companies Act. They are different from “Personal Ownership of property” and different from titles of partners, trustees etc. Shareholder can sell his shares in a company. But even if he holds 100% shares in a company, he, in his capacity as a shareholder, cannot sell company’s property. Shares in a company are a different property as compared to the properties owned by the company.

Beneficial Interest in a Trust: Beneficial interest is a separate property compared to the trust property. The beneficiary has no Ownership of trust property. He, in his capacity as a beneficiary, cannot sell or deal with the trust property. And yet, entire trust property and trust income are meant for beneficiaries as a group. Beneficiary can transfer his beneficial interest (Section 58) and no one can prevent beneficiary’s right to transfer his interest.

Company provides separation between ownership & management. Indian Trust Act provides a different kind of “Separation between Ownership and Management.” Both are quite different structures. Company is a commercial structure. Trust is generally, a family matter. Trust is created for a different objective – generally, a property is entrusted to a reliable person (trustee) to take care of persons who may not be able to take care of themselves (beneficiaries.) Under Trust Act, Beneficial Interest in a Trust is a valuable, transferable property. Settlement of a trust creates beneficial rights for the beneficiaries.

Who owns Trust Property? An analysis of Supreme Court Decisions.

H. O. W.O. Holdsworth vs. State of U.P. CIVIL APPEAL NO. 389 OF 1956 Year. 1957

In this case, a trust was settled for certain beneficiaries. Trust property consisted of agricultural land yielding agricultural income. The income was subject to U.P. Agricultural Income-tax. If the income was to be assessed in the hands of the trustees as one assessee; it would be subject to some tax. But if the same income were to be divided in the hands of all the beneficiaries; and then taxed as separate smaller incomes; then the aggregate income-tax would be smaller. This is what can happen in the normal income-tax under Income-tax Act, 2025. Hon’ble Supreme Court held that the Trustees owned the property and beneficiaries had no ownership rights. Hence the agricultural income had to be assessed in the hands of the trustees as one income. This is a decision under U.P. Agricultural Income-tax. The Supreme Court has, however, observed that the Trustee holds the property for the benefit of beneficiaries.

SBI vs. WB secretary S. C. Civil Appeals Nos. 3573-74 of 1988. (Year1994)

In this case, State Bank of India (SBI) was the trustee for a private family trust settled by an individual. Trust property was vacant land. UP government applied “Urban Land Ceiling Act” and started proceedings to acquire the surplus land. Under Section 19 of the Urban Land (Ceiling and Regulation) Act, 1976, land owned by SBI is exempt from land ceiling regulations. For the legal ground that SBI is the “Owner” of land and not its beneficiaries; support was taken from the S. C. decision in W.O. Holdsworth vs. State of U.P. in which case, S.C. has held that the Trustees owned the property and beneficiaries had no ownership rights. In the present case, Hon. S. C. observed that “The trustee, …. would, no doubt, become trust property’s owner for the purpose of effectively executing or administering the trust for the benefit of the beneficiaries and for due administration thereof but not for any other purpose.” Thus, the State Bank even though regarded under Trusts Act as the owner of trust property-vacant land for the purpose of executing or administering a trust, it (SBI) cannot hold a trust property as its owner …… as could make that land eligible for the benefit of exemption envisaged under Section 19 of the Act. Beneficiaries are the owners in substance and ULC Act will apply as if the beneficiaries are the owners.

S.C. decision in the SBI case is a later decision and after considering its decision in the Holdsworth case; S.C. has held that the trustee is the legal owner only to administer the trust property and not for its own (trustee’s) benefit. A Comparison of both the SC decisions on the subject of “Ownership of Trust Property” is very important. It is abundantly clear as held by Honourable Supreme Court that “Trustee’s Ownership of Trust Property” is for the limited purpose of administration. The concept of “Trustees are the Legal Owners” has to be applied with reference to context. Not blindly, not universally.

Conclusion on Ownership: Trustee is Legal Owner but only in a fiduciary capacity. His right is only for the purpose of managing trust property for the benefit of beneficiaries. Trustee has no beneficial ownership in trust property. A trust is created for the beneficiaries and not for the trustees. When one considers applicability of FEMA provisions, one has to consider as if the settlor is making a gift to the beneficiaries. For example, if the settlor is settling a trust where the trustees are Indian residents and beneficiaries are non-residents; the settlor must consider whether “he can make a gift to a non-resident beneficiaries.” He cannot make the gift considering that the trustees are Indian residents, ignoring the beneficiaries’ residential status.

Beneficiary is not an owner of trust property. But he is the owner of Beneficial Interest, and he is entitled to transfer his beneficial interest. This is a valuable property and subject to applicable law. Trustee cannot transfer a beneficiary’s beneficial interest. Therefore, when an Indian Resident Individual settles the shares in a foreign company for the benefit of Individual Relatives under the Trust Act, one can consider it as a gift to the beneficiaries and not to the trustees. (The query on 2nd page does not refer to foreign shares. It is only on – who is the owner of property – trustee or beneficiary).

Foreign Exchange Management Act (FEMA)

Under FEMA – Settlement of any property in a trust is considered a gift. Gift amounts to transfer of assets from one person to another person.

Definition of a Capital Account Transaction:

“Section 2(e) – “capital account transaction” means a transaction which alters the assets or liabilities, including contingent liabilities, outside India of persons resident in India or assets or liabilities in India of persons resident outside India, and includes transactions referred to in sub-section (3) of section 6;”
………………………………….

“6.(1) Subject to the provisions of sub-section (2), any person may sell or draw foreign exchange to or from an authorised person for a capital account transaction.

(For laws other than FEMA, “gift” and “transfer” are considered different kinds of transactions.) In a settlement, four factors are involved: Donor (settlor of trust), trustees, beneficiaries (donee) and the property being settled / gifted. If all the four factors are located within India, then FEMA does not apply. If all the four factors are located outside India, then also FEMA does not apply. If any one factor is in India and any other factor is outside India, then FEMA is applicable and it is a capital account transaction. We may call such transactions as “Cross Border” transactions.

Under FEMA, for a capital account transaction one has to check whether it is permitted by the Reserve Bank under any notification, rule or circular. In case, the transaction is not permitted by such notification etc., then the parties concerned must obtain an RBI permission before making the settlement. Please see section 6; Notification: FEMA 1 / 2000-RB dated 3rd May 2000 / GSR 384(E). Rule 4(a). Indian Resident gifting shares in foreign company is also subject to Overseas Investment Rules. One may refer to OI Rules. Schedule III, Rules: 1(2)(iii)(d) and Rule 2(2). These rules permit gift of shares in a foreign company by one Indian resident individual to another resident individual – who is a relative.

One may then refer to Schedule III, Rule 1. This investment is subject to the overall ceiling under LRS.  Hence, if a gift is to be made where FEMA is applicable, the gift has to be limited to LRS limit. In other words, if the settlement is proposed to exceed LRS limit; even before settlement of a trust, the settlor needs to obtain RBI permission.

However, gift by an Indian resident to another Indian resident of shares in a foreign company is permitted by Overseas Investment Rules Schedule III, Rule No. (2)(2). This transaction of gift between two residents is permitted without limit.

Can one say that “What is directly permitted is also permitted indirectly?” Well under FEMA, one has to examine the applicable rules. When an Indian resident acquires or holds shares in a foreign company, OI rules apply. Said OI Schedule III, Rule (2) permits inheritance and gifts. But there is no mention of “Settlement of a Trust”. For getting a clarity on this subject, CA Naresh Ajwani wrote a query to RBI and RBI has responded. Both letters are reproduced below.

Conclusion: Applicability of FEMA provisions to Settlement of a trust.

RBI has clarified that what can be done directly by an Indian resident individual; can also be done by him through a trust. However, in both cases, applicable limits and restrictions will be applicable. Thus, for example:

(i) An Indian resident can gift an amount to a non-resident upto the LRS limit of US $ 2,50,000 per year. He can also settle a trust in favour of a non-resident within the LRS limit of US $ 2,50,000. Any settlement in excess of the limit will amount to a violation of FEMA. (For gift to NRI in rupees in India, it is necessary that persons should be relatives. For remittance abroad, there is no condition of relative.)

(ii) An immovable property situated in India can be gifted to a Non-resident relative without any limit as far as value of the property is concerned. Hence, the Indian resident can transfer an immovable property situated in India to a trust where a non-resident is a beneficiary irrespective of the value of the property.

(iii) Shares in an Indian company cannot be transferred to a non-resident without a prior permission from RBI. Hence shares in an Indian company cannot be settled in a trust where a non-resident is a beneficiary without a prior permission from RBI.

(iv) Shares in a foreign company can be gifted by an Indian resident to another Indian resident without any limit (both donor and done should be relatives). Hence an Indian resident can settle into a trust shares in a foreign company where all beneficiaries are Indian residents (settlor and beneficiaries are relatives). However, if any beneficiary is a non-resident, no such shares can be settled.

ICAI and Its Members

I. ICAI ANNOUNCEMENTS

1. SUGGESTIONS ON REVISED ICAI CODE OF ETHICS

The 12th edition of the ICAI Code of Ethics was issued with effect from July 1, 2020. Due to changes then, revisions have been proposed in the Code of Ethics. The Exposure Drafts of Code of Ethics may be accessed at:-

Volume-I – https://resource.cdn.icai.org/89062esb-coe-v1.pdf

Volume-II – https://resource.cdn.icai.org/89063esb-coe-v2.pdf

Volume-III – https://resource.cdn.icai.org/89064esb-coe-v3.pdf

A brief summary of the key changes proposed in comparison to the existing 12th edition of Code of Ethics is enclosed as Annexure A [https://resource.cdn.icai.org/89065esb-coe.pdf]

Inputs/suggestions/comments/feedback on the Exposure drafts are called at esb@icai.in / ashishswaroop@icai.in latest up to 26th November, 2025.

The comments may alternatively be submitted on https://forms.office.com/r/CunNrHqpck?origin=lprLink

2. NOMINATIONS FOR CA WOMEN EXCELLENCE AWARDS

The Women & Young Members Excellence Committee (WYMEC) of ICAI is organizing 3rd CA Women Excellence Awards. Last date to submit the nomination form is 30th November 2025. Award categories are:

  • CA Women Life Time Achievement Award
  • CA Women Independent Direct Award
  • CA Women of the Year Award
  • CA Women in Social Service Award
  • CA Women Startup Award

For filing Nomination form, please visit: https://cawomenawards.icai.org/

II. OPINION

Accounting treatment of expenditure towards Special Development Plan by the Company, under Ind AS framework

1. FACTS OF THE CASE

A special purpose vehicle owned by government of Karnataka executes large-scale irrigation and drinking-water projects. Apart from its core projects, it undertakes Special Development Plan (SDP) works viz. construction of barrages, check dams, roads, bridges, community halls, and other infrastructure—funded through budgetary allocations treated as ‘advance against equity’, subsequently converted into share capital.

The Company does not own or control the assets created under SDP. These are handed over to the Government upon completion. Since FY 2017-18, the Company has been charging SDP expenditure to the Statement of Profit and Loss, considering the absence of future economic benefits. Statutory auditors have qualified this treatment as incorrect, while the C&AG has endorsed the revenue-expense treatment.

2. QUERY

Given the divergent views of the statutory auditors and the C&AG, the Company sought guidance from the Expert Advisory Committee (EAC) on:

  1.  Whether treating expenditure on SDP works—assets not owned by the Company, as revenue expenditure is appropriate under Ind AS.
  2.  If not appropriate, what the correct accounting treatment should be.

The issue is restricted specifically to the SDP-related expenditure.

3. POINTS CONSIDERED BY THE COMMITTEE

The EAC analysed the issue strictly under the Ind AS Conceptual Framework.

Key considerations included:

  •  Definition of an asset: Requires (a) a right, (b) control over the resource, and (c) the potential to produce economic benefits.
  •  Control: The Company does not control the SDP assets; nor does it have any right to direct their use or obtain economic benefits.
  •  Function: The Company functions as an implementing agency for SDP works; although funds are structured as equity, source of funding does not determine expenditure classification.
  •  Impact on other Assets: The SDP expenditure does not contribute to the creation or enhancement of any other recognisable asset of the Company under Ind AS 16 or Ind AS 38.

Accordingly, SDP expenditure fails the asset recognition criteria.

4. OPINION

  1.  The accounting treatment followed by the Company—charging SDP expenditure to the Statement of Profit and Loss—is appropriate and compliant with the Ind AS framework.
  2.  As the existing treatment is correct, the question of an alternative accounting method does not arise.

This position aligns with the view of the C&AG and is grounded in the fundamental asset-recognition principles of the Conceptual Framework.

ICAI Journal November 2025 Pages 111-116

Link: https://resource.cdn.icai.org/89217cajournal-nov2025-31.pdf

III. DISCIPLINARY COMMITTEE CASES

  1.  Case : Deputy Director of Income Tax (Inv.), Chennai vs. CA. S.S.M.G.

File No. : PR/G/428C/2019/DD/102/2020/DC/1870/2024

Date of Order : 12.11.2025

Particulars Details
Complainant Deputy Director of Income Tax (Inv.), Chennai
Nature of Case Alleged lack of due diligence in issuing multiple Form 15CB certificates
Background The Income Tax Investigation Wing recorded statements under section 131 revealing that the Respondent during the period of May 2017 to March 2018 had issued 470 certificates in Forms 15CB certificates to two travel companies, facilitating remittances totaling approx. ₹849.83 crore. It was alleged that these certificates were issued without adequate verification of underlying agreements or documents.
Key Allegations -Issued Form 15CB without examining mandatory documents such as agreements, supporting travel documents, and invoices.-
Relied only on proforma invoices, passenger lists, and declarations.-
Enabled substantial foreign remittances without ensuring tax compliance.-Failed to exercise due diligence, attracting Item (7), Part I, Second Schedule.
Respondent’s Defence -Form 15CB requires examination of the nature of remittance and TDS applicability, not verification of genuineness of underlying commercial transactions.-
Verified incorporation papers, foreign invoices, passport-based passenger lists, FEMA declarations, and bank remittance requests.-
Stated transactions were not taxable as foreign travel agencies had no PE in India.-Relied on: (a) Madras High Court decision in Murali Krishna Chakrala1 holding CAs are not required to test document genuineness; (b) ICAI’s own decision in another case order dated 05 February 2024.
Findings -On appreciating the various requirements in the form it was observed Form 15CB requires verification of documents for TDS determination only; CA is not expected to assess the genuineness of the actual business transaction.-
No statutory mandate to verify every underlying travel document; obligation arises only where suspicion is apparent.-
Respondent examined all available documents and acted within the limits of Form 15CB.-No evidence of her involvement in any subsequent misuse by the clients.
Charges Established None – No misconduct under Item (7), Part I, Second Schedule.
Decision Not Guilty

1 [2022] 145 taxmann.com 248 (Madras). Supreme Court has dismissed SPECIAL
LEAVE PETITION (CRIMINAL) Diary No(s). 8123/2024 Order dated 18-3-2024

2.  Case : ROC, Delhi & Haryana vs. CA. M.J.

File No. : PR/G/167/2022/DD/101/2022/DC/1894/2024

Date of Order : 18.08.2025

Complainant Deputy Registrar of Companies, NCT of Delhi & Haryana
 

Nature of Case

 

Filing incomplete statutory financial statements on MCA Portal

Background During inspection of J, the ROC found that the company had filed Balance Sheets for FYs 2010–11 to 2013–14 on the MCA portal without attaching any schedules, though Form 23AC certification by the Respondent stated
that all required attachments had been verified and enclosed.
Particulars Details
Key Allegations -Respondent certified e-Form 23AC for four years without verifying completeness of Balance Sheets.-
Declared that all attachments were checked and enclosed, although schedules were missing.-
Failed to ensure completeness despite explicitly certifying compliance under the
Companies Act.
Respondent’s Defence -Forms were received from the auditee already filled and signed; omission occurred due to oversight.-
Respondent suffered from health issues at the time, resulting in human error.-
Asserted that the omission was unintentional and not a case of gross negligence.
Findings -Declaration in Form 23AC expressly states that the CA has verified completeness of attachments.-
Respondent failed to perform this basic and mandatory verification.-
Health issues or reliance on documents sent by client do not dilute statutory responsibility.-Misconduct under Item (7), Part I, Second Schedule established.
Charges Established Item (7), Part I, Second Schedule – Failure to exercise due diligence/gross negligence.
Punishment Reprimand under Section 21B(3) of the Chartered Accountants Act, 1949.

 

3. Case : Jammu & Kashmir Bank Ltd. (Informant) vs. CA. S.K.

File No. : PPR/333/2016/DD/003A/INF/17/2020/DC/1261/2020

Date of Order : 23.09.2025

Complainant: J&K Bank Ltd.
Particulars Details
Nature of Case Failure to detect and report massive LC discounting fraud during concurrent audit
Background The Respondent was appointed as Concurrent Auditor of J&K Bank’s RP Branch for May 2014–April 2015. A major fraud later uncovered at the branch revealed fake and fabricated Letters of Credit (LCs) amounting to ₹29.22 crore forming part of an overall fraudulent exposure of higher amount. Investigation showed discounting of LCs issued on plain paper, manual handling of LCs bypassing SFMS, and use of newly opened accounts to route fraudulent transactions.
Key Allegations -Failed to report material irregularities in discounting of LCs, including one-day issuance/acceptance/discounting patterns.-
Ignored manually issued LCs lacking authentication, contrary to bank policy.-
Reported “No Record Found” for critical LC-related areas despite high-value exposures.-Did not escalate non-availability of records or suspicious activity to bank management.-Failed to examine internal branch books which showed large outstanding amounts.
Respondent’s Defence -Fraud was perpetrated by Branch Manager in collusion with clients; documents appeared genuine.-
LC acknowledgments and dispatch were routinely manual at the branch; hence no red flag arose.-Internal auditors also failed to detect the fraud.-Produced working notes and claimed 167 instances of adverse remarks across reports.
Particulars Details
-Maintained that concurrent auditors cannot detect management-driven fraud under SA 240.
Findings -Concurrent auditor must verify both documents and internal branch records, especially for material transactions like LCs.-
Respondent failed to comment even once on LC discounting during the audit period.-
“No Record Found” is insufficient where high-value LCs existed and were discounted through newly opened accounts.-Serious irregularities (manual LCs on plain paper, absence of SFMS usage, new accounts used for discounting) should have raised suspicion.-Non-availability of records should have triggered escalation, not reliance on automated outputs.-Failure to detect or report these red flags amounted to lack of due diligence and gross negligence.
 

Charges Established

 

Guilty under Items (5), (6), (7) & (8) of Part I, Second Schedule –

(ii)failure to disclose material facts,

(iii)failure to report misstatements,

(iv)gross negligence/lack of due diligence,

(v)failure to obtain sufficient information.

Punishment Reprimand and fine of ₹2,00,000, payable within 60 days.

 

Company Law

18. Satyanarayan Gupta vs. Shivangan Real Estate Pvt Ltd & Ors

Before NCLAT, Principal Bench, New Delhi

Date of Order: 9th October 2025

Failure to declare beneficial ownership, not oppression / mismanagement.

FACTS

  •  Appellant claimed to be beneficial owner of 5,000 equity shares in Shivangan Real Estate Pvt. Ltd.
  •  Respondents: Shivangan Real Estate Pvt. Ltd. (company), and two other individuals (Respondent Nos. 2 & 3). The main dispute relates to the ownership and control of equity shares and a valuable company property in Jaipur.
  •  In 2017, the appellant transferred his shares to Respondent No. 3, and this transfer was reflected in company records.
  •  A Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) dated 01.01.2022 confirmed loans provided by Respondent Nos. 2 & 3 to the appellant, with properties jointly invested and registered with the company as a security. The MoU provided that, after repayment of dues, shares/directorships would revert to the appellant, and the sale proceeds of land at Jaipur would be shared equally.

Procedural History

  • The appellant filed a company petition before the NCLT, seeking a declaration of beneficial ownership, rectification of the register of members, and various other orders under Section 89 of the Companies Act, 2013.
  •  The NCLT, Jaipur, dismissed the petition at the threshold, stating that the appellant is not a shareholder/member, and non-compliance with Section 89 does not amount to oppression and mismanagement.
  •  The appellant then challenged this decision before the NCLAT under Section 421 of the Companies Act, 2013.

Appellants’ Arguments

  •  Claimed to be a beneficial owner of shares, alleging wrongful acquisition and oppression by Respondent Nos. 2 & 3.
  •  Sought declaration and rectification of shareholding, relying on MoU and Section 89.
  •  Argued that the respondents, as beneficial owners, failed to declare their interest as required by Section 89, and this should be treated as oppression/mismanagement.

Respondents’ Arguments

  •  Asserted appellant was neither a member nor a shareholder at the time of petition and he had voluntarily transferred shares.
  •  The company was not a party to the MoU, and the petition was intended to execute a private contract and not a corporate dispute.
  •  Noted that the appellant had failed to pay dues under the MoU, and that the relevant civil suit (No. 93/2025) had already been dismissed. Appellant’s claims relating to property rights must await settlement of liabilities.

Findings and Reasoning:

  •  The NCLAT recorded that all parties acknowledged the share transfer, and that the appellant’s rights are conditional upon repayment of loans as agreed in the MoU.
  • The tribunal found that the company petition was not maintainable, as the appellant was not on the register as a shareholder at the relevant time, nor was the company party to the MoU.
  •  Payment and other obligations under the MoU remained unfulfilled by the appellant.
  •  Since property at Jaipur is owned by the company (not individuals), the petition was unrelated to company affairs and was more in the nature of an MoU execution.
  •  The NCLAT agreed with NCLT that Section 89 requires declaration of beneficial interests in shares, imposing only financial penalty for default, not a cause of oppression / mismanagement actionable under Section 241/242 of the Act.

Judgement and Orders

The appeal was dismissed, upholding the NCLT order. The court specifically held:

  •  Non-compliance with Section 89 leads to penalties, not a finding of oppression or mismanagement.
  •  The transfer of shares and dismissal of the related civil suit further nullified appellant’s claims to shareholder rights.
  •  The appellant’s share in sale proceeds from company property must be settled only after the deduction of his outstanding dues and interest as acknowledged in the MoU.
  •  No interim relief or status quo order was granted and all other pending applications were also closed.

Conclusion:

  •  The decision reinforces that Section 89 of the Companies Act, 2013 is a compliance provision with penal consequences for nondisclosure, but not a civil / corporate governance claim for minority oppression or mismanagement.
  •  Petitions for corporate relief must establish shareholder / member status and focus on governance, not private contractual issues.

19. Union of India and Another vs. Deloitte Haskins and Sells LLP & Anr.

CRIMINAL APPEAL NOS. 2305-2307 OF 2022

SUPREME COURT OF INDIA

Date of Order: 03rd May, 2023

Supreme Court upheld the constitutional validity and scope of Section 140(5) of the Companies Act, 2013 which is not discriminatory, arbitrary, or violative of Articles 14 and 19(1)(g) of the Constitution of India.

The key upholding in the case by Supreme Court are as follows:

  •  The Court held that allowing resignation to end proceedings would defeat the legislative intent, as auditors could simply resign to evade scrutiny for alleged fraudulent acts. Hence the resignation of an auditor does not terminate or end proceedings initiated against them under Section 140(5) which are maintainable even after the resignation of the concerned auditors.
  •  Restore the NCLT and Criminal Proceedings by setting aside the Bombay High Court’s order that had quashed the maintainability of the Section 140(5) petition against former auditors M/s Deloitte and M/s BSR on the ground of their resignation.
  •  Held that the application/proceedings under Section 140(5) have directed the NCLT to pass a final order after holding an inquiry, as proceedings initiated under Section 140(5) must be taken to their “logical end” for the Tribunal (NCLT) to pass a final order on whether the auditor acted fraudulently or colluded in any fraud.
  • Quashed the Bombay High Court’s decision to set aside the SFIO’s Criminal Complaint (CC No. 20/2019), directing the concerned Trial Court to proceed with the criminal case in accordance with law and on its own merits.

In conclusion, the Supreme Court ruled that the legislative intent behind Section 140(5) is to allow the NCLT to determine allegations of fraud and collusion against auditors, and this quasi-judicial power can’t be curtailed by the auditor’s subsequent resignation.

Governance Framework Of Alternative Investment Funds (AIFs) In Gift City

1. INTRODUCTION

The establishment of the International Financial Services Centre (IFSC) at Gujarat International Finance Tec-City (GIFT City) is conceived as a globally benchmarked financial jurisdiction within India’s sovereign territory. The IFSC provides an operational, regulatory, and tax framework in line with other leading financial centres. It represents India’s effort to bring offshore financial activities onshore, thereby reversing decades of capital outflow through fund domiciliation in foreign jurisdictions.

Within this rapidly evolving ecosystem, the Alternative Investment Fund (AIF) segment has emerged as one of the most dynamic pillars of the IFSC’s growth trajectory. Globally, AIFs comprising private equity, venture capital, hedge, infrastructure, and debt funds have become key channels of long-term, risk-capital deployment across sectors and geographies. India’s onshore AIF industry, regulated by SEBI, has already demonstrated exponential growth, crossing significant milestones as a privately placed investment vehicle. The establishment of AIFs within GIFT City’s IFSC builds upon this domestic success, extending it into the international domain. These funds provide a platform for global investors, sovereign wealth funds, pension funds, family offices, and high-net-worth individuals to access India-focused and global investment opportunities through a jurisdiction that combines regulatory credibility with tax efficiency and cross-border flexibility.

The introduction of the IFSCA (Fund Management) Regulations, 2022 & amended as IFSCA (Fund Management) Regulations, 2025 (Referred as ‘the FME Regulations’) marked an evolution in India’s international fund management regime. Prior to their enactment, fund activities within the IFSC were governed by adapted versions of domestic SEBI regulations, which proved restrictive for global fund management objectives. The FME Regulations consolidated these fragmented norms into a single, comprehensive, and principle-based framework, providing clarity, uniformity, and global parity. The Regulations introduced the concept of a Fund Management Entity (FME), a registered and regulated manager responsible for establishing and operating AIFs, Mutual Funds, and Portfolio Management Services in the IFSC. This framework aligns India’s fund governance standards with international best practices while facilitating cross-border investments, foreign currency operations, and global investor participation.

2. DISTINCTIVENESS OF AIFs IN GIFT CITY VIS-À-VIS DOMESTIC AIFs

A. Regulatory Philosophy and Orientation

The domestic AIF framework under SEBI primarily caters to Indian markets, while it can accept investments from NRIs or foreign investors, its underlying assets are predominantly Indian securities. In contrast, the IFSC AIF regime under IFSCA follows a globally aligned, principle-based framework that allows both domestic and foreign investors to participate and facilitates investment in securities across multiple jurisdictions, promoting true cross-border fund management.

B. Unified Oversight and Entity Structure

SEBI primarily regulates the fund with an active oversight on sponsor and manager, creating distinct compliance norms. The IFSC framework simplifies this by introducing the Fund Management Entity (FME) as a single regulated entity performing all managerial and fiduciary roles.

C. Currency Flexibility and Investment Scope

While domestic AIFs operate in Indian rupees and invest primarily in Indian securities, IFSC regulated AIFs may raise capital in freely convertible foreign currencies and invest globally, facilitating diversified cross-border portfolio strategies.

D. Taxation and Fiscal Incentives

IFSC AIFs enjoy a favourable tax regime including a ten-year tax holiday for FMEs, capital gains exemptions, GST relief, and no withholding tax on certain foreign distributions, enhancing post-tax investor returns.

E. Regulatory Flexibility and Global Alignment

IFSCA’s principle-based approach allows flexible fund structuring, valuation, and leverage subject to disclosure and investor consent, promoting innovation and global competitiveness.

F. Institutional Infrastructure and Operational Ecosystem

GIFT City provides an integrated ecosystem with offshore banking units, foreign currency settlement, professional custodians, and specialized dispute resolution enabling seamless international fund operations within India.

G. Strategic Positioning of IFSC AIFs

The IFSC regime elevates India from being a capital destination to a global capital management hub, competing with international jurisdictions by offering globally compliant, tax-efficient, and operationally agile fund structures.

3. KEY AMENDMENTS INTRODUCED UNDER THE IFSCA (FUND MANAGEMENT) REGULATIONS, 2025

The IFSCA (Fund Management) Regulations, 2025 (“FME Regulations”) introduces a series of substantive and clarificatory reforms aimed at enhancing managerial flexibility, refining qualification norms, streamlining governance, and deepening the international competitiveness of GIFT City’s fund ecosystem. The following sections outline the principal changes introduced by the 2025 framework:

Category II AIFs maintained their dominance in the market, attracting the highest commitments and deploying the largest share of capital. Within Category I, Venture Capital Funds (VCFs) remained the most active, while Special Situation Funds and SME Funds recorded steady gains in both fundraising and capital deployment. The cumulative net investments made by AIFs, reflected in Assets Under Management (AUM), stood at ₹5,38,161 crore at the end of FY 2024–25.

Overall, gross cumulative funds raised by AIFs reached ₹7,95,143 crore as of March 31, 2025, while cumulative capital distributions to investors stood at ₹2,31,713 crore. These figures not only highlight the continued growth and resilience of the AIF ecosystem but also emphasize its increasing role in supporting India’s alternative financing landscape and driving capital towards emerging and other segments of the economy. (Source: SEBI Annual Report 2024-25)

I. Flexibility and Enhancement in Appointment of Principal Officer and Other Key Managerial Personnel

The 2025 framework revises qualification and experience norms for Principal Officers, Compliance Officers, and other KMPs by recognizing globally accepted certifications like CFA and FRM and relaxing the minimum education requirement to a graduate degree for professionals with over 15 years of experience. It broadens experience criteria to include up to two years of consultancy work, mandates at least three years of compliance or risk management experience for Compliance Officers, and requires FMEs with AUM above USD 1 billion to appoint an additional fund-management KMP within six months of the financial year-end. The prior approval requirement for KMP appointments is replaced with a simple intimation process, with vacancies to be filled within six months. Overall, these reforms enhance flexibility, strengthen governance, align with global standards, and promote standardized competence across FMEs.

II. Revised Eligibility Norms for Registered FME (Retail)

The eligibility framework for Registered FMEs (Retail) has been clarified and expanded. Applicants must demonstrate either:

(i) five years of collective experience in managing AUM of at least USD 200 million with over 25,000 investors, or

(ii) that their controlling shareholders (holding at least 25%) have operated in fund management-related businesses such as portfolio management, investment advisory, or distribution for a period of not less than five years, managing assets of at least USD 50 million for 1,000 or more investors.

A minimum net worth of USD 2 million continues to apply. Additionally, the third key managerial person may now be appointed prior to filing the first retail scheme’s offer document, providing operational flexibility during establishment.

III. Stringent assessment for Fit and Proper Person Credentials

The Amended Regulations have introduced stricter fitness and integrity checks for applicants and persons associated with FMEs. Disqualifications now include cases where charge sheets have been filed or charges framed in economic offences, or where a person has been restrained by any regulator or court in matters relating to financial misconduct.

A materiality threshold has been introduced for prior regulatory orders, allowing IFSCA to assess their impact on eligibility based on discretion and context. Moreover, any person declared as “not fit and proper” by any regulatory authority is ineligible to apply until the criteria are fully satisfied.

IV. Key Amendments to Schemes: Venture Capital, Restricted, and Retail

(a) Placement Memorandum and Minimum Corpus

For Venture Capital (VCF) and Restricted Schemes, investments may now commence only after IFSCA confirms that the Private Placement Memorandum (PPM) has been taken on record.

The validity of the PPM has been extended from six months to twelve months, with a one-time six-month extension available upon payment of 50% of the new scheme filing fee.

The minimum corpus requirement has been reduced from USD 5 million to USD 3 million, with open-ended schemes permitted to commence operations upon raising USD 1 million, achieving the minimum within twelve months.

(b) Joint Investor Provisions

The threshold for joint investors (spouse, parents, and children) has been relaxed to USD 250,000 for VCFs and USD 150,000 for Restricted Schemes, broadening accessibility for family-based participation.

(c) Investment and Diversification Norms

The 2025 regime introduces enhanced flexibility:

  •  Open-ended fund-of-funds and retail schemes may now invest in unlisted securities issued by appropriately regulated funds in their home jurisdiction.
  •  Concentration limits for sectoral, thematic, and index-linked funds are relaxed in line with benchmark weights, and listing of close-ended retail schemes is optional for investments above USD 10,000.

(d) Related Party Transactions and Contributions

Funds are prohibited from transacting with associates or investors contributing 50% or more of the corpus without 75% investor approval by value, though this does not apply to fund-of-funds with pre-disclosed investments. The restriction on FME and associate contribution exceeding 10% has been waived where such entities are non-residents with no Indian ultimate beneficial ownership (UBO) and where diversification criteria are met.

V. Reforms Relating to Family Investment Funds (FIFs)

The definition of Family Investment Fund (FIF) has been broadened to remove restrictive references to “self-managed funds,” allowing greater structural flexibility. The concept of a “single-family office” has been expanded to include various legal forms, companies, LLPs, trusts, partnerships, and other body corporates where individuals of a single family hold substantial economic interest. FIFs may be classified under Category I, II, or III AIFs, depending on their investment strategy.

4. STRATEGIC DIFFERENTIATORS OF THE IFSC FRAMEWORK FOR FMES

One of the most compelling yet less-discussed advantages for FMEs in the IFSC is the regulatory architecture deliberately designed to remove “jurisdictional friction” that typically constrains cross-border fund management. Unlike domestic regimes where taxation, currency rules, investment restrictions, and securities oversight stem from multiple independent regulators, the IFSC uniquely consolidates all financial lawmaking, across banking, securities, insurance, derivatives, investment funds, and fintech, under a single unified authority (IFSCA). This allows FMEs to structure products that combine elements of AIFs, PMS, ETFs, private credit, and digital asset strategies without navigating the fragmented approvals required onshore.

The IFSC also permits FMEs to design umbrella fund platforms, set up multi-strategy master–feeder structures, and operate multi-currency share classes with segregated books. This structural coherence where fund management, banking channels, settlement infrastructure, and capital flows are engineered to operate in a single harmonized loop gives FMEs in GIFT City a level of operational agility that meaningfully differentiates it from both domestic India and competing offshore domiciles.

5. WAY FORWARD- TOWARDS A GLOBALLY ALIGNED AND FUTURE-READY FUND ECOSYSTEM

With the introduction of the Fund Management Entity model, cross-border investment flexibility, and an internationally competitive tax and compliance environment, IFSCA has established a foundation that is distinct in its approach and purpose, one that harmonizes India’s regulatory prudence with global best practices. The underlying objective has been to create an enabling environment that attracts international fund sponsors, institutional investors, and professional intermediaries while maintaining strong governance standards and market discipline.

The 2025 amendments signal a transition from procedural oversight to outcome-based supervision, one that prioritizes competence, accountability, and investor protection without impeding operational innovation. The redefinition of the Family Investment Fund, relaxation of portfolio management thresholds in IFSC collectively enhance the jurisdiction’s credibility and alignment with global fund domiciles.

For fund managers, institutional investors, and allied professionals, the regulatory trajectory offers both opportunity and responsibility: opportunity in the form of greater operational latitude and market access, and responsibility through heightened standards of governance and transparency. As the IFSC framework continues to evolve, it is poised to serve as a bridge between India’s domestic financial depth and the international capital ecosystem, positioning GIFT City as a jurisdiction of choice in the global fund management landscape.

Transfer Pricing For Captive Service Providers in India: Disputes, Resolution and Policy Considerations

India’s Information Technology (IT) and IT-Enabled Services (ITES) sector, particularly the captive service provider segment operating within Multinational Enterprises (MNEs), stands as a cornerstone of the nation’s economy. These captives engage in extensive cross-border transactions with their associated enterprises (AEs), making transfer pricing (TP) a paramount area of focus for both taxpayers and the Indian tax administration. This article provides an analysis of the TP landscape for captive IT/ITES providers in India, focusing on practical challenges, dispute resolution mechanisms, and policy considerations.

INTRODUCTION: CAPTIVE IT & ITES PROVIDERS IN INDIA1

The Indian IT/ITeS sector holds a prominent global position and has significantly driven export growth. Within this dynamic landscape, captive service providers, commonly structured as Global Capability Centres (GCCs), play an essential role. GCCs, subsidiaries of Multinational Enterprises (MNEs), are primarily established to deliver specialised services to other entities within their global groups. India hosts over 1,700 GCCs employing more than 1.9 million professionals. These GCCs typically offer diverse services such as software development (SWD), IT-enabled services (ITES)—including back-office support—Knowledge Process Outsourcing (KPO), engineering design, and contract Research & Development (R&D).

In contrast to third-party outsourcing, the captive model integrates these operations within the MNE group, enabling parent companies to maintain comprehensive control over operations, quality assurance, data security, intellectual property management, and strategic alignment. Moreover, the scope and complexity of roles within GCCs are rapidly expanding. Global roles based in Indian GCCs are projected to grow dramatically from approximately 6,500 currently to over 30,000 by 2030, driven by robust leadership and professional training initiatives.

While many captives are established as wholly-owned operations, alternative structures like the Build-Operate-Transfer (BOT) model exist, where third-party providers set up and manage operations temporarily before transferring control back to the parent company. Additionally, some captive centres evolve into hybrid models through strategic collaborations with external service providers.


1. Economic Survey 2025

TYPICAL FUNCTIONAL, ASSET, AND RISK (FAR) PROFILES

A robust FAR analysis is fundamental in accurately characterising entities involved in controlled transactions, facilitating the selection of both the tested party and the most appropriate transfer pricing method. It goes beyond contractual terms, emphasising the economic substance and reality of the transaction. For Indian IT/ITES captives servicing their Associated Enterprises (AEs), a typical FAR profile commonly looks as follows2 (though variations exist based on the complexity and maturity of the captive):

Particulars Captive Indian Entity Associated
Enterprise (Parent/Principal)
Functions Performed3 Primarily focused on service delivery as per AE directives.

SWD: Performs coding, testing against AE-defined criteria, maintenance, and technical support.

– ITES/BPO: Executes standardised operations such as data entry, call handling, or transaction processing in line with defined SOPs.

– R&D Captives: Undertakes specific research tasks allocated by AE.

Captives typically do not engage in strategic planning, core product/service design, market development, significant financial decision-making, or customer relationship management.

Undertakes strategic, higher-level functions, including:

– Overall business strategy formulation.

– Product/service roadmap and core R&D/IP development.

– Market identification and penetration strategies.

– Key customer acquisition, relationship management, and pricing decisions.

– Overall financial risk management.

– Defines work scope, methodologies, tools, or platforms for the captive.

Assets Employed Uses tangible assets such as office infrastructure, computers, servers, communication equipment, and standard software licenses required for operational execution.

Typically, does not own significant or high-value operating intangibles such as brands, core proprietary technologies, or customer lists.

Captives may develop some process-specific know-how or utilise intangible assets provided free of cost by the AE4.

Owns substantial intangible assets, including:

– Global brand names;

– Core technological patents and proprietary software platforms;

– Customer relationships and goodwill.

– Strategic assets concerning market access and overarching business direction.

Owns or controls key tangible assets supporting its global business operations.

Risks Assumed Structured to bear minimal contractual risk.

Primarily exposed to operational risks such as non-compliance with Service Level Agreements (SLAs), employee performance issues, attrition, and process execution quality.

Typically shielded from significant market fluctuations, credit risks, and pricing risks due to the cost-plus arrangement structure.

Bears considerable entrepreneurial and strategic risks inherent to the overall business operations, such as:

– Market Risk: Changes in demand and competition.

– Credit Risk: Customer default.

– Product Development Risk: R&D failures or technological obsolescence.

– Inventory Risk: If applicable.

– Overall Financial Risk: Associated with running the global business operations.

Capacity utilisation risk related to captive operations is implicitly borne by the parent under typical cost-plus frameworks.


2. The CBDT Circular No.06 /2013 (amending Circular No.03/2013 dated 26th March,2013) provides conditions relevant to identify development centres engaged in contract R&D services with insignificant risk. The criteria laid out are also reflected in the eligibility conditions for availing Safe Harbour rates for contract R&D services (both software and generic pharma) and IT/ITES services, which explicitly require the provider to operate with "insignificant risks". Taxpayers claiming insignificant risk status must meticulously document their FAR profile, demonstrating alignment with the CBDT's criteria through robust evidence of the parent's control, risk-bearing, and decision-making authority.
3. The use of DEMPE (Development, Enhancement, Maintenance, Protection, Exploitation) analysis helps scrutinize functions related to intangibles.
4. The treatment of FOC assets can be a point of contention. Refer IQVIA Analytics Services (P.) Ltd. vs. Income-tax Officer [2025] 170 taxmann.com 409 (Bangalore - Trib.)[18-12-2024]

TRANSFER PRICING MODEL AND ARM’S LENGTH PRICING

Reflecting their typical FAR profile, Indian captive IT/ITES service providers commonly adopt a cost-plus remuneration model. Under this arrangement, the captive entity providing services to its AEs is compensated by recovering all relevant operating costs plus a pre-agreed mark-up percentage (the ‘plus’).

This remuneration approach aligns with the economic profile of a low-risk service provider, as it largely protects the captive entity from downside business risks. Essentially, the parent AE guarantees a routine, stable profit margin to the captive, irrespective of the ultimate market performance or commercial success of the products or services supported by the captive. Consequently, the entrepreneurial risks, including market uncertainties and business fluctuations, are borne entirely by the AE, which correspondingly retains any potential upside or absorbs the losses arising from the overall business activities.

However, despite its widespread acceptance and economic rationale for contract service providers, the cost-plus model frequently becomes a focal point for transfer pricing disputes in India, primarily due to disagreements around the appropriate mark-up and the treatment of costs.

CHALLENGES IN IDENTIFYING SUITABLE COMPARABLES

The intrinsic nature of the captive model—an internal service provider operating exclusively for its parent entity—creates inherent complexities in applying the arm’s length principle, which requires comparisons with independent, market-facing enterprises. Independent service providers operate under fundamentally different economic conditions; they assume entrepreneurial risks, invest significantly in their own intellectual property and marketing efforts, and compete openly in the market. Consequently, their FAR profiles rarely align closely with captive entities, whose risk profile is primarily defined by intra-group contractual arrangements rather than genuine market forces.

This fundamental difference significantly complicates the identification of reliable external comparables from commercial databases (e.g., Prowess, Capitaline, Ace TP), despite their extensive usage for transfer pricing methods like the Transactional Net Margin Method (TNMM). In addition, publicly available financial data lacks sufficient granularity, such as segment-specific financial information, detailed cost breakdowns, or standardised accounting policies, necessary to perform accurate and meaningful comparability analyses.

Furthermore, the rigorous application of comparability filters frequently reduces the potential comparables set to a very limited pool, raising legitimate questions about the statistical reliability and representativeness of the resultant arm’s length range. Such challenges underscore that benchmarking remains highly judgmental and subjective, frequently leading to contentious debates and prolonged litigation.

Additionally, the ongoing evolution of Indian captive entities—many now performing complex, higher-value activities such as advanced R&D or even taking ownership of specific processes or products—further complicates their characterisation. As captives transition beyond traditional routine services, the argument for their low-risk profile weakens, rendering the simple cost-plus mark-up potentially inadequate to capture the true arm’s length value of their enhanced functions and risks. Consequently, assessing the captive’s TP characterisation and policies becomes essential, often necessitating consideration of alternative methods, such as the Profit Split Method. This shift inherently increases the complexity of the transfer pricing analysis and the likelihood of disagreements with tax authorities.

ARM’S LENGTH MARGIN – EXPECTATIONS AND THRESHOLDS

Determining an appropriate “arm’s length” margin for captive IT/ITES providers in India is challenging and often contentious. Perspectives and benchmarks vary significantly among stakeholders, creating fertile ground for disputes:

  • Tax Authority Expectations – Even when the low-risk characterisation of captives is accepted, tax authorities scrutinise the level of mark-up intensely. Historically, TPOs have proposed significantly higher mark-ups (commonly 25-40% during past audits), compared to margins typically applied by taxpayers (often initially ranging from 7-12% and currently in the range of 12-15%). This discrepancy regularly leads to substantial TP adjustments. Authorities frequently question or reject comparables selected by taxpayers, often excluding loss-making entities or including companies generating “super-normal” profits. Additionally, captives reporting losses or very low margins (inter alia due to extraordinary economic conditions) face scepticism, as tax authorities argue that low-risk entities should consistently earn stable, positive returns.
  • Safe Harbour Rates – India’s Safe Harbour Rules prescribe fixed margins—such as 17-18% for IT/ITES services, 18-24% for KPO, and 24% for contract R&D activities—to provide taxpayers a degree of certainty and protection against disputes. However, industry stakeholders commonly perceive these rates as higher than realistic arm’s length margins derived from market comparables. Moreover, the turnover threshold of ₹300 crore severely limits eligibility, making this option impractical for many large captives.
  • Benchmarking Study Results – Actual benchmarking analyses conducted using commercial databases typically yield varied results. Median margins identified through such analyses often fall within approximately 8-12% for Indian IT service providers and around 12-15% for ITES providers. These results, however, can fluctuate considerably based on factors such as the specific service type, financial year, choice of databases, comparability filters, and adjustments performed. Notably, the margins observed in India tend to be higher than those for comparable service providers in regions like the US or EMEA5, potentially reflecting regional market dynamics, location-specific cost advantages (“location savings”), or comparability complexities.

Ultimately, there is no universally agreed “correct” margin. Determining an appropriate arm’s length margin for a captive IT/ITES provider depends significantly on the robustness of the benchmarking analysis, the quality and comparability of selected benchmarks, and the reasonableness of adjustments. The persistent gap between taxpayer expectations and tax authority benchmarks—fuelled by inherent complexities in applying the arm’s length principle to captive entities—remains a central driver of transfer pricing litigation in this sector.

TRANSFER PRICING CONTROVERSIES AND LITIGATION TRENDS

The application of TP regulations to captive IT/ITES service providers has given rise to disputes on several key aspects. Rulings from High Courts and Tribunals provide crucial insights into these disputes, offering valuable guidance for taxpayers navigating TP controversies.

Table 2: Common TP Issues & Litigation Hotspots for Indian Captive IT/ITES Providers

Issue Typical Tax Authority Position Common Taxpayer Arguments/Challenges Key Judicial Trends
Comparability Analysis – Selection (most litigated issue) – Rejects the taxpayer’s comparables.

– Introduces high-margin comparables or excludes loss-making entities.

– Challenges the inclusion of TPO’s comparables, arguing functional dissimilarities (e.g., super-normal profits, significant intangibles,  different scale, software products business or extraordinary events)

 

– Tribunals typically perform detailed, company-specific analyses, often excluding TPO-selected comparables based on FAR, turnover size, brand influence, or R&D intensity.
– Justifies inclusion of specific comparables (including loss-makers).

– Questions the application and the fairness of the filters to select comparables.

– Acceptance of loss-making comparables remains contentious.
Comparability Analysis – Filters – Applies arbitrary filters (turnover, related-party transactions, export earnings thresholds, employee cost ratios, persistent losses). – Argues against arbitrary or overly restrictive filters.

– Seeks consistent and transparent application of filters.

 

– Tribunals rigorously scrutinise filters based on case-specific facts (consistency, rationale).
Choice of Method – Prefers TNMM

– Occasionally, advocates for CUP, if potentially comparable internal/external transactions exist.

– Justifies the selected method based on the FAR profile, availability, and reliability of data. – Method selection is closely evaluated against the FAR analysis.
Characterisation of Services (ITES vs. KPO) – Challenges the taxpayer’s characterisation.

– Attempts to reclassify services as KPO to justify higher mark-ups, if elements of analytical judgment or value-added processes are identified.

– Provides detailed FAR analyses supporting routine, process-driven ITES characterisation. – Courts emphasise the importance of robust FAR analyses for characterisation.
Risk Profiling and Adjustments – Assumes captives bear minimal or no risk, thus expecting stable, guaranteed positive returns;

– Occasionally, challenges limited-risk characterisation, arguing that critical functions imply risk assumptions beyond a routine return.

– Frequently, disputes cost base items included for mark-up calculations.

– Argues that captives realistically bear operational risks and may face legitimate business downturns or market risks.

– Argues for adjustments for the differences in the risk profile vis-à-vis the comparables selected.

– Tribunals require a clear demonstration of genuine business reasons for any deviations from stable profit expectations.
Interest on Outstanding Receivables – Imputes interest on delayed AE receivables, typically benchmarked against PLR or similar market benchmarks. – Justifies delayed payments based on commercial practices or comparable third-party credit arrangements.

– Challenges the appropriateness of the interest rate used by TPO.

– Tribunals commonly allow working capital adjustments to address the economic reality of receivables delays.

– Moderated through credit period and interest rate considerations.

Procedural Compliance by Authorities – Procedural deficiencies are attributed to tax authorities themselves rather than to taxpayers. – Challenges assessments on procedural grounds: missed statutory deadlines (Section 92CA(3A)), improper draft orders (Section 144C), absence of Document Identification Number (DIN), and non-adherence to DRP directions. – Courts consistently mandate strict adherence to statutory and procedural requirements.

– Taxpayers frequently succeed in litigation on procedural grounds.

ALTERNATE DISPUTE RESOLUTION

  • Advance Pricing Agreement (APA) Regime6 

The APA regime aims to create a non-adversarial tax environment by allowing taxpayers and the Central Board of Direct Taxes (CBDT) to agree on the Arm’s Length Price (ALP) or the methodology for determining the ALP in advance. APAs can cover up to five future years, with an optional rollback provision extending certainty to up to four prior years, offering a total coverage period of nine years.

The Indian APA framework provides both Unilateral APAs (UAPAs, between the taxpayer and CBDT) and Bilateral APAs (BAPAs, involving the taxpayer, CBDT, and treaty partner authorities), effectively mitigating double taxation. India recently concluded its first Multilateral APA (MAPA), further enhancing its dispute resolution landscape.

APA adoption has steadily increased, reaching a record 174 agreements signed in FY 2024-25 (including 65 BAPAs and 1 MAPA). By March 2025, India had cumulatively signed 815 APAs, predominantly within the IT/ITES sector. This sector, largely represented by captive entities engaged in software development and ITES, consistently dominates the APA filings.

Despite its success, challenges remain—primarily lengthy processing times. Unilateral APAs currently average around 44 months, while Bilateral APAs average 59 months, contributing to a considerable backlog. Nevertheless, the collaborative nature and tax certainty offered through APAs make them an attractive alternative to traditional TP audits and litigation.


6. https://www.taxsutra.com/sites/default/files/sftp/CBDT_APA_Annual_Report__2023_24.pdf
  • Dispute Resolution Panel (DRP):

The DRP provides an alternative first appellate forum specifically designed for foreign companies and TP disputes. A significant advantage of the DRP route is that tax demands remain suspended during proceedings, unlike CIT(A) appeals, which typically require payment of at least 20% of the disputed amount. Additionally, while taxpayers retain the right to further appeal DRP directions before the Income Tax Appellate Tribunal (ITAT), the tax department cannot appeal DRP decisions.

However, despite the intended benefits of speed and procedural efficiency, the effectiveness of the DRP mechanism as a final resolution forum is often questioned. Experience indicates DRP decisions frequently favour the revenue, prompting taxpayers to routinely escalate matters to ITAT. Consequently, DRP proceedings may function more as an expedited intermediate step rather than a definitive dispute resolution avenue.

  • Mutual Agreement Procedure (MAP):

The MAP, available under India’s tax treaties, is a critical tool for addressing TP disputes that lead to double taxation. Under this mechanism, taxpayers can request intervention from the competent authorities of the treaty jurisdictions involved to collaboratively engage with the Indian competent authority to find a resolution.

Policy Recommendations

Based on the analysis of prevalent disputes, existing dispute resolution mechanisms, international best practices, and judicial guidance, the following policy recommendations are proposed to foster a stable, predictable, and efficient TP regime for captive IT/ITES providers in India:

1. Enhance and Rationalise Safe Harbour Rules (SHR)

  • Issue: The existing SHR margins (e.g., 17-24%) are high compared to typical market benchmarks, limiting their attractiveness.

The Economic Survey 2025 recommended that expanding the scope of SHR is expected to make the country’s TP regime more attractive and competitive, thereby boosting IT exports and enhancing ease of business for the IT services industry.

Recommendation:

  • Revisit and rationalise SHR margins to reflect realistic market benchmarks, making them more attractive to taxpayers and effective in reducing litigation.
  • Consider expanding eligibility thresholds beyond INR 3 billion to accommodate larger captive entities.

2. Improve Audit Quality and Consistency

Issue: Audits are often inconsistent due to varying levels of understanding of IT/ITES business models and TP nuances among TPOs.

Recommendation:

  • Adopt a robust, risk-based approach to audit selection, focusing resources on high-risk cases.
  • Provide detailed guidance on comparability analysis and permissible comparability adjustments to ensure consistency and transparency in benchmarking analyses.
  • Leverage APA/MAP Data (anonymised, aggregated) and Court rulings for Benchmarking Insights.

3. Strengthen Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) Mechanisms

Issue: APA and MAP processes face lengthy delays, affecting their effectiveness as dispute prevention/resolution tools. Additionally, the DRP is perceived as revenue-biased, reducing its credibility.

Recommendation:

  • Streamline the APA process to reduce average processing times by enhancing resources, capacity, and procedural efficiencies.
  • Allocate sufficient resources to MAP, ensuring the timely resolution of international disputes and enhancing coordination with treaty partners.
  • Evaluate and reform the DRP mechanism to improve neutrality and credibility.

4. Implement the Block Assessment Scheme Effectively

Issue: The three-year block assessment scheme offers potential to reduce repetitive TP audits, but lacks detailed operational guidelines.

Recommendation:

  • Issue clear, comprehensive CBDT guidelines detailing eligibility criteria, defining “similar transactions,” outlining the procedure for taxpayers opting into the scheme, clarifying the role of TPOs in validation, and explaining interactions with annual documentation requirements.

Implementing these targeted measures would significantly enhance predictability, transparency, and efficiency within India’s TP regime for the captive IT/ITES sector, ultimately fostering a more stable investment climate.

CONCLUSION

Transfer pricing remains a highly litigious area for captive IT and ITES service providers operating in India.

While litigation remains prevalent, India has implemented mechanisms aimed at providing greater tax certainty and facilitating dispute resolution (The APA program, DRP). MAP continues to be essential for resolving international double taxation disputes under India’s tax treaties.

To foster a more stable environment, policy interventions should focus on rationalising Safe Harbour Rules, enhancing audit quality and consistency, strengthening APA, DRP and MAP processes, and ensuring the effective implementation of new initiatives like the block assessment scheme. Improving comparability requires clearer guidance and potentially leveraging anonymised APA data and insights from Court rulings for indicative benchmarks.

In conclusion, navigating the TP environment for captive IT/ITES providers in India requires robust documentation and strategic use of dispute resolution mechanisms. While challenges persist, potential policy reforms could  offer pathways towards greater tax certainty for this vital sector.

An In-Depth Look at Supplier Finance Arrangements

The recent amendments to Ind AS 7 and Ind AS 107 introduced disclosure requirements for Supplier Finance Arrangements (SFAs) to enhance transparency around liquidity and working capital financing practices. SFAs—often referred to as reverse factoring or channel finance—involve a buyer, supplier and finance provider, enabling suppliers to receive early payment while buyers obtain extended credit terms. Historically, limited disclosures made it difficult for users to distinguish trade payables from arrangement-driven financing and to assess liquidity risk. The amendments require entities to disclose the terms of each arrangement, the carrying amounts of SFA-related liabilities (including amounts already settled by finance providers), and ranges of payment due dates for both SFA and comparable non-SFA payables. Entities must also explain non-cash changes in these liabilities. Although classification as trade payables or borrowings is not prescribed, entities must exercise judgement considering Ind AS 1 and 109. The amendments apply from FY 2026 with limited transition reliefs.

BACKGROUND

In an effort to enhance the financial transparency of general-purpose financial statements, the Ministry of Corporate Affairs has recently issued the Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Second Amendment Rules, 2025. This amendment introduces several significant changes across various Indian Accounting Standards (Ind AS). A key concept introduced is supplier finance arrangements, which is covered under Ind AS 107, about disclosures related to financial instruments, as well as Ind AS 7, which focuses on the statement of cash flows. These revisions are designed to improve the clarity of supplier finance arrangements and their effects on financial statements, thereby enabling stakeholders to more effectively assess the financial condition and liquidity risks of any entity.

WHAT IS SUPPLIER FINANCE ARRANGEMENT (SFA)?

The Global Supply Chain Finance Forum1 defines supply chain finance to include a variety of techniques, including financing for receivables (e.g. factoring arrangements), financing for inventories (e.g. pre-shipment financing) and financing for payables (e.g. payables finance arrangements). Many use ‘supply chain finance’ to describe only arrangements that finance payables (such as payables finance or reverse factoring arrangements).

Financing the supply chain is a critical aspect of supply chain management, and thus, in recent years, many organisations have resorted to unique financing structures for better liquidity management and to facilitate faster
payments of their supplier invoices so as to maintain an unaffected supply chain, which becomes more imperative in the current global scenario considering inherent uncertainty.

It can be called by many names, such as channel finance or reverse factoring; however,in basic terms supplier finance arrangement involves 3 parties and primarily transaction flow remains as follows.

Optimizes the working capital cycle

Note – In practical terms, there is involvement of multiple intermediaries, such as negotiating bank and other technical documentation; however, for understanding simplified version is demonstrated above.

supplier finance arrangement

In January, 2020 IFRS Interpretations Committee received a submission from Moody’s Investor Services (Moody’s), primarily two questions where they seek guidance were

(a) Presentation of trade liabilities when related invoices are part of a Supply chain finance arrangement and
(b) disclosure related to reverse factoring arrangements.

In response, IFRIC in its Dec, 20 update included agenda decision on the matter, which becomes the foundational pillar for such amendment over time, at that time IFRIC concluded that “the principles and requirements in IFRS Standards provide an adequate basis for an entity to determine the presentation of liabilities that are part of reverse factoring arrangements, the presentation of the related cash flows, and the information to disclose in the notes about, for example, liquidity risks that arise in such arrangements. Consequently, the Committee decided not to add a standard-setting project on these matters to the work plan” (Extract of IFRIC agenda decision – Dec,20), to which Moody’s responded that fewer than 5% of entities they rate disclose information about the use of supply chain finance arrangements and their effects, which poses a challenge in comparing these data points.

Based on the above response and staff recommendations, the board added a narrow-scope disclosure-only standard-setting project on SFA, striking a balance between comprehensive reporting and practical feasibility for preparers. At its June 2021 meeting, the Board tentatively decided on the package of disclosure objectives and requirements that it would propose to add to IAS 7 and IFRS 7.

While drafting the proposed amendment, the board recognised that because entities applying IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements might present liabilities that are part of a supplier finance arrangement within different line items (i.e. trade and other payables vs. Other financial liabilities), the board also proposed to require an entity to disclose, the line item in which the entity presents the carrying amount of financial liabilities that are part of SFA.

Finally, in November, 2021 exposure draft was released proposing an amendment to IAS 7 and IFRS 7, post comments from all the relevant stakeholders and analysis thereof, In May, 2023 IASB amended IAS 7 and IFRS 7 introducing new disclosure requirements to enhance transparency and thus, the usefulness of the information provided by entities about SFA, applicable from 01st January, 2024.

As a part of convergence, ICAI in July, 2023 issued an exposure draft to amend Ind AS 7 and Ind AS 107 with no modifications to the amendments as suggested by IASB. In February, 2024 NFRA approved recommendations by ICAI for the Ministry of Corporate Affairs. MCA notified the same in August, 2025.

APPLYING THE AMENDMENTS

The amendments introduce enhanced disclosure rules intended to improve transparency around supplier finance programs. These changes are designed to help investors and other users of financial statements understand the impact of such arrangements on an entity’s liquidity position and overall financial health, while ensuring that the benefits of this additional information outweigh the associated implementation costs for companies.

Notably, the term Supplier financing arrangement has not been defined in IAS 7 or IFRS 7 and consequently not in Ind AS 7 or Ind AS 107, the reason being the dynamic nature of new practices and new type of arrangements entities enter into, which is not possible to be covered in one set of definition and to keep up with the market practice, the definition would need amendments, thus considering the evolving nature of arrangement the amendment (para 44G of Ind As 7) describes the characteristics of a SFA, which are as below :

characteristics of a SFA

All arrangements with the characteristics of supplier finance arrangements (as described above) are, therefore, subject to the proposed new disclosure requirements, irrespective of where and how an entity presents and classifies the related liabilities and cash flows in its Balance Sheet and cash flows. Variations in the form or labelling of the arrangement would not affect whether the disclosure requirements apply.

AMENDED DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENTS

Users of financial statements have highlighted to the IASB the information needs that the standard needs to adhere to. The new disclosure requirements are designed to complement the current requirements in IFRS Standards. The objective of the disclosure requirements is to help users evaluate the effect of SFA on an entity’s liabilities and cash flows and on the entity’s exposure to liquidity risk.

The IASB identified that users of financial statements find it difficult to

  • analyse the total amount and terms of an entity’s debt, especially when financial liabilities that are part of the arrangement are classified as trade and other payables;
  • identify operating and financing cash flows arising from supplier finance arrangements, influencing their understanding of how the arrangement affects an entity’s cash flows and associated financial ratios;
  • understand the effect supplier finance arrangements have on an entity’s exposure to liquidity risk; and
  • Compare the financial statements of an entity that uses supplier finance arrangements with those of an entity that does not.

IASB aimed to provide the greatest benefit to users of financial statements without asking entities to provide an excessive amount of additional information—in other words, the proposals are intended to balance implementation costs for entities and others with the benefits of the information for users of financial statements

To meet the stated objective, an entity shall disclose in aggregate for its SFA (Ind AS 7)

Disclosure 1 (Para 44H (a)) – Qualitative information

The terms and conditions of the arrangements (for example, extended payment terms and security or guarantees provided). However, an entity shall disclose separately the terms and conditions of arrangements that have dissimilar terms and conditions.

Rationale – would identify the existence of supplier finance arrangements and explain their nature.

Disclosure 2 (Para 44H (b)) – Quantitative information

As at the beginning and end of the reporting period:

(i)the carrying amounts, and associated line items presented in the entity’s balance sheet, of the financial liabilities that are part of a supplier finance arrangement.

(ii)the carrying amounts, and associated line items, of the financial liabilities disclosed under (i) for which suppliers have already received payment from the finance providers.

(iii)the range of payment due dates (for example, 30–40 days after the invoice date) for both the financial liabilities disclosed under (i) and comparable trade payables that are not part of a supplier finance arrangement.

Comparable trade payables are, for example, trade payables of the entity within the same line of business or jurisdiction as the financial liabilities disclosed under (i).

If ranges of payment due dates are wide, an entity shall disclose explanatory information about those ranges or disclose additional ranges (for example, stratified ranges)

Rationale

  • Para 44H(b)(i) would indicate the size of the arrangement and enable users of financial statements to identify where in its balance sheet an entity presents financial liabilities that are part of an arrangement (Trade Payables vs. Other financial liabilities)
  • Para 44H(b)(ii) would help users of financial statements analyse the entity’s debt and consequential effects on operating and financing cash flows, and display exposure already financed by third parties
  • Para 44H(b)(iii) would help users of financial statements assess the effect of each arrangement on the entity’s days payable, i.e. assesses delay or extension of payments through SFAs, IASB also clarified that the disclosure of the range of payment due dates does not overlap with or effect the maturity analysis requirements of IFRS 7 (Ind AS 107). The IFRS 7 maturity analysis is prepared for the liabilities at the reporting date and generally shows the earliest time that an entity could be contractually required to repay financial liabilities. Information about the payment due dates of financial liabilities that are part of SFAs and comparable trade payables shows the potential effect that SFAs have on the time it takes an entity to pay for goods or services.

Disclosure 3 (Para 44H (c)) –Additional information

The type and effect of non-cash changes in the carrying amounts of the financial liabilities disclosed under 44H(b)(i).

Examples of non-cash changes include the effect of business combinations, exchange differences or other transactions that do not require the use of cash or cash equivalents

Rationale – would help users of financial statements assess the effect of each arrangement on the entity’s cash flow and any non-cash changes in liability positions.

The above-stated disclosure

  • would help in assessing the extent to which operating cash flows improve from increased use of supplier finance arrangements, because due dates differ for liabilities that are part of an arrangement and trade payables that are not.
  • would provide information about the extent to which the entity has used extended payment terms or its suppliers have used early payment terms. That information would help users of financial statements understand the effect of supplier finance arrangements on the entity’s exposure to liquidity risk and how the entity might be affected if the arrangements were no longer available to it.
  • would help users of financial statements identify and assess changes and trends in the effect of each supplier finance arrangement on an entity’s liabilities and cash flows.

OTHER ADDITIONAL ASPECTS

44H(b)(ii) (the carrying amount of financial liabilities for which suppliers have already received payment from the finance providers)

Entities would need to obtain the information from finance providers (i.e. banks) that would be required to be disclosed here; finance providers would generally be able to make this information available to a buyer that engages the finance providers’ services—if the information is currently not provided, it could be made available to a buyer before the implementation of amendments. Although for some arrangements there may be restrictions on the information that finance providers could provide, such restrictions would be unlikely to prevent the finance providers from providing the information on an aggregated and anonymised basis.

Non-Cash changes

Para 44A and 44B of Ind AS 7 require disclosure of changes in liabilities from financing activities (cash + non-cash), thus 44H(c) specifically requires disclosure of non-cash changes, for example, an entity buys goods and services from suppliers and would typically classify the future cash outflows to settle amounts owed to its suppliers as a cash flow from operating activities. When an amount the entity owes its suppliers becomes part of a supplier finance arrangement, the entity—having considered the terms and conditions of the arrangement—classifies the future cash outflow to settle the amount owed as arising from either operating activities or financing activities. If the entity classifies the future cash outflow as a cash flow from financing activities (without reporting any cash inflow from financing activities), the outcome is that there has been a non-cash change in liabilities arising from financing activities. Such a non-cash change may not be apparent to users of financial statements without the disclosure.

Outstanding SFA: Trade payables or Other Financial liability

There is no doubt that the purchaser has a financial liability till it settles dues under the arrangement, however it would continue as a trade payables or reclassified to borrowings or other financial liabilities needs additional analysis, IASB considered whether to add requirements to IAS 1 (Ind AS 1) Presentation of Financial Statements to help assess whether the nature of financial liabilities within the scope of the proposed requirements is similar to, or dissimilar from, that of trade payables (which is part of an entity’s working capital) or other financial liabilities. IASB was of the view that a project on the classification and presentation of liabilities in the Balance Sheet or on the occurrence and classification of cash flows in the statement of cash flows would need to consider a wider range of liabilities and cash flows than only those related to supplier finance arrangements. Thus, IASB decided not to address classification and presentation in the Balance Sheet and cash flows as part of this project.

We also need to adhere to derecognition criteria as provided under Ind AS 109 pertaining to derecognition of financial liability, which says that a financial liability is derecognised when the obligation is extinguished by settling, cancelling, or expiration. This occurs when the contractual obligation is discharged/settled, and an entity must remove the liability from its balance sheet. Further, the guidance provided under Ind AS 109 specifies that a financial liability (or part of it) is extinguished when the debtor either:

(a) discharges the liability (or part of it) by paying the creditor, normally with cash, other financial assets, goods or services; or

(b) is legally released from primary responsibility for the liability (or part of it) either by process of law or by the creditor. (If the debtor has given a guarantee, this condition may still be met.)

As a part of the Agenda decision, IASB has considered below key pointers

  • entity is required to determine whether to present liabilities that are part of a reverse factoring arrangement:

a. within trade and other payables;

b. within other financial liabilities; or

c. as a line item separate from other items in its Balance Sheet

  • entity presents a financial liability as a trade payable only when it

a. represents a liability to pay for goods or services;

b. is invoiced or formally agreed with the supplier; and

c. is part of the working capital used in the entity’s normal operating cycle.

  • Further, an entity assessing whether to present liabilities that are part of a reverse factoring arrangement separately might consider factors including, for example:

a. whether additional security is provided as part of the arrangement that would not be provided without the arrangement.

b. the extent to which the terms of liabilities that are part of the arrangement differ from the terms of the entity’s trade payables that are not part of the arrangement.

The above evaluation is not an accounting policy choice but requires the exercise of judgment based on the evaluation of the terms of the arrangement and relevant guidance. There is one more factor that requires some consideration is how finance providers (banks) look at it.

It is imperative to note that the presentation under statement of cash flow, would depend on the balance sheet classification, i.e. if the entity considers the related liability to be a trade or other payable that is part of the working capital used in the entity’s principal revenue-producing activities, the entity presents cash outflows to settle the liability as arising from operating activities in its statement of cash flows. In contrast, if the entity considers that the related liability is not a trade or other payable because the liability represents borrowings of the entity, the
entity presents cash outflows to settle the liability as arising from financing activities in its statement of cash flows.

IFRS 7 (i.e. Ind AS 107)

Reverse factoring arrangements often give rise to liquidity risk. By entering into such an arrangement, an entity typically concentrates a portion of its liabilities with one or a few finance providers (rather than a diverse group of suppliers). Consequently, should the arrangement be withdrawn during times of stress (which finance providers can typically do at short notice), that withdrawal could increase pressure on an entity’s cash flows and affect its ability to settle liabilities when they are due. A supplier may also be able or inclined to renegotiate payment terms with its customer (the entity) during times of stress, whereas finance providers—subject to capital requirements—may not be able or inclined to be as flexible.

Users of financial statements need information to help them assess the effect of SFA on an entity’s exposure to liquidity risk and risk management. The liquidity risk disclosure requirements in IFRS 7 (which apply to recognised and unrecognised financial instruments) are already comprehensive, and IASB concluded that there is no need to add to them as part of this project.

Nonetheless, the Board decided to add supplier finance arrangements as an example within the liquidity risk disclosure requirements in IFRS 7 to highlight the importance of providing liquidity risk information about these arrangements.

This inclusion links Ind AS 107 to Ind AS 7, ensuring coordinated application. The entity now must incorporate SFA-related liabilities into risk disclosures, maturity analysis and liquidity-related disclosures.

CONNECTING THE DOTS – US GAAP

In October 2022, the FASB issued final guidance that requires entities that use supplier finance programs in connection with the purchase of goods and services to disclose the key terms of the programs and information about their obligations outstanding at the end of the reporting period, including a roll forward of those obligations. The guidance does not affect the recognition, measurement or financial statement presentation of supplier finance program obligations, which are classified as either trade payables or bank debt, depending on the terms of the program.

Unlike US GAAP, the IASB would require additional disclosure from the buyer to

(1) specifically disclose amounts recognised as financial liabilities for which the suppliers have already received payment from the intermediary and

(2) disclose payment due dates separately for trade payables that are or are not part of a supplier finance program.

Further, under US GAAP, they have not clarified how to present and disclose amounts payable under supplier finance programs, but they have additionally analysed that Regulation S-X, Rule 5-02(19)(a), requires SEC registrants to present amounts payable to trade creditors separately from borrowings on the face of the balance sheet. Accordingly, a purchasing entity that participates in a trade payable program involving an intermediary should consider whether the intermediary’s involvement changes the appropriate presentation of the payable from a trade payable to a borrowing from the intermediary (e.g., bank debt). Entities often seek to achieve trade payable classification because trade payables tend to be treated more favourably than short-term indebtedness in the calculation of financial ratios (e.g., balance sheet leverage measures) and in the determination of whether financial covenants are met.

Generally, a supplier’s decision to factor a trade receivable to a bank or other financial institution does not affect the purchaser’s presentation of the associated trade payable if the factoring terms are negotiated and agreed to independently by the supplier and the institution without any involvement of the purchaser, which may not even be aware of the factoring transaction. Similarly, an entity’s decision to outsource its supplier processing payments to an intermediary and involvement of mere intermediary does not necessarily cause a reclassification of associated trade payables if the terms of the payables remain unaffected and the entity is not involved in, or does not benefit from, transactions between the suppliers and the intermediary. In other words, if the intermediary’s involvement does not change the nature, amount, and timing of the entity’s payables and does not provide the entity with any direct economic benefit, continued trade payable classification may be appropriate. However, reclassification may be required if such changes or benefits result from the intermediary’s involvement.

ILLUSTRATIVE DISCLOSURES

Although the amendments do not necessitate such disclosures, however in line with Ind AS 1 requirements and considering inherent subjectivity and involvement of management judgement, an entity should consider providing material accounting policy information and significant judgements that management has made in the process of applying accounting policies that have the most significant effect on the SFA recognition.

The IASB developed a package of disclosure requirements illustrated below (a company might decide to disclose the information in a different format to that shown).

Disclosure under Notes to accounts

Disclosure pertaining to Cash Flows

Source : IFRS May, 23 Investor Perspectives

GLOBAL ADOPTION AND DISCLOSURE PRACTICE

The amendments were effective from annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2024. Early adoption was permitted with adequate disclosures.

A few transition reliefs were offered by the amendments. For instance, for any reporting periods submitted before the start of the annual reporting period in which the modifications initially take effect, a business is exempt from disclosing comparative data. Additionally, part of the quantitative data given at the start of the yearly reporting period, when the amendments initially take effect, is relieved. Additionally, the amendments make it clear that during the first annual reporting period in which those amendments apply, organizations are not obliged to make disclosures in accordance with the new requirements during any interim reporting period.

Extracts of Consolidated Financial Statements of the Nestlé Group 2024

Reporting period – 01st January, 2024 to 31st December, 2024 , being the first year of adoption of such amendments

Disclosure 1 under Accounting policies

Disclosure 2 under notes to accounts – Trade and Other Payables

APPLICABILITY

An entity shall apply the amendments from FY 26 Annual Financial Statements. In applying this amendment, an entity is not required to disclose:

(a) comparative information for any reporting periods presented before the beginning of the annual reporting period in which the entity first applies those amendments.

(b) the information otherwise required by paragraph 44H(b)(ii) – (iii) as at the beginning of the annual reporting period in which the entity first applies those amendments.

(c) the   information   otherwise   required   by   paragraphs   44F– 44H   for   any interim   period presented within the annual reporting period in which the entity first applies those amendments.

PRACTICAL APPLICATION NOTES

  • Neither Ind AS nor Schedule III to Companies Act, 2013 define borrowings, however it specifies that a payable shall be classified as ‘trade payables’ if it in respect of amount due on account of goods purchase or services received in the normal course of business.
  • For ease in adoption of amendments, corporates need to modify its MIS related to borrowing and vendor so as to capture additional data points such as
  1. Payment received by suppliers under SFA
  2. Range of payment due dates
  3. Key terms and conditions of each arrangements
  • Under Indian supplier finance eco-system many products exist with differing terminologies such as trade credits, buyer’s credits, suppliers’ credits, letter of credits, import bills collections, Bills acceptances etc. (which may have overlapping transaction flow or terms). corporates need to assess each and every such products initially based on its terms & conditions and transaction flow, does it fall under definition of SFA or not.

COMMENT

It would be interesting to observe the first set of disclosures by India Inc. in FY 26 Annual reports, wherein we would find many different practices and implementation subjectivity, along with explanations and terms of such arrangements. It remains to be seen whether these requirements will evolve into an additional reporting burden for preparers or a valuable analytical tool for stakeholders.

Income-Tax Act 2025: Changes in International Tax and Transfer Pricing Provisions

The Income-tax Act, 2025 (“ITA 2025”) marks a structural overhaul of India’s direct tax legislation, replacing the six-decade-old Income-tax Act, 1961 (“ITA 1961”) with effect from 1 April 2026. In international tax and transfer pricing, ITA 2025 preserves the substantive foundation of ITA 1961, focusing on structure, coherence and interpretational certainty. Indirect transfer rules have been re-drafted, with refined language that broadens the scope of taxable offshore interests while omitting the earlier retrospective deeming phrase “shall always be deemed,” thereby signaling a shift toward prospective clarity. Transfer Pricing provisions remain largely intact, though key clarifications include the uniform applicability of the ±3% tolerance range even where a single arm’s-length price is determined, and a re-organised definition of Associated Enterprises that simplifies interpretational hierarchy and integrates Specified Domestic Transactions within the AE framework. Withholding tax provisions undergo the most significant structural rationalisation. Forty-three TDS sections of ITA 1961 are consolidated into a single comprehensive Section 393, supported by tabular presentation and expanded eligibility for lower/nil deduction certificates, including for non-residents. Presumptive taxation provisions applicable to non-residents are similarly consolidated. Overall, ITA 2025 enhances readability and structural coherence but does not materially simplify long-standing substantive complexities. Further administrative guidance will be critical to ensuring interpretational certainty for taxpayers and professionals.

INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND

There has long been recognition that the Income-tax Act, 1961 (‘ITA 1961’) had become complex and voluminous due to its traditional drafting style and frequent amendments. To modernise and simplify the law in line with global trends, the Government initiated a comprehensive restructuring exercise. In her July 2024 Budget speech, the Hon’ble Finance Minister emphasised the objective of making the legislation “concise, lucid, easy to read and understand,” following which the Income-tax Bill, 2025 (‘Original Bill’) was introduced in the Lok Sabha on 13 February 2025.

A Parliamentary Select Committee (‘PSC’) was constituted to conduct an in-depth examination of the Original Bill. After extensive consultations and identification of drafting, structural and interpretational issues, the PSC recommended substantial clarifications and refinements. Incorporating these recommendations, the Government introduced the Income-tax (No. 2) Bill, 2025 (‘Revised Bill’) in the Lok Sabha on 11 August 2025. The Income-tax Act, 2025 (‘ITA 2025’) received presidential assent on 21 August 2025 and was subsequently notified in the Gazette. The new Act will come into force on 1 April 2026, replacing the six-decade-old ITA 1961.

KEY SIMPLIFICATIONS IN THE ITA 2025

ITA 2025 is designed to align closely with the ITA 1961 in terms of substantive policy principles. While ITA 2025 aims to simplify, modernize, and restructure the law, it retains the same core framework on key aspects. To reframe Income Tax law framework, the simplification exercise followed three guiding principles:

  • Textual and structural simplification for improved clarity and coherence
  • No major tax policy changes to ensure continuity and certainty
  • No modifications of tax rates, preserving predictability for taxpayers.

Accordingly, the following key modifications have been made for the purpose of simplification:

  • Reduction of word count and simplification of language and layout compared to ITA 1961
  • Compliance provisions have been simplified, and clarity has been achieved by consolidating scattered clauses.
  • Consolidation of TDS provisions under one single section making it easier for taxpayers, professionals, and authorities to locate and interpret TDS regulations without having to stride through complex provisions.

SIGNIFICANT INTERNATIONAL TAX AND TRANSFER PRICING REFORMS INTRODUCED BY THE ITA 2025

The international tax framework under the ITA 2025 largely preserves the substantive principles contained in the ITA 1961, with changes primarily aimed at improving structure, clarity and interpretational consistency. Core concepts such remain intact. No new compliance requirements or administrative procedures have been introduced.

The overall Transfer Pricing framework remains unchanged with minor clarifications to provisions. There are no changes in the proposed timelines, compliances, procedural aspects and penalty provisions.
Section 536 provides the transition mechanism to ensure continuity, with the repeal of the ITA 1961 governed by the General Clauses Act, 1897.

Indirect Transfer Provisions

The indirect transfer under the ITA 1961 states that if a foreign company derives most of its value from assets located in India, then gains from selling the shares of that foreign company are taxable in India, even though the transaction happens entirely outside India. In simple terms, selling an overseas holding company is treated as if you have sold the underlying Indian business. Explanation 5 to section 9(1)(i) of the ITA 1961 reads as follows:

“For the removal of doubts, it is hereby clarified that an asset or a capital asset being any share or interest in a company or entity registered or incorporated outside India shall be deemed to be and shall always be deemed to have been situated in India, if the share or interest derives, directly or indirectly, its value substantially from the assets located in India.”

The provision was introduced in 2012 after the Supreme Court decision in the Vodafone International Holdings BV case. Vodafone bought shares of a foreign company that indirectly owned an Indian telecom business. The Court held that India could not tax this offshore share transfer. To counter this outcome and prevent similar avoidance structures, the Government amended section 9(1)(i) of the ITA 1961 to clarify that indirect transfers that derive substantial value from Indian assets are deemed taxable in India, even when the transaction takes place abroad.

Section 9(10) of the ITA 2025 (corresponding to Explanation 5 of the ITA 1961) now reads as under:

“In sub section (2), –
(a)
An asset or a capital asset, being any share of, or interest in, a company or entity registered or incorporated outside India, which derives substantial value from assets (whether tangible or intangible) located in India shall be deemed to be situated in India.”

There are 2 key take aways from the slight change in the language:

1. It may be said that the placement of commas in the phrase — “any share of, or interest in, a company or entity registered or incorporated outside India” — is deliberate and affects interpretation. The commas separate two distinct taxable assets:

“any share of” a foreign company; and “interest in” a foreign company.

Because of this drafting, “share” and “interest” operate as independent charging triggers. The law therefore may apply not only to equity shares but also to any other form of economic, beneficial, participative, or derivative interest in a foreign entity (e.g., partnership interests, membership interests, convertible instruments, contractual rights that confer value).

By isolating the phrases through commas, the provision appears to broaden the scope and make it unambiguous, and not restrict the application to traditional shareholding, thereby capturing a wider range of indirect transfer situations.

2. The retrospective deeming provisions with respect to location of a capital asset in India are not present in ITA 2025. The wordings ‘always be deemed to have been situated in India’ have been removed.

The removal of the retrospective deeming language—specifically the phrase “shall always be deemed to have been situated in India”—from the indirect transfer provisions in ITA 2025 suggests a potential policy shift toward greater tax certainty and the avoidance of reopening historical transactions. While this indicates an intention to move away from the retrospective framework embedded in Explanation 5 to section 9(1)(i) of the ITA 1961, the legislation does not expressly clarify whether this omission is intended to eliminate retrospective tax positions or merely streamline drafting. Accordingly, the precise legislative intent remains uncertain until supported by judicial interpretation or explicit administrative guidance.

Overhaul of withholding tax provisions

There are multiple provisions under the ITA 1961 which govern withholding tax provisions, prescribing different rates and threshold limits based on the nature of the payment and the category or status of the payee. ITA 2025 seeks to streamline and simplify the existing framework by consolidating all such provisions into a single section (except for TDS on salary) i.e. Section 393.

Section 393 brings together 43 different sections from ITA 1961 into one unified framework. Section 393 provides for following categories:

  • withholding on payments to residents [Section 393(1)]
  • withholding on payments to non-residents [Section 393(2)]
  • withholding on payments to any person (viz. resident or non-residents)

Although the rates are largely unchanged, the revised provisions are presented in a tabular format, enhancing clarity, accessibility, and consistency, thereby minimizing ambiguity for both taxpayers and tax authorities.

Further, the ITA 1961 permits obtaining both lower as well as Nil TDS/TCS certificates by payees, but only for specified payments and receipts. The ITA 2025 has addressed this limitation by significantly broadening the scope of the lower deduction/collection certificates. ITA 2025 permits obtaining both lower and nil deduction TDS/TCS certificates for all payments/receipts, including for non-residents.

The TDS rates in respect of certain key payments to non-residents are given below:

Nature of Payment Payee Payer Rate
Interest Income Any non- resident (not being a company) or a foreign company Any infrastructure debt fund referred to in Schedule VII 5%.
a.
Income from units of a Mutual Fund specified under Schedule VII orb.
in respect of units from the specified company
Any non- resident (not being a company) or a foreign company Any person 20% or lower DTAA rate applied to payee.
Income from long-term capital gains arising from the transfer of units referred to in Section 208 Any offshore fund Any person. 12.5%
Income from interest or dividends in respect of bonds or Global Depository Receipts referred to in Section 209 Any non-resident Any person 10%
Income from long-term capital gains arising from the transfer of bonds or Global Depository Receipts referred to in Section 209 Any non-resident Any person 12.5%
Interest (not being interest referred to above) or any other sum chargeable under the provisions of this Act, not being income chargeable under the head “Salaries”. Any non-resident (not being a company) or a foreign company Any person Rates in force

Presumptive Taxation of Non-Residents

The ITA 2025 has introduced changes to the presumptive taxation regime, including for non-residents. All identical presumptive taxation schemes for non-residents are consolidated into one section i.e. Section 61 of the ITA 2025 in a tabular form, while simplifying the language and the common eligibility conditions are listed as sub-sections below the table. Section 61 of the ITA 2025 covers the following:

  • Business of operation of ships, other than cruise ships (Section 44B of ITA 1961)
  • Business of providing services or facilities (including supply of plant or machinery on hire) for prospecting, extraction or production of mineral oils. (Section 44BB of ITA 1961)
  • Business of operation of aircraft (Section 44BBA of ITA 1961)
  • Business of civil construction or erection or testing or commissioning of plant or machinery, in connection with a turnkey power project, approved by the Central Government (Section 44BBB of the ITA 1961)
  • Business of operation of cruise ships (Section 44BBC of the ITA 1961)
  • Business of providing services or technology in India, for the purposes of setting up an electronics manufacturing facility or in connection with manufacturing or producing electronic goods, article or thing in India to a resident company (Section 44BBD of ITA 1961)

Key comparison of changes applicable for non-residents engaged in providing services, engaged in business of exploration, etc. of mineral oils or engaged in the business of civil construction, etc. in certain turnkey power projects are as under:

Provision ITA 1961 ITA 2025
All provisions Prohibits set-off of unabsorbed depreciation and brought forward business loss Section 61(4) – Prohibits set-off of any loss and claiming of any deduction / allowance against deemed profits

Meaning of Undefined Terms in Tax Treaties

  • Presently, ITA 1961 provides that if any term is not defined in the Double Taxation Avoidance Agreement (‘DTAA’) assigned by India with other country, then the meaning given under ITA 1961 or any explanation given to it by the Central Government is required to be referred to. Further, if the term is not defined under ITA 1961, the term will have the same meaning as given to it in the notification issued by the Central Government and will be effective from the date on which the tax treaty came into force.
  • Interpretation of terms used but not defined in DTAAs has often been a source of litigation. The ITA 2025 has clarified India’s position in relation to terms used in DTAAs entered into by India with various countries. Section 159(7) of the ITA 2025 provides hierarchy for interpreting undefined terms in a DTAA.
  1. Any term used in the ITA 2025 and DTAA will have the meaning assigned to it under the DTAA
  2. Any term used in the DTAA but not defined under the respective DTAA but defined under the ITA 2025 will have the meaning assigned to it in the ITA 2025 or under any explanation which is given to the term by the Central Government and the meaning will be applicable from the date on which the agreement entered into force.
  3. Any term used in the DTAA and neither defined under the DTAA or ITA 2025 will have the meaning assigned to it in the notification issued by the Central Government and the meaning will be applicable from the date on which the agreement entered into force.
  4. Any term used in the DTAA and neither defined under the DTAA or ITA 2025 or in any notification will have the meaning given in any Act of the Central Government relating to taxes, or in its absence, in any other law of the Central Government and such meaning will be applicable from the date on which the agreement entered into force.

Meaning of Associated Enterprises

The criteria of direct and indirect participation in the management, control or capital of another enterprise remains the same under Section 92A of ITA 1961 and Section 162 of ITA 2025. However, the structure of the definition of Associated Enterprises (‘AE’) under Section 162 of the ITA is now different since all the conditions for determining an AE relation are listed under sub-section (1) of Section 162 as compared to Section 92A of the ITA wherein the general conditions in the first part of the definition and specific deeming conditions under the second part had to be read conjunctively for two enterprises to be regarded as associated enterprises.

The Supreme Court had dismissed the Special Leave Petition filed by the Revenue against the ruling of the Hon’ble Gujarat High Court in case of PCIT vs. Veer Gems [2018] 407 ITR 639 (Guj) wherein the Hon’ble Gujarat High Court ruled in favour of the assessee and held that the conditions under sub-section (1) and (2) of Section 92A of the ITA must be read together for the assessee and the other entity which were controlled by the same family members to be considered as AE’s.

In view of the above, as per section 162 of the ITA 2025, the general definition of AE in sub-section (1)(a) remains applicable even if the specific deeming conditions in sub-section (1)(b) to (1)(l) are not met.

Further, the definition of AE under Section 162 of ITA 2025 has been expanded to include Specified Domestic Transactions (SDT) under the AE framework. The scope of SDTs has not been expanded; however, a new sub-section (3) has been included under Section 162 to include the meaning of AE for SDTs.

Determination of arm’s length price

The manner of determining arm’s length price is provided under Section 92C(2) of ITA 1961. The language of the Section is not very clear regarding applicability of tolerance range (+/-3%) when a single price is determined as the ALP.

Section 165 of ITA 2025 clearly states that the tolerance range of (+/-3%) is applicable even in case of a single ALP determination, ensuring uniform application in transfer pricing arrangements. Further, in case where multiple prices are determined, the final ALP is required to be computed in accordance with the prescribed rules, as against the current requirement of determination by taking the arithmetical mean

Advance Pricing Agreement (‘APA’)

The current provisions under ITA 1961 do not provide a time limit upto when proceedings shall be deemed to be pending. Section 168(10) of the ITA 2025 clarifies that APA proceedings will remain pending until the agreement is signed or formally closed as per prescribed rules, eliminating ambiguity among tax payers.

The above change is clarificatory in change and the rules in this regard are yet to be prescribed.

CONCLUSION

The shift from ITA 1961 to ITA 2025 reflects a structural clean-up rather than a substantive modernisation of India’s international tax regime. While the new Act improves readability, many long-standing complexities continue to remain largely unchanged. The absence of deeper policy rationalisation, clearer safe harbours, or simplified compliance mechanisms indicates a missed opportunity to make the law more user-friendly and globally competitive. As a result, ITA 2025 must still be read with caution, and further clarification from the Government will be essential to provide the level of certainty that taxpayers and practitioners expected from a once-in-a-generation redrafting exercise.

Can You Be A Coparcener In Your Maternal Grandfather’s HUF?

INTRODUCTION

The Indian HUF is like the mythical ‘10-headed hydra’, cut off one head of controversy and two new controversies will spring up in its place! The storm over daughters being coparceners in their father’s HUF raged on for a very long time and finally, a three-judge decision of the Supreme Court in Vineeta Sharma’s case settled the issue. Just when one thought that this matter had been resolved, a new, related issue has cropped up – can one be a coparcener in his/her maternal grandfather’s HUF?

To discuss and deliberate on this issue, one would first need to understand the checkered background in relation to this aspect and then move on to the problem at hand.

HINDU SUCCESSION ACT – 2005 AMENDMENT

The Hindu Succession (Amendment) Act, 2005, amended the Hindu Succession Act, 1956 with effect from 9th September 2005. The Hindu Succession Act, 1956, is one of the few codified statutes under the Hindu Law. It applies to all cases of intestate succession by Hindus. The Act applies to Hindus, Jains, Sikhs, Buddhists and to any person who is not a Muslim, Christian, Parsi or a Jew. Any person who becomes a Hindu by conversion is also covered by the Act. The Act overrides all Hindu customs, traditions and usages and specifies the heirs entitled to property in case of intestate succession and the order or preference among them. The Act also deals with some important aspects pertaining to HUFs.

The 2005 Amendment provides that a daughter of a coparcener shall become, by birth, a coparcener in her own right in the same manner as the son, and further, she shall have the same rights in the co¬parcenary property as she would have had if she had been a son. It also provides that she shall be subject to the same liabilities in respect of the coparcenary property as a son. Accordingly, the amendment equated all daughters with sons, and they would now become a coparcener in their father’s HUF by virtue of being born in that family. She has all the rights and obligations in respect of the coparcenary property, including testamentary disposition. Not only would she become a coparcener in her father’s HUF but she could also make a will for er share in the same.

S.1(2) of the Hindu Succession (Amendment) Act, 2005, stated that it came into force from the date it was notified by the Government in the Gazette, i.e., 9th September 2005. Thus, the amended s.6 was operative from this date. However, did this mean that the amended section applied to:

(a) daughters born after this date;

(b) daughters married after this date; or

(c) all daughters, married or unmarried, but living as of this date.

There was no clarity under the Act on this point.

JUDICIAL MATRIX

Various Supreme Court decisions dealt with these issues. Prominent amongst them were G. Sekar vs. Geetha (2009) 6 SCC 99; Sheela Devi vs. Lal Chand, (2007) 1 MLJ 797 (SC); Prakash vs. Phulavati, (2016) 2 SCC 36; Danamma @ Suman Surpur & Anr. vs. Amar & Ors., (2018) 3 SCC 343, etc. Some of the principles emanating from these decisions were as follows:

(a) The 2005 amendment is not retrospective and its application is prospective;

(b) If the HUF’s partition has taken place before 9th September 2005, then the amendment has no impact;

(c) The rights under the Hindu Succession Act Amendment applied to living daughters of living coparceners (fathers) as on 9th September, 2005, irrespective of when such daughters were born;

(d) The amendment applied to living daughters of living coparceners as of 9th September 2005. It did not matter whether the daughters were married or unmarried. It did not matter when the daughters were born.

VINEETA SHARMA’S DECISION

A three Judge Bench of the Supreme Court in the case of Vineeta Sharma vs. Rakesh Sharma, 2020 (9) SCC 1, considered a bunch of SLPs before it on the issue of the Amendment Act, 2005. The Court, by a very detailed verdict, considered the entire genesis of HUF Law. It held that in the Mitakshara School of Hindu law (applicable in most parts of India), in a coparcenary, there is unobstructed heritage, i.e., right is created by birth. When right is created by birth is called unobstructed heritage. At the same time, the birthright is acquired in the property of the father, grandfather, or great-grandfather. In case a coparcener dies without leaving a son, the right is acquired not by birth, but by virtue of there being no male issue is called obstructed heritage. It is called obstructed because the accrual of the right to it is obstructed by the owner’s existence. It is only on his death that the obstructed heritage takes place. It held that property inherited by a Hindu from his father, father’s father, or father’s grandfather (but not from his maternal grandfather) is unobstructed heritage as regards his own male issues, i.e., his son, grandson, and great-grandson. His male issues acquire an interest in it from the moment of their birth. Their right to it arises from the mere fact of their birth in the family, and they become coparceners with their paternal ancestor in such property immediately on their birth, and in such cases, ancestral property unobstructed heritage. Further, any property, the right to which accrues not by birth but on the death of the last owner without leaving a male issue, is called obstructed heritage. It is called obstructed, because the accrual right to it is obstructed by the existence of the owner. Consequently, property which devolves on parents, brothers, nephews, uncles, etc., upon the death of the last owner, is obstructed heritage. These relations do not take a vested interest in the property by birth. Their right to it arises for the first time on the death of the owner. Until then, they have a mere spes successionis, or a bare chance of succession to the property, contingent upon their surviving the owner. Accordingly, the Apex Court held that unobstructed heritage took place by birth, and the obstructed heritage took place after the death of the owner.

The Apex Court laid down a very vital principle that the coparcenary right, under s.6 (including after Amendment), is given by birth, which is called unobstructed heritage. It is not a case of obstructed heritage depending upon the owner’s death. Thus, the Supreme Court concluded that a coparcener’s father need not be alive on 9th September 2005, i.e., the date of the Amendment.

It held that though the rights could be claimed, w.e.f. 9th September 2005, the provisions were of a retroactive application, i.e., they conferred benefits based on the antecedent event, and the Mitakshara coparcenary law should be deemed to include a reference to a daughter as a coparcener. Under the amended section 6, since the right was given by birth, i.e., an antecedent event, the provisions concerning claiming rights operated on and from the date of the Amendment Act. Thus, it is not at all necessary that the father of the daughter should be living as on the date of the Amendment, as she has not been conferred the rights of a coparcener by the obstructed heritage. The effect of the amendment is that a daughter is made a coparcener, with effect from the date of the amendment, and she can also claim partition, which is a necessary concomitant of the coparcenary. Section 6(1) recognises a joint Hindu family governed by Mitakshara Law. The coparcenary must exist on 9th September 2005 to enable the daughter of a coparcener to enjoy the rights conferred on her. As the right is by birth and not by dint of inheritance, it is irrelevant that a coparcener whose daughter is conferred with the rights is alive or not. Conferral is not based on the death of a father or other coparcener.

The Court also held that the daughter should be living on 9th September 2005. It held that the expression ‘daughter of a living coparcener’ has not been used by Parliament. One corollary to this explanation would mean that if the daughter had died before this date, then her children cannot become coparceners in their maternal grandfather’s HUF. However, if she dies on or after this date, then her children can become coparceners in their maternal grandfather’s HUF.

POSITION OF DAUGHTER’S CHILDREN?

A son’s children automatically become coparceners in their paternal grandfather’s HUF. This is a right that is enjoyed by them by virtue of being born in that family. However, what would be the position of a daughter’s children? Could they also automatically now claim to be coparceners in their maternal grandfather’s HUF? Their mother is a coparcener at par with her brother, their mother can now be the karta of her father’s HUF (see Sujata Sharma vs. Manu Gupta, 2016 (222) DLT 647), then should they not necessarily become coparceners in such an HUF?

A Single Judge of the Aurangabad Bench of the Bombay High Court had an occasion to consider this issue in the case of Vishambhar s/o Namdev Nikam vs. Sunanda w/o Maheshankar Suryawanshi, Civil Revision Application No. 119/2025, Order dated 3rd September 2025.

In this case, a person (Namdev) had 4 daughters and 4 sons. His HUF owned land. One of his daughter’s daughters, Sunanda, filed a suit claiming to be recognised as a coparcener in her maternal grandfather’s HUF. Sunanda claimed that since her mother had a 1/8th share in the HUF of her father, Namdev (by virtue of the 2005 Amendment), she (Sunanda) in turn, had a ½ share (since her mother had 2 children) in this 1/8th share of her mother. She filed this claim when her mother was alive.

The Single Judge negated the claim of the granddaughter. The Court relied heavily on Vineeta Sharma’s decision (supra) to explain the concept of unobstructed and obstructed heritage. It held that the plaintiff has not acquired any right by birth. Thus, there she did not have any unobstructed heritage. She was not the lineal descendant of a paternal ancestor. She had a right of obstructed heritage in her maternal grandfather’s HUF. The Court also relied upon a decision of the Privy Council in the case of Muhammad Husain Khan vs. Kishva Nandan Sahai, AIR 1937 PC 233. In that case, the Privy Council held that an estate inherited by a person from his maternal grandfather cannot be held to be ancestral property. Only property which a man inherits from any of his 3 paternal ancestors, namely, his father, his grandfather and his great-grandfather would be called ancestral property.

Following this decision of the Privy Council, the High Court held that the mother of the plaintiff did not inherit an ancestral property. Further, as long as her mother was alive, she could not claim any interest in her grandfather’s HUF. The Court held that the plaintiff had no locus standi/cause of action till her mother was alive.

By virtue of the Hindu Succession Act, 1956, the plaintiff’s mother would become the absolute owner of the joint property when she is allotted a share in it. After that, she would be at liberty to dispose of this share. In the event that she died without making a valid Will, then the plaintiff could say that she had a ½ share in her estate.

IMPLICATIONS OF THIS JUDGEMENT

This judgment has far-reaching consequences till such time as it is reversed by a Higher Court.

(a) While a daughter and son are at par in their father’s HUF, their children are not.

(b) The son’s children will become coparceners in their paternal grandfather’s HUF, the daughter’s children will not become coparceners in their maternal grandfather’s HUF.

(c) These grandchildren will not be able to claim a partition of their maternal grandfather’s HUF.

(d) Such grandchildren could become entitled to their mother’s share only after her demise, either by her Will or by virtue of intestate succession.

(e) Property inherited from one’s paternal grandfather is ancestral but not if it is inherited from the maternal grandfather.

One other (though not so held) implication, could be that the son-in-law would not become a member in his father-in-law’s HUF. A daughter-in-law on the other hand, would become a member in her father-in-law’s HUF!

EPILOGUE

The Supreme Court in Vineeta Sharma held that “The goal of gender justice as constitutionally envisaged is achieved though belatedly, and the discrimination made is taken care of by substituting the provisions of section 6 by Amendment Act, 2005”. So much for gender parity!!

Allied Laws

39. Rhutikumari vs. Zanmai Labs Pvt. Ltd. & Ors.

2025 LiveLaw (Mad) 373

October 21, 2025

Cryptocurrency – Property – Not a currency nor a tangible property – Virtual Digital Asset. [S. 9 Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996, S. 2(47A) Income-tax Act, 1961]

FACTS

The Applicant invested in XRP coins. Following a cyberattack, the platform froze user accounts, preventing the Applicant from accessing or trading her holdings. The Applicant filed an application under Section 9 of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996, seeking an injunction restraining the Respondents from interfering with her portfolio.

HELD

Allowing the Application, the Court inter alia, relying on the decisions of the Hon’ble Supreme Court in the case of Ahmed G.H. Ariff vs. CWT 1969 (2) SCC 471 and Jilubhai Nanbhai Khachar vs. State of Gujarat 1995 Supp (1) SCC 596 held that “cryptocurrency” is a property. It is not a tangible property, nor is it a currency. However, it is a property which is capable of being enjoyed and possessed (in a beneficial form). Further it observed that cryptocurrency is treated as a virtual digital asset and transacting in it is not treated as a speculative transaction, and governed under Section 2(47A) of the Income-Tax Act, 1961.

40. Zoharbee & Anr vs. Imam Khan (D) Thr. Lrs. & Ors.

2025 LiveLaw (SC) 1014

October 16, 2025

Muslim Law – Inheritance – Matruka Property – Agreement to Sell. [S. 54 & 55 of Transfer of Property Act , 1882]

FACTS

The dispute was between the widow of the deceased Chand Khan and brother of the deceased concerning the inheritance of properties left behind by the deceased. The Respondent, brother contented that a plot was already transferred to third parties through an agreement to sell executed during the lifetime of the deceased and with part consideration received before the death and the rest afterward. The Trial Court accepted the brother’s contention, holding that the agreement to sell stood proved and nothing remained for partition. The First Appellate Court, however, reversed the decision, holding that an agreement to sell does not transfer the ownership and that the properties continued to vest in the name of the deceased at the time of his death. Therefore, the widow’s claim to 3/4th of the estate was maintainable. The High Court dismissed the second appeal, finding no substantial question of law.

HELD

On appeal, the Supreme Court, affirming the orders of the First Appellate Court and High Court, held that an agreement to sell does not convey the title or create any proprietary interest. Consequently, all the property left in the deceased’s name at the time of his death formed part of his matruka estate. The Court clarified that matruka includes all movable and immovable property left by a deceased Muslim, to be distributed after satisfaction of debts and legacies. The Court further held that under Sunni law, where a man dies leaving a wife but no child, the wife
is entitled to one-fourth share, and the remainder devolves upon the brother as the residuary heir. The Court also observed that the widow could have sold only her one-fourth share and not the entire property.

Accordingly, the Appeals were dismissed. The orders of the First Appellate Court and High Court were affirmed.

41. B S Enviro N Infracon Pvt. Ltd. vs. Vij Contracts Pvt. Ltd.

2025:DHC:9230-DB

October 17, 2025

Contract – Full and Final Settlement – Effect of Acceptance of Payment – Bar to Subsequent Claims. [S. 62 & 63, Indian Contract Act, 1872; S. 96, Civil Procedure Code, 1963; S. 13, Commercial Court Act, 2015]

FACTS

The Appellant, BS Enviro N Infracon Pvt. Ltd., was engaged by the Respondent, Vij Contracts Pvt. Ltd., as a sub-contractor for supply, installation, testing, and commissioning of an 800 KLD Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) at Haryana. The principal contract was between the Respondent and IRCON Infrastructure & Services Ltd. A Letter of intent was issued to the Appellant. The Appellant supplied materials through three invoices and claimed balance payment. A meeting was held between both parties and IRCON officials, during which a written settlement statement was prepared, recording a total reconciliation and settlement of accounts subject to withdrawal of the MSME complaint. Two cheques were issued and encashed by the Appellant. The Appellant did not withdraw the MSME complaint and subsequently filed a civil suit, which was dismissed by the Commercial Court. The present Appeal was filed under Section 96 of the Civil Procedure Code, 1963 (CPC).

HELD

The Delhi High Court upheld the findings of the Trial Court and dismissed the appeal. It was observed that the document bore the signatures of both the parties and clearly recorded the mutual settlement of dues. Having accepted and endorsed the cheques in full satisfaction, the Appellant could not subsequently reopen settled accounts. The Court held that under Sections 62 and 63 of the Indian Contract Act, 1872, a contract can be novated or discharged by mutual consent, and once a creditor voluntarily accepts a lesser amount in satisfaction of the total claim, he is barred from raising further demands. The Appellant’s contention that the payment was made to “keep the contract alive” was found inconsistent with the contemporaneous written record. No independent evidence was led by the Appellant to prove any additional or unbilled contract value, retention, or damages. Once the accounts were settled and payment accepted, the Applicant was estopped from re-agitating the claim.

Accordingly, the Appeal was dismissed. The decree of the Commercial Court was affirmed.

42. Giri Chhaya Cooperative Hsg. Society Limited vs. Sushila Laliwala (since deceased) through heirs and legal representatives.

2025:BHC-AS:45381

October 16, 2025

Cooperative Housing Society – Recovery of Maintenance Charges – Limitation – Continuous Cause of Action. [S. 91, 92(1)(b) Maharashtra Cooperative Societies Act, 1960]

FACTS

The Petitioner, a Cooperative Housing Society, filed a dispute before the Cooperative Court seeking recovery of maintenance arrears from the Respondent, occupant. The flat was originally owned by Smt. Sushila Laliwala, a member of the society, and her legal heirs continued to occupy the flat and enjoy common amenities but failed to pay maintenance charges. Despite repeated demands and a demand notice, the Respondents did not clear the dues. Consequently, the society initiated a dispute under Section 91 of the Maharashtra Cooperative Societies Act, 1960 (MCS). The Respondent contested the claim on the grounds that (a) the dispute was barred by limitation, (b) the interest charged was excessive, and (c) the claim lacked particulars. The Cooperative Court dismissed the claim as time-barred under Section 92(1)(b), and the Cooperative Appellate Court affirmed the dismissal in an Appeal. Aggrieved, the society filed a writ petition before the Hon’ble Bombay High Court. .

HELD

The Bombay High Court held that both the Cooperative and Appellate Courts misinterpreted Section 92(1)(b) of MCS, 1960. The Court observed that the liability to pay maintenance charges is a recurring and continuous obligation, arising each billing period, so long as the occupant continues to occupy the premises and enjoys common facilities. The cause of action, therefore, is continuous and recurring, and limitation runs afresh for every billing cycle. The society had restricted its claim to arrears from January 1 2009, to 31 December 2015 and filed the dispute in 2015, which was within the six-year limitation period prescribed under Section 92(1)(b). The Court emphasised that Section 92 is a special provision of limitation intended to protect the legitimate dues of cooperative societies, overriding the general limitation Act. The court observed that the Respondent had not disputed receiving maintenance bills or produced any proof of payment. The objection regarding excessive interest could not defeat the principal claim, though the Court reduced the rate of interest at 9% per annum as reasonable.

Accordingly, the writ petition was allowed. The orders of the Cooperative and Appellate Courts were set aside.

From Published Accounts

COMPILER’S NOTE

Under Section 143(3)(i) of the Companies Act, 2013, an auditor of a company is required to state in his/her audit report whether the company has an adequate internal financial controls (IFC) system in place and the operating effectiveness of such controls. The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI) has also issued a Guidance Note for the same.

Given below are excerpts of instances where the auditors have issued qualified reports for the financial year 2024-25 for deficiencies observed in different areas in the Internal Financial Controls.

Ola Electric Mobility Limited (from Consolidated Financial Statements)

REPORT ON THE INTERNAL FINANCIAL CONTROLS

Qualified Opinion:

In conjunction with our audit of the consolidated financial statements of Ola Electric Mobility Limited (formerly known as ‘Ola Electric Mobility Private Limited’) (hereinafter referred to as “the Holding Company”) as of and for the year ended 31 March 2025, we have audited the internal financial controls with reference to financial statements of the Holding Company and such companies incorporated in India under the Act which are its subsidiary companies, as of that date.

In our opinion, except for the possible effects of the material weakness described below in the Basis for Qualified Opinion section of our report on the achievement of the objectives of the control criteria in respect of one of the wholly owned subsidiary company, the Holding Company and such companies incorporated in India which are its subsidiary companies has maintained, in all material respects, adequate internal financial controls with reference to consolidated financial statements and such internal financial controls with reference to consolidated financial statements were operating effectively as of 31 March 2025, based on the internal financial controls with reference to financial statements criteria established by such companies considering the essential components of such internal controls stated in the Guidance Note on Audit of Internal Financial Controls Over Financial Reporting issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (the “Guidance Note”).

We have considered the material weakness identified and reported below in determining the nature, timing, and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the consolidated financial statements of the Group as at 31 March 2025, and such material weakness does not affect our opinion on the consolidated financial statements.

Basis For Qualified Opinion:

According to the information and explanations given to us and based on our audit, the following material weakness has been identified as at 31 March 2025 in respect of one of the wholly owned subsidiary company:

  •  Such subsidiary company did not have an appropriate internal control system for physical verification of raw material and finished goods located at its Stores and State Distribution Centers which could potentially result in material misstatements in the Group’s inventories, Cost of materials consumed and Change in inventories of finished goods, stock-in-trade and work-in-progress account balances.

A ‘material weakness’ is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal financial control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

Ventive Hospitality Limited (Standalone Financial Statements)

REPORT ON THE INTERNAL FINANCIAL CONTROLS

Qualified Opinion:

According to the information and explanations given to us and based on our audit, the following material weakness has been identified as at March 31, 2025:

The Company did not have appropriate Information Technology General Controls (ITGCs) in respect of application software used by the Company, related to managing program changes and managing access, which could potentially result in misstatements to the relevant account captions in the financial statements.

A ‘material weakness’ is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal financial control with reference to standalone financial statements, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

In our opinion, except for the possible effects of the material weakness described above on the achievement of the objectives of the control criteria, the Company has maintained, in all material respects, adequate internal financial controls with reference to these financial statements and such internal financial controls with reference to financial statements were operating effectively as of March 31, 2025, based on the internal control over financial reporting criteria established by the Company considering the essential components of internal control stated in the Guidance Note issued by the ICAI.

TCI Finance Limited (Standalone Financial Statements)

REPORT ON THE INTERNAL FINANCIAL CONTROLS

Qualified Opinion:

According to the information and explanations given to us and based on our audit, the following material weakness have been identified in the operating effectiveness of the Company’s internal financial controls over financial reporting as at March 31, 2025 in respect of financial statements closure and assessment of impairment loss or provision required in respect of investments or financial assets which could potentially result in misstatement in the financial statements.

A ‘material weakness’ is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal financial control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the Company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

In our opinion, the Company has, in all material respects, maintained adequate internal financial controls over financial reporting as of March 31, 2025, based on the internal control over financial reporting criteria established by the Company considering the essential components of internal control stated in the Guidance Note on Audit of Internal Financial Controls Over Financial Reporting issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India, and except for the possible effects of the material weakness described above on the achievement of the objectives of the control criteria, the Company’s internal financial controls over financial reporting were operating effectively as of March 31, 2025.

Hindustan Construction Co. Limited (Standalone Financial Statements)

REPORT ON THE INTERNAL FINANCIAL CONTROLS

Qualified opinion:

According to the information and explanations given to us and based on our audit, the following material weaknesses have been identified in the operating effectiveness of the Company’s internal financial controls with reference to standalone Ind AS financial statements as at March 31, 2025:

a. The Company’s internal financial control system towards estimating the carrying value of its investment in subsidiary company, as explained in Note 32 to the standalone Ind AS financial statements were not operating effectively which could potentially lead material misstatement in the carrying values of investments and dues recoverable from such subsidiary and its consequential impact on the earnings, other equity and related disclosures in the standalone Ind AS financial statements.

b. The Company’s internal financial controls system with respect to assessing the recoverability of deferred tax assets, as explained in Note 9.5 to the standalone Ind AS financial statements, as per Ind AS 12 ‘Income Taxes’ were not operating effectively, which could potentially lead to a material misstatement in the carrying value of deferred tax assets and its consequential impact on the earnings, other equity and related disclosures in the standalone Ind AS financial statements.

A ‘material weakness’ is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal financial controls with reference to the standalone Ind AS financial statements, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim Ind AS financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

In our opinion, the Company has, in all material respects, adequate internal financial controls with reference to the standalone Ind AS financial statements as at March 31, 2025, based on internal control with reference to the standalone Ind AS financial statements established by the Company considering the essential components of internal control stated in the Guidance Note issued by the ICAI, and except for the possible effects of the material weaknesses described above on the achievement of the objectives of the control criteria, the Company’s internal financial controls with reference to standalone Ind AS financial statements were operating effectively as at March 31, 2025.

We have considered the material weaknesses identified and reported above in determining the nature, timing, and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the standalone Ind AS financial statements of the Company as at and for the year ended March 31, 2025, and these material weaknesses have affected our opinion on the standalone Ind AS financial statements of the Company, and we have issued a qualified opinion on the standalone Ind AS financial statements.

From notes to Financial Statements:

Note 32:

As at March 31, 2025, the Company has investments (including deemed investments) in its wholly owned subsidiary HCC Infrastructure Company Limited (‘HICL’) aggregating ₹1,294.33 crore (March 31, 2024: ₹1,294.45 crore) classified as non-current investment ₹1,159.48 crore (March 31, 2024: ₹1,294.45 crore) and current investment of ₹134.85 crore (March 31, 2024: Nil). While the consolidated net worth of HICL as at March 31, 2025 has been substantially eroded, the management has assessed the fair value of HICL based on a valuation report from an independent valuation expert. The valuation includes significant judgements and estimates in respect of future business plans, expected share of future revenues of subsidiaries sold and outcome of litigations for favourable arbitration awards in a step-down subsidiary. Accordingly, based on aforementioned valuation report and future business plan, the management believes that the recoverable amount of investment in HICL is higher than its carrying value.

Note 9.5:

Movement in components of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are as follows:

(Rupees in crores)

Business loss / unabsorbed depreciation / MAT credit entitlements Impairment allowance on receivables / other assets Timing difference on tangible and intangible assets depreciation and amortisation Section 35 Expenses Expense allowable on payment basis Others Arbitration awards Total
As at April 1, 2023 2,100.17 9.69 35.07 166.98 (1,569.98) 741.93
(Charged) / credited
– to profit or loss (131.75) 6.52 6.19 69.00 (78.80) (128.8)
– to other comprehensive income 0.00*
As at March 31, 2024 1,968.42 16.21 41.26 235.98   (1,648.78) 613.09
(Charged) / credited
– to profit or loss (Refer note 9.6) (867.56) (3.40) (12.85) (2.35) (18.33) 483.63 483.63
– to other comprehensive income 1.39 (420.9)
– to security premium 11.28 11.28
As at March 31, 2025 1,100.86 12.81 28.41 8.93 217.65 1.39 (1,165.15) 204.90

* Represents amount less than ₹1 lakh.

Fusion Finance Limited (Standalone Financial Statements)

REPORT ON INTERNAL FINANCIAL CONTROLS

Basis for Qualified Opinion

According to the information and explanations given to us and based on our audit, the following material weakness has been identified in the Company’s internal financial controls with reference to the financial statements as at March 31, 2025.

The Company has concluded that it was impracticable to evaluate and determine any amounts for retrospective recognition and measurement in those prior periods on account of expected credit loss allowance as explained in note 60 of the financial statements of the Company. As a result, we are unable to determine whether any adjustments were required for prior period(s) relating to the impairment charge recorded for the year ended March 31, 2025.

Because of the deficiency in financial closing and reporting process, in respect of information as aforesaid, we are unable to assess whether or not the current year’s figures are comparable to those of the previous year.

A ‘material weakness’ is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal financial control with reference to the financial statements, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

Qualified Opinion

In our opinion, to the best of our information and according to the explanations given to us, except for the possible effects of the material weakness described in the Basis for Qualified Opinion paragraph above on the achievement of the objectives of the control criteria, the Company has maintained, in all material respects, an adequate internal financial controls with reference to the financial statements and such internal financial controls with reference to the financial statements were operating effectively as at March 31, 2025, based on the criteria for internal financial control with reference to financial statements established by the Company considering the essential components of internal control stated in the Guidance Note on Audit of Internal Financial Controls Over Financial Reporting issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India.

We have considered the material weakness identified and reported above in determining the nature, timing, and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the financial statements of the Company for the year ended March 31, 2025, and the material weakness does not affect our opinion on the financial statements of the Company.

From Notes to Financial Statements:

Note 60:

During the year ended March 31, 2025, the Company recorded an allowance for Expected Credit Loss (“ECL”) of ₹1,864.91 crore, in respect of loans given, with a corresponding charge to the Statement of Profit and Loss, consequent to a significant increase in credit risk evidenced by slowing and delayed collections. In preparing this statement, the Company has not evaluated whether any of these allowances should have been recognized in any of the prior period presented because of limitations in objectively determining information relating to assumptions and circumstances as it existed in those prior periods. As a result, the Company has concluded that it was impracticable to evaluate and determine any amounts for retrospective recognition and measurement in those prior periods.

Kolte-Patil Developers Limited (Standalone Financial Statements)

INTERNAL FINANCIAL CONTROLS REPORT

Qualified Opinion:

According to the information and explanations given to us and based on our audit, the following material weaknesses have been identified as at March 31, 2025:

  •  The Company’s information technology general controls with respect to manage change process were not operating effectively which could potentially result in material misstatement in the standalone financial statements.
  •  The Company’s internal financial controls over financial statements closure process were not operating effectively which could potentially result in material misstatement in the standalone financial statements.

A ‘material weakness’ is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal financial control with reference to standalone financial statements, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

In our opinion, the Company has maintained, in all material respects, adequate internal financial controls with reference to the standalone financial statements based on the internal control over financial reporting criteria established by the Company considering the essential components of internal control stated in the Guidance Note issued by the ICAI and except for the possible effects of the material weaknesses described above on the achievement of the objectives of the control criteria, such internal financial controls with reference to standalone financial statements were operating effectively as at March 31, 2025.

Reliance Communications Limited (Standalone Financial Statements)

REPORT ON INTERNAL FINANCIAL CONTROLS

Basis for Qualified Opinion

According to the information and explanations given to us and based on our audit, the following material weaknesses and deficiencies has been identified in the operating effectiveness of the Company’s internal financial controls with reference to standalone financial statements as at March 31, 2025:

  1.  The Company’s internal process with regard to confirmation and reconciliation of Balances of trade receivables, trade payables & other liabilities and loan & advances which are not providing for adjustments, which are required to be made to the carrying values of such assets and liabilities. (Read with Note no. 2.31) (not reproduced as the note is on Going Concern).
  2.  The Company’s internal control process in respect of closure of outstanding entries in Bank Reconciliation Statements which are pending to be reconciled.
  3.  In respect of delays in payment of certain statutory dues and filing of certain statutory returns during the year with the respective authorities.
  4.  In respect of transactions carried out by Director of foreign subsidiary company without obtaining the adequate approvals from the Management of the Company (Refer Note 2.60).
  5.  The Company’s internal financial control with regard to the compliance with the applicable Indian Accounting Standards and evaluation of carrying values of assets and liabilities and other matters, as fully explained in Basis for Qualified Opinion paragraph of our main report, resulting in the Company not providing for adjustments, which are required to be made, to the standalone financial statements.

A ‘material weakness’ is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal financial control with
reference to standalone financial statements, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the Company’s standalone financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

Qualified Opinion

In our opinion and to the best of our information and according to the explanations given to us, except for the effects / possible effects of the material weaknesses described above under Basis for Qualified Opinion paragraph on the achievement of the objectives of the control criteria, the Company has, in all material respects an adequate internal financial controls with reference to standalone financial statements and such internal financial controls were operating effectively as at March 31, 2025, based on the internal financial control with reference to the standalone financial statements criteria established by the Company considering the essential components of internal control stated in the Guidance Note.

We have considered material weakness identified and reported above in determining the nature, timing, and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the standalone financial statements of the Company for the year ended March 31, 2025 and these material weaknesses affect our opinion on standalone financial statements of the Company for the year ended March 31, 2025 [our audit report dated May 27, 2025, which expressed an Qualified Opinion on those standalone financial statements of the Company].

Interpreting Guarantees Under Ind As: Determining The Correct Standard By Contract Term

Companies frequently provide guarantees on the obligations of other entities, for example bank loan of a joint venture (JV), performance under a contract of a subsidiary, or payment obligations of an associate. These guarantees can take many forms such as financial guarantees, performance guarantees, credit guarantees, and there has been significant diversity in how these are accounted for. Some entities treated guarantees as mere contingent liabilities with disclosure only, while others recognized liabilities at fair value under Ind AS 109, Financial Instruments. This divergence arose due to ambiguity over which Indian Accounting Standard (Ind AS) applies to a given guarantee.

A recent agenda decision by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) in April 2025 dealing with analogous IFRS standards has provided much needed clarity on the accounting treatment for issued guarantees. Although issued under IFRS, this guidance is relevant for interpreting Ind AS. In this article, the authors discuss the types of guarantees commonly seen, the diversity in practice, the clarifying guidance, and the conclusion reached.

TYPES OF GUARANTEES AND COMMON SCENARIOS

Guarantees can be issued in many forms and for various purposes, such as:

(i) Financial Guarantees: These involve an entity guaranteeing payments of debt obligations of another entity. For example, a parent company may guarantee repayment of a bank loan taken
by its subsidiary or joint venture. If the debtor fails to pay, the guarantor must reimburse the holder of the debt.

(ii) Performance Guarantees: These ensure the performance of contractual obligations. For instance, a company may guarantee that its associate or JV will fulfil the terms of an EPC (engineering, procurement, construction) contract covering completion of a project or meeting certain performance standards. If the obligor fails to perform, the guarantor compensates the affected party which could involve monetary compensation or stepping in to perform the work.

(iii) Other Contractual Guarantees: Variations include guarantees of payment obligations under non-debt contracts (e.g. guaranteeing a minimum revenue or profit to a third party), warranty and service guarantees provided in customer contracts (assuring quality or uptime), and guarantees in partnership agreements (e.g., one partner guaranteeing certain returns to another).

These guarantees may be issued on behalf of different related parties such as a joint venture, an associate, a subsidiary, or even an unrelated third party. The terms and conditions can vary widely, some guarantees cover specific loans or bonds, others cover broader obligations or future losses. The rights and obligations of the guarantor also differ. Some guarantees give the guarantor recourse against the primary obligor, for example, an indemnity from the subsidiary to the parent, while others do not. Some are provided for a fee, others are free of charge often when given to benefit a related party. This variety means that no single Ind AS governs all guarantees, and careful analysis is required for each contract.

THE ACCOUNTING DILEMMA AND DIVERGENCE IN PRACTICE

The core question which arise is which Ind AS applies to a given guarantee? In the absence of explicit guidance, companies interpreted standards differently.

Many companies defaulted to Ind AS 109 for guarantees, especially for explicit financial guarantees of debt. Ind AS 109 contains the definition of a financial guarantee contract (FGC) and specific accounting requirements. According to Ind AS 109, a financial guarantee contract is “a contract that requires the issuer to make specified payments to reimburse the holder for a loss it incurs because a specified debtor fails to make payment when due in accordance with the original or modified terms of a debt instrument”. If a guarantee met this definition (essentially a credit guarantee on a debt obligation), it would clearly fall under Ind AS 109 as a financial instrument. In such cases, Ind AS 109 requires the guarantor to recognize a liability at fair value at inception of the guarantee, and subsequently measure it as per financial instrument guidance (typically at the higher of the initially recognized amount amortized, and the expected credit loss allowance). Many companies did follow this for bank loan guarantees and similar credit guarantees, recording a liability with the offset often treated as an investment in the subsidiary or an expense, depending on the context.

However, when the guarantee related to non-debt obligations or performance risks, practice varied. Some viewed these as not meeting the narrow Ind AS 109 definition, since the trigger was not strictly a ‘debt instrument’ default. For example, a parent guaranteeing to compensate a customer if its JV fails to complete a project on time (a performance guarantee). This type of guarantee does not meet the Ind AS 109 definition of a financial guarantee contract, because it is not a guarantee of payment on a debt instrument. Lacking a clear Ind AS analogy for such insurance-like guarantees, some companies resorted to Ind AS 37, Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets treating the guarantee as a contingent liability to be disclosed, and only recognized as a provision if payment became probable. Under Ind AS 37, unless an outflow is probable and estimable, only a disclosure is required. This meant many performance guarantees remained off-balance-sheet except perhaps a provision at the tail end if a default was imminent. Other companies, attempting to be conservative, recognized a provision upfront at some estimate of potential loss, citing general prudence. The lack of uniformity was evident, as IFRIC also observed diversity in practice globally with such guarantees.

A few entities, noting the insurance-like nature of performance guarantees, drew analogy to Ind AS 104/Ind AS 117 Insurance Contracts. Ind AS 104 which is based on IFRS 4 was the interim standard for insurance and Ind AS 117 based on IFRS 17 is the new comprehensive insurance standard effective from financial year 2024-25 in India. Under insurance accounting, a performance guarantee (which involves accepting significant risk of a non-financial loss) could be seen as an insurance contract. However, historically this treatment was rare unless the company was itself an insurer. Ind AS 104/117 were typically outside the scope for non-insurance companies, and many firms were unaware that they could consider a guarantee as an insurance contract. In fact, IFRS/Ind AS allowed an option: if an issuer explicitly treated certain guarantees as insurance contracts in the past, it could continue to do so. In Ind AS terms, an issuer who had asserted that its guarantees are insurance could elect to apply Ind AS 117 instead of Ind AS 109 for those contracts.

Guarantees as part of customer contracts: Another grey area was when guarantees were provided to customers as part of a sales or service contract. For example, a construction company might guarantee the performance of a facility for a period (beyond a normal warranty), or a parent entity might guarantee the obligations of its subsidiary to a customer. Some aspects of such guarantees could be viewed as extended warranties or performance bonuses/penalties, possibly falling under Ind AS 115 Revenue from Contracts with Customers as part of the revenue arrangement. Many companies do not segregate these, or they treated any such guarantees as either Ind AS 37 contingencies or simply include any payouts as reductions of revenue when incurred with no liability upfront.

The net result is a lack of comparability. Some companies carry significant guarantee liabilities on their balance sheets under Ind AS 109 while others with similar exposures show nothing but contingent liability disclosures.

IFRIC AGENDA DECISION (APRIL 2025): CLARIFYING GUIDANCE AND ITS IND AS INTERPRETATION

In April 2025, the IFRS Interpretations Committee published an agenda decision titled “Guarantees Issued on Obligations of Other Entities.” This decision, while not introducing new rules, clarified how existing standards should be applied to guarantee contracts. The authors interpret the essence of this guidance in the Ind AS context below, as the underlying principles apply equally to Ind AS 109, 117, 115, and 37 given their alignment with corresponding IFRSs.

No single standard for all guarantees: The IFRIC emphasized that accounting for a guarantee should not be based on the nature of the issuer i.e., whether the company is an insurer, a bank, or a non-financial entity, but on the terms of the contract and the scope definitions in the standards. There is no definition of ‘guarantee’ in the standards and no one Ind AS applies to every type of guarantee. Instead, one must analyze the guarantee’s features and determine which standard’s scope it falls under. In other words, the substance of the guarantee determines the accounting a principle that guides the step-by-step framework described below.

Step 1: Is it a financial guarantee contract under Ind AS 109?

The first assessment is whether the guarantee meets the definition of a financial guarantee contract as per Ind AS 109 (Financial Instruments). As noted earlier, Ind AS 109 defines a financial guarantee contract (FGC) as an obligation to reimburse the holder for loss due to a debtor’s failure to pay a debt when due. Classic examples that do meet this definition include a parent guaranteeing a bank loan of its subsidiary or a corporate guarantee on a bond, in both cases, there is a specified debtor, a debt instrument (loan/bond), and the guarantor pays only if the debtor fails to pay covering the lender’s loss.

If the guarantee does meet this definition, then Ind AS 109 applies unless the company has a prior insurance accounting election. Under Ind AS 109, such guarantees are treated as financial liabilities. The issuer must recognize a liability at fair value when the guarantee is issued even if no fee is charged). This typically results in an immediate debit to an appropriate account (investment in subsidiary if the guarantee benefits a subsidiary, or to P&L expense if it’s for an unrelated party).

Subsequently, the guarantee liability is typically measured at the higher of (a) the amount initially recognized (less any income recognized if a fee was received) and (b) the loss allowance determined as per expected credit loss (ECL) methodology. In practice, for intra-group financial guarantees given for no fee, the initial fair value of the guarantee is often credited to a liability and debited as an increase in the investment in the subsidiary (in separate financial statements), reflecting a capital contribution. Any difference if a fee is charged would be recognized as income over the guarantee period. Importantly, Ind AS 37 would not apply in this case indeed, Ind AS 37 explicitly scopes out provisions for matters covered by Ind AS 109’s financial instruments. Some entities treated financial guarantees as contingencies, but this is incorrect given the Ind AS 109 requirements (a ‘common misconception’ that Ind AS 37 could be used for financial guarantees has been debunked by the guidance).

One nuance: the term ‘debt instrument’ in the definition has been a point of debate. Does it strictly mean a loan or bond, or could it include other payables like a fixed payment obligation under a contract? The IFRIC noted diversity in interpreting debt instrument, and the IASB plans to further examine this definition. Until clarified, companies must apply reasonable judgment with disclosure in determining whether an obligation is a debt instrument under Ind AS 109. If in doubt and the guarantee primarily covers a payment default risk, it’s safer to lean towards treating it as a financial guarantee contract, given that what is being guaranteed is a credit loss.

Exception of insurance accounting election: Ind AS 109 (similar to IFRS 9) provides an option that if an issuer had previously asserted explicitly that certain guarantees are insurance contracts and accounted for them as such, it can continue to do so (on a per contract election basis). This means if a company historically treated its financial guarantees under Ind AS 104/117, it may elect to continue using Ind AS 117 for those contracts, despite them meeting the financial guarantee definition. This is a narrow exception aimed at insurers or special cases and must have been established in prior practice. The election is irrevocable for each contract once made. Few non-insurer Indian companies are likely to have this history. Going forward, new issuers of financial guarantees will apply Ind AS 109 if the contract meets the FGC definition unless they meet any regulatory criteria for not doing so. Such guarantees also need financial instrument disclosures such as credit risk exposure, and other related disclosures as per Ind AS 107.

Lets discuss it with an example:

On 1 April 20X1, Parent ‘P Ltd.’ signs a guarantee in favour of Bank for a credit limit of ₹1,000 crore sanctioned to its joint venture ‘JV’. The facility works like an overdraft. The JV can draw any amount within the limit over three years and repay as it earns cash from the project. No guarantee commission is charged by P Ltd.

Since the JV has not utilised the entire limit on day one, does P Ltd. still recognise a liability?

Analysis under Ind AS:

A financial guarantee contract exists when P Ltd. becomes obligated, not when the JV draws the money. If the JV does not pay when an instalment becomes due, P Ltd. must reimburse the bank. The guarantee protects the bank against credit loss arising from non-payment of a debt.

This meets the definition of a Financial Guarantee Contract under Ind AS 109, because the guarantee is linked to repayment of a debt.

Accounting by P Ltd. (separate financial statements):

(i) On the date the guarantee is issued, P Ltd. recognises a liability at fair value, even if the loan is undrawn or partially drawn.

(ii)   After initial recognition, the liability is measured at the higher of:

– the unamortised portion of the initial fair value, and

– the expected credit loss (ECL) on the guarantee.

In other words, P Ltd. recognises a present obligation because the guarantee exposes it to the JV’s credit risk from the moment the guarantee is signed and not from when the JV draws the loan.

Step 2: If not a financial guarantee under 109, is it an insurance contract under Ind AS 117?

If the guarantee does not squarely fall under financial guarantee scope under Ind AS 109 (for instance, it does not involve reimbursing a loss on a debt instrument), the next question is whether it meets the definition of an insurance contract per Ind AS 117. Ind AS 117 defines an insurance contract as an arrangement under which one party (issuer) accepts significant insurance risk from another party (the policyholder) by agreeing to compensate the policyholder if a specified uncertain future event adversely affects them. ‘Insurance risk’ is essentially any risk other than financial risk (financial risk relates to changes in financial variables like credit risk, market prices, etc.). In the context of guarantees, a pure performance guarantee often entails insurance risk, the uncertain future event could be the failure of the underlying entity to perform some service or deliver a product, which is not a financial variable but an outcome risk. If that failure adversely affects the counterparty (e.g. the customer of the JV or subsidiary), and the guarantor will compensate for that loss, the contract is transferring significant non-financial risk to the guarantor, essentially an insurance arrangement.

Ind AS 117 is applicable to insurance contracts issued regardless of the issuer’s typical business. So even a construction or manufacturing company can issue an ‘insurance contract’ in substance. For example, a parent company’s guarantee to complete a project or pay damages if its JV fails is very much like a performance bond, which economically is an insurance contract (the parent takes on the project completion risk). If such risk is significant and the compensation is linked to an adverse event (project failure), the guarantee meets the insurance contract definition.

If a guarantee qualifies as an insurance contract under Ind AS 117, the issuer has two possibilities:

(a) Mandatory application of Ind AS 117 in general, insurance contracts should be accounted under Ind AS 117, which involves recognition of a liability for remaining coverage and incurred claims, measured using either the general model (fulfilment cash flows plus a contractual service margin) or the simplified premium allocation approach, along with disclosure of risk assumptions, etc. Ind AS 117 is a complex standard and will result in a very different measurement than Ind AS 109. For non-insurers, applying Ind AS 117 could be challenging operationally, but it might better reflect the nature of the obligation (especially if there are many guarantees issued or which extends over multiple periods and the risk is significant).

(b) Elect to apply Ind AS 115 (for service contracts) or Ind AS 109 (for certain credit limits). Ind AS 117 itself provides some scope choices. In particular, if a contract’s primary purpose is the provision of services for a fixed fee (often called the “fixed-fee service contract” scope exception, e.g. certain extended warranty contracts), an entity may choose to account for it under Ind AS 115 instead. Also, as noted earlier, if the contract is essentially a financial guarantee (compensation capped at the amount of the debtor’s obligation), the issuer can choose Ind AS 109 or Ind AS 117. These choices are to be made carefully and consistently for similar contracts, and once made for a portfolio, the choice is irrevocable.

In summary, a guarantee that transfers significant non-financial risk (and is not a financial guarantee of debt) will generally fall under Ind AS 117. The guarantor would account for it much like an insurance company would by recognizing an insurance contract liability, measuring the best estimate of fulfilment cash outflows plus a risk adjustment, and recognizing income as it is released from risk over time (if consideration is received, unearned premium or a similar liability is recognized). If no consideration is received (e.g., a parent gives a free performance guarantee for its JV), under Ind AS 117 the initial recognition would still record a liability for the stand-ready obligation and a corresponding deemed contribution (much as under Ind AS 109 , the entity would record a contribution). The recent guidance essentially reminds companies that not all guarantees are financial instruments, some are insurance contracts in nature and should be accounted for using insurance principles, even by non-insurers. Importantly, this is not an elective treatment as per step 1, this is not a per contract election, and would apply to all contracts of this nature.

Step 3: If neither financial guarantee nor insurance contract, then consider other standards (Ind AS 109, 115, or 37).

If after the above analysis the guarantee doesn’t neatly fit Ind AS 109 or Ind AS 117, then one needs to look at other accounting standards that might capture the substance of the guarantee. In Ind AS context, the remaining possibilities are:

(i) Ind AS 109 (other scopes): Just because a guarantee is not a ‘financial guarantee contract’ by definition, it might still be within Ind AS 109 if it meets another category. For example, loan commitments. Paragraph 2.3 of Ind AS 109 brings some loan commitments (to provide a loan at below-market rates) into its scope. A standby liquidity facility or guarantee to lend money if needed might fall here. In such cases, recognition and measurement principles for financial liabilities of Ind AS 109 would apply.

(ii) Ind AS 115: If the guarantee is issued to a counterparty that is also a customer in a revenue contract, and none of the above standards captures it, Ind AS 115 might come into play. Ind AS 115 excludes financial instruments and insurance contracts from its scope, but if the guarantee doesn’t qualify as those, and it is part of the sales deal, the arrangement could be treated as a performance obligation or a guarantee obligation under the revenue standard. For example, consider a technology vendor that guarantees a certain performance of a product for three years. If that guarantee is beyond a standard warranty (which itself is accounted either as assurance warranty, a cost accrual under Ind AS 37 or service warranty which is a separate performance obligation under Ind AS 115), it may effectively be a separate service that the customer receives (a form of insurance service). Ind AS 115 would then require identifying that performance guarantee as a distinct obligation and allocating some of the transaction price to it (or if free, perhaps recognizing a liability for the obligation to stand ready, akin to an onerous performance obligation). In a parent-subsidiary-customer scenario, like a parent guaranteeing the performance of its subsidiary to the customer, Ind AS 115 could be relevant in the consolidated financial statements of the parent (because from the group’s perspective, the customer contract includes a guarantee feature). In such consolidated accounts, any payout under the guarantee might be treated as a contract cost or a reduction of revenue rather than a separate financial expense. The entities should thus examine if a guarantee given to a customer (directly or implicitly) is actually an element of a revenue arrangement. If so, ensure compliance with Ind AS 115, e.g. recognize a liability for future penalty/compensation obligations as an offset to revenue, if material.

(iii) Ind AS 37: Finally, if none of the above standards governs the guarantee, Ind AS 37 serves as the fallback. Ind AS 37 applies to contingent obligations that are not within the scope of another standard. So, only when a guarantee does not qualify as a financial instrument or insurance contract, the entity account for it under Ind AS 37. In practice, very few guarantees should land here after the above analysis. Under Ind AS 37, if a provision is recognized, it would be measured as the best estimate of the obligation (similar concept to fulfilment cost but without the insurance contract framework of risk adjustment and service margin). If the likelihood of payout is low, it may only be disclosed as a contingent liability. However, entities must be cautious, if a guarantee is a contract that could potentially require payment, usually it does create a present obligation (even if conditional) and if not covered by other standards, Ind AS 37 would demand a provision if the obligation is probable and estimable.

CONCLUSION

The accounting for guarantees on obligations of other entities has evolved from a divergent practice to a more principled approach under Ind AS, made easy by the IFRIC agenda decision of April 2025 which provides clarification. The key is to identify the nature of risk a guarantee covers and apply the appropriate Ind AS, i.e., financial instrument standards for pure credit risk guarantees, insurance standard for performance and other non-financial risk guarantees, revenue standard for customer-related guarantees, and provisions standard only as a last resort. This multi-standard framework may appear complex, but it aligns each type of guarantee with the accounting model that best captures its economics under Ind AS.

In essence, the clarifying guidance (when translated to Ind AS) is that companies must use judgment to determine which Ind AS applies, based on the substance and terms of the guarantee contract, and apply that standard’s recognition and measurement requirements.

Goods And Services Tax

HIGH COURT

71. (2025) 34 Centax 284 (M.P.) Study Metro Edu Consultant Pvt. Ltd. vs. Joint Director, DGGI, Indore dated 05.08.2025

Writ petition against a SCN under section 74 CGST is not maintainable as the Adjudicating Authority decides independently, unaffected by the Investigating Authority’s findings

FACTS

Petitioner was engaged in providing Software-as-a-Service based student recruitment solutions, including overseas advisory services for foreign universities. Pursuant to an investigation initiated by the respondent, summons were issued under section 70 of the CGST Act, 2017, and a detailed enquiry was conducted, during which the petitioner was directed to appear and explain the leviability of GST on the consideration received for advisory services rendered to foreign universities. In response, the petitioner submitted that such services qualify as “export of services” under section 2(6) of the IGST Act, 2017 and therefore no GST is applicable. Despite the petitioner’s explanation during investigation and submissions of requisite documents in response to summons, SCN was issued to petitioner under section 74 of the CGST Act, to appear before the Deputy/Assistant Commissioner, CGST seeking explanation as to why GST should not be demanded. Being aggrieved by the issuance of the SCN and the procedural lapses committed by the adjudicating authority in merely following the investigating authority’s finding, the petitioner approached the Hon’ble High Court.

HELD

The Hon’ble High Court observed that the Investigating Authority and the Adjudicating Authority are distinct. Adjudicating authority is required to adjudicate the matter independently based on material on record, uninfluenced by any findings recorded during investigation. However, to address the petitioner’s apprehension, the respondents voluntarily stated that if the Court deems fit, they are willing to have the adjudication conducted by a higher-ranking officer namely, an Additional Commissioner or Joint Commissioner, and will issue a corrigendum accordingly. Court concluded that there is no reason for the High Court to intervene at this stage, especially when the SCN itself is not a final order. Therefore, the writ petition was dismissed, with no order as to costs.

72. (2025) 34 Centax 342 (Guj.) Sintex BAPL Ltd vs. State of Gujarat dated 28.08.2025

Once a resolution plan is approved by the NCLT under IBC, SCN cannot be issued subsequently demanding GST on past tax dues of the corporate debtor

FACTS

Petitioner, a corporate debtor was engaged in the manufacturing and supply of plastic products. The National Company Law Tribunal (NCLT) initiated the Corporate Insolvency Resolution Process (CIRP) against the petitioner and resolution plan was approved on 17.03.2023. Despite initiation of CIRP, the respondent issued multiple SCN, intimations and orders raising tax demands along with interest and penalties for various financial years prior to the approval of the resolution plan. The petitioner submitted detailed responses requesting withdrawal of these notices, contending that all prior liabilities stood extinguished upon the NCLT’s approval. Being aggrieved by the respondent’s actions, the petitioner approached Hon’ble High Court.

HELD

The Hon’ble High Court stated that on approval of the resolution plan under IBC, all tax liabilities of the petitioner would stand extinguished and no demand could be raised. Thus, upon the complete extinguishment of all tax liabilities of the petitioner upon the approval of the Resolution Plan, there could be no occasion whatsoever for the respondents to issue the impugned notices. Accordingly, all notices/orders along with all other proceedings or coercive action relating thereto were quashed and set aside.

73. (2025) 34 Centax 361 (Ker.) XL Interiors vs. Deputy Commissioner (Intelligence), SGST Department dated 28.07.2025

The denial of cross-examination of a witness, whose evidence is crucial to the tax demand, constitutes a violation of natural justice.

FACTS

Petitioner was issued a SCN alleging suppression of turnover based on an inspection and statements recorded of its customers by the State intelligence unit. In its detailed reply, the petitioner contested the allegations and specifically sought permission to cross-examine several customers, especially Sri Krishna Pilla, to establish that the amounts received from him were advances and not suppressed turnover. Respondent however, passed the impugned order without granting the opportunity for cross-examination, observing that the persons sought to be examined had nothing to do with the transactions. Being aggrieved by this denial of cross examination opportunity, which pertained directly to a transaction relied upon in the order, the petitioner approached the Hon’ble High Court.

HELD

The Hon’ble High Court held that the denial of an opportunity for cross-examination caused prejudice to the petitioner because Sri Krishna Pilla had actual transactions with the petitioner, which the revenue had relied upon to treat advances as taxable turnover. The impugned order passed without granting cross-examination was violative of the principles of natural justice. Accordingly, the order was quashed, and the matter was remanded to the adjudicating authority with a direction to re-hear the matter after providing the petitioner an opportunity to examine the said witness.

74. (2025) 36 Centax 52 (Del.) Oriental Insurance Company Ltd. vs. Additional Commissioner CGST dated 26.09.2025.

Demand on Reinsurance services rendered for the period 01.07.2017–24.01.2018 would not sustain as benefit of CBIC Circular No. 228/22/2024-GST was applicable for past period on “as is where is basis” even though Order was prior to date of issuance of Circular

FACTS

Petitioner had availed reinsurance services between 01.07.2017 and 24.01.2018. A SCN dated 27.09.2023 was issued proposing to levy GST on such services. Despite the petitioner’s explanations and objections, Additional Commissioner passed an Order-In-Original on 29.12.2023 confirming the demand, which was upheld by Commissioner (Appeals) on 11.07.2024. Soon thereafter, CBIC issued Circular No. 228/22/2024-GST on 15.07.2024 implementing the GST Council’s recommendation that GST liability on reinsurance of exempt insurance schemes for this period would be regularized on an “as is where is basis”. Being aggrieved, the petitioner approached the High Court.

HELD

The Hon’ble High Court observed that the Order-In-Original dated 29.12.2023 and the Order-In-Appeal dated 11.07.2024 were passed before CBIC Circular No. 228/22/2024-GST dated 15.07.2024. which regularized past GST liability on reinsurance services for 01.07.2017 to 24.01.2018 on “as is where is basis” pursuant to 53rd GST Council’s recommendation. It further stated that Circular was squarely applicable in the petitioner’s case and benefit could not be denied. It also relied upon its own earlier decision in the case of AXA France Vie-India vs. Union of India — (2024) 23 Centax 330 (Del.), where it was held that GST on reinsurance services was exempt for the period under consideration. Accordingly, both Order-In-Original and Order-in-Appeal were set aside.

75. (2025) 36 Centax 13 (All.) Trimble Mobility Solutions India Pvt. Ltd. vs. State of U.P. dated 07.10.2025..

Penalty cannot be imposed where delay in movement due to vehicle breakdown resulted in expiry of an e-way bill in absence of any intent to evade tax particularly where fresh e-way bill is generated before passing order of seizure under section 129.

FACTS

Petitioner was supplying GPS devices under a contract with the National Geo-Spatial Data Centre, Department of Surveyor General of India, accompanied by valid tax invoices and e-way bills. During transit, the vehicle carrying the goods broke down, and the driver transferred the goods to another vehicle. As a result of this delay, the original e-way bill expired on 20.12.2022. The new vehicle was intercepted, and goods were detained since vehicle carrying goods was different and E-Way Bill had already expired. Petitioner generated a fresh e-way bill on 22.12.2022 before any order of detention or penalty under section 129(3) of the GST Act was passed. Despite this, the adjudicating authority passed the Order-In-Original on 27.12.2022, which was subsequently upheld by the respondent through the Order-In-Appeal on 17.06.2023. Aggrieved by these orders, petitioner preferred a Writ before the High Court.

HELD

The Hon’ble High Court held that petitioner’s goods were transported under valid tax invoices and e-way bills. The expiry of the original e-way bill was due to a vehicle breakdown resulting in transfer of goods to another vehicle without any intention to evade tax. Since a fresh e-way bill was generated before any order of detention or penalty under section 129(3) of the GST Act was passed, the Court found that the impugned Order-In-Original and Order-In-Appeal could not be sustained. The Court also placed reliance on Asstt. Commissioner (ST) vs. Satyam Shivam Papers (P.) Ltd. [2022 (57) G.S.T.L. 97 (S.C.) along with several of its own earlier decisions where it was held that mere expiry of an e-way bill where movement of goods was genuine along with valid tax invoices does not indicate intention to evade tax. Accordingly, the writ was allowed.

76. [2025] 180 taxmann.com 163 (Allahabad) Singhal Iron Traders vs. Additional Commissioner dated 04.11.2025.

If the supplier’s registration was valid at the time of purchase and transactions were duly supported by e-way bills and bank payments, ITC cannot be denied merely because the supplier’s registration was subsequently cancelled. Authorities must verify the supplier’s existence and validity at the time of the transaction, not retrospectively.

FACTS

The petitioner is a proprietorship firm engaged in the trading and supply of all kinds of iron scrap, etc. The petitioner purchased iron scrap from the registered dealer against tax invoices and two e-way bills, the said payment was made to the supplier through banking channels. The supplier/seller also filed his GSTR-1 and GSTR-3B for the relevant period on time on the GST Portal. Proceedings against the petitioner were initiated under section 74 of the GST Act, 2017, and a show cause notice was issued to the petitioner demanding ITC and a penalty, as the supplier’s registration had been cancelled and no business activity had been undertaken. The petitioner filed his detailed reply, annexing all the documentary evidence, stating that he had validly claimed the ITC, but that, without considering the same, the order in GST DRC-07 was passed.

HELD

The Hon’ble Court noted that the registration of the supplier was cancelled after the transactions in question. The Court observed that the supplier filed its return in the forms of GSTR-01 and GSTR-3B after payment of taxes. The Court held that once the supplier (sic) paid the tax in the forms of GSTR-01 and GSTR-3B, no adverse inference can be drawn against the petitioner on the premise that the dealer’s registration, from whom the purchases were shown to be made, was subsequently cancelled. The Hon’ble Court also observed that purchases were made by the petitioner, for which due e-way bills were generated and the payments were shown to be made through banking channels, and that it is also not the case of the revenue that the vehicle used for transportation was not found registered.

The Hon’ble Court further held that it was the duty of the authorities to verify the said information as to whether at the time of transactions, the firm was in existence or not and therefore, without verifying the same, the authorities ought not to have initiated the proceedings against the petitioner only on the borrowed information as the petitioner discharged its preliminary duty by making the payment of due taxes through banking channels.

Accordingly, the orders demanding ITC reversal and equal penalty were held unsustainable and quashed.

77. [2025] 179 taxmann.com 437 (Bombay) Adarsh s/o Gautam Pimpare vs. State of Maharashtra dated 14.10.2025.

The returns furnished by the taxpayers cannot be disclosed by the GST authorities under section 158(1) except as provided in section 158(3) of the GST Act. Provisions of section 158 of the CGST Act will override the provisions of RTI Act as former is a special legislation.

FACTS

The petitioner applied under the Right to Information Act, 2005 (RTI Act), to the GST Department and sought information regarding the submissions of GST returns for the financial years 2008 to 2023 for six different entities. In pursuance of the application, the Information Officer issued a notice to the concerned entities seeking their response. The concerned industries responded with objections to providing information to the petitioner. Thereafter, the petitioner’s application was rejected. The appeals filed by the petitioner were also decided against the petitioner. It was contended before the High Court that the returns filed by the entities with Government are public documents and not personal information and that information was required in connection with one large scale fraud where public interest is involved.

HELD

Discussing the provisions of RTI Act, and relying upon the decision in the case of Central Public Information Officer vs. Subhash Chandra Agarwal [2019] 111 taxmann.com 206 (SC)/(2020) 5 SCC 481, the Hon’ble Court held the proviso to section 11(1) permits disclosure where the public interest in disclosure outweighs any possible harms in disclosure highlighted by the third party. However, the said Act provides that in any case where the information sought is personal information within the meaning of section 8(1)(j) of the RTI Act the procedure under section 11 must be complied with before final order is passed and the third party concerned are required to be issued notice and heard as they are not parties before it. The Court also noted that section 8(1)(d) of the RTI Act provides that information is exempt from disclosure where such disclosure would harm the competitive position of a third party and the exemption is further qualified by the phrase, unless the competent authority is satisfied that larger public interest warrants the disclosure. The Hon’ble Court held that in the instant case the information which is sought relates to the third party and the GST Authorities holds the information i.e. GST returns of the third party. Therefore, when such an information is asked the Authorities constituted have to issue under section 11 to the effected person as this provision is held to be mandatory.

The Hon’ble Court also held that the returns furnished by the entities under section 158(1) cannot be disclosed by the GST authorities except as provided in section 158(3) of the GST Act. The GST Act being a special enactment would override the RTI Act (general enactment) and the information which is prohibited to be provided under section 158 of the GST Act cannot be disclosed under the RTI Act

The Court dismissed the petition, holding that there is no prima facie evidence to show that the industries have indulged in large scale fraud and that there is no larger public interest involved in the matter. Therefore, no case under proviso to section 8(1)(j) to grant information is made out.

78. [2025] 180 taxmann.com 378 (Orissa) GAEA Engineers and Contractors (P.) Ltd vs. Chief Commissioner of CGST & Central Excise dated 06.11.2025.

Where the petitioner filed manual appeal without payment of pre-deposit and such appeal was registered by the department without issuing any deficiency memo and also issued a notice of personal hearing, but such appeal rejected subsequently, without discussing merits on the ground that pre-deposit is not made, the Court issued directions for restoring the appeal for deciding the same on merits on subsequent payment of pre-deposit by the petitioner.

FACTS

The petitioner received a manual Order-In Original against which he filed a manual appeal under section 107 of the GST Act without payment of pre-deposit. The department having received the memorandum of appeal, registered the case and allotted No.518/GST/BBSR/ADC/2024-25. Thereafter, the First Appellate Authority issued the “notice of personal hearing”, but rejected the appeal without considering the merits thereof. The petitioner subsequently paid the amount of pre-deposit and filed the petition to set aside the order dismissing the appeal.

HELD

The Hon’ble Court held that despite statutory bar against filing of appeal without payment of pre-deposit, the Appellate Authority accepted the appeal and assigned number to it. This indicates that the Appellate Authority omitted and/or waived the condition stipulated in section 107(6) and intended to proceed with the hearing of appeal on merit. The Court further held that since the petitioner has deposited the amount of pre-deposit required under section 107(6) of the GST Act, the rejection order was to be set aside and the appeal was restored for adjudication on merits.

79. [2025] 180 taxmann.com 218 (Delhi) Kemexel Ecommerce (P.) Ltd. vs. Sales Tax Officer, Avato dated 31.10.2025.

Once the matter covered in ASMT-10 issued in terms of section 61 of the CGST Act is satisfactorily explained by the assessee and closed by the Authorities by issuing ASMT-12, further issuance of show cause notice under section 73 on the same matter is not permissible.

FACTS

A notice under section 61 was issued to the petitioner for scrutiny of returns under Form GST ASMT-10. The discrepancies observed in the said notice issued under section 61 of the Act pertained to ITC reflected in Form GSTR-2A, ITC claimed in Form GSTR-3B and the liability shown in Form GSTR-1. The petitioner submitted a detailed reply along with the requisite documents. After perusing the same, the matter was closed by FORM GST ASMT-12. The details of the said Order of acceptance of reply against the notice was issued under section 61. However, subsequently on the same grounds, a show cause notice in DRC-01 was issued to the petitioner in respect to the same transactions and the impugned order was then passed.

HELD

The Hon’ble Court held that section 61 of the Act would show that the scheme of the said provision is that whenever the proper officer finds any discrepancies, a notice can be issued to the taxpayer and an explanation can be sought. Upon the explanation being furnished, if the explanation is found acceptable, then no further action can be undertaken. Thus, section 61(2) of the Act would create an embargo against any further demands being raised under section 73 of the Act. Accordingly, the issuance of SCN under section 73 of the Act and passing of the consequent impugned order, after the acceptance of the explanation was directed to be set aside.

80. [2025] 180 taxmann.com 298 Symphony Ltd. vs. Union of India (Gujarat) dated 12.09.2025.

Liability of returns stand discharged if the payment is made in cash ledger before the due date. A debit in the electronic credit ledger during return filing is just an accounting adjustment.

FACTS

The petitioner firm filed Form GSTR-3B return of July 2017 on 14.08.2018. However, it made the payment of tax along with applicable interest on 19.09.2017. The department issued letters calling upon the petitioner to pay the interest for the period 20.09.2017 to 14.08.2018.

HELD

Relying upon the decision in the case of Arya Cotton Industries vs. Union of India [2024] 164 taxmann.com 2(Guj), the Hon’ble Court held that the amount deposited by the petitioner by generating challan will get credited to the account of the Government immediately upon deposit and later on the same shall be adjusted against the tax payable as per the return filed by debiting the electronic cash ledger and therefore, the tax liability of the registered person will be discharged to the extent of deposit made with the Government. It further held that as per the Scheme of the GST Act, it is only for the purpose of accounting that the debit in electronic cash ledger is made at the time of filing of the return otherwise an amount which is credited to the account of the Government immediately upon the deposit in electronic cash ledger, the same would be appropriated in the Government treasury and the tax liability of the assessee would stand discharged. Moreover, as per the Scheme of the GST Act, the deposit in the electronic cash ledger would be in the nature of an advance payment by the assessee, which would be adjusted at the time of filing of the return in Form GSTR 3B while computing the tax liability. Therefore, no interest can be levied from the date of deposit of the amount by the assessee in the electronic cash ledger till the time the return in Form GSTR-3B is submitted. The impugned communications were quashed, and the petitions were allowed.

Recent Developments in GST

A. CIRCULARS

(i) Clarification about Assigning proper officer under Sections 74A,75(2) and 122 of CGST Act – Circular no.254/11/2025-GST dated 27.10.2025

Fresh guidelines regarding assignment of proper officers under Sections 74A, 75(2) and 122 of CGST Act,2017 & CGST Rules are provided.

B. NOTIFICATIONS

i) Notification No.17/2025-Central Tax dated 18.10.2025

The CBIC has extended the due date for filing GSTR-3B returns for the month of September 2025 and for the quarter of July–September 2025 till October 25, 2025.

ii) Notification No.18/2025-Central Tax dated 31.10.2025

The Central Goods and Services Tax (Fourth Amendment) Rules, 2025 are published to introduce a faster, technology-enabled, and taxpayer-friendly GST registration process within three working days. These amendments come into effect from 1st November, 2025.

C. NOTIFICATION RELATING TO RATE OF TAX

i) Notification No.18/2025-Central Tax (Rate) dated 24.10.2025

The above notification seeks to amend Notification No. 26/2018-Central Tax (Rate) dated 31.12.2018, to provide definition of “Nominated Agency”. This change is effective from November 1, 2025.

D. ADVANCE RULINGS

Issue: Hotel accommodation vis-à-vis Renting of immovable property – applicable rate of Tax

Orsino Hotels & Resorts LLP

(AAR Order No.08/WBAAR/2025-26 dt.22.8.2025)(WB)

The facts are that the applicant is engaged in the hotel business through its property named Orsino Spa Resort located in Darjeeling. The resort comprises 45 rooms and offers various amenities such as a spa, banquet facilities, a bar, a multi-cuisine restaurant, and a cafe. The applicant has entered into a contractual agreement with the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) on 19th March 2025 to provide continuous accommodation services for RBI officers and their families. As per the agreement, the applicant is obligated to provide a minimum of two double-bedded “Premium Rooms” per day at a pre-agreed rate. The agreement is valid from 1st April 2025 to 31st March 2026, with a provision for extension. Applicant has raised following questions:

“(i) Whether the accommodation services provided by the applicant to RBI having room tariff of less than ₹7500 per day per unit, as part of the agreement for providing accomodation (rooms) services to RBI staff, are taxable under GST at the rate of 12%

(ii) If not, under which HSN code and tax rate will the services be taxed?”

The applicant explained the nature of services which are all akin to facilities provide in hotel room, with Check in time-12 noon, check out time-11:00 am. The RBI is to pay the room tariff per day at an agreed rate. The applicant has charged GST @ 12%.

One of the factors was that RBI is to deduct TDS under Section 194I of the Income Tax Act, 1961, in respect of the payments made by RBI for the accommodation services under the said contract.

The applicant brought to notice of the ld. AAR the definition of “Hotel Accommodation” as provided in Notification No.11/2017-Central Tax (Rate) dated 28.06.2017 as well as GST Rate applicable on such accommodation services w.e.f. 18.7.2022, which are as under:

Room Tariff GST Rate
Value of supply less than ₹7500 per day per unit 12%
Value of supply more than ₹7500 per day per unit 18%

It was submitted that since, the room tariff per unit per day for these accommodation services provided to RBI as per the agreement does not exceed ₹7500, GST rate applicable to applicant shall be 12%.

The applicant also made submission about difference in renting of property vis-a-vis hotel accommodation.

The ld. AAR analysed position vis-à-vis the facts of the case.

The ld. AAR observed that accommodation services refers to providing residential or lodging services for a short period where the tariff for a unit of accommodation is usually declared per unit per day. Accommodation services may include certain other facilities depending on the policy of the hotel.

The ld. AAR also referred to recent changes in the GST Act vide Notification no.05/2025-Central Tax (Rate) dated 16.1.2025 in respect of accommodation services given by the hotel.

The ld. AAR also discussed about various plans available in hotel regarding food facility and modalities connected there with. As compared to above, in renting of premises, the demarcated premises are allotted to the customer. Since this is not position, the ld. AAR held that transaction cannot fall in ‘renting of immovable property’.

The ld. AAR observed that the issue appears to have arisen as RBI is deducting TDS under section 194I of the Income Tax Act which provides for TDS in respect of payment made for renting of immovable property.

The ld. AAR observed that two acts (Income Tax Act and GST) are different. The ld. AAR held that so far as the concept of hotel accommodation services in the GST is concerned there is no reference to the Income Tax Act and it has nothing to do with the Income Tax Act. Therefore, for the purpose of the GST Act, hotel accommodation services will come under serial no. 7 (i) or (vi) of the Notification No. 11/2017 and Central Tax (Rate) Dated 28.06.2017 and liable to GST rate accordingly, irrespective of treatment given by RBI under Income Tax Act.

The ld. AAR held that since the value of supply has not exceeded ₹7500/- for one room as per the agreement with RBI, the applicable rate will be 12%.

Issue: Classification – Pre-packaged and Labelled Goods

Neeli Sea Foods Pvt. Ltd.

(AAR Order No.11/AP/GST/2025 dt.16.9.2025)(AP)

The applicant is engaged in the business of processing and exporting of shrimps. Applicant procures raw shrimp locally from farmers and processes it at the factory. Shrimp processing includes washing, de-veining, peeling, de-heading, tail removal, sorting, grading, and freezing. However, further processing can be done independently based on the customer’s requirements to produce the desired results.

Processed frozen shrimps are packaged separately in accordance with the buyer’s specifications. The Applicant employs the following packaging methods:

a) Primary packaging: The final product is packed into individual pouches or boxes, weighing between approximately 250 grams and 2.5 kilograms.

b) Secondary Packaging: The aforementioned pouches or boxes (i.e., primary packaging) are placed into master cartons, with a maximum weight limit of 25 kilograms.

The primary packaging serves as the principal container for the processed shrimps. These pouches should be stored within master cartons to facilitate convenient transportation. Both the primary and secondary packaging are printed with comprehensive details regarding the product, such as the type, weight, branding information and other relevant specifications (i.e. packaged and labelled). The shrimps so packed are exported to international buyers.

Applicant raised following issues before the ld. AAR:

“- Whether the export of processed frozen shrimps (HSN 0306), which are packaged in individual printed pouches or boxes and subsequently placed inside a print master carton (of up to 25 Kilogram each) that includes the design, label, and other specification provided by the buyer, attracts GST?

– Whether the export of processed frozen shrimps (HSN 0306), packaged in individual plain pouches or boxes and subsequently placed inside a plain master carton (of up to 25 Kilogram each), attracts GST?”

Applicant made reference to relevant entry like entry 2 of Schedule I of Notification No. 01/2017-CGST(R) dated 01.07.2017 updated from time to time and lastly on 13.7.2022. Reliance was also placed on various earlier ARs.

Based on above legal position the ld. AAR observed that as per the provisions of the Legal Metrology Act, 2009 (1 of 2010) and the rules made there under, as the inner packing is printed and is having pre-determined quantity it immediately attains the characteristics of ‘pre-packaged and labelled’ category, meant for retail sale, irrespective of the fact whether the outer packaging is printed or not. Under these circumstances, the inner packaging which ranges from 250 grams to 2.5 kilograms becomes liable to GST, as the same fall within the ambit of ‘pre-packaged and labelled’ category which is mandated to bear the declaration.

The ld. AAR made reference to FAQ dated 18.7.2022 as well as Ministry of Finance clarification on doubts/queries regarding the GST levy on ‘pre-packaged and labelled’ goods vide Press Release dated 18th July 2022.

The ld. AAR concluded the issue as under:

“The supply of shrimps in pouches or boxes of upto 25kg, which are duly pre-packaged and labelled as per Legal Metrology Act 2009 is a taxable supply which is neither exempted nor nil rated supply. As per the Notification no 06/2022 (CT Rate), dated 13th July 2022, GST has been made applicable on supply of such “pre-packaged and labelled” commodities attracting provisions of Legal Metrology Act, 2009. Therefore, where the quantity involved is 25Kgs or less in respect of specified commodities including shrimps (HSN 0306, as per S.No.4 of schedule 1 of notification 01/2017-central tax (rate) dated 28th June 2017) which are pre-packed, they would mandatorily get covered within the ambit of Legal Metrology Act, 2009, and the rules made there under. Accordingly, we are of the considered view that GST would be applicable on the supply of “pre-packaged and labelled” shrimps, capacity upto 25 kgs, and it will be liable for GST @ 5%, irrespective of the fact whether it is for domestic supply or for export outside the country.”

Accordingly, the ld. AAR answered both issues in affirmative.

Issue: Nature of Composite Supply

Greater Visakhapatnam Smart City Corporation Ltd.

(AAR Order No.14/AP/GST/2025 dt.16.10.2025)(AP)

The applicant is a special purposes vehicle (SPV) incorporated as Public Limited Company under the Companies Act, 2013, owned by the State Government of Andhra Pradesh and the Greater Visakhapatnam Municipal Corporation (GVMC). The applicant has undertaken two convergence projects with smart city funds towards development of sewerage system and supply of recycled water to industries.

The applicant has entered into renewed tripartite agreement dated 10.06.2025 between Greater Visakhapatnam Municipal Corporation (GVMC), Greater Visakhapatnam Smart City Corporation Limited (GVSCCL) and M/s. Hindustan Petrol Corporation Limited (HPCL) towards supply of recycled water to M/s. HPCL, wherein GVMC and GVSCCL provided sewerage infrastructure situated in Visakhapatnam, comprising of various equipments and facilities.

Clause 9 of the tripartite agreement towards supply of recycled water specifies that Metering for determining the exact quantities of the Product supplied shall be done at the Delivery Point in the premises of HPCL. Applicant shall install a meter with a standby at the Delivery Point i.e. at M/s. HPCL. There is also clause for levy of charges for maintenance of meters, instrumentation, automation etc at the rate of 0.75% of monthly supply of recycled water bill. In above process applicant has installed only flow meters in the premises of M/s. HPCL to measure recycled water and no other instrumentation/automation of applicant are installed at the premises of M/s. HPCL.

With the above background following questions were raised before ld. AAR.

“1. Whether the maintenance charges of flow meters installed at the end user premises to record the recycled water falls under composite supply.

2. If yes, the rate applicable to principal supply i.e., nil rate can be applied to Ancillary supply also i.e., maintenance charges of flow meters also.

3. If not? What is the applicable GST rate and what is the SAC/HSN code applicable to the same?”

The ld. AAR observed that applicant has installed only flow meters at the consumer’s end to record water flow and no other automation or instrumentation systems involved at HPCL’s premises. It was also noted that the maintenance charges are being collected separately on a monthly basis as a percentage of the recycled water supply bill. The ld. AAR was to determine as to whether such maintenance of flow meters constitutes a part of a composite supply along with the supply of recycled water, and if not, what rate of GST would be applicable for such activity.

The ld. AAR referred to definition of ‘Composite Supply’ and analysed clauses of tripartite agreement in light of same. The ld. AAR observed that as per the provisions contained in Para 5(a)(vi) and 5(b)(vi) of the agreement, applicant is levying separate charges upon HPCL at the rate of 0.75% (plus applicable taxes) of the monthly bill value, towards maintenance of meters, instrumentation and automation etc., which are further subject to revision, as and when deemed necessary.

It was further observed that such maintenance charges are not subsumed within the consideration payable for the supply of “product and clear water,” which has been distinctly provided for under Para 5(a)(i) and 5(b)(i) of the said agreement. Noting above contractual separation, the ld. AAR observed that it clearly establishes that the maintenance of flow meters is being charged as an independent service, in addition to the primary supply of recycled water.

Therefore, the ld. AAR held that the maintenance of flow meters is to be treated as a standalone supply of service, falling under Heading 9987 – Maintenance, repair and installation (except construction) services, taxable at 18% (9% CGST + 9% SGST) under Notification No. 11/2017-Central Tax (Rate) dated 28.06.2017 as amended.

Accordingly, the ld. AAR gave ruling in negative.

Issue: ITC through TRC-06 challan

Becton Dickinson India Pvt. Ltd.

(AAAR Order No.AAAR/06/2025(AR) (A. R. Appeal No.05/2025/AAAR dt.8.10.2025)(TN)

The present appeal is against the Advance Ruling No. 20/ARA/2025 dated 09.05.2025 – 2025-VIL-88-AAR passed by AAR (TN) on the application for AR filed by the Appellant.

The appellant has put various questions for opinion of ld. AAR. The short gist is that the appellant wanted to know whether it is eligible to ITC for payment of IGST though TR-6 challan in Customs department. The ld. AAR rejected the same and gave ruling in negative.

The facts are that the appellant is importer and imports from its group companies. For above purpose the appellant has a limited risk distributorship agreement (“LRD agreement”), and as per the same, the goods are supplied by the overseas companies to the appellant at a price which would ensure that the appellant earns an Arm’s Length Price (ALP) operating profit margin. At the end of the financial year as per the Income Tax Laws, the ALP margin is determined and compared with the actual margin earned by the appellant on the sale of imported goods. In case the actual margin earned by the Appellant is more than the ALP margin, then the appellant transfers the differential margin through a pricing adjustment (“true up”) by the overseas entity from whom the goods were to imported, and vice versa. While doing so the appellant has to discharge differential duties through TR-6 challan.

The ld. AAR denied ITC for above payment on ground it is neither Bill of entry or other similar documents, for the purpose of Section 16(2) of CGST Act.

The ld. AAAR held that the documents prescribed under Custom Act like Bill of Entry are document valid for section 16(2). The ld. AAAR noted that TR-6 challan is not a document prescribed under the Customs Act or the rules made thereunder, but it is a challan prescribed under the ‘Treasury Rules of the Central Government’, under which any person can pay money into the treasury or Bank on Government Account. The ld. AAAR observed that it does not contain all the details relating to assessment encapsulated in a ‘bill of entry’. Since TR-6 lacked legal backing as authenticated document under Customs Act, the ld. AAAR concurred with ld. AAR and confirmed the order of AAR.

Regarding second query about application of section 16(4) to TR-6 challan, the ld. AAAR held that since TR-6 itself not eligible to ITC, no question of considering application of section 16(4) arises.

The third query was, whether section 16(4) applies to reassessment Bill of entry for availing ITC. The ld. AAAR referred to section 16(4) and observed that when the provisions of Section 16(4) of the CGST Act, 2017 applies ‘mutatis mutandis’ to the IGST Act, 2017, the document ‘Bill of Entry or any similar document’ also gets covered under the said provision and that the time limit prescribed u/s.16(4) applies to documents like Bill of Entry.

Accordingly, the ld. AAAR confirmed the AR and rejected appeal on all issues.

Issue: ‘Supply’ – Scope

Laila Nutra Pvt. Ltd.

(AAR Order No.12/AP/GST/2025 dt.22.9.2025)(AP)

The applicant is engaged in the business of extraction of Concentrate from Herbs and Other Products.

The applicant had a wide range of Research and Development facilities including in Ayurvedic and Herbal Medicines. Applicant carries out R&D activities on certain raw materials, which are further extracted in to concentrates and exported to other countries. Along with four other institutes, applicant was selected to implement a designated project. Among the selected institutes, the applicant was the only one equipped with both an extraction facility and a Research& Development (R&D) facility.

As per instruction from the Central Council for Research in Ayurvedic Sciences (CCRAS), the applicant is responsible for procuring various raw materials
from different sources/vendors, extracting
concentrates from them, and distributing these extracts to the other institutes for further research and development. In certain cases, the applicant also undertakes further research and development on selected extracts. Upon completion of the project, the applicant is required to submit the final project documentation to the Ministry of AYUSH (MoA), through CCRAS.

Presently applicant is awarded two contracts viz:

“Project 1: Research, analysis, and manufacturing of 100 kg each of 5different raw material extracts for further testing by other selected institutes. (Grant sanctioned from Government: ₹10 Cr approximately)

Project 2: Further testing, safety analysis, and reporting on one of the products manufactured in Project 1. (Grant sanctioned from Government: Rs. 10 Cr approximately).

The deliverables under Project 1 include 100 kg of each of 5 different raw material extracts (which constitute less than 10% of the project cost), along with detailed research and analysis on these extracts.

Under Project 2, the deliverable is a comprehensive Testing, Safety, and Analysis Report on one of the extracts developed in Project 1. This report is intended to be placed in the public domain to serve as a reference for other Ayurveda and Herbal Medicine manufacturers in the long term.”

There are further procedural rules to be followed by applicant as Sub-Nodal Agency.

The applicant had sought advance ruling on the following:

“1. Whether the Research and Development activity undertaken by the applicant for the Ministry of AYUSH (MoA), through the Central Council for Research in Ayurvedic Sciences (CCRAS), under a grant-in-aid arrangement, falls within the scope of ‘supply’ as defined under Section 7 of the CGST Act, 2017?

2. If the aforementioned Research and Development activity is considered a ‘supply’ under Section 7 of the CGST Act, 2017, whether such activity qualifies for exemption under Entry No. 3 or Entry No. 3A of Notification No.12/2017-Central Tax (Rate) dated 28.06.2017, as amended?”

The applicant was contending that the applicant has neither proprietary rights nor control over the results of the R&D to claim any form of disposal or transfer thereof and hence not within scope of ‘supply’.

To determine questions (1), the ld. AAR referred to Section 7 which specifies the scope of ‘supply’.

The ld. AAR observed that under sub-section (a) of Section 2(31) of the Act, the consideration for the supply of goods or services may be paid by the recipient or any other person. Hence, even if it is assumed that services supplied by the applicant are not received by CCRAS but are received by the beneficiaries i.e., general public and medicine manufacturers, the amount paid by CCRAS to the applicant is still covered under the definition of ‘consideration’ paid for the said supply of goods or services by the applicant and is covered in the definition of ‘supply’ given under Section 7(1) of the Act. The profit motive held not important, considering combined reading of all above definitions, including that of the “business”.

Grants held to be consideration as it is not ‘subsidy’. It is also observed that R&D services, even when not resulting in the transfer of ownership or IP, are still services under GST as per definition of ‘services’ in Section 2(102) of the CGST Act.

Regarding question of exemption under entry 3 or 3A of Notification 12/2017-Central Tax (Rate) dt.28.6.2017, as activity falling under Articles 243G/243W, the ld. AAR held that the said exemption is not available as the service is not provided to Panchayat or Municipality, nor it is directly related to any functions given in said Articles.

Accordingly, the supply is held taxable under GST, and the applicant is held liable to discharge GST at the applicable rate.

Classification Of Goods

The GST law enacted under Article 246A of the Indian constitution made a significant attempt to unify the tax law on ‘goods and services’. Yet, distinctions prevail in areas of rate fixation, exemptions, time of supply, place of supply, refunds, input tax credit eligibility, etc. To appreciate this, we could examine certain experiences of the GST law.

REAL LIFE EXPERIENCE

Apex courts have settled that any movable property (tangible or intangible) having fundamental attributes (a) utility; (b) capable of being bought and sold; and (c) capable of being transmitted, transferred, delivered, stored and possessed, would be “goods”. In contrast, “services” has been stated to be as ‘anything other than goods’. While negative phraseology draws a Chinese wall between goods and services, an overlap re-emerges on application of the phrase “supply of goods” or “supply of services” (generally when both components are combined in a single transaction).

We may recollect instances of the health care industry grappling with taxability on supply of implants used in medical surgeries; educational sector facing legal ambiguity on providing books, periodicals, materials to students, IT services were subjected to tax as goods and services, etc. While the Supreme Court in the famous BSNL judgement coined the ‘dominant intention test’ for application in such hybrid commercial transactions (except the hotel and the construction industry), subjectivity continued at the ground level. Certain industries continue to face question over transaction being classifiable as a “Goods” or “as Services” under GST.

The diversity in tax implications between supply of goods or services arises even in a unified code – let’s take the EV revolution where “Mobility is being provided as a Service” (MaaS) rather than an outright purchase of a car. The transaction format fundamentally shifts the transaction from a ‘supply of goods’ to ‘supply or services’, commercials remaining the same. Consequently, goods rate notifications, which would have otherwise been applicable, would be displaced by the service rate notifications. Having treated MaaS as a ‘supply of service’, advances become taxable upfront, service rate notifications come into operation, place of supply rules apply differently, export provisions vary, etc. As a corollary, the service classification would also be transmitted to the recipient’s and the credit viewed as an ‘input service’ rather than as ‘inputs’ i.e. establish receipt as a service, restrictive refund eligibility, blocked credit examination, ISD provisions, etc. Therefore, the starting point of classification into supply of goods or services must be minutely addressed prior to proceeding to the rate/exemption scheme.

MACRO SCHEME

Therefore, the classification process under GST should be applied in a hierarchical manner – at the core of a transaction lies the question of whether it is “goods” or “services”. Once this is ascertained, Schedule II should be resorted to label the transaction as “supply of goods” (involving transfer of title in goods either in present or future) or classifiable as “supply of services”. This decision would then direct us to either the “Goods Notification” or the “Service Notification”. We will not delve much into the domain of goods vs. service as the focus of the article is on the classification scheme of goods.

GOODS CLASSIFICATION SCHEME

Section 9 of the CGST Act opens the pathway into Goods Rate Notification 01/2017-CT(R) (now superseded by 09/2025) for supply of goods. Being a levy provision, the rule is absolute – refer the notification only for the purpose of rate ascertainment. The said notification provides for merit, standard and de-merit rates. On the exemption front, a separate notification 11/2017-CT(R) (now superseded by 10/2025) has been issued under the provisions of section 11(1) exempting the entire GST on specified goods. Unfortunately, exemption notification has by-passed the rate fixation exercise on the premise that any unscheduled goods (not specified in the rate schedule) would anyway be subject to the residuary entry of 18% (refer entry 639 below).

Both the notifications enlist the description of various goods with corresponding tariff items of the Customs Tariff Act (‘CTA’). The description of goods is elaborated in column (3) of the notification. Column (2) contain the “Chapter”, “Heading” or “Sub-Heading” as mentioned in the CTA. The Harmonised System of Nomenclature (‘HSN’) based system for goods containing Chapters 1 to 98 has been adopted. Furthermore, the rules for interpretation of the First Schedule to the CTA, the Section and Chapter Notes and the General Explanatory Notes of the First Schedule of CTA shall (to the extent consistent with the notification), apply to the interpretation and classification of goods under said notification. A glimpse of the notification is extracted below:

 

Goods Clasification Scheme

SIMPLE UNDERSTANDING OF COLUMN (3) OF RATE NOTIFICATION

In terms of the preamble to the notification, goods meeting the description in column (3) would be covered by the corresponding entry. Depending on the context, the description would be based on ‘common parlance’ or ‘technical nomenclature’ of the product. In many cases the said description is identical to the CTA description (a.k.a. HSN scheme) at the corresponding heading, sub-heading or tariff level. There are also cases where the description has been customised for Indian requirements (rakhi, makana, puja samagri, pre-packaged and labelled, processed and unprocessed, etc) and they should be contextualised appropriately.

SIMPLE UNDERSTANDING OF COLUMN (2) OF RATE NOTIFICATION

Column (2) has many classification variants of the CTA numbering scheme : ‘two-digit level’, ‘four-digit level’, ‘six-digit level’, ‘eight-digit level’, ‘any chapter’, ‘- ’, ‘any chapter except.. ’, ‘ .. other than …’ etc. Each variant has a separate connotation and can be examined by way of a table below:

Variant Scope [subject to column (3) description]
Two-digit All headings contained in the chapter
Four-digit All goods in the four-digit heading
Six-digit All goods in the six-digit heading
Eight-digit Specific Tariff item only
Any chapter Any tariff item in Chapter 1 to 98 : all goods in the universe
88 or Any Chapter Same as above
(-) Not mentioned in the HSN
Any chapter except … All goods in Chapter 1 to 98 except that specifically excluded
Multiple HSN Goods description could comply with either HSN

Importantly, these columns should be cohesively read and a temptation to view them in isolation should be avoided. Certain examples have been elaborated later in the article.

PRIMER OF CTA/HSN CLASSIFICATION

CTA is based on the HSN scheme which is structured into 21 Sections and 98 Chapters:

  •  Sections: These are broad groups of chapters codifying classes of goods. Section Notes explain the inclusions/ exclusion of sections/ chapters/ headings;
  • Chapters: Chapters (two-digit sequence) contain Chapter Notes and brief descriptions of commodities;
  • Headings: These are four-digit codes within chapters, providing a general description of a class of goods;
  •  Sub-headings: These are six-digit codes offering a more specific description within a heading.
  • Tariff Items: These are eight-digit codes, providing the most specific description of a product. Rates are indicated at the tariff item level and not at the heading/ sub-heading level.

The arrangement of goods in the Tariff follows an increasing degree of manufacture, typically moving from natural products and raw materials to semi-finished and fully finished goods/machinery. India being a signatory to the WCO convention aligned its rate structure in Customs/Central Excise with this international system. Customs/ Central Excise laws were designed with standard rates being fixed at the tariff level i.e. 8 digit level (in a rate schedule) and product/ end-use based exemptions were issued separately under a descriptive style of wordings. On the other hand, State VAT laws have been laggards in adoption of the HSN scheme and have always been “description-based”. HSN was used only to a limited extent for understanding trade parlance. The GST system had mixed both systems. It would have been ideal if the GST rate schedule were drafted entirely on the CTA/HSN system which is a scientific grouping of goods and separately granted exemptions either based on descriptions or based on HSN. But the Government, in its endeavour to fulfil their socio-economic objective, has by-passed rate fixation at 8-digit level and deviated from the CTA/HSN entries making the rate/exemption notification a mix of HSN and descriptive styles. Interestingly, the rate/exemption notifications have adopted multiple HSN levels (2 digit, 4 digit, etc.) while GST returns require that the taxpayers should adopt a six-digit level of reporting of their goods.

INTERPLAY OF RATE NOTIFICATION WITH HSN/CTA

The divergence between the description in the CTA/HSN with that of the rate/exemption notification raises the important question on the relative significance of the HSN and the description of the rate/exemption entry. As stated above, harmonious interpretation ought to be adopted to make the entry workable i.e. ‘Description of goods’ in column (3) and the goods enlisted under the specific HSN in column (2) need to be cumulatively satisfied for the entry to be made applicable.

Interplay between the notification and HSN about edible preparations (such as khakra, parotta, snacks, etc.) was intensely debated at multiple forums. At the core was the variance between the “description” and the “HSN heading”. Let’s take the case of classification of Kerala Malabar Parotta either under Entry 97 or 99A:

97 (exemption) 1905 Bread (branded or otherwise), except when served for consumption and pizza bread
99A (rate) 1905 or 2106 Khakhra, plain chapatti or roti]

Originally, Entry 97 for Breads provided for exemption. Subsequently, a tax entry 99A was inserted for rotis, chapatis, etc. in the rate notification @ 5%. HSN 1905 finds mention in both notification and the exemption in Entry 97 is for all kinds of Breads (i.e. including rotis, chapatti, etc.). Revenue made an extreme claim that Entry 97 granted exemption only to Breads and Kerala parotta was not specifically mentioned in the description of the entry was classifiable under HSN 2106 – miscellaneous edible preparations at 18%. Kerala High Court1 examined this issue and held that such parottas are classifiable under Entry 99A of the tax notification under HSN 1905 as chapatti (probably the petitioner gave up exemption claim and had pressed for such goods to be declared at 5%). While not specifically stated by the Court, but parottas could also be classifiable as “Breads” under 1905 but the specific description of chapatti in Entry 99A has an over-bearing effect on the HSN classification. An aggressive view would be that the exemption notification should be exempting even entries which are specified in the rate notification and despite the specific mention of rotis in the rate notification, the broader exemption in the exemption notification should prevail. Pursuant to elimination of the 12% slab and large scale rate rationalisation measure in September 2025, this issue seems to have now been dissipated, but the principle which resolved this controversy continues to prevail.


1 2024 (86) G.S.T.L. 280 (Ker.) Modern food enterprises Pvt. Ltd. vs. UOI

Similar controversy arose in case of extruded snacks (popularly called as fryums or papad) which are part of HSN scheme under heading 1905. Revenue claimed that these are unscheduled items since they are not specifically mentioned in exemption notification or rate notification and liable to tax under Entry 16 @ 18%. This is despite the HSN scheme clearly including extruded snacks under HSN 1905. The GST council had to step in and specifically provide for extruded snacks under a separate entry. Let’s take another example of the variance between the HSN and the description in the context of bio-degradable bags. The notification recognises that bio-degradable bags would be made of paper or plastic items (refer Entry 319). Accordingly, both Chapter 39 and 48 have been assigned to the entry. The description being generic, one would have to follow the heading/ sub-heading and tariff level for ascertaining the type of bio-degradable bags which are included in the said entry.

Conversely, there are also cases where the HSN is narrower than and the description. The example below specifies all goods, but HSN tariff item 3605 00 10 is only applicable to safety matches other than fireworks. Here, emphasis should be placed on the HSN entry and its coverage rather than the generic goods description.

256. 3605 00 10 All goods

In summary, both description and the HSN play equally important role in rate fixation. For a broad based “HSN”, the narrower “goods description” would prevail and conversely for a broad based “goods description”, the narrower “Tariff entry” would prevail.

INTERPLAY BETWEEN THE RATE NOTIFICATION AND THE EXEMPTION NOTIFICATION

Another important aspect is the manner of interpretation of the rate notification (09/2025) vs. the exemption notification (10/2025). Rate notifications are issued u/s 9(1) i.e. levy provisions where only the rate can be prescribed by the Government. Exemption notifications have been issued u/s 11(1) given larger leeway to the Government to exempt wholly or partially subject to conditions. It is settled law that levy provisions have to be applied strictly and the onus of establishing a levy is on the revenue. As against this, exemption notifications are considered an exception and hence the onus of claiming exemption is on the taxpayer. Going back to the example of parotta, while the Courts taxed the transaction at 5% under the entry of “chapattis” based on the plea of the taxpayer, if the taxpayer intended, it could have sought for a complete exemption for such goods under the large category of ‘breads’ under the said HSN. Any ambiguity in the exemption notification can only be resolved through the interpretative tools specified in the CTA and HSN explanatory notes. If the case of exemption is not established, the benefit of exemption may not endure upon the taxpayer.

Interpretative Tools – The notification permits application of the interpretative principles applicable to CTA without controverting the plain description of the entry. In simple words, examination of the classification of goods under entries with broad descriptions could be supported with interpretative rules.

Section Notes and Chapter Notes:

Section Notes are given at the beginning each Section, which apply to all Chapters in that section. Chapter Notes are given at the beginning of each Chapter, which govern entries in that Chapter. The Section Notes and Chapter Notes are considered legally binding for classification. They can either expand the scope of certain headings to include goods that might not otherwise appear to fall within them, or they can restrict the scope of a heading by explicitly excluding certain goods.

General Rules for the Interpretation (GIR) of CTA

These rules are specified in the CTA and fundamental to understand the HSN coverage and are applied sequentially for the classification of goods. The primary rules are:

  •  Rule 1: The titles of Sections, Chapters and Sub-Chapters are provided for ease of reference only; for legal purposes, classification shall be determined according to the terms of the headings and any relative Section or Chapter Notes and, provided such headings or Notes do not otherwise require, according to the following provisions…”. In Hitachi Home & Lift Solutions Ltd2 it was held that where the Tariff clearly specifies “refrigerator combined with freezer”, it would be incorrect to classify under “household refrigerator” based on essential character test in subsequent rules of GIR, thus reiterating the importance of Rule 1 and plain reading of tariff entries.

2 2012 (285) E.L.T. 504 (Tri. - Mumbai)
  • Rule 2(a): Any reference to an article would include even incomplete or unfinished articles, and even disassembled or unassembled articles, if it has the essential character of the complete and finished article. The Larger Bench of Tribunal in Sony India3 (affirmed in Supreme Court) held that parts of a Television which are imported in separate consignments cannot be brought under Rule 2(a) since they were not presented at the same time for customs clearance. However, the Supreme Court in Tata Motors4 that where the exemption notification itself grants the benefit to “parts” in CKD/SKD form, the exemption should be extended even though rule 2(a) considers this as fully built cars. The former decision was rendered while interpreting the rate entry and the latter decision was rendered in examining exemption notification. The point to be appreciated here is that while interpretative rules would apply to ascertain the scope of the HSN / tariff entry, it stops there and cannot extend further.Where the description in the exemption notification narrows the scope of the entry, the interpretation under GIRs should give way to full operation of the exemption entry.

3 2002 (143) E.L.T. 411 (Tri-LB) & affirmed in 2008 (231) E.L.T. 385 (S.C.)

4 2004 (174) E.L.T. 289 (S.C.)
  • Rule 2(b): Any reference to a “material” or “substance” or “goods of such material or substance” would include mixtures or combinations with other materials and substances. For example, bio-fertilizers were classified under the heading of ‘Organic manure’ because organic manure constituted 50% of the final product and gave it its essential character. Similarly, ‘Breaded Cheese’ with less than 55% cheese was not classified as cheese but as ‘Food preparations not elsewhere specified or included’. It is important for one to examine composition of goods especially where the heading relies upon composition for its lineage.
  • Rule 3(a) – In case of mixture of composite goods, where goods are prima-facie classifiable under two or more headings, heading with most specific description shall be preferred to headings providing general description. For instance, “eco-friendly expandable paper wrap (honeycomb paper for wrapping),” manufactured from kraft paper and adhesives and used for wrapping, was classified under the specific Tariff Item 48239013 (“Packing and wrapping paper”) rather than a general description. In the context of “Seats for Railway Coaches,” Heading 9401, which specifically classifies all seats, was preferred over the more general Heading 8607 (parts of railways).
  • Rule 3(b) – Essential Character Rule: Where classification is not possible under above rule, they shall be classified based on the material or component with essential character. In the case of “Appy Fizz”, the Court in Parle Agro5 relied upon the essential character of the 10% apple extract and held that aeration was serving an ancillary purpose of preservation. Hence goods are to be classified as a ‘fruit-based juice drink’ and not a ‘carbonated beverage’.

5 2017 (352) E.L.T. 113 (S.C.)
  • Rule 3(c): When goods cannot be classified by applying Rule 3(a) or 3(b), they are to be classified under the heading that occurs last in numerical order among those which equally merit consideration. In a similar case of fizzy drinks containing mere 5% fruit content and carbonation, the Court6 approved the fruit-based juice drinks classification and rejected the carbonated drinks entry on the ground that since both are equally important, the latter entry should prevail

6 2021 (378) E.L.T. 611 (Tri. – Kolkata)
  • Rule 4 – Goods Akin to Others: “Goods which cannot be classified in accordance with the foregoing Rules shall be classified under the heading appropriate to the goods to which they are most akin”. This rule is applied when preceding rules do not lead to a clear classification. For example, “Ada” was classified under HSN 1902 alongside “Seviyan (Vermicelli)” as it was most akin to it, despite differences in manufacturing dies. Similarly, as discussed above certain types of ‘Parotta’ were held to be akin to “bread” and classifiable under HSN 1905, rather than 2106.
  • Rule 5: This rule covers classification of packing materials, product cases for primary goods, and goods contained with the articles for their retail sale.
  • Rule 6: This rule specifies that for legal purposes, classification of goods in the sub-headings of a heading shall be determined according to the terms of those sub-headings and any related Section or Chapter Notes and, mutatis mutandis, to the foregoing rules, on the understanding that only sub-headings at the same level are comparable.

HSN Explanatory Notes

HSN Explanatory Notes are internationally accepted and serve as a “relevant and safe guide for deciding issues of classification”. India, being a signatory to the HSN Convention, widely relies on these notes for interpretation. They provide detailed guidance on the scope of headings and sub-headings, including examples and exclusions. For instance, the Explanatory Note for HS 9401 was considered in classifying seats for two-wheelers. Courts7 have unequivocally insisted on application of HSN explanatory notes in interpreting the scope of the tariff entry.


7 Central Excise vs. Wood Craft Products Ltd. [1995 (77) E.L.T. 23 (S.C.)] & 15. Again, in O.K. Play (India) Ltd. vs. Commissioner of Central Excise [(2005) 2 SCC 460 = 2005 (180) E.L.T. 300 (S.C.)],

Technical Understanding vs. Common Meaning8 :

Classification requires a “deep appreciation of the technical understanding of words and phrases in each domain”. Reliance on the common meaning of words should be discouraged, as the Government deliberately uses specific terminology to convey a precise interpretation within the relevant trade. However, where a word is not defined in the statute, it must be construed in its popular sense, meaning “that sense which people conversant with the subject matter with which the statute is dealing would attribute to it”. This “common parlance test” remains a determinative factor for classification. The Users understanding is also a strong factor in determining classification. For example, the classification of “Papad” versus “Fryums” relies heavily on common parlance and market understanding. The common parlance test cannot be a test applied in revenue’s own mind without adducing evidence. The Court while examining the classification of Coconut Oil rejected the classification the revenue under HSN 3305 (Hair preparations) on the grounds of (a) being an over-the-counter product; (b) product label containing film actress’s long hair and (c) sold in small quantities. Court held that the coconut oil belonged to HSN 1513 under the Chapter

Oils which described the product as “coconut oil”. Once the product meets the description of HSN classification, multiple uses of such oil did not justify a change in its classification based on the end usage.


8 Oswal Agro Mills Ltd. and Others vs. Collector of Central Excise and Others, reported at 1993 Supp (3) SCC 716 = 1993 (66) E.L.T. 37 (S.C.), Commissioner of Central Excise, Nagpur vs. Shree Baidyanath Ayurved Bhavan Limited, reported at (2009) 12 SCC 419 = 2009 (237) E.L.T. 225 (S.C.):  Dunlop India Ltd. vs. Union of India and Others, reported at (1976) 2 SCC 241 = 1983 (13) E.L.T. 1566 (S.C.)

CONTROVERSY OVER SECTION NOTES AND GIRS – AUTO PARTS ISSUE

Classification of parts, components and accessories has been a high-stake battle between the Auto Ancillaries and the tax administration. It is settled that parts and components are those items which are necessary for functioning of the machine. Accessories are items that facilitate or improvise and not necessary for operation. For eg. tyres are “parts” whereas the car mats would be accessories to motor car.

At the heart of the controversy is the classification of ‘parts’ suitable solely for automobiles @ 28% (bearings) v/s specific entries for such products under other chapter headings @ 18%. Revenue claims that Chapter 87 which classifies Motor vehicles and its parts includes not only parts which are specifically mentioned (i.e. brakes, gear box, drive axle, radiators, steering wheels, etc.) but also other parts which are designed exclusively or principally for use in motor vehicles (such as bearings, car mats etc.). Despite specific exclusion of these parts from the Chapter of “Motor Vehicles and Parts” under Note 2(f) of the Chapter, revenue insisted the imposition of 28% based on the plain reading of the entry.

Unfortunately, in Westinghouse Saxby9 the Supreme Court failed to apply the section notes strictly. The Court classified “Relays” which were used specifically for Railway signalling equipment under “8608 : Railway traffic control equipment” on the premise of being a specific part and rejected the specific entry under “8536.90 – Electrical Relays” in the chapter of electrical items. This is despite Note 2(f) excluding the electrical items from the scope of the chapter. Citing the Supreme Court order, tax authorities argue that automotive parts made exclusively for vehicles should be classified as ‘parts and accessories of motor vehicles’ in terms of the said decision and taxed them at the higher rate of 28% (eg. fasteners, bearings, windshields, car mats, tyres were being classified as parts of the motor vehicles @ 28% despite a separate entry @ 18%).


9 2021 (376) E.L.T. 14 (S.C.)

The Board clarified a similar issue in respect of roof mounted air conditioners. For example, Section Note 2 of Section XVII of the CTA, clarified that goods of heading 8401 to 8479 (including 8415 – Air Conditioning Machines) are excluded from the ambit of “parts” covered under Chapter 86 (parts of railways or tramway locomotives). This note states that Roof Mounted Package Unit (RMPU) – Air Conditioning Machines for Railways are classifiable under HS 8415 with 28% GST, despite their specific use for railways. Impliedly the Board has stepped aside from the decision of the Supreme Court in Westing house Saxby’s case by stating that section/chapter notes continue to be essential for ascertaining the scope of the chapter and the headings/ sub-headings contained therein. While manufacturers have been paying GST at lower rates, usually 18%, based on specific classifications under their respective heads in the GST Law, some have opted to close the lid by availing the tax amnesty scheme and passing on the credit to the OEMs.

PACKAGED AND LABELLED GOODS

Food staples are present as generic items in the HSN/CTA without a qualification on packaging and/or labelling. But the rate/exemption notification added this condition to differentiate based on retail and bulk quantity. ‘Pre-packaged and labelled goods’ means commodities that are intended for “retail sale” and containing not more than “25 kg or 25 litre”, which are ‘pre-packed’ under 2(l) of the Legal Metrology Act, 2009 (1 of 2010). The products which are pre-packed and labelled are taxable at the merit rate and the products which are in bulk packs are exempt. The application of the said condition would be to all the goods covered under the specific HSN heading. Again, the nature of packaging would decide whether the benefit of exemption notification is available on such goods.

INTERPRETATION OF RESIDUARY ENTRIES

In respect of residuary entries, it is the burden on revenue to first establish conclusively that product cannot be brought under any of the tariff items and hence taxable under the residuary item10. In case of M/s. Bharat Forge and Press Industries (P) Ltd. vs. CCE11, the Supreme Court in paragraph 4 has held that only such goods which cannot be brought under the various specific entries in the tariff schedule should be attempted to be brought under the residuary entry. In other words, unless the department can establish that the goods in question cannot be brought under any of the tariff items, resort cannot be had to the residuary item.


10 2003 (154) E.L.T. 328 (S.C.), 2006 (196) E.L.T. 3 (S.C.)

11 (1990) 1 SCC 532 = 1990 (45) E.L.T. 525 (S.C.),

POWER OF GST COUNCIL TO INTERPRET CLASSIFICATION

The GST council as a recommendatory authority empowered to fix the rates and exemption for goods. Yet, in certain Circulars and press releases, they have overreached this power and also interpreted the scope of tariff entries. The GST council stated that flavoured milk would be included in HSN 2202 – Other beverages containing milk rather than HSN 0402 – “Milk and cream, concentrated or containing added sugar or other sweetening matter”. This was contrary to the HSN explanatory notes and GIR principles provided in the CTA. The recommendatory power does not extend to determining the classification of products under HSN entries12. Similar views were also resonated by Delhi High Court in Association of Technical Textiles Manufacturers and Processors vs. UOI and Bombay High Court in Schulke India Pvt Ltd. vs. UOI13.


12 PARLE AGRO PVT. LTD. v. UOI

13 2024 (81) G.S.T.L. 283 (Mad.); 2023) 12 Centax 195 (Del.); 2024 (91) G.S.T.L. 225 (Bom.)

CONCLUSION

The classification of goods under the GST regime is a multifaceted process governed by the HSN, interpreted through the General Rules for Interpretation, and influenced by specific GST rate notifications and official clarifications. While the HSN provides a standardized global framework, its practical application in India necessitates a nuanced understanding of legal principles, judicial pronouncements, and administrative guidelines. Businesses must diligently evaluate their products against tariff entries, apply interpretative rules consistently, meticulously verify end-use conditions for concessional rates, and ensure accurate HSN disclosure in all compliance documents. The evolving nature of rulings from Advance Ruling Authorities and appellate forums continues to refine the interpretative landscape, underscoring the dynamic challenges and the imperative for continuous vigilance in GST compliance.

Mechanical Approval by the Sanctioning Authority under Section 151

ISSUE FOR CONSIDERATION

The Assessing Officer is permitted to issue a notice under Section 148 only after obtaining an approval of the higher authorities in accordance with the provisions of Section 151. In a recent decision in the case of Union of India vs. Rajeev Bansal [2024] 167 taxmann.com 70, the Supreme Court in dealing with the new scheme of reassessment, held that Section 151 imposes a check upon the power of the Revenue authorities to reopen assessments. The provision imposes a responsibility on the authorities to ensure that it obtains the sanction of the specified authority before issuing a notice under Section 148. The purpose behind this safeguard is to save the assessees from harassment resulting from the mechanical reopening of assessments and to provide for the dual check by the higher authority.

Even the higher authority, entrusted with the duty to check whether the reasons of the AO are tenable in law, itself is found lacking in discharge of its statutory obligation by routinely sanctioning the reopening by the AO. Time and again the Courts have held that, while granting the approval under Section 151, the sanctioning authority should have applied his mind and have verified as to whether the concerned case is a fit case for issuing notice under Section 148 and that it satisfies all other applicable conditions. The notices issued, wherein it was found that the sanctioning authority had granted the approval mechanically lacking application of mind, have been quashed by the High Courts as bad in law. Quite often, the validity of the notice issued under Section 148 is being challenged on the basis of the manner in which the sanctioning authority has granted the approval under Section 151. Depending upon what has been mentioned/noted by the sanctioning authority while granting the approval, the Courts have tested as to whether there was an application of mind on the part of the authorities or whether they had granted the approval mechanically.

Recently, the Delhi High Court however took conflicting views in two different cases with respect to the validity of the approval granted under Section 151. In one case, where the sanctioning authority mentioned “Yes, I am satisfied”, the High Court considered it to be an invalid approval. In other case, where the sanctioning authority mentioned “Yes, I am convinced it is a fit case for re-opening the assessment u/s 147 by issuing notice u/s 148”, the High Court considered it to be a valid approval.

CAPITAL BROADWAYS (P.) LTD.’S CASE

The issue had first come up for consideration of the Delhi High Court in the case of Capital Broadways (P.) Ltd. vs. ITO 301 Taxman 506 (Delhi).

In this case, the return of income was filed by the assessee for AY 2010-11, which was processed under Section 143(1). Subsequently, information was received from the Investigation Wing of the Department about money laundering operation conducted by the Jain Brothers. The information contained the report as to how the Jain Brothers, through their paper companies, had provided accommodation entries to various beneficiaries in the guise of share capital/share premium etc. with the help of various mediators. Upon examination of the report, it was found that in the list of beneficiaries, the name of the assessee was also appearing, as having taken accommodation entries aggregating to ₹55 lakh during the AY 2010-11, through three paper companies managed and operated by the Jain Brothers. Accordingly, on 28-3-2017, the Assessing Officer issued the notice under Section 148 on the allegation that there has been an escapement of income.

In response to the impugned notice, the assessee made a request to the Assessing Officer to treat the original ITR filed as the ITR filed in response to the notice under Section 148. It also requested him to provide the reasons on the basis of which the assessment proceedings were initiated. Pursuant to the request of the assessee, the reasons for reopening the assessment, along with the proforma for seeking necessary approval of the Principal Commissioner Income Tax [“PCIT”], were provided.

Feeling aggrieved, the assessee filed a writ petition, challenging the impugned notice issued under Section 148 of the Act. The principal challenge was that the approval under Section 151 was granted without application of mind. The assessee submitted that the PCIT had approved issuance of the impugned notice by merely endorsing his signatures on the file in a routine and mechanical manner by simply writing “I am satisfied”. It was further submitted that if the PCIT had delved into the issue, he would have discovered that there was no specific allegation qua the assessee in the reasons recorded as per the information given by the Investigation Wing. Therefore, there was no independent conclusion of the Assessing Officer to believe that income had escaped assessment. It was also submitted that the sanction was vitiated as the PCIT was influenced by the sanction of the Additional CIT. For all these reasons, it was submitted that the impugned notice under Section 148, issued consequent to the grant of approval, was liable to be quashed.

On behalf of the revenue, it was submitted that the statutory requirement was only to the extent of grant of approval by the PCIT on the reasons recorded by the AO. It was submitted that the PCIT had examined the elaborate reasons recorded by the AO to form the belief that income had escaped assessment. It was further submitted that the order granting approval need not contain the reasons, as the same was based on prima facie finding arrived at from the record. It was thus submitted that the approval had been granted based upon the material, and therefore the conditions envisaged in Section 151 stood satisfied.

The High Court noted that the request for approval under Section 151 of the Act in a printed format was placed before the Addl CIT, who after according his satisfaction, placed the same before the PCIT. The PCIT had granted the approval on the very same day. It was observed by the High Court that both these authorities merely mentioned ‘Yes, I am satisfied’ against the relevant questions posed before them as to whether they were satisfied on the reasons recorded by AO that it was a fit case for the issue of notice u/s. 148. On this basis, the High Court held that the approval order was bereft of any reason. There was no whisper of any material that might have weighed for the grant of approval.

The High Court further held that even the bare minimum requirement of the approving authority having to indicate what the thought process was, was missing in the aforementioned approval order. While elaborate reasons might not have been given, at least there had to be some indication that the approving authority has examined the material prior to granting approval. Mere appending the expression “Yes I am satisfied” said nothing. The entire exercise appeared to have been ritualistic and formal rather than meaningful, which should be the rationale for the safeguard of an approval by a high ranking official. Reasons were the link between material placed on record and the conclusion reached by the authority in respect of an issue, since they helped in discerning the manner in which the conclusion was reached by the concerned authority.

The High Court relied upon the decision of the Madhya Pradesh High Court in the case of CIT vs. S. Goyanka Lime & Chemicals Ltd. 231 Taxman 73, wherein the identical issue was involved where the competent authority just recorded “Yes I am satisfied”. In that case, in turn, reliance was placed upon the case of Arjun Singh vs. Asstt. DIT 246 ITR 363 (MP), where it was held that the mechanical way of recording satisfaction by the competent authority which accorded its sanction for issuing notice under section 148 was clearly unsustainable. The High Court also noted that the SLP challenging the decision rendered by the Madhya Pradesh High Court was dismissed by the Supreme Court [reported in CIT vs. S. Goyanka Lime & Chemical Ltd. 237 Taxman 378 (SC)].

By following this decision of the Madhya Pradesh High Court, the Delhi High Court held that mere repeating of the words of the statute, mere rubber stamping of the letter seeking sanction or using similar words like “Yes, I am satisfied” would not satisfy the requirement of law. The mere use of expression “Yes, I am satisfied” could not be considered to be a valid approval, as the same did not reflect an independent application of mind. The grant of approval in such a manner was thus flawed in law.

The High Court also referred to its earlier decision in the case of Principal CIT vs. Meenakshi Overseas (P.) Ltd. [IT Appeal No. 651 of 2015,dated 26-5-2017] wherein it was held that by writing the words “Yes, I am satisfied” the mandate of Section 151(1) of the Act as far as approval of Additional CIT was concerned, stood satisfied. However, the High Court noted that such finding was arrived at by the Court in light of the fact that the Additional CIT addressed a letter to the ITO stating as under:

“In view of the reasons recorded under Section 148(2) of the IT Act, approval for issue of notice under Section 148 is hereby given in the above-mentioned case, you are, accordingly directed to issue notice under Section 148 and submit a compliance report in this regard at the earliest.”

Accordingly, it was held that such letter sent by the Additional CIT to the ITO clearly revealed that the sanction was accorded after due application of mind, and on considering the reasons narrated by the Assessing Officer. However, in the present case which the High Court was dealing with, there was no such material to come to the conclusion that the PCIT granted approval after considering the reasons assigned by the Assessing Officer. On this basis, the decision rendered in Meenakshi Overseas (P.) Ltd. (supra), was therefore considered to be distinguishable and not applicable to the facts and circumstances of the present case.

Further, the High Court also relied upon the decision in the case of Principal CIT vs. Pioneer Town Planners Pvt. Ltd. 465 ITR 356 (Delhi).

For all of the reasons as discussed above, the High Court held that the approval granted by the PCIT for issuance of notice under Section 148 of the Act was not valid, and that therefore the impugned notice under Section 148 dated 24.03.2017 could not be sustained.

AGROHA FINCAP LTD.’S CASE

The issue had again recently come up for consideration before the Delhi High Court in the case of Principal CIT vs. Agroha Fincap Ltd. [2025] 179 taxmann.com 185 (Delhi).

In this case, for AY 2009-10, the assessee had filed its return of income on 22-9-2009 declaring income of ₹40,720 which was then processed under Section 143(1). After the return of income was processed, on 30.10.2010, the Assessing Officer received information from the office of the DIT (Investigation-II) vide letter dated 12.03.2013 that a search operation was carried out in the case of S. K. Jain Group, wherein seized documents revealed that the assessee was involved as a beneficiary of accommodation entries in the form of share capital / share premium amounting to ₹25,00,000. Accordingly, the Assessing Officer issued a notice dated 28.3.2016 under Section 148.

The assessee, vide its letter dated 11.08.2016, filed objections against reopening of assessment, which was disposed of by the Assessing Officer on 11.08.2016.

During the course of the assessment proceeding, it was observed that the share capital / share premium of the assessee was increased by ₹25,00,000 during the year under consideration. It was the case of the Assessing Officer that the said amount of ₹25,00,000 represented unexplained credit under Section 68 of the Act in the books of account of the assessee. The assessee had failed to pass the test of identity, creditworthiness and genuineness of transactions. Accordingly, a show cause notice was issued to the assessee dated 19.10.2016 requiring it to explain as to why this amount should not be added as unexplained cash credit. In its response, the assessee filed a detailed reply vide letter dated 26.10.2016 objecting to the proposed addition.

Finally, the assessment order dated 28.11.2016 was passed making the addition of the said amount of share capital / share premium of ₹25,00,000 under Section 68, as well as of an unexplained investment in the form of an expenditure at the rate of 1.8% of the accommodation entry, which amounted to ₹45,000. Against this assessment order, the assessee filed an appeal which was dismissed by the National Faceless Appeal Centre vide its order dated 10.10.2022.

Upon further appeal, the tribunal duly followed its earlier order in the assessee’s own case for AY 2010-11, wherein it was held that merely giving approval by mentioning “Yes, I am convinced it is fit case for re-opening of assessment u/s 147 by issuing notice u/s 148.” was considered to be not complying with the mandatory requirement of granting approval u/s 151 of the Act. Since for the year under appeal also, the approving authority had merely given a ritual approval in a mechanical manner, the tribunal declared the entire assessment proceeding as bad in law. The tribunal also followed the decision of the High Court in the case of Pr. CIT vs. N.C. Cables Ltd. 391 ITR 11 (Delhi).

Against this order of the tribunal, the revenue filed an appeal before the High Court. On behalf of the revenue, it was contended that the case of N.C. Cables Ltd. (supra) was distinguishable on the ground that the approving authority therein had ritualistically granted the approval merely by stating “approved”, and the Court had held that the CIT has to record elaborate reasons for agreeing with the noting, while the satisfaction has to be recorded of the given case and was to be reflected in the briefest possible manner. It was argued that in this case, the above conditions were satisfied, because the approving authority briefly recorded that the case was fit for reopening.

On the other hand, the assessee stated that the approval granted in its case did not satisfy the requirements of a considered approval by the authority. On that basis, it was submitted that the tribunal rightly relied upon the decision in the case of N.C. Cables Ltd. (supra).

The High Court observed that the tribunal had relied upon the decision in the assessee’s own case for AY 2010-11, in respect of which the revenue had submitted a certificate stating that no appeal was filed against the order of the ITAT, because of the low tax effect. Further, reliance was also placed upon the decision in the case of N.C. Cables Ltd. (supra) wherein the Court was concerned with only the expression ‘approved’ as used by the approving authority. It was in that context, that it was held that merely appending the expression “approved” said nothing. It was held that the satisfaction has to be recorded, which can be reflected in the briefest possible manner.

On this basis, the High Court observed that its earlier decision in the case of N.C. Cables Ltd (supra) was clearly distinguishable. Further, the reliance was placed upon the other decision of the same Court in the case of Meenakshi Overseas (P.) Ltd. (supra) wherein this Court had considered “Yes, I am satisfied” to mean that it satisfied the mandate of Section 151(1) of the Act.

Accordingly, the High Court held that the language “Yes, I am convinced, it is a fit case for re-opening the assessment u/s 147 by issuing notice u/s 148” satisfied the mandate of Section 151 of the Act in this case.

OBSERVATIONS

The Supreme Court in the case of Chhugamal Rajpal vs. S.P. Chaliha 79 ITR 603 (SC) was concerned with a case where the sanctioning authority had, in the proforma which was being used for the purpose of obtaining approval u/s. 151, merely mentioned “Yes” against the AO’s question “Whether the Commissioner is satisfied that it is a fit case for the issue of notice under section 148.”. In this context and based on the facts of that case, the Supreme Court quashed the notice issued under Section 148 on the ground that the important safeguards provided in sections 147 and 151 were treated lightly by the Income-tax Officer as well as by the Commissioner. This decision of the Supreme Court was thereafter being followed in numerous cases by the different High Courts and the notices issued under Section 148 were being struck down where the sanctioning authority had merely written “Yes” and affixed his signature while granting the approval. Pr. CIT vs. N.C. Cables Ltd. (supra) is one of such cases wherein the sanctioning authority had merely mentioned ‘Approved’ while granting the requisite approval under Section 151. This particular decision has been taken into consideration in both the later decisions of the Delhi High Court which are discussed above to arrive at the conflicting conclusions.

If the sanctioning authority has mentioned “Yes, I am satisfied” instead of merely mentioning “Yes”, then also it cannot be said that the additional words have altered the position substantially and that such words reflect the application of mind on the part of the sanctioning authority. Approving this requirement of the law, the Delhi High Court has rightly taken a view in the case of Capital Broadways (P.) Ltd. (supra) that such an approval granted by the sanctioning authority was without application of mind that rendered the proceedings invalid.

Now, the issue which is required to be considered is whether the mentioning of “Yes, I am convinced, it is a fit case for re-opening the assessment u/s 147 by issuing notice u/s 148” by the sanctioning authority results into a material change in the position and whether such additional words show the application of mind on the part of the sanctioning authority. In substance, by putting these words, what has been done by the sanctioning authority is that in answering the question posed to it by the AO it has reproduced the same words that was used in the question posed before him and nothing more. As per the proforma of the approval, the question posed before the sanctioning authority generally is “Whether he is satisfied that it is a fit case for the issue of notice under section 148”. Irrespective of whether this question is being answered by merely mentioning “Yes” or by mentioning “Yes, I am satisfied” or by mentioning “Yes, I am satisfied, it is a fit case for the issue of notice under Section 148”, it should carry the same meaning in any of the cases. There is no qualitative difference between the three answers that indicate application of mind needed by the law. Therefore, in our respectful view, the Delhi High Court should not have taken a different view in the case of Agroha Fincap Ltd. (supra), merely because the approving authority had mentioned “Yes, I am convinced, it is a fit case for re-opening the assessment u/s 147 by issuing notice u/s 148.

Further, the decision of the court in the case of Meenakshi Overseas (P.) Ltd. (supra) was rightly distinguished by the same court in the subsequent case of Capital Broadways (P.) Ltd. (supra) on the ground that a separate letter was being issued by the sanctioning authority, wherein a reference to the reasons was being made on the basis of which the approval was granted. No such evidences were placed on record and to the notice of the High Court in the case of Agroha Fincap Ltd. (supra), to establish the fact of application of mind by the sanctioning authority with some additional proofs.

Interestingly, in the case of Venky Steels (P.) Ltd. vs. Commissioner of Income-tax 475 ITR 111 (Patna), the Patna High Court recently has taken a view that there was no requirement for the Commissioner to have recorded his own reasons while sanctioning the reasons and it would suffice that he had recorded the satisfaction regarding the reasons recorded by the Assessing Officer. In that case, the sanctioning authority had granted the approval by mentioning “Based on the reasons recorded, I am satisfied that this is a fit case for issuing notice under Section 148”. The SLP filed by the assessee in this case before the Supreme Court has been dismissed [Venky Steels (P.) Ltd. vs. Commissioner of Income-tax-II 475 ITR 148 (SC)]. The development in law confirms that the issue continues to be debatable, in spite of the various rulings of the apex court on the subject.

It seems that the use of the words “Yes”, “Yes I am satisfied based on the reasons recorded” or otherwise by themselves may be inadequate but such words together with the proofs of the verification of the facts with records and inquiry by the sanctioning authority may help in ascertaining whether the mind was applied in the manner desired by the law. The onus however for establishing the facts with proof will be that of the authorities. In the absence thereof, the better view is that the sanctions issued or obtained in the facts of the cases discussed are not in accordance with law till such time the issue is decided by the apex court conclusively.

Glimpses of Supreme Court Rulings

9. Cutler Hammer Provident Fund Trust vs. Income Tax Officer

(2025) 478 ITR 235 (SC)

Penalty for filing the return of income in wrong form – High Court dismissed the petition against penalty with a liberty to seek rectification of the same under section 154 to file the return in correct form – Supreme Court clarified that the application may be decided expeditiously

The assessee filed its return of income for the assessment year 2013-14 on 30.03.2014. The case was processed u/s 143(1) of the Income Tax Act, 1961, on 17.03.2015, creating a demand of ₹68,36,280/-. It was noticed that the Petitioner has filed ITR Form 7 u/s. 139(4A) due to which it was treated as defective as the same was filed in wrong ITR form and section which was not applicable in the case of the assessee. The intimation regarding the defective ITR was sent by CPC to the assessee as could be seen from the CPC 2.0 portal Tax Department. Since the assessee did not respond, the said return had been transferred to the Jurisdictional Assessing Officer. The ITR was then processed by the Assessing officer but as the same was filed under wrong ITR form and section, the exemption was denied and a demand was created.

A penalty notice dated 18.7.2022 was issued u/s. 221(1) of the Income-tax Act, 1961 seeking to impose penalty on account of filing wrong return for the assessment year 2013-14. The said notice was challenged in a writ petition before the Punjab and Haryana High Court.

The High Court noted that the assessee was having full knowledge of having filed return in the wrong format. It had also filed return for the AY 2014-15 in the ITR Form 7, which was later on revised by it and ITR was filed under Form No.5, subsequently. Though the assessee had himself corrected its ITR for the subsequent AY 2014-15, there was no reason to not to correct the ITR for AY 2013-14.

According to the High Court, the assessee had remedy in terms of Section 154 of the Act for seeking necessary rectifications. The High Court directed that if such an application is moved by the assessee, the Department shall decide the same on the basis, and allow the assessee, if required, to file return.

The Supreme Court disposed appeal of the assessee noting that the High Court having reserved the liberty for the assessee to move an application for rectification under section 154, there was no reason to interfere with the order.

The Supreme Court directed that if any application is preferred by the assessee in terms of section 154 of the Act, the same shall be decided at the earliest in accordance with law.

10. Pride Foramer S.A. vs. Commissioner of Income Tax and Ors.

(Civil Appeal Nos. 4395-4397/2010 decided on: 17.10.2025)

Deductions – Business Expenditure -Expenditure which is undertaken wholly and exclusively for the purpose of business and profession – The Assessee therefore has to demonstrate that it was carrying on business in India – A business going through a lean period of transition which could be revived if proper circumstances arose, must be termed as lull in business and not a complete cessation of the business – Expenditure incurred during such period cannot be disallowed even though an assessee may not have an office in India

Appellant, a non-resident company, incorporated in France and was engaged in oil drilling activities. In 1983, the Appellant was awarded a 10-year contract for drilling operations in offshore Mumbai from 1983 till 1993.

Thereafter, the Appellant was awarded another drilling contract in October, 1998, which came to be formalised in January, 1999.

In the interregnum i.e., during the relevant assessment years 1996-1997, 1997-1998 and 1999-2000, though no drilling contract was awarded, the Appellant carried on business correspondences with ONGC from its office at Dubai and headquarters at France and had also submitted a bid for oil exploration in 1996.

During this period, Appellant undertook various expenditures including administrative charges, audit fees etc. with the intention of carrying out its business activities as well as realising tax refunds from the Income Tax Department.

For the relevant assessment years, the Appellant filed its return showing ‘NIL’ income. The only income credited was under the head ‘Income from Business’ on account of interest received on income tax refunds amounting to ₹1,69,57,395/- for Assessment Year 1996-1997, ₹5,49,628/- for Assessment Year 1997-1998 and ₹11,29,957/- for Assessment Year 1999-2000.

Against this, business expenditures aggregating to ₹2,50,000/-, ₹5,55,152/- and ₹11,29,957/-, respectively, were claimed as deductions and Appellant also claimed set-off against unabsorbed depreciation on furniture and fixtures brought forward from earlier years.

The Assessing Officer disallowed deduction of business expenditure as well as carry forward of unabsorbed depreciation on the ground that the Appellant was not carrying on any business during the relevant assessment years. The findings of the AO were upheld by CIT (A). ITAT, however, reversed the findings of the CIT (Appeals), holding a temporary lull in business for whatever reason cannot be termed as cessation of business. It proceeded to hold as follows:

“6…….. In the present case, undoubtedly, after 1992-93, the Assessee did not have any business activity. However, there is enough evidence on record to suggest that the Assessee had not completely gone out of business. Copies of correspondence dated 1996 with ONGC show that the Assessee was in constant touch with ONGC for supply of manpower in respect of expert key personnel for deep water drilling and a tender in this regard was in fact submitted in September 1996. This proves that even after the completion of the earlier contract in 1993, the Assessee was contemplating to bid for another contract. The efforts of the Assessee finally culminated in a firm contract being awarded to it in 1998 which was formalized in 1999. A copy of the said contract is on record. As held by the Bombay High Court in the case of Hindustan Chemical Works Ltd. vs. CIT in 124 ITR 561, there is a marked distinction between “lull in business” and “going out of business”. A temporary discontinuance of business may, in certain circumstances, give rise to an inference that a business is going through a lean period of transition and it could be revived if proper circumstances arise. In the present case, the period between 1993 and 1998 was of such temporary discontinuance only which can be termed as a “lull in business”. Thus, when the intention of the Assessee was never to go completely out of business, it cannot be concluded that the Assessee had discontinued its business. To our mind, it makes no difference if the correspondence was by the Dubai Office of the Assessee or by its office in France as was one of the contentions of the ld. DR. In fact, in the accounting year 1995-96, the Assessee had also paid consultancy Charges to follow up the aforesaid ONGC bid. Further, the receipts from this contract were offered for taxation in assessment year 2000-03 as reflected by the copy of the statement of total income placed on record. Another factor which weighed with the revenue authorities to conclude that the Assessee had discontinued business in India, was the so called admission by the Assessee that it had no permanent establishment in India. No doubt, the authorized representative had averred in the affidavit dated 22.1.01 that the Assessee did not establish nor had any existing permanent establishment in India. However, the revenue authorities have considered this affidavit out of context. The affidavit had to be sworn in context of the Assessee’s claim for concessional rate of tax with regard to interest income. Since the Assessee had claimed concessional rate of tax, the Assessing Officer inferred that there was a permanent establishment in India. On account of this wrong inference, the Assessee had to swear an affidavit denying the existence of a permanent establishment in India. However, taking this as the base, the Assessing Officer and the CIT(A) concluded that since there was no permanent establishment in India, the Assessee was out of business. It is not well appreciated by the authorities below that whether there is a permanent establishment in India or not, has to be determined as per the provisions of the relevant DTAA. As per the DTAA, the Assessee may not have a permanent establishment in India, but that does not necessarily lead to the conclusion that the Assessee is not in business. The Assessee can be in business, depending upon the facts and circumstances of the case de hors’ the permanent establishment which we do find in the present case. Thus, considering all the facts and circumstances of the case, we hold that the Assessee was in business during the period relevant to the assessment year in question.”

In light of such finding that the Appellant had not ceased to carry on business, the Tribunal though holding income on account of interest on tax refunds was chargeable under the head ‘Income from Other Sources’ and not ‘Income from Business’, allowed set off of the expenses on account of administrative charges, legal professional fees undertaken by the Appellant as business expenses from ‘income from other sources’ under Section 71 of the Act. For similar reason unabsorbed depreciation from previous years was allowed under Section 32(2) of the Act.

The Department challenged the ITAT orders in appeals arising out of Assessment Years 1996-1997 and 1999-2000 before the High Court. The High Court reversed the ITAT orders.

The High Court while agreeing with the proposition that mere lull in business does not mean the Assessee had ceased to do business in India, reversed the finding of ITAT, holding as follows:

“..when the Assessee has neither permanent office, nor any other office in India, nor any contract was in execution during the relevant period, it cannot be said that they were in business in India, as such, it cannot be said that Assessee was entitled to set off claimed by it under Section 71 of the Act.”

According to the Supreme Court, the issue which fell for its consideration was as follows:

Whether, in the facts of the case, the Appellant can be said to have been carrying on business during the relevant period, so as to avail deduction of business expenditure under Section 37(1) read with Section 71 of the Act, and carry forward unabsorbed depreciation of previous years under Section 32(2) of the Act?’

The Supreme Court noted that Section 37(1), inter alia, provides that any expenditure (not being an expenditure in the nature described in Section 30 to 36 or in the nature of capital expenditure or personal expenses of the Assessee) which is undertaken wholly and exclusively for the purpose of business and profession shall be allowed to be deducted in computing income chargeable under the head ‘Profits and Gains from Business and Profession’ and consequently, may be set off as loss against income under any other head subject to the conditions provided in Section 71 of the Act.

The Supreme Court further noted that Section 32(2) provides unabsorbed depreciation allowance of a previous year may be carried forward and set off against income of the following assessment years in the manner and subject to the conditions provided therein. The first proviso to the said sub-section further provided such depreciation allowance can be carried forward if the business or profession for which the depreciation allowance was originally computed, continued in the previous year relevant to the assessment year in question. However, the said proviso has since been omitted by the Finance Act, 2001 w.e.f. 1st April, 2002. The Supreme Court observed that it was therefore evident that to avail the benefit of the aforesaid provisions, the Appellant had to demonstrate that it was carrying on business in India during the relevant period. While the Tribunal was of the view mere failure to procure a business contract or maintain a permanent establishment in India was not a sine qua non to demonstrate the Assessee’s intention to carry on business, the High Court held to the contrary and disallowed the claim of the Appellant.

The Supreme Court noted that in the present case, the Appellant, a non-resident company had been awarded 10 years’ drilling contract by ONGC in 1983. The contract continued till 1993. Thereafter, the Appellant failed to procure another contract till October, 1998. But ample materials have been placed on record to show during the interregnum, the Appellant had continuous business correspondences with ONGC with regard to hiring of manpower services in respect of expert key personnel for drilling in deep waters and had even unsuccessfully submitted a bid in 1996.

The Supreme Court was of the view that whether failure to procure the drilling contract with ONGC was owing to the Appellant’s disinterest to carry on business during relevant period and amounted to cessation of business or not must be construed from the Appellant’s conduct. If such conduct, from the standpoint of a prudent businessman, evinces intention to carry on business, mere failure to obtain a business contract by itself would not be a determining factor to hold the Appellant had ceased its business activities in India.
According to the Supreme Court, the Tribunal rightly noted a business going through a lean period of transition which could be revived if proper circumstances arose, must be termed as lull in business and not a complete cessation of the business.

The Supreme Court observed that the word ‘business’ has a wide import and connotes some real, substantial and systemic or organised course of activity or activity with a set purpose.

The Supreme Court noted that in CIT vs. Malayalam Plantations Ltd. (1964) 53 ITR 140 (SC) it had further underlined that the expression ‘for the purpose of business’ is wider in scope than the expression ‘for the purpose of earning profits’ and would encompass in its fold “many other acts incidental to the carrying on of a business”.

According to the Supreme Court, continuous correspondences between the Appellant and ONGC with regard to supply of manpower for oil drilling purposes and its unsuccessful bid in 1996 demonstrated various acts aimed at carrying on business in India which unfortunately did not fructify in procuring a contract.

The Supreme Court, in this factual backdrop, was of the opinion that the High Court erred in holding that the Appellant was not carrying on business as it had no subsisting contract with ONGC during the relevant period.

The other issue on which the High Court misdirected itself was to infer as the Appellant did not have a permanent establishment and corresponded with ONGC from its foreign office, it cannot be said to carry on business in India. This view, according to the Supreme Court, was wholly fallacious and contrary to the very scheme of the Act which does not require a non-resident company to have a permanent office within the country to be chargeable to tax on any income accruing in India.

The Supreme Court observed that a combined reading of the charging provisions under Section 4 and Section 5(2) of the Act read with Section 9(1)(i) makes it amply clear that a non-resident person shall be liable to pay tax on income which is deemed to accrue or arise in India. Under Section 9(1)(i), income accruing or arising, directly or indirectly, through or from any business connection in India is deemed to accrue or arise in India and is accordingly chargeable to tax as business income under Section 28 of the Act. According to the Supreme Court, none of these provisions make it mandatory for a non-resident Assessee to have a permanent establishment in India to carry on business or have any business connection in India. The issue of ‘permanent establishment’ may be relevant for the purposes of availing the beneficial provisions of the Double Tax Avoidance Agreement (DTAA) between India and France which was not a relevant consideration for the purposes of this case.

The Supreme Court observed that in an era of globalisation whose life blood is trans-national trade and commerce, the High Court’s restrictive interpretation that a non-resident company making business communications with an Indian entity from its foreign office cannot be construed to be carrying on business in India is wholly anachronistic with India’s commitment to Sustainable Development Goal relating to ‘ease of doing business’ across national borders.

For the aforesaid reasons, the Supreme Court allowed the appeals and set aside the judgment and order of the High Court. Orders passed by the ITAT were revived and Assessing Officer was directed to pass fresh Assessment Orders for the relevant Assessment Years in terms of the ITAT orders.

Refund of excess amount deposited in the Government Treasury in the form of tax deducted at source :

19. BJ Services Company Middle East Limited vs. The Deputy Commissioner of Income Tax International Taxation, Circle 1(2)(2),

Mumbai & Ors

[WP (L) NO. 26966 OF 2025, Dated: 08/07/2025, (Bom)(HC)]

Refund of excess amount deposited in the Government Treasury in the form of tax deducted at source :

The Petition challenges the alleged inaction on the part of the Respondents in not disposing of the applications made by the Petitioner to refund excess amount deposited in the Government Treasury in the form of tax deducted at source. It is the claim of the Petitioner that it is entitled to a refund of ₹1,90,97,348/- in respect of Assessment Year 2012- 13 for the excess tax deposited by it.

The Petitioner is a company engaged in providing services of maintaining and testing oil and gas equipments and other related activities. To execute its project in India, the Petitioner employs overseas employees. As per the mutual understanding between the Petitioner and the expatriate employees, the Petitioner bears the tax liabilities of these expatriate employees. As the tenure of stay of the overseas employees in India is dependent upon the completion of a particular project, the Petitioner beforehand estimates and deposits the tax liabilities of such employees on estimation. However, the actual number of days the employee has worked in India and the proportionate salary paid to them is determined at the end of the Financial Year. It is at that time that the precise tax liability of the expatriate employee is calculated.

For Assessment Year 2012-13, the initial estimated tax deposited was found to exceed the actual liability. The result of this over estimation was that the Petitioner had deposited excess tax to the tune of ₹1,90,97,148/-. It is the claim of the Petitioner that it had duly applied for obtaining the refund of the said amount by filing Form 26B on the TRACES portal (TDS Reconciliation Analysis and Correction Enabling System) on 27th February 2018. Further, it also made representations time and again before Respondent Nos. 1 and 2 for seeking the said refund. The Petitioner also refiled its applications for refund in Form-26B on several dates. It was later discovered by the Petitioner that few of the refund requests were rejected alleging invalid Bank details on account of incorrect PAN-Bank account linkage. It is the case of the Petitioner that it had thereafter updated its bank details on the TRACES portal. However, the refund requests were again rejected for various reasons namely, incorrect PAN-Bank account linkage, for not approaching the Assessing Officer, time lapsed for updating details asked for. Consequent to the above, the present Writ Petition is filed.

The Hon. Court directed the Petitioner to file fresh applications for seeking refund in Form-26B and produce the required details/documents. Once this is done, the said applications shall be processed by the Respondents in accordance with the law, in a time bound manner and after affording the Petitioner an opportunity of being heard inter-alia by providing a personal hearing.

Reassessment – period of limitation – “surviving period” – Effect of UOI vs. Ashish Agarwal [444 ITR 1 (SC)] & UOI vs. Rajeev Bansal [ 469 ITR 46 (SC):

18. Hitesh Ramniklal Shah vs. Assistant Commissioner of Income Tax-23(1),Mumbai & Ors.

[WP No. 4164 OF 2025, Dated: 11/11/2025. (Bom) (HC)]

Section: 148

Reassessment – period of limitation – “surviving period” – Effect of UOI vs. Ashish Agarwal [444 ITR 1 (SC)] & UOI vs. Rajeev Bansal [ 469 ITR 46 (SC):

The Petitioner challenges a notice dated 27 July 2022 issued under Section 148 of the Income-tax Act, 1961, the subsequent notices issued by Respondent No.1, inter alia on the ground that the notice under Section 148 of the Act is issued beyond the period of limitation, and therefore, all subsequent notices will also be bad in law.

For the year under consideration, i.e. the A.Y. 2014-15, the Petitioner filed his return of income on 29 September 2014 declaring a total income of r64,86,660/- in respect of which no scrutiny assessment was made. Respondent No.1 issued a notice dated 29 June 2021 under the unamended provisions of Section 148 of the Act, after obtaining the approval of the Principal Commissioner of Income Tax, Mumbai-19. The Petitioner filed his return of income on 18 November 2021 in response to the notice issued under Section 148 of the Act declaring the same income that was declared in the original return of income.

After the judgment of the Hon’ble Supreme Court in UOI vs. Ashish Agarwal [444 ITR 1 (SC)] delivered on May 4, 2022, Respondent No.1 issued a notice dated May 25, 2022 under Section 148A(b) of the Act and called upon the Petitioner to furnish his reply within two weeks to show cause as to why a notice under Section 148 of the Act should not be issued to the Petitioner. In reply thereto, the Petitioner filed a letter dated June 3, 2022 requesting Respondent No.1 to drop the reopening proceedings. A further reply was filed on 17 June 2022 inter alia pointing out that the notice is time barred as per Section 149 of the Act; that there was no information with Respondent No.1 which suggested that income chargeable to tax has escaped assessment; and submissions were made on the merits to demonstrate that no income has escaped assessment. The Petitioner filed another reply on 25 June 2022 pointing out that the same information was already considered while seeking to reassess the income for the A.Y. 2015-16 and, hence, the reopening for the A.Y. 2014-15 should be dropped. However, Respondent No.1 passed an order under Section 148A(d) dated 26 July 2022 rejecting the submissions of the Petitioner and issued the impugned notice dated 27 July 2022 under Section 148 of the Act.

Being aggrieved, the Petitioner filed Writ Petition No.130 of 2024 challenging the validity of the notice dated 27 July 2022 issued under Section 148 of the Act. The impugned notice dated 27th July 2022 was quashed by the High Court vide its order dated 1 March 2024 solely on the ground that the notice was barred by limitation. This was done by relying on its earlier judgment in Godrej Industries vs. ACIT [160 taxmann.com 13(Bom)]. All other grounds canvassed by the Petitioner were kept open by this Court.

Being aggrieved, Respondent No.1 filed a Special Leave Petition before the Hon’ble Supreme Court on 24 January 2025 being SLP No.5515 of 2025. This SLP was disposed-off vide order dated 24 February 2025 in terms of the findings given in UOI vs. Rajeev Bansal [(469) ITR 46 (SC)].

The Petitioner submitted that the present Petition challenges the validity of the reassessment proceedings on the grounds which were not disposed-off and expressly kept open in Writ Petition No.130 of 2024, as well as on the ground of limitation having regard to the interpretation placed by the Supreme Court in its judgment in Rajeev Bansal (Supra) on Section 149 read with the Taxation and Other Laws (Relaxation and Amendment of Certain Provisions) Act, 2020 [TOLA].

In view of the order passed by the Hon’ble Supreme Court on 24th January 2025, Respondent No. 1 issued a notice dated 9 October 2025 under Section 142(1) of the Act to the Petitioner to provide details in connection with the assessment for the A.Y.2014-15 and referred to the assessment being revived consequent to the judgment of the Supreme Court in Rajeev Bansal (supra). In response thereto, the Petitioner filed letters dated 13 October 2025 and 14 October 2025 pointing out the effect of the judgment of the Supreme Court in Ashish Agarwal (supra) and the effect of the “surviving period” as per the judgment of the Supreme Court in Rajeev Bansal (supra) specifying that the notice dated 27 July 2022 issued under Section 148 of the Act fell beyond the “surviving period” as per the judgment of Rajeev Bansal (supra), and hence, the reopening proceedings should be dropped and Respondent No.1 is precluded from issuing the notice under Section 142(1) of the Act.

The Respondent No.1 noted the Petitioner’s objections as to limitation but held that prima facie the notice and the ensuing proceedings appear to be within the relaxation/extension framework under TOLA. Respondent No.1 thereafter issued a show cause notice for the proposed additions before finalizing the assessment. In this notice, Respondent No.1 dealt with the Petitioner’s objections on limitation and found the same to be untenable.

The Hon. Court confined to the challenge to the notice under Section 148 of the Act on the ground that the same is barred by limitation in view of the first proviso to the substituted Section 149(1) as interpreted by the Hon’ble Supreme Court.

The Hon. Court referred to the judgment of the Hon’ble Supreme Court in Rajeev Bansal (supra) more particularly para 149 :
“…149. The first proviso to Section 149(1)(b) requires the determination of whether the time limit prescribed under section 149(1)(b) of the old regime continues to exist for the assessment year 2021-2022 and before. Resultantly, a notice under Section 148 of the new regime cannot be issued if the period of six years from the end of the relevant assessment year has expired at the time of issuance of the notice. This also ensures that the new time limit of ten years prescribed under section 149(1) (b) of the new regime applies prospectively. For example, for the assessment year 2012-2013, the ten year period would have expired on 31 March 2023, while the six year period expired on 31 March 2019. Without the proviso to Section 149(1)(b) of the new regime, the Revenue could have had the power to reopen assessments for the year 2012-2013 if the escaped assessment amounted to Rupees fifty lakhs or more. The proviso limits the retrospective operation of Section 149(1)(b) to protect the interests of the assessees.
******
The Hon. Court further relied on other High Court decisions which have considered the judgment in Rajeev Bansal while dealing with the issue of the surviving period namely Ram Balram Buildhome (P.) Ltd vs. ITO [477 ITR 133 (Del)] the Gujarat High Court in Dhanraj Govindram Kella vs. ITO [177 taxmann.com 194 (Guj)], and the Madras High Court in Mrs. Thulasidass Prabavathi vs. ITO [174 taxmann.com 508 (Mad)]

Based on the above, the Court held that a notice under Section 148 of the Act cannot be issued if the period of six years from the end of the relevant assessment year has expired at the time of issuance of the notice relying on the first proviso to Section 149 of the Act. Hence, the submission of the Respondent that a period of ten years is available to issue the notice under Section 148 of the Act was misconceived.

The Court further noted that in the case of Gurpreet Singh vs. DCIT [176 taxmann.com 673 (Bom)], where the Court records the argument of the Respondent [in paragraph 7(vii)] that the order under Section 148A(d) is to be passed within one month from the end of the month in which the reply has been received, specifically rejected the same in paragraph 18 as Section 148A(d) does not govern the computation of time as contemplated in terms of Section 149 of the Act (paragraph 18 ) hereunder:

“…18. The said contention is fundamentally misconceived. A notice under Section 148 of the IT Act accompanied by an order under Section 148A(d) is required to be issued within the time stipulated under Section 149 of the IT Act. Section 148A(d) does not govern the computation of time as contemplated in terms of Section 149 of the IT Act. The entire process under Section 148A(a) to (d) and the issuance of notice under Section 148 has to be completed within the total time available in terms of Section 149(1) of the IT Act for issuance of notice under Section 148. A notice issued under Section 148 of the IT Act which is beyond the time line stipulated under Section 149(1) is non-complaint and invalid. The timeline under Section 148A(d) is for the Assessing Officer to comply with the stipulations and the streamlining contemplated under Section 148A. This is primarily to bring in transparency and accountability into the system and is intended for the benefit of the assessees. However, to suggest that Section 148A(d) extends the time limit under Section 149(1) and/or has a bearing on the time under Section 149(1) is a submission which is misconceived and lacks legal sanctity.”

(emphasis supplied)

The Court observed that after in the present case, the period of two days would expire on 10 June 2022 or 27 June 2022 respectively and, therefore, the notice under Section 148 of the Act issued on 27 July 2022 is time barred, inasmuch as it is issued much after the surviving period. Therefore, the notices issued under Section 148 of the Act passed was beyond the surviving period.

Refund — Rejection of application on the ground that request can be made only through TRACES portal and further there is no provision to adjust outstanding demand against refund on TRACES portal — Unjustified — Income-tax authorities bound to refund the amount without any formalities to be completed by the assessee — Non-functionality of portal cannot be the ground for denying the refund statutorily allowed to the assessee — AO directed to either grant refund or set-off the demand payable against the refund.

51. (2025) 345 CTR 99 (MP)

Birla Corporation vs. Principal CIT

F. Ys. 2009-10 and 2011-12: Date of order 18/09/2024

Ss. 220, 240 and 243 of ITA 1961

Refund — Rejection of application on the ground that request can be made only through TRACES portal and further there is no provision to adjust outstanding demand against refund on TRACES portal — Unjustified — Income-tax authorities bound to refund the amount without any formalities to be completed by the assessee — Non-functionality of portal cannot be the ground for denying the refund statutorily allowed to the assessee — AO directed to either grant refund or set-off the demand payable against the refund.

Proceedings u/s. 201/201(1A) were initiated for the A.Ys. 2009-10 to 2011-12 and aggregate tax liability (including interest) of more than r12 crores was determined to be payable by the assessee.

The assessee’s appeal before the CIT(A) was dismissed and the order of the Assessing Officer was confirmed. The assessee filed further appeal before the Tribunal. The Tribunal set-aside the order and remanded the matter back to the Assessing Officer.

Pursuant to the remand proceedings, the Assessing Officer once again passed the order and determined an aggregate amount about r3 crores. Once again, the assessee challenged the order of the Assessing Officer in appeal before the CIT(A). However, the CIT(A) dismissed the appeal. Thereafter, the assessee filed appeals before the Tribunal which were allowed.

During the pendency of the appeal, the assessee deposited the outstanding tax demand in instalments aggregating to r1.45 crores for FY 2009-10 and ₹3.65 crores for FY 2010-11 under protest. In addition to the above, the assessee also deposited TDS amount of ₹15,03,299.

Pursuant to the order of the Tribunal, the Assessing Officer passed the order for refund of r3.65 crores. However, this amount was not paid to the assessee. The assessee filed a representation for refund of ₹5.25 crores. The Assessing Officer rejected the application on the grounds that (i) request for refund can be made only if the assessee files and application on the TRACES portal in the prescribed form and (ii) that there is no provision available on the TRACES portal to adjust the outstanding demand of PAN or TAN against the pending refunds of the TAN and therefore requested the assessee to deposit the aforesaid demand.

As a result, the assessee filed a writ petition before the Madhya Pradesh High Court. The High Court allowed the petition of the assessee and directed the Assessing Officer to either refund the tax amount or adjust the same against the tax payable by the assessee. In doing so, the Hon’ble High Court held as follows:

“i) The non-functionality of the TRACES Portal shall not be grounds for denying the benefit arising out of the statutory provision under the IT Act. The TRACES is nothing but a online Portal of the IT Department to connect all the stockholders involved in the administration and implementation of TDS and TCS. The TDS is a Centralized Processing Cell created for TDS reconciliation analysis and correction enabling system which cannot run contrary to the provision of the IT Act. The rights which have been given to the assessee under the IT Act cannot be withheld due to the non functionality of the TRACES.

ii) The Online Portal is created to facilitate the stakeholders and not to create hurdles in discharging the statutory duties and the statutory rights. If the Portal does not function in accordance with the Act and Rules then it requires to be suitably modified to achieve the aims and objects of the Act and Rules, therefore, there is a provision in the IT Act about the refund of the amount with interest as well as set off of refund against the tax payable.

iii) The petitioner is ready for a refund as well as for set off. It is for the competent ITO to make a decision either to refund or to adjust the same.”

Refund — First appellate order in favour of the assessee —However, directions given in the order to make enquiry and verify in respect of other years by resorting to S. 148 — Refund cannot be held merely because enquiry and verification is pending — Once the assessee succeeds in appeal consequence of order giving effect and grant of refund should follow — Directions issued to the AO to pass order giving effect to the order of the CIT(A) and grant refund along with interest u/s. 244A of the Act.

50. 2025 (11) TMI 50 (Bom.)

U.S. Instruments Pvt. Ltd. vs. ACIT and Ors

A. Y. 2009-10: Date of order 15/10/2025

Ss. 153 and 244A of ITA 1961

Refund — First appellate order in favour of the assessee —However, directions given in the order to make enquiry and verify in respect of other years by resorting to S. 148 — Refund cannot be held merely because enquiry and verification is pending — Once the assessee succeeds in appeal consequence of order giving effect and grant of refund should follow — Directions issued to the AO to pass order giving effect to the order of the CIT(A) and grant refund along with interest u/s. 244A of the Act.

The assessee is a private limited company. The assessment for A.Y. 2009-10 was completed vide order dated 28/12/2011 passed u/s. 143(3) of the Act after making addition on account of securities premium u/s. 68 of the Act and a demand of ₹15,53,73,190 was raised. Against the said order, the assessee filed an appeal before the CIT(A) which was disposed by the CIT(A) vide order dated 19/02/2024 and the appeal of the assessee was allowed. However, the CIT(A), in his order issued directions for examining the nature and source of amounts received by the assessee in other years by resorting to sections 148 and 150 of the Act.

During the pendency of the appeal before the CIT(A), the assessee had paid ₹1,00,12,856 towards the outstanding tax demand. Pursuant to the order of the CIT(A), the assessee filed a letter to the Assessing Officer requesting him to give effect to the order of the CIT(A) and to issue refund of the taxes paid by the assessee. However, there was no response from the Assessing Officer. The assessee wrote reminder letters, but no refund was granted.

Therefore, the assessee filed a writ petition before the Bombay High Court praying that directions be issued to the Assessing Officer to grant refund along with interest. The High Court allowed the petition and held as follows:

“i) It is undisputed that the Petitioner had paid taxes of ₹1,00,12,856/- against the demand arising out of the assessment order dated 28th December 2011 for A.Y. 2009-10. Such demand no longer survives, as the Commissioner (Appeals) has deleted the additions made. Naturally, the Petitioner would be entitled to refund of such amount with interest as per law.

ii) It is not correct on the part of the Respondents to sit on such refund merely because there are some directions issued by Commissioner (Appeals) to carry out certain inquiries/ verifications in respect of the amounts received in other years. Once, the Petitioner has succeeded in appeal, the natural consequences of passing an order giving effect to such order and grant of refund have to follow. Otherwise, it will lead to an incongruous situation that despite succeeding before the Appellate Authority, the Petitioner is still deprived of his due refund. Such a situation should always be avoided.

iii) The contention of the Department that the Commissioner (Appeals) has issued directions to verify the amounts received in other years and therefore, refund cannot be given to the Petitioner until such directions are complied with, cannot be accepted. Such directions may or may not be complied with, however, refund arising as a result, of the order of the Commissioner (Appeals) cannot be withheld for such reasons. In any event, today there is no outstanding demand against the Petitioner.

iv) As per section 153(5), an order giving effect has to be passed within three months from the end of the month in which the order of the Commissioner (Appeals) has been received. In the present case, it appears that the order of the Commissioner (Appeals) was sent on email and uploaded on the portal on 19 February 2024 and in any event, the Petitioner has informed and provided a copy of the order to Respondent No. 1 vide letter dated 23rd February 2024 filed on 27th February 2024. There are no reasons forthcoming for not passing an order giving effect to the order of Commissioner (Appeals). At least, passing of such order is not contingent upon the directions issued by the Commissioner (Appeals).

v) This Court has already quashed and set aside the reassessment notices for the A.Y. 2008-09 and A.Y. 2009-10 vide separate orders dated 15th September 2025 in Writ Petition (L) No. 27782 of 2025 and Writ Petition (L) No. 27786 of 2025, therefore, now there should not be any difficulty for Respondent No. 1 to issue refund as prayed for. Since, the notice u/s. 148 have been quashed, there is no question of the Petitioner co-operating in the proceeding, as no such proceedings exist as on today, in the eyes of law.

vi) We direct that Respondent No. 1 should pass the order giving effect to the order of Commissioner (Appeals) dated 19th February 2024 and grant the refund along with interest u/s. 244A of the I. T. Act. The above action of passing the order and granting of refund should be completed as expeditiously as possible and in any event not later than four weeks from today. We are passing this order as the time period to pass order giving effect has expired long back and that the matter is an old matter and pertains to A.Y. 2009-10 and even the taxes have been paid more than twelve years back”

Re-assessment — Information available on Insight Portal — Incorrect information — Mechanism u/s. 148A — Requirement to verify information u/s. 148A(a) prior to 01/09/2024 — After the amendment, 148(1) is similar to 148A(b) — Despite the amendment, it is the responsibility of the AO to verify information available on insight portal — AO must conduct enquiry, if necessary 148A(1) to be invoked only after verification of the information made available to the AO.

49. 2025 (10) TMI 1242 (Guj.)

Vasuki Global Industrial Limited vs. Principal CIT

Date of order 15/10/2025

S. 148A of ITA 1961

Re-assessment — Information available on Insight Portal — Incorrect information — Mechanism u/s. 148A — Requirement to verify information u/s. 148A(a) prior to 01/09/2024 — After the amendment, 148(1) is similar to 148A(b) — Despite the amendment, it is the responsibility of the AO to verify information available on insight portal — AO must conduct enquiry, if necessary 148A(1) to be invoked only after verification of the information made available to the AO.

The assessee is engaged in the business of trading of coal. In the year 2021, summons were issued to the assessee by the Director General of GST (Intelligence) under the GST provisions and the statement of the Director of the assessee company was recorded. Thereafter, the inquiry against the assessee was concluded on payment of tax, interest and penalty under the provisions of the GST Act. Subsequently, in the year 2022, summons were issued to the assessee by the Income-tax Department which were replied to by the assessee and the details called for were also furnished by the assessee.

Thereafter, various buyers and sellers of the assessee who had transacted with the assessee were in receipt of notices for re-opening of their assessment. The notices for re-opening of assessment were issued on the basis of report received from the GST Department wherein the assessee was alleged to be engaged in availing or passing on fake ITC credit to various parties. The GST Department had absolved the assessee from any lapses under the provisions of the GST Act. Though the assessee was absolved by the GST Department, the Income-tax Department continued the re-assessment proceedings in respect of various suppliers of the assessee on the basis of the information available on the insight portal. As a result, the assessee was subjected to queries by its various buyers and suppliers for issue of re-opening notices because of the assessee company.

The assessee thus wrote a letter to the Chairman, CBDT, Director General of GST Intelligence, Principal Chief Commissioner of Income-tax and Principal Commissioner of Income-tax clarifying that it was one Varuni International and not the assessee Vasuki Global Industries Limited who was subjected to alleged bogus fake invoices and passing of the Input Tax Credit. Further, it was also pointed out that the GST registration of the said Varuni International was cancelled by GST authorities and the registration of the assessee was active and the assessee was undertaking business and was subject to audit by the GST Department. It was submitted that re-opening notice issued by the buyers and sellers of the assessee were based on incorrect information available on the insight portal of the Income-tax Department.

The assessee addressed letters to the authorities under the GST Act as well as the Income-tax Act, stating inter alia that the assessee was not involved in GST invoice fraud and that its name was wrongly mentioned in the notices issued upon the buyers and sellers of the assessee company. A request was also made to stop the assessments initiated on incorrect grounds in the case of the assessee and on the basis of incorrect information made available on the Insight Portal.

In view of the foregoing facts, the assessee filed a writ petition before the Gujarat High Court with the prayer to direct the authorities to remove incorrect information from the portal relating to the assessee and correct the same on the basis of latest information received from GST authorities and further to intimate them that no action be taken on the basis of the original incorrect information. The High Court allowed the petition and held as follows:

“i) The Scheme of the Act is well designed to take care of the information which is available on the Insight Portal by providing a mechanism in Section 148A of the Act by issuing notice to the assessed by the Jurisdictional Assessing Officer to verify the information as per clause (a) to Section 148A of the Act as was existent prior to 1st September, 2024 and thereafter, as per Sub-section (1) of Section 148A of the Act

ii) It appears that the conducting of inquiry, if required, with prior approval of the specified authority with respect to the information which suggest that the income chargeable to tax has escaped the assessment, has been done away after the amendment of Section 148A of the Act with effect from 1st September, 2024. Section 148A(1) therefore is now similar to Section 148A(b) of the Act which was applicable up to 1st September, 2024 and which provided that an opportunity of being heard be provided to the assessee by serving a show cause notice as to why a notice u/s. 148 should not be issued on the basis of information which suggests that income chargeable to tax has escaped assessment in his case for the relevant assessment year and results of enquiry conducted, if any, as per clause (a).

iii) Before issuance of the notice u/s. 148A(1) of the Act, it is the responsibility and liability of the Jurisdictional Assessing Officer to verify the information made available on the Insight Portal which suggests that the income chargeable to tax has escaped assessment in case of the assessee for the relevant Assessment Year and if necessary, the Assessing Officer must conduct inquiry with prior approval of the specified authority with respect to such information and only after verification of the information made available to the Assessing Officer, the provisions of Section 148A(1) of the Act shall be invoked.”

Income — Capital or revenue receipt — One-time compensation received for surrendering of stock received under stock option scheme of employer :— (a) TDS — Rejection of application u/s. 197 for NIL deduction of tax — Stock option not perquisite amenable to tax — Order rejection application quashed and set aside; (b) Applicability of section 45 — Cost of acquisition of stock option cannot be determined — Capital receipt not chargeable u/s. 45 not chargeable under any other head — Charging section and computation section constituted an integrated code.

48. (2025) 479 ITR 1 (Karn): 2025 SCC OnLine Kar 18963

Manjeet Singh Chawla vs. Dy. CIT(TDS)

A. Ys. 2024-25: Date of order 02/06/2025

Ss. 5, 17(2), 45, 48 and 197 of ITA 1961

Income — Capital or revenue receipt — One-time compensation received for surrendering of stock received under stock option scheme of employer :— (a) TDS — Rejection of application u/s. 197 for NIL deduction of tax — Stock option not perquisite amenable to tax — Order rejection application quashed and set aside; (b) Applicability of section 45 — Cost of acquisition of stock option cannot be determined — Capital receipt not chargeable u/s. 45 not chargeable under any other head — Charging section and computation section constituted an integrated code.

The petitioner is an Indian citizen and a salaried employee of Flipkart Internet Private Limited (FIPL). FIPL is an Indian subsidiary of Flipkart Marketplace Private Limited (FMPL), a company incorporated in Singapore; which is further a wholly owned subsidiary of Flipkart Private Limited, Singapore (FPS). In addition to FMPL, FPS, Singapore has many other subsidiaries including PhonePe which had a wholly owned subsidiary in India known as?

In the year 2012, FPS, Singapore introduced the Flipkart Stock Option Plan, 2012 (FSOP), pursuant to which the petitioner was granted 2,232 stock options with a vesting schedule of four years from January 1, 2016 to March 31, 2023 amongst which 955 stock options were vested, 249 were cancelled and the unvested stock options were 1,028, resulting in the total number of stock options held by the petitioner being 1,983 as on March 31, 2023. Meanwhile, on December 23, 2022, FPS, Singapore announced separation/divestment of PhonePe resulting in reduction and diminishing of the value of the stock options issued in favour of the petitioner. Under these circumstances, FPS, Singapore announced a one-time compensatory payment of USD 43.67 per option as compensation towards loss in value of Flipkart Stock Option plans due to divestment/separation of PhonePe from FPS, Singapore. In pursuance of the same, a sum of ₹71,01,004, i.e., 1,983 x 43.67 x 82 (USD conversion rate) was paid to the petitioner towards the aforesaid one-time compensatory payment due to reduction/diminishing of the value of the stock options issued in favour of the petitioner as stated supra.

The petitioner filed an application dated May 20, 2023 u/s. 197 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 seeking “nil tax deduction certificate” in relation to the aforesaid one-time compensatory payment made to him. The respondents raised certain queries which were clarified by the petitioner vide reply/response dated July 24, 2023. However, the first respondent rejected the application. Being aggrieved, the petitioner filed a writ petition and challenged the order of rejection.

The Karnataka High Court allowed the writ petition and held as under:

“i) It is well settled that tax at source cannot be deducted if payment does not constitute income and the power of the respondents-Revenue to direct deduction of tax under section 197 of the Income-tax Act can be exercised only if there is an income chargeable to tax.

ii) The one-time compensation payment received by the assessee due to reduction on the value of the stock options did not constitute income chargeable to tax but was a capital receipt.

iii) In view of the aforesaid facts and circumstances, I am of the considered opinion that the first respondent clearly fell in error in rejecting the application filed by the petitioner seeking issuance of “nil tax deduction certificate” in relation to the subject compensation amount of ₹71,01,004 by passing the impugned order which is illegal, arbitrary and contrary to facts and law as well as the aforesaid principles and statutory provisions and consequently, the impugned order deserves to be set aside and the application filed by the petitioner deserves to be allowed by directing the respondents to issue “nil tax deduction certificate” in favour of the petitioner within a stipulated timeframe.

iv) In the result, the petition is hereby allowed. The impugned order at annexure A dated August 2, 2023 passed by the first respondent is hereby quashed.

v) The respondents are directed to issue “nil tax deduction certificate” in favour of the petitioner as sought for by him together with all consequential benefits flowing therefrom as expeditiously as possible and at any rate, within a period of six weeks from the date of receipt of a copy of this order.”

Application for condonation of delay — S. 119(2)(b) — Delay due to the time taken in obtaining legal advice by the Chartered Accountant — Not due to negligence on the part of assessee but due to the CA in obtaining legal advice — Non-condonation would result in lapsing of brought forward loss to be set-off — Genuine hardship to the assessee — Delay in filing return was to be condoned.

47. (2025) 179 taxmann.com 637 (Del)

Balaji Landmarks LLP vs. CBDT

A. Y. 2018-19: Date of order 14/10/2025

Ss. 80 r.w.s. 119, 139 and 153 of ITA 1961

Application for condonation of delay — S. 119(2)(b) — Delay due to the time taken in obtaining legal advice by the Chartered Accountant — Not due to negligence on the part of assessee but due to the CA in obtaining legal advice — Non-condonation would result in lapsing of brought forward loss to be set-off — Genuine hardship to the assessee — Delay in filing return was to be condoned.

The assessee firm filed its return of income for the A. Y. 2018-19 on 30/03/2019, that is, after a delay of 5 months. The due date for filing return of income for the A. Y. 2018-19 was 31/10/2018. The assessee filed its return of income on 30/03/2019 belatedly within the time prescribed u/s. 139(4) of the Act.

Subsequently, on 15/06/2023, the assessee filed an application u/s. 119(2)(b) of the Act to condone the delay of 5 months in filing the return of income. In the said application, condonation was sought on the ground that the Chartered Accountant of the assessee was not acquainted with the legal and accounting treatment to be given to the compensation received in the form of TDR in lieu of compulsory acquisition of immovable property and therefore the assessee sought appropriate legal advice and the time taken for obtaining such legal advice had caused the delay in filing the return of income. However, the assessee’s application was rejected on the ground that the assessee failed to exercise due diligence to ensure timely filing of return of income and that the assessee had ample time to file return of income within time and lastly that the delay was caused due to lack of supervision and therefore did not constitute genuine hardship.

The assessee filed writ petition against the said rejection before the Delhi High Court. It was also submitted that since during the year, the assessee had incurred loss, the same would not be allowed to be carried forward if such delay was not condoned and thereby cause genuine hardship to the assessee. The petition was allowed and it was held as follows:

“i) The delay in the present case is not due to any negligence on the part of the Petitioner but due to inadequate advice by the Chartered Accountant, which fact stands admitted by him in his affidavit.

ii) It is settled law that where an Assessee takes a course of action based on an opinion of a professional, then, in that case, there is a reasonable cause for the Assessee to act based on such advice and that such acts are to be regarded as bona fide. In the present case, the Petitioner ought not to be put to a considerable disadvantage as a result of belated advice given to it by the Chartered Accountant, especially when the issue that was being grappled with is fairly complex and for which there were no well settled judicial precedents at the relevant time.

iii) The delay in filing the return of income for the A.Y.2018-19 is hereby condoned. The return of income filed on 30th March 2019 shall be treated to be a return filed in accordance with Section 153(1B) and the time frame to complete the assessment mentioned therein shall apply.”

Article 12 of India-Ireland DTAA – Consideration received for distribution of software on a standalone basis, or embedded with hardware, could not be characterised as Royalty, and replacement of hardware could not be regarded as Fees for Technical Services (“FTS”) but as business profits; and in the absence of PE, income was not taxable in India.

14. TS-845-ITAT-2025 (Bang-Trib)

Arista Network Limited vs. DCIT (IT)

IT(IT) A No. 1159 (Bang) of 2023

A.Y.: 2021-22 Dated: 23 June 2025

Article 12 of India-Ireland DTAA – Consideration received for distribution of software on a standalone basis, or embedded with hardware, could not be characterised as Royalty, and replacement of hardware could not be regarded as Fees for Technical Services (“FTS”) but as business profits; and in the absence of PE, income was not taxable in India.

FACTS

The Assessee, a tax resident of Ireland, provided software-based cloud services through direct and channel distribution. It earned income from (i) software distribution, (ii) software embedded with hardware, and (iii) replacement of hardware and services. The Assessee claimed that the income received by it was not in the nature of royalty and, in the absence of PE, the income was taxable only in Ireland.

The AO referred to the confidentiality clause in the distribution agreement and observed that it conferred some proprietary information, including access to source code, on distributors, and this was sufficient to trigger royalty characterisation. Further, the AO held that Assesse’s income stream did not fall under the ambit of any of the four categories of income mentioned by Supreme Court in Engineering Analysis Centre of Excellence Private Limited (2021) 125 taxmann.com 42 (SC). The DRP upheld the order of the AO.

Aggrieved by the order, the Assessee appealed to ITAT.

HELD

The Assessee had granted limited rights to distributors for resale of products. The sale of object code of software was subject to the terms of end-user license agreement (‘EULA’). The agreement was categorical that the distributor did not have any right to modify, reverse engineer or attempt to discover source code, etc. Neither the distributor nor customers obtained any right to copy or modify the software. Hence, observation of the AO that the agreement provided access to the source code was not correct.

The confidentiality clause did not confer any right on source code. On the contrary, it was protecting the rights of the Assessee in case any proprietary information was accidentally obtained by distributors or others.

In the decision mentioned earlier, the Supreme Court had held that when software was embedded with hardware, such a transaction constituted sale of goods.

The income streams of the Assessee were explicitly covered by the Supreme Court in Engineering analysis (supra) and further rulings, such as Microsoft Regional Sales Pte Limited [2024] 167 taxmann.com 45 (SC) and MOL Corporation [2024] 162 taxmann.com 198 (SC), which pertained to AYs post-2012 amendment to section 9(1)(vi) of the Act.

In light of the foregoing, the Tribunal held that income received by the Assessee could not be characterised as royalty or FTS. Hence, it was taxable only in Ireland.

Article 22 of India-Korea DTAA – As taxing rights were allocated only to resident country, fee received for providing guarantee in respect of loan obtained by Indian subsidiary of Korean company was taxable only in Korea.

13. [2025] 176 taxmann.com 246 (Bangalore – Trib.)

KIA Corporation vs. ACIT

IT(IT)APPEAL NO.644 (BANG.) OF 2025

A.Y.: 2022-23 Dated: 30 June 2025

Article 22 of India-Korea DTAA – As taxing rights were allocated only to resident country, fee received for providing guarantee in respect of loan obtained by Indian subsidiary of Korean company was taxable only in Korea.

FACTS

The Assessee, a tax resident of Korea, extended guarantee in respect of a loan obtained by its subsidiary in India (“SubCo”). In consideration for such guarantee, it received fee from SubCo. In terms of Article 22 of India-Korea DTAA, Assessee claimed that fee was taxable only in Korea. The AO observed that the loan was utilised by SubCo in India. Accordingly, in terms of Section 5(2), read with section 9(1)(i), of the Act, fee accrued/arose in India. Therefore, rejecting the application of Article 22 of India-Korea DTAA, the AO assessed fee as taxable in India. The DRP upheld the action of the AO.

Aggrieved with the final order, the Assessee appealed to ITAT.

HELD

The fee did not fall within the ambit of the ‘business profits’ or the ‘interest’ Articles. Therefore, it was squarely covered by the ‘other income’ article.

Relying on decisions of coordinate bench rulings in Daechang Seat Co. Ltd. [2023] 152 taxmann.com 163 (Chennai – Trib.) and in Capgemini SA [2016] 72 taxmann.com 58 (Mum.), the Tribunal held that in terms of Article 22 of India-Korea DTAA, guarantee fee could be taxable only in country of residence, i.e., Korea.

The Delhi High Court in Johnson Matthey Public Ltd. [2024] 162 taxmann.com 865 held that guarantee fee accrued in India. Hence, it was taxable in India under India-UK DTAA. The Tribunal distinguished the said ruling by holding that ‘other income’ under India-UK DTAA provided taxing rights to the source country, whereas India-Korea DTAA provided exclusive taxation to the resident country.

Based on the above, the ITAT held that the guarantee fee received by the Assessee was taxable only in Korea.

Non-issuance of notice under section 143(2) after filing of return in response to notice under section 148 – Reassessment proceedings held invalid

67. [2025] 126 ITR(T) 290 (Mumbai – Trib.)

Vinod Kumar Kasturchand Golechha vs. ITO

ITA NO:. 1966 & 1967 (MUM.) OF 2024

A.Y.: 2009-10 & 2010-11 DATE: 17.12.2024

Sec. 143(2) r.w.s. 147

Non-issuance of notice under section 143(2) after filing of return in response to notice under section 148 – Reassessment proceedings held invalid

FACTS:

The assessee was engaged in the business of import, export, and trading of cut and polished as well as rough diamonds.

Pursuant to a search and seizure action carried out on 03.10.2013 in the case of Shri Bhanwarlal Jain and his group concerns, information was received by the Department that various entities managed by the said group were engaged in providing accommodation entries through benami concerns. Based on this information, the assessee’s case was reopened for A.Ys. 2009–10 and 2010–11 on the allegation that he had obtained accommodation purchase entries from the said group concerns aggregating to ₹8.72 crore.

Notices under section 148 were issued on 18.03.2016 for both assessment years. In response, the assessee, vide letter dated 06.06.2016, informed the Assessing Officer that the original return of income already filed for the relevant years may be treated as the return filed in response to notice under section 148.

The Assessing Officer, however, had issued a notice under section 143(2) on 03.06.2016, i.e., before the assessee’s response dated 06.06.2016. Subsequent notices under section 142(1) were issued, and assessment orders were completed by making additions of Rs. 46,31,030 (A.Y. 2009–10) and Rs. 4,36,821 (A.Y. 2010–11).

On appeal, the CIT(A) upheld the validity of the reopening and confirmed the additions. The assessee raised an additional legal ground that no valid notice under section 143(2) was issued after the assessee had filed its response to the section 148 notice, thereby rendering the reassessment proceedings invalid.

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal before the Tribunal.

HELD:

The Tribunal observed that the statutory requirement under section 143(2) mandates that a notice must be issued after examination of the return of income filed by the assessee, including a return treated as filed in response to a notice under section 148.

The notice issued on 03.06.2016 preceded the assessee’s letter dated 06.06.2016 treating his original return as a return in response to notice under section 148. Hence, no notice under section 143(2) was ever issued on the valid return filed in response to section 148 notice.

The requirement of a notice under section 143(2) is mandatory, and its non-issuance vitiates the entire reassessment proceedings. The defect is not a mere procedural irregularity and cannot be cured under section 292BB.

The Tribunal referred to the decisions in case of Asstt. CIT vs. Hotel Blue Moon [2010] 321 ITR 362 (SC), Pr. CIT vs. Jai Shiv Shankar Traders (P.) Ltd. [2015] 383 ITR 448 (Delhi), and Pr. CIT vs. Marck Biosciences Ltd. [2019] 106 taxmann.com 399 (Guj.).

The Tribunal held that since no notice under section 143(2) was issued after the assessee’s response to the section 148 notice, the reassessment orders were invalid and liable to be quashed.

Accordingly, the reassessment orders for both A.Ys. 2009–10 and 2010–11 were quashed, and the appeals of the assessee were allowed in full.

Charitable Trust – Disallowance of exemption under section 11 on ground of non-filing of Form 10B – Held, defect is procedural and curable; exemption allowable

66. [2025] 126 ITR(T) 523 (Nagpur – Trib.)

Shri Panchmurti Education Society vs. ITO

ITA NO.: 488 (NAG) OF 2024

A.Y.: 2017-18 DATE: 21.01.2025

Sec. 11

Charitable Trust – Disallowance of exemption under section 11 on ground of non-filing of Form 10B – Held, defect is procedural and curable; exemption allowable

FACTS

The assessee was a registered charitable trust engaged in educational activities and also registered under the Societies Registration Act. Historically, the assessee’s income had been exempt under the erstwhile section 10(22) of the Act. For subsequent years, it applied for registration under section 12AA by filing an application on 30.03.2017, which was rejected on 29.09.2017 on the ground that the bye-laws did not contain a dissolution clause, though the Commissioner (Exemption) admitted that the trust’s objects were charitable.

The assessee preferred an appeal before the Nagpur Bench of the Tribunal, which, by order dated 09.06.2022, directed the CIT(Exemptions) to grant registration under section 12A with retrospective effect from A.Y. 2017–18. Consequent to this order, the assessee received its registration certificate under section 12A from the CIT(Exemptions).

Meanwhile, the assessee had filed its return of income for A.Y. 2017–18 on 30.03.2018, which was processed under section 143(1). The CPC, Bengaluru, raised a demand of ₹5,02,23,100, denying exemption under section 11.

The assessee filed an appeal before the CIT(A), who dismissed the appeal on 15.07.2024, holding that the assessee had filed a belated return and therefore was not eligible for exemption u/s 11 & 12. The assessee had, however, obtained the audit report later in Form 10B dated 10.01.2023 and furnished it before the appellate authority.

The assessee carried the matter before the Tribunal. The assessee argued that it was legally impossible to comply with audit requirement as in the absence of registration u/s 12A, the same did not apply when the return was filed. The assessee had, however, obtained the audit report later in Form 10B dated 10.01.2023 and furnished it before the appellate authority.

HELD

The Tribunal observed that assessee’s charitable nature and objects were never disputed. The assessee’s failure to furnish Form 10B at the time of filing its return was because, at that time, it was not registered u/s 12A; hence, the obligation to comply with Rule 17B did not exist.

Once registration is granted with retrospective effect, the exemption u/s 11 and 12 must also be given corresponding retrospective benefit. The lower authorities erred in denying exemption merely because the return was filed belatedly or Form 10B was submitted later.

The Tribunal observed that the concept of supervening impossibility applied as the assessee could not have complied with a requirement that was not in existence at the relevant time.

The Tribunal held that the registration having been granted retrospectively from A.Y. 2017–18, the assessee’s entitlement to exemption u/s 11 and 12 for that year stands established. The delay in furnishing Form 10B was merely a procedural lapse and could not defeat the substantive exemption when the audit report had subsequently been obtained and filed.

Accordingly, the Tribunal set aside the order of the JCIT(A) and directed the Assessing Officer to allow exemption under sections 11 and 12 in accordance with law.

In the result, the appeal by the assessee was allowed.

Claim of deduction under section 54 cannot be denied merely on the ground that the new residential property was purchased in the name of the assessee’s wife, although the entire investment was made from assessee’s own funds.

65. (2025) 179 taxmann.com 262 (Ahd Trib)

Rajesh Narendrabhai Patel vs. ITO

A.Y.: 2012-13 Date of Order: 09.10.2025

Section : 54

Claim of deduction under section 54 cannot be denied merely on the ground that the new residential property was purchased in the name of the assessee’s wife, although the entire investment was made from assessee’s own funds.

FACTS

The assessee was an individual. During the relevant year, he sold immovable property situated at Vadodara for a sale consideration of ₹90,00,000. The case was reopened under section 147. In response, the assessee filed return of income declaring capital gains at NIL. During the reassessment proceedings, on the basis of the report of DVO, the capital gain was recomputed to ₹62,60,142 against which the assessee claimed exemption under section 54 of ₹53,78,500 for investment in purchase of a residential property. However, the AO disallowed the claim of exemption under section 54 on the ground that the property was not purchased in his own name but in the name of his wife.

Aggrieved, the assessee went in appeal before CIT(A). While the assessee accepted the reworking of capital gain, he claimed that he was entitled to exemption under section 54 since the investment in residential property, though made in the name of his wife, was wholly funded by him and cited CIT vs. Kamal Wahal [2013] 30 taxmann.com 34 (Delhi), CIT vs. V. Natarajan [2006] 154 Taxman 399 (Madras), and several other decisions of coordinate Benches to support his claim. However, CIT(A) rejected the appeal.

Aggrieved, the assessee filed an appeal before ITAT.

HELD

The Tribunal observed as follows:

(a) CIT(A) had not specifically discussed or dealt with the judicial authorities cited by the assessee and extensively relied upon the principle of strict interpretation of exemption provision as propounded in Commissioner of Customs (Import), Mumbai vs. Dilip Kumar & Company, (2018) 95 taxmann.com 327 (SC).

(b) Several High Courts have indeed taken a consistent view that for the purpose of section 54/54F, where the investment in the new residential property is made by the assessee from his own funds, the mere fact that the property is purchased in the name of the spouse does not disentitle the assessee from exemption.

(c) While the principle of strict construction of exemption provisions is well established, CIT(A) should have considered / reconciled / distinguished various decisions of High Courts in favour of the assessee on the interpretation of section 54 in the context of purchase in the name of spouse.

Accordingly, the Tribunal set aside the order of CIT(A) and restored the matter back to his file for denovo adjudication after examining the claim of the assessee in light of the judicial precedents relied upon by the assessee.

In the result, the appeal of the assessee was allowed for statistical purposes.

Mere existence of an object permitting application of income outside India cannot be a ground to deny registration under section 12AB.

64. (2025) 180 taxmann.com 58 (Mum Trib)

Shamkris Charity Foundation vs. CIT

A.Y.: 2025-26 Date of Order: 27.10.2025

Section: 12AB

Mere existence of an object permitting application of income outside India cannot be a ground to deny registration under section 12AB.

FACTS

The assessee was a company incorporated on 06.08.2021 under section 8 of the Companies Act, 2013 with the objects of education, medical relief, relief to the poor and any other objects of general public utility. It was granted provisional registration under section 12AB from AYs 2022-23 to 2024-25 on 02.10.2021. It made an application for the final registration on 24.08.2024 before CIT(E), with a request for condonation of delay of 54 days on the ground that the delay was due to the inadvertent error on the part of the employee who was in charge of the income tax related matters of the assessee. However, the CIT rejected the application on the ground that the assessee had made the application belatedly and that the objects of the trust contained clauses which enables potential application of funds outside India.

Aggrieved, the assessee filed an appeal before ITAT.

HELD

With regard to the delay in filing the application for final registration, the Tribunal held that considering the facts of the assessee and the legislative intent behind proviso to section 12A(1)(ac), the delay should be condoned and the application made by the assessee should be considered on merits by CIT.

On the issue of trust deed containing provision for application of funds outside India, the Tribunal noted the decision of co-ordinate bench in TIH Foundation for IOT and IOE v. CIT(E), (2025) 176 taxmann.com 561 (Mumbai – Trib) wherein it was held that the fact that the trust may apply income outside India does not constitute a valid ground for denial of registration under section 12AB.

Accordingly, the Tribunal held that the CIT should keep in mind the ratio of the aforesaid decision while considering the application of the assessee for final registration under section 12AB.

In the result, the Tribunal allowed the appeal of the assessee for statistical purposes.

Mere existence of religiously worded objects in the trust deed cannot be a ground to deny approval under section 80G unless there is a finding that the actual expenses on religious activities exceed the permissible limit of 5% of total income as per section 80G(5B).

63. (2025) 179 taxmann.com 679 (Ahd Trib)

Jayshree Gopallalji Haveli Charitable Trust-Ujalvav vs. CIT

A.Y.: N.A. Date of Order : 28.10.2025

Section: 80G

Mere existence of religiously worded objects in the trust deed cannot be a ground to deny approval under section 80G unless there is a finding that the actual expenses on religious activities exceed the permissible limit of 5% of total income as per section 80G(5B).

FACTS

The assessee-trust filed an application in Form No. 10AB seeking approval under clause (iii) of the first proviso to section 80G(5). During the course of proceedings, CIT found certain objects which were religious in nature. He rejected the said application on the ground since the trust deed contained religious objects, the trust was not established wholly for charitable purposes as required under section 80G(5) read with Explanation 3.

Aggrieved, the assessee-trust went in appeal to the Tribunal.

HELD

The Tribunal observed as follows:

(a) Mere presence of an object having spiritual or cultural undertones does not, by itself, render a trust religious in nature, especially when the predominant purpose and actual activities are charitable.

(b) Section 80G(5B) permits an institution established for charitable purposes to incur expenditure up to 5% of its total income on religious purposes. Thus, the statutory framework itself recognizes that minor or incidental religious expenditure does not vitiate the charitable character of the institution.

(c) The determining factor is not the mere existence of religiously worded objects in the trust deed but whether the assessee has actually expended more than the permissible five percent of its total income on religious purposes.

In the absence of finding on actual expenses on religious expenses, the Tribunal restored the matter to the file of CIT with a direction to verify and record a categorical finding on the permissible threshold under section 80G(5B) and decide the matter afresh on merits.

In view of proviso to section 251(1)(a), w.e.f. 1.10.2024, in a case where the order appealed against in first appeal is passed otherwise than under section 144 of the Act, any action / direction of remand for fresh verification by the first appellate authority is barred by jurisdiction.

62.  TS-1285-ITAT-2025 (Raipur)

DCIT vs. South Eastern Coalfields Ltd.

A.Y.: 2013-14 Date of Order : 19.9.2025

Section: 201/201(1A)

In view of proviso to section 251(1)(a), w.e.f. 1.10.2024, in a case where the order appealed against in first appeal is passed otherwise than under section 144 of the Act, any action / direction of remand for fresh verification by the first appellate authority is barred by jurisdiction.

FACTS

The Tribunal, in this case, was dealing a bunch of 27 appeals filed by the revenue and equal number of cross objections filed by the assessee challenging the orders passed by Additional / JCIT (A) which orders emanated out of appeals filed by the assessee against separate orders passed under section 201 / 201(1A) of the Act by ACIT / DCIT – TDS, Raipur (AO), all for AY 2017-18.

The common issue in all these appeals, which were disposed-off by a common order, was as to whether first appellate authority has a power to remand any issue for fresh adjudication to assessing officer where the order challenged in first appeal is passed otherwise than u/s 144 of the Act?

From the regular assessment order passed u/s 143(3) of the Act for AY 2017-18 it was observed that, for the year under consideration the assessee company debited to its profit & loss a/c a sum of ₹259.67Cr under the head ‘Power & Township Expenses’ in respect of employees benefit expense and also debited an expense of ₹48.25 Cr. under the head ‘Grant to Schools and Institutes’, and claimed such expenses as deduction 37(1) of the Act without making TDS deduction therefrom.

In order to verify applicability of TDS provisions and consequential liabilities against such identified expenses claimed as deduction, proceedings were initiated under section 133(6), after seeking requisite approval. Details furnished in these proceedings revealed that; while debiting these expenses or payment made there against and while claiming deduction there against the assessee company failed to deduct TDS therefrom. For these reasons the assessee was held as an assessee in default in respect of such non-deduction deduction u/s 201(1) r.w.s. 192 r.w.s. 17 of the Act. In consequence thereof the AO determined the liability u/s 201(1) and 201(1A) of the Act separately in relation to 27 Tax Deduction Account Numbers held by the assessee for various locations.

Aggrieved, the assessee filed separate appeals against each of such 27 orders passed u/s 201 of the Act, which were partly allowed by the CIT(A) vide order dt. 28/02/2025. Against such separate orders of the CIT(A), both the rival parties came in the present bunch of cross appeals.

The Tribunal observed that against the order passed under section 201 of the Act, the assessee filed an appeal to CIT(A) on as many as four grounds. While adjudicating ground number 2 relating to non-deduction of TDS in respect of Power and Township Expenses, the CIT(A) dealt with the submissions of the assessee and dismissed sub ground number 2(a), 2(b), 2(f) & 2(h) whereas remaining connected sub grounds viz; 2(c), (d) & 2(e) were sparingly returned to the file of AO with a direction to verify issues on merits and allow the relief after due verification. As jointly solidified by the rival parties, these sub grounds (a) to (h) of ground 2 assailed in first appeal before the CIT(A) were indisputably not only intrinsically but also intricately linked with each other.

The Tribunal clearly stated in its order that without touching merits, it heard the rival party’s common submission and argument on the limited issue of jurisdiction of first appellate authority in sparingly remanding common issues assailed by the assessee in ground 2c, 2d & 2e in Form No 35 and subject to rule 18 of ITAT-Rules, 1963 perused the material placed on record and considered the facts in view of settled position of law which was forewarned to respective parties.

HELD

At the outset, the Tribunal observed that the order for adjudication of CIT(A) was passed u/s 201 of the Act and not u/s 144 of the Act. Therefore, it has to vouch as to whether the CIT(A) had jurisdiction or power u/s 251 of the Act to remand any issue, ground or sub-ground to the file of AO for verification & granting relief where the order was not the one passed ex-parte u/s 144 of the Act. The Tribunal held –

(i) w.e.f. 1.10.2024 in a case where the order appealed against in first appeal is passed otherwise than 144 of the Act, any action/direction of remand for fresh verification by the first appellate authority is therefore barred by jurisdiction;

(ii) in view of the ratio of the decision of the Apex Court in Chandra Kishore Jha vs. Mahavir Prasad [(1999) 8 SCC 266 (SC)], where the order appealed against was passed u/s 201 of the Act the direction of CIT(A) for fresh verification of facts on merits is devoid of provisions of section 251(1)(a) of the Act, since the statute did not provide for power to remand, and deserves to be vacated;

(iii) sub-grounds variably where all other sub-grounds of main ground number 2 are intrinsically interconnected, interwoven and linked, the co-ordinate bench in ‘Computer Science Corp. India (P) Ltd. vs. DCIT’ [(2024) 163 taxmann.com 693] held that order dismissing all ground commonly based on single issue by disobeying the mandates of s/s (6) of section 250 of the Act ceases to be lawful adjudication, therefore renders itself irregular. Thus, such adjudication is a fit case for remand;

(iv) the impugned action of remand of few subgrounds which where interconnected with remaining subgrounds adjudicated conclusively by the CIT(A) are not only inconsonance with provisions of law but such action has also out done the restriction placed by proviso to clause (a) of sub-section (1) of section 251 of the Act. The first appellate authority, being creature of statute, therefore while exercising the powers conferred under the provisions of law in discharging prescribed function was bound to act within the jurisdiction. In remanding few sub-grounds in relation to order assailed the CIT(A) inadvertently assumed the powers not granted by the provisions of section 251(1)(a) of the Act.

v) following the decision of the Gujarat High Court in Gujarat Mineral Development Corporation Ltd. vs. ITAT [2009, 314 ITR 14 (Guj.), any action, direction or adjudication laid by the appellate authority by travelling beyond the provisions of law or authority by law renders the order otiose for the purpose of the Act. Thus, such action is barred by jurisdiction and therefore stands vacated;

(vi) the order challenged before the CIT(A) was an order passed u/s 201 of the Act and as such other than the order passed ex-parte u/s 144 of the Act. Therefore, the CIT(A) had no jurisdiction to remand any issue/ground or sub-ground of the first appeal to the file of AO for verification or reverification of merits a fresh. Per contra, the sub-ground (c), (d) & (e) of ground number 2 raised in Form No 35 before Ld. CIT(A) not only remained unadjudicated conclusively in terms of section 251(1)(a) of the Act but remanded to Ld. AO for de-novo verification on merits in contravention of provision of section 251 of the Act.

(vii) In view of the judicial precedents, the impugned action relating to adjudication of sub-ground (c), (d) & (e) of ground number 2 suffered from jurisdiction as well as the compliance of s/s 251(1) r.w.s. 250(6) of the Act, for that reason without disturbing balance adjudication we set aside the remand to the file of CIT(A) with a point-blank direction to deal with sub-ground (c), (d) & (e) of ground number 2 of Form No. 35 and adjudicate them de novo in accordance with law and to pass a speaking order. The Ground No 1 & 2 of the present appeal of the Revenue thus stand partly allowed for statistical purposes.

(viii) The question framed hereinbefore stands adjudicated negatively.

Expansion of the municipal limits after date of issuance of notification is irrelevant. Unless there is a subsequent notification, it is the distance of the land sold from the municipal limits which is relevant.

61. TS-1394-ITAT-2025 (Delhi)

Mahabir vs. ITO

A.Y.: 2013-14 Date of Order : 15.10.2025

Section: 2(14)

Expansion of the municipal limits after date of issuance of notification is irrelevant. Unless there is a subsequent notification, it is the distance of the land sold from the municipal limits which is relevant.

FACTS

The Tribunal, in this case, was dealing with appeals filed by the assessee against orders of CIT(A) which appellate orders were passed against order under section 144 r.w.s. 147 and against order under section 271(1)(c) of the Act.

The Assessing Officer (AO) received information about assessee selling certain land along with co-sharers. The land sold was situated in Village Dhunela, Sohana, Gurgaon. The AO reopened the case of the assessee after examining the sale deeds. The AO noted that as per the verification of Tehsildar, Gurgaon, the distance to the village Dhunela, from Municipal Council, Gurgaon was 1.5 km.

The case of the assessee was that the land under consideration is not an agricultural land and it is by way of Notification dated 6.1.1994 of the Central Government, the land should have been examined. In Sohana, District Gurgaon, area up to 5 kms from the municipal limits in all directions has to be considered as not agricultural. Therefore, the case of the assessee was incorrectly reopened. The assessee relied on copy of certificate dated 25.6.2018 of the Tehsildar, Sohana, certifying the distance of land as on 6.1.1994 to be 6 kms from Nagar Palika, Sohana.

HELD

The Tribunal observed that primarily, the dispute in the appeal filed by the assessee was whether land sold by the assessee falls in the definition of capital asset and is not an agricultural land. The Tribunal found that the law is well settled that the relevant date would be the date of Notification unless there is a subsequent notification, the notification issued holds the ground. Reliance for this was placed on –

i)Satya Dev Sharma vs. ITO [(2014) 149 ITD 0725 (Jaipur Trib.)];

ii)Smt. (Dr.) Subha Tripathi vs. DCIT [(2013) 58 SOT 0139 (Jaipur Trib.)];

iii)Lavleen Singhal vs. DCIT [(2007) 111 TTJ 0326 (Del)];

iv)Prahlad Singh vs. ITO, SA No.436/Del/2017 & ITA No.3375/Del/2017, order dated 11.05.2018 (ITAT, Delhi);

v)Ashish Gupta vs. ITO [(2024) 163 taxmann.com 739 (Delhi – Trib.)].

The Tribunal held that the co-ordinate bench at Delhi has ruled that since no notification was issued after 6th January, 1994, the expansion of Municipal limits thereafter is irrelevant and should be disregarded.

Upon examination of the reasons recorded the Tribunal observed that the AO has not made any reference of the fact that if the issue was examined from the point of view of applicability of the Notification of the CBDT No.9447/F.No.164/3/87- ITA-I dated 06.01.1994, instead the AO has merely relied the certificate from Tehsildar, Gurgaon. Also, the copy of sale deed on record from pages 3 to 9 showed that at the time of registration, it was mentioned that the sale deed is being executed of agricultural land and from the endorsement of Sub-Registrar, Sohna, it is mentioned that the land is situated in the Village Dhunela and is outside the Municipal Corporation area.

In the light of the aforesaid discussion, the Tribunal was of the considered view that the ld. tax authorities have fallen in error in considering the land to be agricultural by considering the distance at the time of execution of sale deed instead of notified distance on 06.01.1994 and the report of the Tehsildar that on the relevant date of 1994 the land was beyond 5 kms. from the Municipal Corporation, Sohna.

The Tribunal allowed the appeal filed by the assessee. Since the addition of the assessee in quantum proceedings, (on the very basis of which the penalty was imposed by the AO and sustained by the CIT(A)), stood deleted, the penalty did not survive and the same was, therefore, cancelled. The appeal of the assessee against levy of penalty was also allowed.

Assessee is entitled to credit for entire tax deducted at source by the buyer and which is reflected in his Form No. 26AS, though assessee was only a joint owner of property and received only 50% of the consideration.

60. ITA No. 722/Pun/2025 (Pune)

Nanasaheb Bhagawan Sasar vs. ITO

A.Y.: 2022-23 Date of Order : 22.9.2025

Section: 199 r.w. Rule 37BA

Assessee is entitled to credit for entire tax deducted at source by the buyer and which is reflected in his Form No. 26AS, though assessee was only a joint owner of property and received only 50% of the consideration.

FACTS

The assessee, jointly with his son, owned ancestral land which was sold for a consideration of ₹13 crore. The share of assessee in the sale consideration was ₹6.50 crore. The buyer deducted entire TDS, under section 194-IA, of ₹13 lakh in the name of the assessee alone. The assessee, in his return claimed credit for entire TDS of `13 lakh deducted by the buyer. Son of the assessee declared capital gains on his share of consideration of ₹6.50 crore and did not claim credit for any TDS.

CPC while processing the return of income filed by the assessee denied credit for half of the TDS claimed in the return of income. The rectification application filed by the assessee was also rejected by CPC.

Aggrieved, assessee preferred an appeal to CIT(A) which was decided by JCIT(A)/Addl. CIT upholding action of CPC that only proportionate credit of TDS is allowable since only half share of the sale consideration was disclosed in the assessee’s return.

Aggrieved, assessee preferred an appeal to the Tribunal. On behalf of the assessee, it was contended that once TDS is deducted and deposited in the deductee’s name (i.e. assessee in the present case) it must be credited to him. Relying on the decision(s) in the case of Anil Ratanlal Bohora vs. ACIT in ITA No. 675/PUN/2022 for AY 2021-22, dated 19.01.2023 and in the case of iGate Infrastructure Management Services Ltd. vs. DCIT in ITA No. 1703/Bang/2016 for AY 2010-11, dated 28.04.2017, it was submitted that the assessee should get the credit of the entire TDS deducted in his name by the buyer of the land. Since, it was a mistake on the part of the buyer/deductor, the seller/deductee should not suffer and should be entitled to claim it. The procedural lapses cannot defeat substantive rights, and the assessee must get full credit of ₹13,00,000/-.

HELD

The Tribunal held that the Revenue cannot enrich itself at the cost of the assessee. It observed that the Bangalore Tribunal in iGate Infrastructure Management Services Ltd.’s case (supra) under the similar set of facts as that of the assessee in the present case, has set aside the matter to the file of the Assessing Officer to adjudicate the issue afresh after making necessary verification as to whether the deductor has deducted the TDS and deposited the same in the Government Account and if yes, allow the credit of the TDS to the assessee.

In light of the factual matrix of the case and the legal position and in the absence of any contrary material brought on record by the Revenue to take a different view, the Tribunal held that the assessee should be given the credit of the entire TDS of ₹13,00,000/- as claimed by him. It set aside the order of the Addl./JCIT(A) and restored the matter back to the file of the CPC/AO to adjudicate the issue afresh and allow full credit of TDS to the assessee.

From The President

My Dear BCAS Family,

Even as we experience prolonged unseasonal rains brought on by shifting climate patterns, one “season” that has remained unchanged over the last four to five years is the IPO season! The steady stream of IPOs— from start-ups to established companies—continues unabated. These issuances are driven by regulatory requirements, business expansion, debt reduction and the need to provide exits to early investors, PE and VC funds. Public data indicates that companies raised an annual average of about ₹1 lakh crore between 2021 and 2024, peaking at ₹1.60 lakh crore in 2024 and dipping to ₹50,000 crore in 2023. In the first nine months of 2025 alone, nearly ₹1.21 lakh crore has been mobilised, with another ₹40–50 thousand crore expected in the next quarter (Source: Prime Database). Amidst this buoyancy, one principle stands above all—professionals and institutions must uphold transparency and meaningful disclosure.

Transparency is not merely about putting data into the public domain; it is about conveying information in a way that enables informed decision-making. In current times of rapid economic expansion, transparency becomes both a regulatory necessity and a professional duty. At the heart of transparency lies disclosure which refers to complete, fair, and comprehensible communication, which will prove to be a competitive differentiator and the bedrock of trust.

TRANSPARENCY AND DISCLOSURE – EVOLVING ROLE OF PROFESSIONALS

Chartered Accountants and finance professionals operate at a junction where compliance, financial reporting and public trust converge. Whether acting as auditors, advisors, CFOs, tax experts or independent directors, we serve as custodians of transparency. Our responsibility extends beyond verifying numbers to evaluating substance over form, identifying risks, and strengthening governance. We must foster a culture where openness replaces opacity. The changing landscape can be analysed as under:

Expanding Disclosure Environment

Traditionally, disclosures were limited to financial statements and the Directors’ Report. Over the last decade, IFRS-aligned Ind AS standards have brought in greater detail, comparability and transparency. Investors today expect insights on business models, environmental impact, governance structures, social responsibility, sustainability, diversity and risk management. Regulators—MCA, SEBI, RBI and others—have consistently realigned disclosure norms to provide relevant and reliable information to protect stakeholders.

This expansion mirrors global trends such as Integrated Reporting, ESG frameworks, climate-related disclosures, cybersecurity and governance risk assessments. Transparency continuously evolves with market maturity and stakeholder expectations, demanding higher professional rigour, multidisciplinary awareness and ethical judgement.

Technology as an Enabler

Digitisation, data analytics and AI have made information more accessible, timely and verifiable. Regulators now use technology-driven surveillance, and stakeholders expect near-real-time updates. While this increases the responsibility for data accuracy and internal controls, technology also enhances our ability to improve disclosure quality.

Stakeholder Activism and Public Scrutiny

Shareholders, lenders, customers, employees, rating agencies and proxy advisors are now active evaluators of corporate behaviour. Social media amplifies even minor lapses—whether in related-party transactions, ESG metrics or financial reporting. Transparency has shifted from being reactive to being a proactive strategy essential to reputation and credibility.

Guardians of Market Integrity

In this environment, the role of professionals becomes critical. Every figure in an offer document and every certification by an auditor or valuer carries an implicit assurance of reliability. Stakeholders place trust in these statements, forming the foundation of market stability. Professionals therefore act as both gatekeepers and facilitators—ensuring disclosures are not only compliant but meaningful. Upholding standards of auditing, assurance, valuation and reporting is central to sustaining transparency. The bottom line is that professionals must look beyond the letter of the law and uphold truth, clarity, and completeness.

Ethical Foundation of Disclosure

Transparency is equally a moral responsibility coupled with regulatory responsibility. Integrity is demonstrated not only by what is required to be disclosed but also by what one chooses to reveal. Selective reporting, jargon-filled disclosures or hiding key information in fine print erodes trust. Financial statements are narratives of accountability and the “tone at the top” significantly influences disclosure quality. Professionals advising management, boards and investors in their capacity as independent directors and advisors play a vital role in fostering ethical disclosure practices.

BCAS’s ROLE

BCAS continues to strengthen the profession’s commitment to transparency through capacity-building programmes, publications and seminars. Its thought leadership helps members anticipate evolving disclosure trends. By mentoring younger professionals and engaging with regulators, BCAS promotes balanced, practical and ethically grounded disclosure norms.

Transparency, Integrity and Long Term Trust

To conclude, in the long run, stakeholders and markets reward not just value, prosperity and growth but also integrity. This resonates with the long-term journey of the legendary investor Warren Buffet whose quote, as under, is one of the most powerful lines connecting transparency, integrity, and long-term trust.

“It takes 20 years to build a reputation and five minutes to ruin it. If you think about that, you’ll do things differently.”

A big thank you to one and all!

Warm Regards,

CA. Zubin F. Billimoria

President

Crippling Terror Financing – India’s Strategic Imperative

In the shadow of the Red Fort, a car explosion on 10 November claimed 13 lives and injured many more, sending shockwaves throughout the nation. This act of terrorism served as one more brutal reminder of the persistent hostility of our neighbour. We all know that terrorism feeds on two lifelines: ideology and money. While the seeds of ideology are founded in religious extremism, the nourishment of financing adds fuel to the fire.

As we engage to proactively counter this threat, the kinetic operations of the National Investigation Agency (NIA) and our security forces need to be complemented with a robust financial one – by effectively tracking, crippling and starving the terror ecosystem of the funds required for the operations.

HOW THE MONEY MOVES

Traditional hawala systems, those informal value-transfer networks that have existed for centuries, still flourish. They are fast, cheap, and anonymous. Money leaves Dubai and reappears in Srinagar without a single banking record. But hawala alone no longer tells the full story. Terror financing today hides in plain sight—in a stream of micro-transactions, in anonymous crypto wallets, in e-commerce orders for innocuous materials that can become deadly weapons. A single click can move funds across continents faster than any courier ever could. For India, the success of UPI, world’s most digitised payments ecosystem brings both pride and peril. “Mundane financial footprints,” as FATF calls them, often slip under automated surveillance thresholds. A ₹5,000 digital transfer through UPI doesn’t trigger alarms, but hundreds of such transfers across wallets or bank accounts can bankroll an attack. The result is a dense fog of micro-activity behind which extremism thrives.

The misuse of charitable organisations and NGOs adds another layer of complexity. Funds raised in the name of welfare can be diverted for violent ends. India’s own experience with groups like the Popular Front of India (PFI) demonstrates how community collections, zakat funds, or crowd-sourced donations can morph into instruments of radicalisation. Hence, transparency in nonprofit operations is no longer optional; it’s a security necessity.

CURRENT REGULATORY BLUEPRINT

The Government has indeed implemented a comprehensive regulatory framework to counter terrorist financing. A multi-layered system is in place to monitor fund flows across cash, banking, and digital channels. In the cash economy, measures such as demonetisation and the withdrawal of ₹2000 notes were aimed to curb large unaccounted transactions, supported by on-ground surveillance and restrictions on high-value cash dealings. In the banking network, stringent KYC and periodic re-KYC requirements, along with mandatory reporting of large and suspicious transactions under the PMLA, ensure traceability of money movement. In digital and wallet platforms, every wallet is linked to a KYC-verified SIM and mobile number, with SMS authentication and upper transaction limits acting as safeguards against misuse. Additionally, the prohibition on unregulated cryptocurrency transactions and the monitoring of Virtual Asset Service Providers (VASPs) under the PMLA framework further restrict the use of virtual currencies for illicit transfers. Together, these regulatory measures indeed create a tightly regulated ecosystem that deters anonymity and strengthens India’s defences against terror and illicit finance.

Further regulatory actions include strengthening the Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Act, 1967 (UAPA) to designate individuals and entities for terrorist financing, amending the Prevention of Money Laundering Act, 2002 (PMLA) regime to broaden the definition of “reporting entity” and tighten the loop-holes in money transfers, the establishment of specialised cells like the Terror Funding and Fake Currency Cell under the National Investigation Agency (NIA) to investigate terror funding and fake currency operations, etc. At the international level, India works closely with the Financial Action Task Force (FATF) to align its anti-money laundering and counter-terror-financing regime with global standards.

CRACKS WITHIN

Despite these robust safeguards, terror financing still finds its way through systemic and human vulnerabilities. The challenge often lies not in the absence of regulation but in its implementation and enforcement. Most compliance mechanisms are anchored on Aadhaar-based identity verification, yet the proliferation of forged or fraudulently obtained Aadhaar cards undermines this foundation. When counterfeit identities pass through the system unchecked, they open gateways for the layering of illicit funds through legitimate channels. Moreover, while financial institutions and intermediaries are obligated to report suspicious transactions, regulatory effectiveness is weakened when oversight is compromised by corruption. The need of the hour is not only stronger laws but also greater sensitisation, accountability, and integrity among regulators and enforcement officers—ensuring that vigilance, not complacency, defines India’s financial security framework.

ROLE OF PROFESSIONALS

In the evolving war against terrorist financing, we as chartered accountants also have an important role to play. Their daily proximity to capital flows, client structures, and compliance documentation makes us uniquely placed to detect and disrupt illicit networks even before these reach the enforcement radar.

Recognising this importance, under the Prevention of Money Laundering Act (PMLA), practising professionals are recognised as Reporting Entities (REs) when they carry out specified financial transactions on behalf of clients — company formation, management of client money, or operation of bank accounts. This imposes obligations of Customer Due Diligence (CDD), Enhanced Due Diligence (EDD), and timely filing of Suspicious Transaction Reports (STRs) with FIU-IND. However, the professional’s role must evolve from statutory compliance to strategic vigilance. Examples include:

  1.  Audit and Forensic Reviews – Detect round-tripping through shell layers, over-invoicing of imports, or diversion of CSR and NGO funds under the guise of “community welfare.”
  2.  Due Diligence in M&A and Start-ups – Scrutinise investments routed via high-risk jurisdictions, layered SPVs, or virtual-asset holdings concealed through offshore wallets.
  3. NPO/Trust Audits – Apply red-flag analytics to grant disbursals, ensuring end-use traceability and verifying whether donor-beneficiary patterns align with the stated charitable purpose.
  4. Digital-Asset Compliance – Evaluate clients’ crypto transactions and VASP linkages for anomalies in KYC or wallet clustering, in line with FATF Recommendations.
  5. Real-time Monitoring and STR Filing – Use automated data analytics and pattern recognition tools to spot micro-funding, split payments, or repeated small donations that cumulatively indicate potential terror-linked activity.

Beyond accountants, lawyers, fintech compliance officers, auditors in NBFCs, payment aggregators, and trustees also bear this fiduciary duty. The essence lies in ethical vigilance — viewing professional scepticism not merely as an audit standard but as a national-security obligation.

A GLIMPSE AHEAD

By 2047, India envisions itself as a secure, developed economy powered by technology and trust. Achieving that vision demands that we treat financial integrity as national security. When every accountant questions the unusual transaction, every fintech coder embeds an AML algorithm, every regulator share data promptly, and every citizen refuses to fund unverified causes, the terror networks will wither. So, the real question is not whether India can win this battle. It’s whether we can sustain the vigilance it demands. Because in the fight against terror financing, complacency costs lives.

Best Regards,

CA Sunil Gabhawalla

Editor

God Does Not Punish Us, Action Does!

The Bhagavad Gita gives us a vision that is both simple and profound where in the 15th verse 5th chapter it gives an important principle that the Lord neither claims our virtues nor assumes our faults; each being reaps the outcome of his own deeds.

नादत्ते कस्यचित्पापं न चैव सुकृतं विभु: |

अज्ञानेनावृतं ज्ञानं तेन मुह्यन्ति जन्तव: ||15 ||

“The Lord does not take upon Himself anyone’s sin or merit. Knowledge is covered by ignorance, and beings are deluded because of it.”

This verse changes the way we understand life. God does not punish or reward anyone. He is not sitting somewhere keeping a record of what we do. The universe itself is governed by a law that never fails and yes we call it the law of karma. Every action brings its own result, just as every seed bears fruit of its own kind. We are not punished for our actions; we are punished by our actions.

Think of fire. When we put our hand into fire, it burns us. The burn is not a punishment from God. Fire has no anger, no partiality. It simply acts according to its nature. In the same way, when we act wrongly, we suffer. When we act rightly, we experience peace and joy. God is not punishing or rewarding us. The result comes from the natural order of life itself.

However, not all actions show results immediately. Some actions, like putting the hand in fire, give instant results. Others are subtle. Acts like lying, cheating, or corruption may take time to show their effect. The result may come after years or even in another life. Because the link between cause and effect is not always visible, we often fail to connect the two. We think some people escape punishment or some suffer without reason but there is no escape from the law of karma. It operates silently and perfectly.

When we understand this, our relationship with God becomes one of love and reverence, not fear. We stop blaming others for our problems and start taking responsibility for our own choices. We realize that pain and joy are teachers guiding us towards wisdom. The Bhagavad Gita shows us that the purpose of life is not to fear punishment but to focus on our duty.

The fire of knowledge burns away ignorance. When we act with awareness, selflessness, and love, the same fire that once burnt us now becomes a light that guides us. The Lord is not a judge giving verdicts. He is the silent witness who gives us the freedom to act and the wisdom to learn. When we live by this truth, life becomes peaceful, purposeful, and filled with divine grace.

Book profit must be computed strictly in accordance with the audited accounts prepared under the Companies Act, and no adjustment beyond those expressly specified in Explanation [1] of section 115JB is permissible; accordingly, the addition of CSR expenditure to book profit was unjustified and directed to be deleted.

59. [2025] 125 ITR(T) 556 (Amritsar – Tribunal)

DCIT vs. Jammu and Kashmir Power Development Corporation Ltd.

I.T.A. NOS. 364, 385 & 386/ASR/2023

A.Y.: 2016-17 to 2018-19

Section 115JB DATE: 15.05.25

Book profit must be computed strictly in accordance with the audited accounts prepared under the Companies Act, and no adjustment beyond those expressly specified in Explanation [1] of section 115JB is permissible; accordingly, the addition of CSR expenditure to book profit was unjustified and directed to be deleted.

FACTS

The assessee-company was engaged in the generation and sale of power mainly to Government, in the State of Jammu and Kashmir. It filed its return of income and also filed two sets of computations of total income, one under normal provisions and another under MAT provisions.

The amount of CSR under section 37(2) (i.e. 2 per cent of average net profit of preceding three years) was computed at ₹5.99 crores and had remained as a provision in the balance sheet.

The Assessing Officer held that since the CSR expenditure related to expenditures to be incurred by the assessee on the activities relating to CSR as per section 135 of the Companies Act, 2013, the same was not an expenditure incurred wholly and exclusively for the purpose of business and it was just an application of income. Accordingly, the said provision was set aside for meeting liabilities other than ascertained liabilities, the book profits as per explanation [1] of the said section needed to be increased (or added back) to arrive at the correct profits for the purpose of computation of MAT under section 115JB.

On appeal, the Commissioner (Appeals) deleted the addition. Aggrieved by the CIT(A)’s order, the Revenue preferred a further appeal before the Tribunal.

HELD

1. CBDT Circular No. 1/2015, in relation to non-allowability of deduction of CSR expenditure, only applies to income computation under normal provisions and not to MAT/book profit under Section 115JB.

2. Book profits under MAT must be determined based on audited accounts prepared as per Companies Act and generally accepted accounting principles.

3. CSR expenditure is not listed among the specific adjustments permitted under Section 115JB for altering book profits.

4. AO has no power to recompute the book profits and has to rely on the statement of accounts of the company compiled under the Companies Act 2013.

5. Accordingly, the Revenue’s appeals for AYs 2016–17 to 2018–19 were dismissed as being without merit.

Even if assessee did not pay STT at the time of acquisition of shares which were unlisted then, it would still be eligible for tax exemption under section 10(38).

58. [2025] 123 ITR(T) 252 (Mumbai Trib.)

Deputy Commissioner of Income-tax vs. Business Excellence Trust

ITA -2879 (Mum.) of 2023 and

CO. No. 15 (Mum.) of 2024 AY 2018-19

Section 10(38) Date: 26.07.2024

Even if assessee did not pay STT at the time of acquisition of shares which were unlisted then, it would still be eligible for tax exemption under section 10(38).

HELD

The assessee, a trust registered as a Venture Capital Fund, earned Long-Term Capital Gain (LTCG) of ₹247,67,03,531/- from the sale of shares of M/s Dixon Technologies Limited. The said shares were purchased while the company was unlisted and sale of the shares took place after listing of the said company. Initially, the assessee claimed exemption for this LTCG under section 10(23FB) of the Act. The Ld. AO rejected the claim for exemption under section 10(23FB) of the Act.

The assessee made an alternative plea that the LTCG should be exempted under section 10(38) of the Act. The AO rejected the alternative claim for exemption under section 10(38), reasoning that firstly the assessee being Venture Capital Fund, was not eligible to claim exemption under section 10(38) since as per section 115U the investors alone were entitled to claim said exemptions, and crucially, because the assessee had not paid Securities Transaction Tax (STT) at the time of acquisition of shares.

Accordingly, the AO completed the assessment by assessing the LTCG and also rejecting the assessee’s claim for exemption of dividend income of ₹3,97,300/- under section 10(35) of the Act.

On assessee appeal, the CIT(A) upheld the AO’s finding that the assessee was not eligible for exemption under section 10(23FB). However, the CIT(A) accepted the alternative plea of the assessee and held that the assessee was eligible to claim exemption of LTCG under section 10(38) of the Act. The CIT(A) referred to Notification No. SO 1789(E) dated 5-6-2017.

On Revenue’s appeal before the ITAT, the ITAT rejected the Revenue’s contention that the claim under section 10(38) was an unjustified fresh claim, stating it was merely a change of the exemption section.

The ITAT held that the shares acquired by the assessee were unlisted. Since STT was only payable on transactions entered into through a recognised stock exchange at the relevant time, the
acquisition of unlisted shares could not have been chargeable to STT.

The ITAT found that clauses (a), (b), and (c) of the relevant Notification [i.e., No. SO 1789(E)] dealt with ‘existing listed equity shares’ or delisted shares, and thus were not applicable to the present facts of the case. The shares acquired by the assessee were covered by the main part of the Notification, which exempts transactions of acquisition not chargeable to STT (provided they are not covered by the exceptions). Consequently, even if the assessee did not pay STT at the time of acquisition of shares, it was still eligible for exemption under section 10(38) of the Act.

An alumni association formed for the benefit of students of two educational institutions can be regarded as for benefit of public at large for the purpose of registration under section 12A. For the purpose of examining genuineness of activities, it is irrelevant that the mobile number of the beneficiaries is not provided to the CIT or that the association had not incurred any expenses.

57. (2025) 178 taxmann.com 377 (Jaipur Trib)

ICG-IISU Alumnae Association-bandhan vs. CIT(E)

A.Y.: N.A. Date of Order: 11.09.2025

Section : 12AA

An alumni association formed for the benefit of students of two educational institutions can be regarded as for benefit of public at large for the purpose of registration under section 12A.

For the purpose of examining genuineness of activities, it is irrelevant that the mobile number of the beneficiaries is not provided to the CIT or that the association had not incurred any expenses.

FACTS

The assessee was a company incorporated under section 8 of the Companies Act, 2013. It was an alumni association which was for the students passing out from International College for Girls (ICG) as well as from IIS (Deemed to be University) (IISU), Jaipur.

It filed an application for registration under section 12AA in 2020 which was rejected by CIT(E). Upon appeal to ITAT, in 2021, the Tribunal remanded the matter back to CIT(E) to examine whether certain objects of the company had an element of commercial / business and whether the benefit of alumnae of ICG-IISU could be regarded as benefitting the public.

CIT(E) once again rejected the application under section 12AA in 2024 on broadly the same grounds as in first round of appeal, that is, the assessee was meant for the benefit of its members and not for public at large, it conducted business / commercial activities, and the activities were not genuine.

Aggrieved, the assessee once again filed an appeal before ITAT. It also filed an application for admission of additional evidences, being approval of ISS (deemed to be University) and copy of audited financial statements for the year ended 31.3.2024.

HELD

Rejecting the contention of the CIT that the assessee was not meant for public at large, citing Girijan Co-operative Corpn. Ltd. vs. CIT, (1989) 44 Taxman 60 (Andhra Pradesh) and Parul University Alumni Association vs. CIT (Exemption), (2024) 162 taxmann.com 98 (Ahd Trib), the Tribunal observed that the expression ‘public’ includes cross section of public and it is well settled that for satisfying the requirements of section 2(15), it is not necessary that the benefit should reach each and every poor person in the state or country.

On the question of commercial / business activities of the assessee, the Tribunal noted that no fees were charged from the members by the assessee and the activities were carried out in the premises of the two educational institutions using their infrastructure. It also noted that the volume of activities was also very minimal and out of the four preceding years there had been deficit in two years. Therefore, the Tribunal held that there was no element of business/commercial nature in the activities of the assessee.

On the issue of the non-genuineness of the activities of the assessee, the Tribunal noted that the assessee had placed sufficient evidences before CIT(E) to explain its activities and that requiring the mobile number of the beneficiaries was not an appropriate way to ascertain the genuineness of the activities especially when other evidences were produced. It further noted that since the activities were in the nature of connecting old students with the present students as well old students of different batches, such meetings were meant for exchange of experiences so that theoretical knowledge can be combined with practical experiences to make the education wholesome and such activities did not require incurring of expenses because infrastructure of the parent educational institutions was used. Therefore, it observed that merely because no expenses were incurred could not be fatal to the case of the assessee.

Accordingly, the Tribunal restored the matter back to the file of the CIT(E) with a direction to consider all the additional evidences filed by the assessee and the judicial precedents cited in the order and thereby decide the issue of whether the object of the assessee was charitable in nature or not after giving proper opportunity of being heard to the assessee.

In the result, the appeal of the assessee was allowed for statistical purposes.

Where the assessee-charity accumulated income under section 11(2) by filing Form No. 10 mentioning the purpose as “for objects of the trust”, the vagueness of purpose would not be fatal to the claim of benefit under section 11(2) if the assessee supported the claim with a Board resolution listing the specific purpose as “scholarship (educational purpose)” and the funds were actually utilised for the said purpose in subsequent years.

56. (2025) 178 taxmann.com 411 (Mum Trib)

Imperial College India Foundation vs. ITO

A.Y.: 2016-17 Date of Order: 10.09.2025

Section: 11(2)

Where the assessee-charity accumulated income under section 11(2) by filing Form No. 10 mentioning the purpose as “for objects of the trust”, the vagueness of purpose would not be fatal to the claim of benefit under section 11(2) if the assessee supported the claim with a Board resolution listing the specific purpose as “scholarship (educational purpose)” and the funds were actually utilised for the said purpose in subsequent years.

FACTS

The assessee was a company registered under section 8 of the Companies Act, 2013 and was engaged in the educational activities which included granting of scholarships to the students. During assessment proceedings for AY 2016-17, the AO disallowed the income amounting to ₹62,28,989 which was accumulated under section 11(2) on the ground that that the purpose mentioned in Form 10 i.e. “towards the object of the trust”, was generic and it was mandatory requirement of the law that the purpose should be specific.

Aggrieved, the assessee filed an appeal before CIT(A) who confirmed the disallowance. Aggrieved, the assessee filed an appeal before ITAT.

HELD

The Tribunal noted that Form No. 10 filed by the assessee stated the purpose of accumulation as “for the objects of the trust”. However, the said Form 10 was supported by the Board Resolution dated 20.09.2016 which showed that the accumulated amount was to be utilized for providing “scholarship (educational purpose)”. It was contended by the assessee before the ITAT that in the subsequent years the funds have been utilised for the purpose stated in the aforesaid Board Resolution. The same submission was also put forth before CIT(A).

Holding that the vagueness of the purpose of accumulation as stated in Form 10 would not be fatal, the Tribunal remanded the issue back to the AO with the following directions-

(a) to verify Board Resolution dated 20.09.2016 (for this purpose, a certified copy of the resolution should be filed by the assessee before AO);

(b) to verify the utilization of accumulation amounting to ₹62,28,989 in subsequent years by the assessee as per the Board Resolution;

(c) If the accumulated amount has been utilised for the aforesaid purpose, the disallowance to the extent the accumulated amount shall be deleted by the AO.

In the result, the Tribunal allowed the appeal of the assessee for statistical purposes.

A private trust set up for identified persons is entitled to claim exemption under section 54F upon investment of proceeds into a residential house.

55. (2025) 178 taxmann.com 355 (Delhi Trib)

ACIT vs. Merilina Foundation

A.Y.: 2011-12

Date of Order : 9.9.2025

Section: 54F

A private trust set up for identified persons is entitled to claim exemption under section 54F upon investment of proceeds into a residential house.

FACTS

The assessee was a private trust. It sold a flat and claimed exemption under section 54F in respect of capital gains arising from sale of flat. During reassessment proceedings under section 147. The Assessing Officer disallowed the claim of exemption on ground that section 54F was applicable only to individual and HUF and not to a trust.

On appeal, the Commissioner (Appeals) allowed the claim of the assessee.

Aggrieved, the tax department went in appeal to the Tribunal.

HELD

The Tribunal observed as follows:

(a) It is the fact that the assessee was a private trust and it was set up for some identified persons and it was not a case of a charitable trust where beneficiaries are public at large.

(b) A charitable trust is treated as AOP because of the reason that the beneficiary of the charitable trust are public at large. In fact, if the beneficiary of charitable trust is identified, the trust loses its character of being charitable.

(c) If the assessee trust was not in existence at the time of sale and investment, the same transaction would have been carried out in the name of beneficiaries therein and the benefit would certainly be given to those beneficiaries under section 54 as claimed.

Therefore, the Tribunal held that the order passed by CIT(A) in granting relief under section 54F was just and proper and accordingly, the appeal filed by the tax department was dismissed.

Alternative Investment Framework for Mobilising Private Capital

THE RISE OF ALTERNATIVE ASSET CLASS

The Alternative Investment Fund (AIF) industry in India has emerged as a dynamic and fast-evolving segment of the financial market, playing an increasingly critical role in channelling long-term capital into high-growth sectors and alternative asset classes. Over the past few years, this segment has gained prominence as a preferred investment vehicle for institutional and high-net-worth investors seeking diversification beyond traditional avenues. Backed by regulatory support, rising investor appetite, and growing sophistication in fund management practices, it has witnessed consistent growth in both participation and capital deployment.

In line with this trend, the AIF industry continued its strong upward trajectory with number of AIF’s sharply rising to 1,526 by March 31, 2025, from 1,283 in the previous year, reflecting a notable expansion in fund registration across all categories. Category III AIFs led this growth with a 33% rise, followed by Category II at 17% and Category I at 11%. On the capital front, the total commitments raised across all categories increased by 18.9% to r13,49,051 crore, up from r11,34,900 crore a year earlier. This was accompanied by a 24.7% increase in funds raised and a substantial 32.2% rise in investments made during the year, highlighting the growing deployment capacity of AIFs.

Category II AIFs maintained their dominance in the market, attracting the highest commitments and deploying the largest share of capital. Within Category I, Venture Capital Funds (VCFs) remained the most active, while Special Situation Funds and SME Funds recorded steady gains in both fundraising and capital deployment. The cumulative net investments made by AIFs, reflected in Assets Under Management (AUM), stood at ₹5,38,161 crore at the end of FY 2024–25.

Overall, gross cumulative funds raised by AIFs reached r7,95,143 crore as of March 31, 2025, while cumulative capital distributions to investors stood at r2,31,713 crore. These figures not only highlight the continued growth and resilience of the AIF ecosystem but also emphasize its increasing role in supporting India’s alternative financing landscape and driving capital towards emerging and other segments of the economy. (Source: SEBI Annual Report 2024-25)

UNDERSTANDING AIFs: THE REGULATORY FRAMEWORK

AIFs in India are governed by the SEBI (Alternative Investment Funds) Regulations, 2012. These funds are private pooled investment vehicles that collect money from investors to invest in line with defined strategies. SEBI classifies AIFs into three distinct categories:

  •  Category I AIFs – Promote early-stage ventures, social ventures, SMEs, infrastructure, and distressed asset strategies.
  • Category II AIFs – Invest in unlisted entities and private capital strategies without leveraging (except for operational needs).
  •  Category III AIFs – Employ complex or leveraged trading strategies to generate short-term, market-linked returns.

i. Category I AIFs: Capital for Innovation, Inclusion, and Impact

Category I AIFs are development-focused vehicles aimed at investing in sectors that are socially or economically beneficial. These include start-ups, SMEs, infrastructure, social ventures, and stressed assets. Due to their role in nation-building, these funds may receive government incentives or regulatory relaxations.

Venture Capital Funds (VCFs) are designed to invest in early-stage startups that exhibit high growth potential, particularly in innovative and disruptive sectors such as technology, healthcare, and consumer services. These funds typically take equity positions in emerging businesses, providing not just capital but also strategic guidance, mentorship, and access to networks. The aim is to nurture these startups through their formative stages and benefit from substantial value creation as they scale.

Angel Funds are a specific sub-class of VCFs that pool capital from accredited individual investors commonly known as angel investors to support seed-stage startups. These funds are geared towards very early-stage companies, often pre-revenue, and typically require a minimum investment commitment of r25 lakh per investor. Angel Funds allow for direct investment into specific portfolio companies, offering greater flexibility and alignment with investor preferences.

Special Situation Funds (SSFs) focus on distressed and non-performing assets, investing in opportunities such as security receipts issued by asset reconstruction companies, stressed loans, or companies undergoing insolvency proceedings under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code (IBC). These funds aim to unlock value through asset recovery, financial restructuring, and operational turnaround strategies, often operating in high-risk, high-reward scenarios.

SME and Social Venture Funds are structured to support small and medium enterprises (SMEs) as well as ventures that generate measurable social impact. These funds channel capital into underserved sectors and communities, facilitating inclusive growth through impact-oriented financing. Investments often target businesses involved in education, healthcare, financial inclusion, sustainable agriculture, or clean energy—where both financial returns and positive social outcomes are prioritised.

ii. Category II AIFs: Private Market Debt and Long-Term Capital

Category II AIFs represent the most active segment of the AIF space, comprising private equity funds, debt funds, and real estate or infrastructure-focused vehicles. These funds invest in unlisted companies and private instruments without employing leverage, except for operational requirements. Their close-ended structure and long holding periods make them suitable for medium to long-term growth strategies.

Private Equity Funds (PEFs) focus on investing in unlisted companies that are either in their growth phase or are mature businesses requiring capital for expansion, operational improvements, or restructuring. These funds often take significant or controlling stakes in the investee companies, enabling them to influence strategic decisions, drive value creation, and ultimately exit through IPOs, mergers, or secondary sales.

Debt Funds operate by extending structured debt or mezzanine financing to companies, particularly those seeking capital without diluting ownership. These funds play a crucial role in meeting the financing needs of businesses that may not have ready access to traditional bank loans or equity markets. By focusing on credit risk and collateral structures, debt funds generate returns primarily through interest income and fees, often with lower volatility compared to equity investments.

Fund of Funds (FoFs) take a multi-manager approach by investing in a portfolio of other Alternative Investment Funds (AIFs) rather than directly into individual companies or securities. This structure offers investors broad diversification across strategies, sectors, and asset managers through a single investment vehicle. FoFs are particularly attractive for those looking to access a wide range of AIF exposure while mitigating risk through professional manager selection and portfolio construction.

In FY 2024–25, Category II AIFs accounted for the largest capital base and continued to dominate overall industry deployment, particularly in sectors like real estate, NBFCs, and private credit.

iii. Category III AIFs: Complex Strategies and Long-Term Equity

Category III AIFs are designed for professional investors seeking short-term alpha through trading strategies, derivatives, leveraged positions at the same time favourable for long only equity strategies. These funds can be open-ended or close-ended, offering greater flexibility and liquidity, and are the only category permitted to use leverage extensively.

Within the Category III space, several distinct sub-categories of funds have emerged, each employing specialised strategies to generate returns irrespective of broader market conditions.

Hedge Funds are known for their pursuit of absolute returns using a variety of complex strategies. These may include long-short equity positions, arbitrage opportunities, global macroeconomic plays, and market-neutral techniques. By taking both bullish and bearish positions and actively managing risk, hedge funds aim to outperform traditional benchmarks, especially during periods of market volatility.

Quantitative or Algorithmic Funds (Quant/Algo Funds) rely on sophisticated, data-driven models to identify trading opportunities. These funds use algorithms, artificial intelligence, and statistical techniques to execute high-frequency trades or capitalize on market inefficiencies. Their decisions are often devoid of human emotion, focusing instead on real-time data patterns and predictive analytics.

Tactical Allocation Funds take a dynamic approach to portfolio management by actively shifting capital across different asset classes such as equities, bonds, commodities, or currencies based on evolving macroeconomic trends, geopolitical events, or market momentum. These funds aim to optimize returns by anticipating market cycles and adjusting exposure accordingly, rather than adhering to a fixed asset allocation strategy.

Category III funds saw a 33% increase in registrations in FY 2024–25, the highest among all categories, with the top 10 funds accounting for 61% of total investments—highlighting growing institutional interest in these high-risk, high-reward strategies.

SEBI’S 2025 REFORMS: A NEW ERA FOR ANGEL FUNDS IN INDIA

In a landmark move to bolster India’s early-stage investment landscape, the Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI) introduced a revised regulatory framework for Angel Funds in 2025 under the AIF Regulations, 2012. These reforms aim to enhance transparency, improve governance, and encourage broader investor participation, all while simplifying the operational structure of angel investing.

Under SEBI’s revised regulations effective September 10, 2025, Angel Funds can raise capital only from Accredited Investors, tightening eligibility norms. Existing funds may continue onboarding up to 200 non-accredited investors until September 8, 2026. A minimum of five Accredited Investors is required before the first close, to be achieved within 12 months of Private Placement Memorandum (PPM) acknowledgment. The framework allows direct investments into startups without launching separate schemes and removes the obligation to file term sheets with SEBI, though internal records must be maintained. Follow-on investments are permitted post-startup stage, capped at ₹25 crore, with no increase in original shareholding and only on a pro-rata basis by existing investors. The lock-in remains one year, reduced to six months for third-party exits. Angel Funds may also invest up to 25% of their corpus overseas, subject to SEBI’s NOC. Investment allocation must be transparently disclosed in the PPM, with rights and distributions aligned pro-rata. Sponsor and manager commitments have been reduced to 0.5% of each investment or ₹50,000, whichever is lower, replacing the earlier 2.5% of corpus or ₹50 lakh requirement.

By limiting participation to Accredited Investors, who meet SEBI’s defined financial thresholds, the framework ensures that Angel Funds engage with experienced and capable investors. This allows for greater operational flexibility and innovation while providing these investors exclusive access to early-stage, high-potential startup opportunities under a regulatory environment suited to their expertise.

SEBI’S 2025 OVERHAUL OF CO-INVESTMENT FRAMEWORK FOR AIFs

i. In a progressive move aimed at enhancing operational flexibility and broadening investor participation, the Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI) has introduced the SEBI (Alternative Investment Funds) (Second Amendment) Regulations, 2025, along with a circular permitting co-investment through Co-Investment Vehicles (CIVs). This amendment significantly expands the co-investment framework for Category I and II Alternative Investment Funds (AIFs), enabling them to offer co-investment opportunities through dedicated CIV schemes established under the AIF Regulations. This is in addition to the existing Co-Investment Portfolio Manager (CPMS) route governed by the SEBI Portfolio Managers Regulations, 2020. The initiative aims to simplify fund structuring, reduce regulatory redundancies, and facilitate streamlined investor participation, particularly in transactions involving unlisted securities of investee companies already backed by the AIF.

ii. A CIV scheme refers to a new scheme launched under a Category I or II AIF, exclusively designed for accredited investors of a particular AIF scheme to co-invest in unlisted securities of the same investee company. Unlike the CPMS route, which involves separate registration and individual-level documentation, CIV schemes consolidate co-investments under a unified structure, reducing complexity for both investors and investee companies. Each CIV scheme must be separately filed with SEBI through a SEBI-registered merchant banker using a shelf placement memorandum and must remain ring-fenced from other AIF and CIV assets. Co-investments via the CIV route are restricted to accredited investors and are capped at three times the investor’s commitment to the main AIF scheme, subject to certain exemptions. Importantly, excused or defaulting investors from the main AIF are prohibited from participating in the related CIV scheme.

iii. To ensure regulatory consistency, SEBI has mandated that co-investments through CIVs must be made on terms no more favourable than those offered to the main AIF, with exits occurring simultaneously. Rights, obligations, and distributions are to be executed on a pro-rata basis, and CIV schemes are strictly prohibited from employing leverage. All co-investment-related expenses must be proportionately shared between the AIF and the CIV scheme. Despite the operational flexibility introduced, CIVs are accessible only to accredited investors, limiting broader
market participation. Fund managers are also subject to additional compliance requirements, including the need to file a separate placement memorandum and maintain distinct accounts for each CIV.

iv. To participate in a CIV scheme, an investor must qualify as an accredited investor, as defined under SEBI regulations. Accreditation is granted by a SEBI-recognised agency based on financial thresholds. For individuals, HUFs, family trusts, or sole proprietorships, eligibility is based on either a minimum annual income of r2 crore, a net worth of r7.5 crore (with at least r3.75 crore in financial assets), or a combination of r1 crore income and r5 crore net worth (with r2.5 crore in financial assets). For body corporates and non-family trusts, a net worth of at least r50 crore is required. In the
case of partnership firms, each partner must individually meet the accreditation criteria. These thresholds ensure that only financially sophisticated and capable investors gain access to the streamlined co-investment framework offered through CIVs.

v. In recent years, SEBI has adopted a more facilitative and differentiated regulatory approach towards accredited investors, acknowledging their financial sophistication, risk-bearing capacity, and ability to make informed investment decisions. This category of investors has been increasingly viewed as capable of participating in complex or higher-risk investment structures without requiring the same level of regulatory protection afforded to retail investors. Consequently, SEBI has introduced several relaxations and privileges specifically for accredited investors across various regulatory frameworks.

vi. For instance, accredited investors are permitted to invest in products that are otherwise restricted to retail participants, such as certain complex Alternative Investment Funds (AIFs), segregated portfolios under Portfolio Management Services (PMS), and now, the Co-Investment Vehicle (CIV) framework. They are exempted from minimum investment ticket sizes applicable to standard AIF and PMS investments, allowing greater flexibility in portfolio allocation. SEBI has also relaxed disclosure requirements and compliance timelines for investment vehicles dealing exclusively with accredited investors. For example, fund managers catering solely to accredited investors may be exempt from detailed client-level reporting or from maintaining standard fund tenure and corpus norms.

vii. Moreover, accredited investors can enter into customised investment agreements, benefit from reduced scrutiny in private placements, and gain access to faster onboarding processes under simplified KYC norms through accreditation. By offering these benefits, SEBI aims to promote new investor class without compromising on the core foundation of AIFs. The CIV regime is a further embodiment of this “lighter-touch” regulatory model, designed to facilitate efficient co-investment structures tailored to the needs and capabilities of accredited investors.

CONCLUSION AND WAY FORWARD

India’s AIF landscape has evolved into a pivotal pillar of the country’s capital markets, mobilising substantial private capital toward sectors that drive economic transformation, financial innovation, and inclusive growth. With continued investor interest, regulatory stewardship, and a deepening pool of fund management expertise, AIFs are increasingly positioned as strategic vehicles for channelling long-term, patient capital into critical and underserved segments of the economy.

The robust performance in FY 2024–25, marked by record growth in fund registrations, capital commitments, and deployment signals not only brings confidence in alternative investment strategies but also the maturing sophistication of the ecosystem. Category II AIFs continue to anchor the market with long-horizon investments in private equity, debt, and infrastructure, while Category I funds are reinforcing innovation, entrepreneurship, and impact-led development. The surge in Category III funds reflects growing institutional appetite for agile, market-linked strategies.

SEBI’s 2025 reforms underscore a decisive regulatory pivot enhancing transparency, aligning investor interests, and expanding participation pathways. The revised angel fund framework strikes a balance between governance and agility, while the introduction of Co-Investment Vehicles (CIVs) represents a calibrated response to the demand for greater structuring flexibility and investor alignment, particularly in high-conviction deals.

With the foundations now firmly in place, India’s AIF industry is well-equipped to serve both roles as a catalyst as well as a conduit for strategic, long-term capital supporting innovation, resilience, and inclusive prosperity in the evolving financial architecture.

Recent Developments in GST

A. CIRCULARS 

i)  Communication through e-Office – ‘Issue Number’ Will Serve as DIN 

Circular no.252/09/2025-GST dated 23.09.2025

By the above circular, clarification is provided that e-Office ‘Issue Number’ will be treated as a valid Document Identification Number (DIN), removing the need for a separate DIN on such communications.

(ii) Information of withdrawal of circular 

Circular no.253/10/2025-GST dated 1.10.2025.

By the above circular, it is informed that circular no. 212/6/2024-GST dated 26.6.2024 regarding deduction towards discount is withdrawn.

B. ADVISORY 

i)  Vide GSTN Advisory dated 23.9.2025, information is provided regarding new changes in Invoice Management System (IMS) to simplify the taxation system and reduce the compliance burden on the taxpayers.

ii)  Vide GSTN Advisory  dated 25.9.2025, information regarding is provided regarding filing of pending returns before expiry of three years from the due date of furnishing the said return under Section 37 (Outward Supply), Section 39 (payment of liability), Section 44 (Annual Return) and Section 52 (Tax Collected at Source).

iii)  Vide GSTN Advisory dated 26.9.2025, information is provided regarding Invoice-wise Reporting Functionality in Form GSTR-7 on portal.

C. INSTRUCTIONS

(i)  The CBIC has issued instruction No.6/2025-GST dated 3.10.2025 by which instructions about risk-based system to grant provisional GST refunds are mentioned.

D. ADVANCE RULINGS

Classification – Plant Growth Regulator (PGR) Jivagro Limited

(AAAR Order No.GUJ/GAAAR/APPEAL/2025-15(IN APPLICATION NO. Advance Ruling/SGST&CSGT/2025/AR/07) dt.22.9.2025)(GUJ)

The present appeal was filed against the Advance Ruling No. GUJ/GAAR/R/2023/24, dated 30.6.2023 – 2023-VIL-150-AAR.

Amongst others, the appellant is engaged in manufacturing of “Rapigro Liquid” as well as “Rapigro Granules” (collectively “Rapigro”).

Though appellant was classifying above product under HSN  3507 of CETA 1985, appellant felt that the product merits classification under CTH 3101/3105 as fertilizer and on said premise, approached the Gujarat AAR seeking classification of Rapigro and Rate of tax payable on Rapigro under GST.

The ld. AAR held the product as ‘plant growth regulator’ and taxable at 18% as per sl. No.87, Schedule III, notification No.1/2017-CT(Rate) dated 28.6.2017, being classifiable under CTH 38089340.

The appeal was against such classification.

Appellant took various grounds to oppose the given AR and also produced various test reports.

The ld. AAAR summarised the dispute in following words:

“M/s. Jivagro Limited has stated that that they are manufacturing &supplying the product Rapigro under TI 3507 since December 2021. The applicant now feels that their product falls under 31010099. An interesting observation that needs a mention is the rate of GST under the various competing entries viz.

Sl. No Tariff Item (TI) Rate of GST Remarks
1 3101 5% The applicant now wants Rapigro to be classified under this TI.
2 3507 18% The applicant and its predecessor M/s. Isagro, was classifying the product Rapigro under this TI.
3 3808 18% Department in the earlier rounds of classification dispute had ordered classification of Rapigro under this TI.”

The ld. AAAR has observed that in case of application for AR for classification, the onus is on applicant to come with clean hands.

The ld. AAAR relied on CBES’s Circular No.1022/1/2016-CX, dated 6.4.2016 which is on the issue of classification of micronutrients, multi-micronutrients, plant growth regulators and fertilizers wherein at para 4.2, it is held that “It may also be noted that notifications issued under Fertilizer Control Order are not relevant for deciding classification under the Central Excise Tariff.”

The appellant was also arguing that a product to be covered as PGR it need to have at least promoters or other hypothetical growth substances & inhibitors.

However, referring to circular No. 1022/10/2016-CX, dated 06.04.2016, in which analysis is made  about differences in fertilizer and PGR, the ld. AAAR rejected this argument also. For this purpose, the ld. AAAR extensively reproduced relevant part of  circular as well as conclusion drawn by the AAR. The ld. AAAR held that the classification is correctly made by AAR.

With elaborate analysis of arguments of appellant, the ld. AAAR held that it concurs with the findings of the AAR and upheld the impugned ruling dated 30.6.2023. The appeal was rejected.

Redemption of Securities vis-à-vis Common ITC  

Zydus Lifesciences Ltd.

(AAAR Order No. GUJ/GAAAR/APPEAL/2025/18 (IN APPLICATION NO. Advance Ruling/SGST&CSGT/2025/AR/04) dt.22.9.2025)(GUJ)

The present appeal was filed against the Advance Ruling No. GUJ/GAAR/R/2025/09, dated 25.3.2025 – 2025-VIL-38-AAR. In above ruling the ld. AAR had held that the redemption of mutual fund is synonymous to ‘sale’ and it will be considered as exempt supply for applying conditions of section 17(2) in respect of common ITC.

The question put before ld. AAR was as under:

“Whether the applicant is eligible to avail ITC of tax paid on common inputs & input services used in relation to the subscription and redemption of mutual funds?”

The ruling given by AAR is as under:

“The applicant can avail ITC on common inputs and input services used in relation to the subscription and redemption of mutual funds subject to the condition mentioned in section 17(2) of the CGST Act, 2017. Further, value of exempt supply in terms of section 17(3), ibid, shall include the value of transactions in securities, in terms of the explanation as reproduced supra.”

In appeal, the submission of appellant was that;

(a)  the activity of investment in mutual fund i.e. subscription & redemption, is in the course of furtherance of business and that there is no purchase or sale transaction involved;

(b)  that the requirement of reversal of ITC arises only when any inputs & input services are used for effecting exempt supplies and redemption of mutual fund units does not fall within the scope of exempt supplies & hence section 17(2) is not applicable; and

(c) that though the term ‘securities’ is excluded from the definition of goods [section 2(52)] and services [section 2(102)], the expression services include facilitating & arranging transactions in securities etc.

The AAAR referred to Section 17(3) and from conjoint reading of the provisions observed that the averment that there is no requirement to reverse ITC of tax paid on common inputs & input services in relation to transactions in subscription/investment and redemption of mutual funds is not legally tenable due to the fact of deeming fiction which forms a part of section 17(3). Regarding further argument of appellant that redemption of mutual funds is distinct from sale of security and none of the existing rules outline a specific mechanism for determining the value of ‘redemption of mutual funds’ and incorporating it into the value of exempt supply; the ld. AAAR observed that AAR has given sufficient reasons for rejecting the said argument.

The ld. AAAR held that intention of Legislature is to consider redemption as equivalent to sale falling under exempt supply is clear from specific mention of “the value of security shall be taken as one per cent. of the sale value of such security” in section 17(3) and hence the CGST Rules,2017 have to be interpreted accordingly, to ensure that the provisions of Section 17(3) of the CGST Act,2017 are not rendered otiose.

In view of above, the order of AAR confirmed, rejecting the appeal of appellant.

Buy back of Shares vis-à-vis ITC 

Gujarat Narmada Valley Fertilizers & Chemicals Ltd. 

(AAAR Order No. GUJ/GAAAR/APPEAL/2025/17 (IN APPLICATION NO. Advance Ruling/SGST&CSGT/2025/AR/03) dt.22.9.2025) (GUJ)

This appeal was against the Advance Ruling No. GUJ/GAAR/R/2025/11 dated 25.3.2025- 2025-VIL-32-AAR.

The appellant incurred various expenses for share buyback which were essential & they were of the opinion that they are eligible to avail the ITC in respect of expenses so incurred.

The appellant approached the ld. AAR, seeking a ruling on the below mentioned question:

“Whether the expenditure incurred by the applicant, a listed entity, for the buyback of its shares in the course of furtherance of business, is eligible for ITC under GST regime?”

The ld. AAR held as under:

“The applicant is not eligible to avail the ITC involved in the expenditure incurred for buyback of its share and is also required to reverse the ITC on common inputs and input service used in relation to the expenditure incurred for buyback of share.”

Aggrieved by above ruling, the appellant filed appeal as above.

The core of arguments of appellant was that the scope of ‘business’ covers activity of buy back of shares and the expenses like professional fees, legal expenses, consultancy charges etc. are directly connected to business as buy back ultimately increases capacity for more taxable supply and benefits to company.

The ld. AAAR analysed the arguments vis-à-vis provisions of Act.

Ld. AAAR held that every activity used in the furtherance of business is not eligible for credit. Section 16(1), while laying down the eligibility of input tax credit also makes it subject to conditions and restrictions imposed vide Section 16(3), Section 16(4), Section 17 and Section 18. Section 17(2) categorically denies input tax credit on goods or services or both which are used for effecting exempt supplies. Even though there may be various goods and services which are used in the furtherance of business, the credit of the input tax paid on each of these goods or services will be subject to the restrictions mentioned in above sections, observed the ld. AAAR.

The ld. AAAR observed that shares being securities, are neither goods nor services. Therefore, it is not a supply in GST and not taxable. Section 17(2) allows ITC in respect of taxable supplies and any tax paid on goods or services or both used for transaction in securities, which is not supply under GST, is not eligible for input tax credit. The ld. AAAR also observed that the value of transaction in securities is included in the value of exempt supply which shows intention of the legislature to not allow the ITC of the various costs incurred in the transaction of securities. Accordingly, the ld. AAAR held that ITC on the expenses like professional fees, legal expenses, consultancy charges etc., relating to buy back of shares, even if used in the course of furtherance of business, cannot be eligible for ITC.

Regarding reversal of common ITC, the ld. AAAR again referred to provision of section 17(3) and held that ITC of tax paid on common inputs & input services, in relation to buy back of shares is required be reversed owing to the deeming fiction forming part of section 17(3).

The ld. AAAR held that even if the given expenses are related to furtherance of business, the ITC would not be available as the securities are neither goods nor services and therefore, reversal of common ITC will be required.

Thus, the ld. AAR rejected appeal confirming AR order given by AAR.      

Cable/Wires outside Premises – Eligibility to ITC

The Assistant Commissioner, CGST and Central Excise, Division-VII, Bharuch, Vadodara-II, Commissionerate vs. Elixir Industries Pvt. Ltd.  

(AAAR Order No. GUJ/GAAAR/APPEAL/2025/16 (IN APPLICATION NO. Advance Ruling/SGST&CSGT/2024/AR/04) dt.22.9.2025) (GUJ)

The present appeal was against the Advance Ruling No. GUJ/GAAR/R/2024/18 dated 2.7.2024 – 2024-VIL-114-AAR. The appeal is filed by Revenue. The Respondent (Elixir Industries Private Limited) is 100% EOU engaged in manufacture of hydro entangled (spun lace) non-woven products. For electricity/HT power connection for their production they require 1000 KVA power on 66 KV system voltage for which they need to install a 66 KV feeder bay at substation of GETCO [Gujarat Energy Transmission Corporation Ltd] under deposit scheme & also lay a 750 meters new 66 KV S/cable (3 + 1), 630 mm square aluminium corrugated sheath U/G cable line from 66 KV Palej substation of GETCO to their switchyard at Palej factory.

The Respondent purchased materials for installation & handed over the same to GETCO, who provided installation and supervision service. The line so erected will be handed over to GETCO through an agreement on a ₹300 stamp paper at zero value and it will be a property of GETCO & will be maintained by GETCO.

The Respondent contended that they have satisfied all the four conditions in terms of section 16 of the CGST Act, 2017, viz (i) that they are in possession of the tax invoice issued by the supplier; (ii) that they have received the goods and service; (iii) that the tax charged has been paid to the Government & that the return has been furnished u/s 39, ibid, (iv) that the payment [i.e. value and GST] has been made to the supplier within 180 days and therefore ITC is eligible.

The had posed following question for ruling by ld. AAR.

“Whether or not a manufacturer is eligible to take ITC on the capital goods in the form of wires/cables electrical equipment etc. used for transmission of electricity from power station of the DISCOM to the factory premises of the registered person which are installed outside factory premises, as per rules and policy of GETCO, Government of Gujarat Electricity distribution company.”

The ld. AAR held as under:

“The applicant is eligible to take ITC on the capital goods in the form of wires/cables electrical equipment etc [viz 750 meters new 66 KV S/Cable (3+1), 630 mm square aluminium corrugated sheath/G cable line for installation of 66 KV feeder bay at sub-station of GETCO] used for transmission of electricity from power station of the DISCOM to the factory premises of the applicant.”

The Revenue filed appeal on ground that the installation of 66KV feeder bay is outside the factory, ownership of which lies with GETCO and cannot be categorised as plant and machinery and therefore ITC remains blocked under section 17(5) of the CGST Act, 2017.

The ld. AAAR concurred with findings of the AAR as well as relied upon circular no.219/13/2024-GST dt.26.6.2024 and observed that when Board has clarified that ITC is not restricted even in respect of ducts and manhole used in OFCs under section 17(5) of the CGST Act, 2017, the question of restricting the ITC on capital goods in the form of wires/cables electrical equipment etc. used for transmission of electricity from power station of the DISCOM to the factory premises of the respondent, simply does not arise.

The ld. AAAR also observed that nothing is produced before them by the Revenue, compelling them to interfere with the impugned ruling dated 02.07.2024. Thus, the ld. AAAR rejected the department appeal and confirmed the ruling of AAR.

Classification of imported goods vis-à-vis Advance Ruling  Sundaram Industries P. Ltd.

(AAR Order No. 25/ARA/2025 dt.4.8.2025) (TN)

The applicant is engaged in the manufacture of equipment meant for transmission of load to defence.

The facts explained by the applicant were that they supply equipment meant for transmission of Load to Defence, for which they are required to import inputs and also procure them from the local market. It was further stated that this application is filed in order to ascertain the classification with regard to HSN code of input goods used in their manufacturing process. The seeking of classification was restricted to imported goods alone, and not for the inputs procured from the domestic market.

The ld. AAR opined to applicant that in respect of imported products, the assessment to duties of Customs including the IGST on import, vest with the Customs Department, and accordingly Authority for Advance Ruling in relation to Customs, would be the apt forum to address this query. It was explained that the Authority for Advance Ruling, Tamilnadu, which addresses queries relating to GST is not appropriate authority to pronounce a ruling in this regard.

Subsequently the applicant furnished a copy of the Advance Ruling order passed by the Customs Authority for Advance Rulings, Mumbai vide Ruling No. CAAR/Mum/ARC/43/2025-26 dated 04.07.2025 which specifies the classification codes for all the parts/components imported by applicant.

The ld. AAR gone through section 95(a) which determines the scope of AR under GST and  observed that it is restricted to examination of classification about supply of goods and services and not inputs. Therefore, the ld. AAR held that present application for advance ruling seeking a ruling as to the classification of goods imported by them, is non-maintainable. The application was thus rejected.

Super – Bakasur

In Mahabharata, there is a story of a demon called Bakasur. He was known for his extra ordinary eating capacity. His diet was, for example, equivalent to the total diet of more than 100 wrestlers. When Pandavas were in exile, Bhima killed this demon.

A few years ago, there was a famous circle called ‘Fantom Circus’. It had all the normal contents like monkey show, beers, elephants, lion, clowns and so on. Some of the items were really exciting and the circus was very popular. Getting an entry pass was a challenge.

In that circus, the main attraction was a man called ‘Super Bakasur’. Spectators were allowed to bring tiffin for him, which was of course, optional. He used to eat the food brought by first hundred spectators. For examples. He could eat 3 to 4 hundred chapatis, 20 kg of rice and corresponding quantity of soups, vegetables, ketchups etc and also a few tins of sweet like Shrikhand, Basundi….

People wondered how he could do so. Thanks to media publicity, the Super Bakasur became a celebrity. Naturally, the demand for shows increased. The owner of the circus made good money as those first 100 persons whose tiffin was accepted had to pay a premium!

In due course, a press conference was arranged to interview this Super Bakasur. Thousands of people attended the public interview on a large lawn and lakhs of people watched it on Television.

Many questions were put as to how he acquired so much capacity, what does he do to digest it, and so on. Lot of appreciation was showered on him by his fans.

At the end, however, he made a disappointing announcement – that after this particular season, he would retire. People wondered why? He was making good money by way of prizes in addition to his special remuneration. People asked him the reason for his retirement.

He said “The circus owner has become very greedy for money. He has started arranging 3 to 4 shows every day! Upon this, people expressed sympathy and awe – that every day he was required to eat so much 3 to 4 times! They said “Naturally, it must be taxing your stomach”.

The Super Bakasur humbly disclosed the true reason. He said “That is not a problem. Due to these many shows, he could not find time for his normal breakfast, and two meals every day!!

(Based on a story written by well-known Marathi humoristic- Mr. C. V. Joshi – Chimanrao fame)

Goods And Services Tax

HIGH COURT

62. [2025] 179 taxmann.com 18 (Delhi) Ajay Gupta vs. Sales Tax Officer dated 22-09-2025

Retrospective cancellation of GST registration is impermissible where the show cause notice does not propose such a retrospective effect. The cancellation shall be effected from the date of the issuance of SCN.

FACTS

The petitioner was granted GST registration with effect from 1st July, 2017 and filed its last GST returns in June, 2022. After filing the returns, petitioner applied for cancellation of GST registration in July 2022; however, no action was taken on the same for almost 2 years. Subsequently, in May 2024, a Show Cause Notice was issued by the Tax Officer, seeking additional information, including stock ledgers and other relevant data. Thereafter, the said application was rejected in June 2024. Immediately thereafter, a show cause notice was issued to the petitioner, alleging that the GST Registration was liable to be cancelled for non-furnishing of GST returns for a continuous period of six months. The petitioner furnished no reply to such notice and hence, the GST Registration was cancelled retrospectively.

HELD

The Hon’ble Court referred to the decision in the case of Riddhi Siddhi Enterprises vs. Commissioner of Goods and Services Tax (CGST) [2024] 167 taxmann.com 302/90 GSTL 257 (Delhi) wherein the Hon’ble Delhi High Court held that the power to cancel retrospectively can neither be robotic nor routinely applied unless circumstances so warrant and it is necessary to observe that the mere existence of such a power would not in itself be sufficient to sustain its invocation. It was further held that given the deleterious consequences which would ensue and accompany a retroactive cancellation, it’s all the more vital that such an order must be reasoned and demonstrative of due application of mind.  Relying upon the said decision, the Hon’ble Court held that the impugned order is contrary to law.

The Hon’ble Court also referred to various other decisions to reiterate that where the show cause notice does not propose retrospective cancellation, the cancellation shall be effected from the date of the issuance of show cause notice. Accordingly, the impugned order was to be set aside with a direction to the petitioner to file a reply to show cause notice-1 and show cause notice-2 and to reactivate the GST portal for the said purpose.

63. [2025] 179 taxmann.com 2 (Delhi) Sharma Trading Company vs.  Union of India 

dated 23-09-2025

When there is a reduction in GST rates, schemes like an increase in the quantity of the product, giving another product free, etc. in lieu of a reduction in MRP, without providing any choice to the customer, are not justifiable, but are mere deceptions, where the ultimate rationale of reducing the rates of GST to pass the benefit to the consumers is defeated. 

FACTS

The petitioner is a partnership firm engaged in the business of selling goods as a distributor. It is a stockist of HUL products and deals with various products, one of which is Vaseline VTM 400 ML (hereinafter, “the subject product”). Regarding the subject product, initially, the GST payable from July 01, 2017 was 28%. Thereafter, Notification No. 41/2017-Central Tax (Rate) was issued on 14th November, 2017 amending the rate of GST from 28% to 18%. A complaint was filed against the petitioner in respect of the subject product, stating that the petitioner continued to charge the same amount (MRP), despite the reduction in the rate of GST. This complaint was considered by the National Anti-Profiteering Authority (NAPA), and it was observed that the petitioner has admittedly not reduced the MRP after the GST rate change.  Before Hon’ble High Court, the petitioner argued that the grammage / quantity of the subject product was increased by 100 ml after the change in GST Rates on 14th November, 2017 and there were schemes wherein the subject product was given with a Dove soap bar as a free product and therefore, the amount charged by the petitioner would be justified, inasmuch as if the quantity of the subject product increases, the price can also be increased.

HELD

The Hon’ble Court observed that there is an undisputed observation in the impugned Order of NAPA that held that the MRP of the subject product continued to remain the same. Thus, the benefit of the 10% reduction in the GST rate was not passed on to consumers and the base price was in fact, increased by ₹14.11. The Court held that while commercial realities have to be taken into consideration in such matters, the benefits extended to the consumer are also of utmost importance. The purpose of the reduction in GST is to make products and services more cost-effective to the consumers. The said purpose would be defeated if the price is kept the same and some unknown quantity is increased in the product, even without the consumer requesting the increased quantity of the product.

The Court further held that the rationale behind the reduction in GST rates is to ensure that the consumer gets the benefit of the said reduction. A deadline, once fixed by way of notifications, cannot be sought to be violated merely on the ground that some special scheme is being launched or the product is being sought to be given free with some other product or the grammage or the quantity of the product is being increased. To ensure that the GST benefit is not passed on, increasing the quantity of the product unknowingly and charging the same MRP is nothing but deception. The consumer’s choice is being curtailed. The non-reduction of price cannot be justified on the ground that the quantity has been increased or that there was some scheme which justifies the increase in price. The Hon’ble Court thus held that such an approach would defeat the entire purpose of the reduction of GST rates, and the same cannot be permitted. The Hon’ble Court accordingly upheld the order of NAPA.

64. [2025] 179 taxmann.com 238 (Delhi) A.L. Exports vs. Union of India dated 26-09-2025

The Hon’ble Court held that the Appellate Authority should have uploaded the notice of personal hearing on the GST portal, even if they were sent to the appellant through registered post.  

FACTS

Petitioner filed a claim for refund on account of ITC on exports of goods and services, without payment of integrated tax. The refund claim was rejected because the documentary evidence, including E-way bills, shipping bills, and BRCs, etc. was not submitted by the petitioner. Thereafter, the petitioner challenged the order dated 24th January 2025 by way of an appeal. In the appeal, three personal hearing notices were by speed-post. However, it appears that the petitioner did not attend the hearings and the reason for not attending is not clear. Subsequently, the petitioner received another notice of personal hearing on 1st July, 2025 on the GST portal, scheduling the personal hearing on 2nd July, 2025. According to the petitioner, it appeared before the Appellate Authority on 2nd July, 2025. However, he was informed that the appeal had already been decided on 30th June, 2025. A copy of the impugned Order-In-Appeal was also served upon the petitioner’s representative along with copies of the notices issued in February and March.

HELD

The Hon’ble Court held that the petitioner has not been afforded an opportunity of being heard. It noted that in such appeals, the hearing notices are not uploaded on the GST portal and are only sent by speed post. It is also unclear if they are sent through email.  The Hon’ble Court noted that when the hearing notice was uploaded on 1st July, 2025 on the GST portal, fixing the date of hearing on 2nd July, 2025, the petitioner diligently appeared before the Appellate Authority and held that the Appellate Authority ought to have uploaded the notices for personal hearing on the GST portal.  Accordingly, the impugned Order-In-Appeal is set aside with a direction to hear the appeal afresh.

65. (2025) 31 Centax 305 (Mad.) Tamilnadu State Transport Corporation (Villupuram) Ltd. vs. Additional Commissioner of Central Tax, Chennai dated 14.03.2025

Mere uploading of the Order on the GST portal amounts to service of notice under section 169 of the CGST Act, but will not amount to ‘communication’ for the purpose of computing the period of limitation for filing of appeal against section 107 of the CGST Act, as there is no obligation cast on the assessee to access the portal. 

FACTS

In this case, the issue before the Hon’ble Court was whether uploading the impugned order in the GSTN portal alone is sufficient and whether the limitation for filing an appeal under section 107 of the Act would start running from the date of uploading.

HELD

The Hon’ble Court referred to section 169 and Rule 142 of the CGST Act / Rules. The Hon’ble Court also referred to various decisions of the Hon’ble Madras High Court and other Courts to conclude that there is a cleavage of opinion on an identical issue even among the Judges of the Madras High Court. Relying upon the decision in the case of A. Sanjeevi Naidu vs. Dy. CTO 1972 SCC Online Mad 347, the Hon’ble Court held that section 169 of the Act, no doubt, prescribes various modes of service, which are alternative and cumulative, and hence the department has a choice. It, however, held that the right to choose any one of the modes of service is itself a power and hence it will have to be exercised in a manner which is fair in all the circumstances. It further opined that an interpretation which upon application of the provisions at the ground reality, would frustrate the very law should not be accepted against the common sense view which will further such application. In this context, the Hon’ble Court observed that when it comes to small businesses, which constitute the overwhelming majority, the returns are usually filed by consultants hired by the assessee at a nominal fee, who may have no occasion to access the portal regularly.

The Hon’ble Court noted that section 169 of the Act deals with service, whereas for section 107, the limitation will start running from the date on which the order or decision is communicated to the assessee and not from the service thereof. The Hon’ble Court held that the expressions ‘served’ and ‘communicated’ are not synonymous and that ‘service’ will become ‘communication’ if the authority reaches out to the assessee. This can be done by giving or tendering the document directly or by a messenger, including a courier, to the addressee or by sending it by
registered post or speed post. If the authority sends the order to the last known address of the
assessee, it would suffice. If the assessee cannot be found or refuses to accept service, the authority need not take any further action. The expression ‘communication’ should be understood in this sense.

In this background, the Hon’ble Court held that mere uploading to the portal would, by no stretch of imagination, satisfy the requirement of communicating to the assessee as there is no obligation cast on the assessee to access the portal.

Regarding the facts of the case, the Hon’ble Court held that the impugned order had only been uploaded to the portal and not communicated to the assessee; therefore, the limitation had not started running for the writ petitioner. In the case at hand, the assessee appears to have recently downloaded the impugned orders from the portal for the purpose of filing this writ petition. But that would not constitute communication of the order to the writ petitioner. Since the order has not been communicated as per law, it cannot be enforced until such communication is made.

66. (2025) 34 Centax 130 (A.P.) Veera Mohana Krishna Engineering Works vs. Assistant Commissioner dated 22.08.2025.

Assessment order uploaded electronically without a Document Identification Number is not void ab initio but merely invalid which continues to remain effective until set aside by a competent Court.

FACTS

Assessment Orders confirming demand as per show cause notice were passed against the petitioners for various tax periods. The said orders were uploaded electronically only on the portal primarily in 2023 and did not contain a Document Identification Number (DIN) as mandated under Circular No. 122/41/2019-GST dated 05.11.2019 and Circular No. 128/47/2019-GST dated 23.12.2019 issued by the CBIC under section 168(1) of the CGST Act, 2017. After the time limit for filing an appeal had lapsed, the petitioners belatedly challenged the legality of assessment orders passed without inclusion of a DIN, by approaching the Hon’ble High Court.

HELD

The Hon’ble High Court held that the circulars issued by the CBIC under section 168(1) of CGST Act are binding on the respondent but do not have the effect of rendering an order void ab initio in case of non-compliance. The absence of a DIN on an assessment order makes the order invalid but not void, and such an order continues to remain effective until it is set aside by a competent Court. The Court further highlighted that, a writ petition challenging such an order must be filed within a reasonable time, and unexplained delay or laches would disentitle the petitioner to relief. The Court further observed that service of orders through the GST portal constitutes valid service under the Act, and the plea of non-receipt of physical copies or lack of knowledge of such orders cannot be accepted as a ground to condone delay. Accordingly, the writ petitions were dismissed against petitioners in favour of revenue.

67. (2025) 34 Centax 184 (Del.) Shree Shyam Polymers vs. Additional Commissioner, CGST, Delhi North dated 20.08.2025.

Consolidated show cause notices for multiple years are valid under CGST Act when allegation pertains to fraudulent availment of ITC.

FACTS

Petitioner claimed ITC for supplies made during the financial years 2017 to 2021. The petitioner was served with a show cause notice and subsequently Order-In-Original relating to alleged wrongful availment and utilization of ITC amounting to more than Rs.41 crores. The proceedings were initiated under sections 73 and 74 of the CGST Act, 2017, covering multiple financial years and notices were issued calling upon the petitioner to respond and appear before the proper authorities. Being aggrieved by such consolidation of show cause notice for multiple financial years, the petitioner approached the Hon’ble High Court.

HELD

TThe Hon’ble High Court held that a consolidated show cause notice and Order-In-Original spanning multiple financial years is permissible under the CGST Act, 2017. It further relied upon its earlier decision Ambika Traders vs. Additional Commissioner (2025) 33 Centax 189 (Del.) where it was specifically highlighted that this is particularly applicable in cases of alleged fraudulent availment or utilisation of Input Tax Credit, as sections 73 and 74 contemplate notices “for any period” or “for such periods”. The Court further observed that fraudulent ITC transactions often span multiple years and can only be established by analysing the pattern over a period. Since the impugned order was appealable under section 107 of the CGST Act, the petitioner was granted liberty to file an appeal along with the requisite pre-deposit, and accordingly writ petition was dismissed.

68. (2025) 34 Centax 296 (Bom.) Provident Housing Ltd. vs. Union of India dated 21.08.2025.

Tax liability on construction services under a Joint Development Agreement arises not at the time of the agreement’s execution but only upon the conveyance of the property. 

FACTS

Petitioner, a real estate developer, entered into a Joint Development Agreement (JDA) with a landowner. Respondent initiated an investigation contending that GST was payable on the construction services provided to the landowner at the time of the JDA’s execution. Under pressure, the petitioner deposited Rs.7 Crores under protest. Subsequently, Notification No.04/2018 – Central Tax (Rate) dated 25-1-2018 clarified that the tax liability for such agreements arises only upon the conveyance of the property. Furthermore, the landowner later sold the entire property to the petitioner via a sale deed, extinguishing all rights and liabilities under the original JDA. Being aggrieved by the demand and seeking a refund of the amount deposited, the petitioner approached the Hon’ble High Court.

HELD

The Hon’ble High Court held that no GST liability arises for a real estate developer at the time of entering into a JDA. This position was affirmed by a 2018 Notification, which clarified that the tax liability on such construction services is triggered only upon the conveyance of the property. The Court further observed that the subsequent execution of a sale deed, transferring full ownership of the property to the petitioner, extinguished the original JDA-based transaction. Consequently, the Court directed that the amount deposited by the petitioner under protest be refunded along with interest at the rate of 6% per annum from the date of deposit.

69. (2025) 34 Centax 406 (All.) Lotus Valley Resort vs. Union of India dated 08.09.2025.

Penalty under section 129(3) of the CGST Act cannot be levied for a technical failure to generate Part-B of an E-way bill in the absence of any intent to evade tax.

FACTS

Petitioner made an outward supply of goods accompanied by a tax invoice and an e-way bill. However, due to a technical glitch on the GST portal, Part-B of the e-way bill could not be saved and remained unfilled. The goods were intercepted during transit and a penalty was imposed under section 129(3) of the CGST Act. The petitioner’s appeal was rejected by the respondent. Being aggrieved by the levy of penalty for a technical omission with no alleged intent to evade tax, the petitioner approached the Hon’ble High Court.

HELD

The Hon’ble High Court stated that for non-filing of Part-B of the e-way Bill due to technical glitches in the GST portal, penalty could not be levied under section 129(3) when there was no intention to evade tax. The record revealed that the failure was due to a technical error, a fact not disputed at any stage. In the absence of any intent to evade tax, the non-filing would not attract penalty. Accordingly, the impugned penalty orders were quashed.

70. (2025) 34 Centax 339 (Jhar.) G.T.L. Infrastructure Ltd. vs. State of Jharkhand dated 20.08.2025.

Refund of pre-deposit cannot be rejected on the ground of limitation as per section 54 of CGST Act since such retention by the State GST Authorities is without authority of law and amounts to undue enrichment.

FACTS

Petitioner had filed an appeal challenging the Order-In-Original by making a mandatory pre-deposit of 10% of tax demand under section 107 of the CGST Act, 2017. The demand was dropped, and matter was decided in favour of petitioner. Subsequently, an application made for refund of pre-deposit was rejected through an automated order citing limitation under section 54 of the CGST/Jharkhand GST Act. Being aggrieved, petitioner filed a writ petition seeking direction for refund of the pre-deposit, along with statutory interest before this Hon’ble High Court.

HELD

The Hon’ble High Court held that the retention of a pre-deposit by the State GST Authorities is without authority of law as per Article 265 of the Constitution of India and the same would result in undue enrichment, which is impermissible. It further observed that the term ‘may’ in section 54 of the CGST Act prescribing the time limit to apply for refund is directory and refund application cannot be rejected once the matter has been decided in favour of the petitioner. The Court relied on the precedent of BLA Infrastructure (P) Ltd. vs. State of Jharkhand, 2025 (96) G.S.T.L. 23 (Jhar.),  which emphasized the directory nature of statutory provisions and the requirement of fairness in refund claims. The respondents were directed to process the refund along with interest at 6% per annum. Accordingly, writ petition was dismissed in favour of the petitioner.

Tech Mantra

Ditto – Clipboard Manager

Ditto Clipboard Manager is an elegant replacement for the standard Windows Clipboard.

The standard Windows Clipboard has certain limitations: it can store limited number of entries and gets completely erased on restart of your computer. Ditto can not only store unlimited entries in the Clipboard but also retains them on a restart!

First Download the Ditto Clipboard Manager from the Microsoft Store for free and run it. Once it runs, the Clipboard Manager sits quietly in the background. Whenever you Copy something ( Ctrl+C ) it will be added to the Clipboard Manager. For pasting a clip which was earlier copied, just press Ctrl + ` (Ctrl + Tilde key) and you will be shown all the stuff that was copied automatically to the clipboard. Just choose the stuff you want and press enter or double click the item and it will be pasted on your current position. You can do this for text as well as images.

Since it stores the entire clipboard history, there is also an option to search for a particular item, which makes it easy to be recalled instantly. You can even edit items before pasting to correct typos, create groups for organizing clips and sync your clipboard across multiple computers.

It is extremely simple to use and is not heavy on your resources. Using this, you will be able to recall any item from the Clipboard, even if it is several days old.

https://sabrogden.github.io/Ditto/

WiFi Router Manager (Pro)

This is an excellent WiFi manager which helps you manage everything about your WiFi Router.

You can identify the WiFi signal strength in different parts of your house by moving around. This will identify the hot spots and weak spots and even help you relocate the WiFi router for optimal signal in all areas.

It also helps in identifying multiple connections to your WiFi router, so that you can identify if some stranger from outside your home is using your WiFi. If you find any suspicious or unknown device, you can even block the same.

If you need to login as an administrator onto your router and quickly change the settings, this app will help you do so instantly. But beware that you need to be technically competent to change your settings or have your service provider handy if something goes wrong.

Test the speed of your WiFi signal immediately by just clicking on SpeedTest. Other tools include WiFi List, Ping, Wake On Lan, etc.

A must for your day to day WiFi needs.

Android : https://tinyurl.com/wfrmp

Remodel AI – Interior Home Design

Reimagine Your Home with Remodel AI!

Discover the future of home renovation with RemodelAI Interior Home Design. The cutting-edge AI technology allows you to reimagine your home with ease and precision. Whether you’re looking to remodel your living room, kitchen, or entire house, this app provides a seamless architectural designing experience right at your fingertips.

– Explore various design styles: Transform your space with a variety of design options depending on your individual taste

– Cost-effective solutions: Save money by visualizing different home remodel ideas before committing to expensive renovation projects.

– Room and kitchen design: RemodelAI covers all aspects of interior design. The app also includes cabinet design and ai interior design free tools to make your dream home a reality.

– Exterior design options: The exterior home design and exterior paint visualizer features to perfect your home’s appeal.

Download Remodel AI App today and take the first step towards a beautifully reimagined home with ai-powered home renovation. Transform your space with ai home design and home ai innovations that make interior and exterior design effortless.

Android : https://tinyurl.com/remodai

Sesame Search & Shortcuts

Sesame is a powerful universal search on Android. It integrates with your launcher, learns from you, and makes hundreds of personal shortcuts. With Sesame universal search, everything is 1 or 2 taps away!

Once installed, just tap on the Search Icon and you can search your contacts or apps or just anything on your phone. Once you find your contact, you can dial, SMS or Whatsapp your contact from right there or even launch your app instantly!

Although it is tightly integrated with NOVA launcher, it works with all launchers. Just add it to your home screen or launch with a gesture. You can
make your own shortcuts to quickly launch your apps or contacts speedily giving you total control over your phone.

In short, Sesame will change how you use your phone – A must have app!

Android : https://tinyurl.com/sesamesearch

Article 5 of India-Ireland DTAA – If the core activity of assuming risk related to reinsurance was undertaken outside India, the non-core activities undertaken by an affiliate in India cannot constitute DAPE.

12. [2025] 176 taxmann.com 409 (Mumbai – Trib.)

RGA International Reinsurance Company Designated Activity Company vs. DCIT (IT)

IT APPEAL NO. 1092 (MUM.) OF 2025

A.Y.: 2022-23 Dated: 25 June 2025

Article 5 of India-Ireland DTAA – If the core activity of assuming risk related to reinsurance was undertaken outside India, the non-core activities undertaken by an affiliate in India cannot constitute DAPE.

FACTS

The Assessee was a tax resident of Ireland. It was engaged in the business of reinsurance services. RGA Services India Pvt Ltd (“RGA India”) was an Indian affiliate entity of the Assessee. The Assessee had entered into business support services with RGA India. During the relevant year, the Assessee earned reinsurance premium. The Assessee claimed that since it did not have any Permanent Establishment (“PE”) in India, reinsurance premium earned by it was not taxable in India.
The AO alleged that the services rendered by RGA India to the Assessee were in the nature of complementary activities, as envisaged under Article 13 of the Multilateral Instruments (“MLI”) and therefore, RGA India constituted Dependent Agent PE (“DAPE”) of the Assessee in India. Relying on OECD Report on Attribution of profits to PE, 2008, the AO held that further profits can be attributed to DAPE over and above the FAR Analysis. Accordingly, the AO attributed 50% of the revenue to operations in India and estimated a profit of 10% under Rule 10 of the Income-tax Rules. The DRP upheld the order of the AO.

Aggrieved by the order, the Assessee appealed to ITAT.

HELD

The ITAT relied on its earlier rulings in Assessee’s own case and held as follows:

1. To constitute a fixed place PE, the foreign entity must have a place at its disposal in India. It was found that RGA India had its own premises and operations, and the Assessee had no effective control or presence over such place.

2. The core activity of a reinsurer was assumption of risk. This activity was effected and managed entirely outside India. RGA India was not registered with the regulator to conduct reinsurance or brokerage activities. Hence, there was no question of it assuming any risk related to reinsurance activities.

3. The activities of RGA India were in nature of preparatory or auxiliary functions. Further, RGA India did not conclude contracts or negotiate terms on Assessee’s behalf. It also did not bear underwriting risks.
4. Even if a DAPE existed, if the Indian affiliate was remunerated at arm’s length, no further attribution of profit was warranted.

5. To trigger MLI, the Assessee and RGA India must carry out activities in India, and these activities must form part of a cohesive business. Since the Assessee has not carried out any activity in India, anti-fragmentation rules cannot be invoked.

Based on the above, the ITAT held that Assessee does not have a PE in India and the premium receipts were taxable only in Ireland.

Article 12 of India-USA DTAA – Broadcasting Right is a separate right from copyright, and consideration received towards live feeds cannot constitute royalty.

11. [2025] 175 taxmann.com 703 (Delhi – Trib.)

Trans World International LLC vs. DCIT

ITA NO. 1960, 1961 AND 2146 (DELHI) OF 2024

A.Y.: 2013-14 to 2015-16 Dated: 18 June 2025

Article 12 of India-USA DTAA – Broadcasting Right is a separate right from copyright, and consideration received towards live feeds cannot constitute royalty.

FACTS

The Assessee was a tax resident of USA. The Company entered into licensing agreements for broadcasting rights in respect of live and recorded events with various broadcasters. The Assessee offered income in respect of recorded feeds as royalty and claimed that income in respect of live feeds was not in nature of royalty. The Assessee claimed that recorded feed amounts to 5% of the overall consideration and offered such amount to tax as royalty.

Based on perusal of the agreement, the AO noted that the Assessee was granted rights for exploitation of feeds, including trademarks, logos, etc., and observed that granting of live feeds was for the creation of new copyrights and their exploitation. The AO rejected the bifurcation of receipts between live vs recorded feeds, since it was based on a standard ratio. Relying on decision of Mumbai ITAT in Viacom 18 Media (P.) Ltd. vs. ADIT [2014] 44 taxmann.com (Mumbai), the AO held that broadcasting rights fall under the ambit of Explanation 6 to Section 9(1)(vi) and, accordingly, assessed the entire receipts as royalty. The DRP upheld the order of the AO.

Aggrieved with the final order, the Assessee appealed to ITAT.

HELD

Relying on decision of Delhi High Court in Delhi Race Club [2014] 51 taxmann.com 550, the ITAT held that a live broadcast or telecast does not constitute copyright under the Copyright Act, 1957. Therefore, payments made merely for live broadcast were distinct from copyright.

The ITAT held that in absence of any amendment to DTAA, amendments to domestic law i.e., Explanation 6 to Section 9(1)(vi) of the Act, broadening “process” to include satellite transmissions, cannot be unilaterally read into India-USA DTAA. The ITAT followed the principles laid down in the High Court ruling in New Skies Satellite BV (382 ITR 114) and the Supreme Court ruling in Engineering Analysis Centre of Excellence Private Limited (432 ITR 471).

The ITAT accepted that bundled contracts include distinct elements of other rights as observed by the AO, and these are attributable only to the recorded events. The ITAT observed that in such contracts, the element of live coverage is greater than that of recorded feeds. Considering various ITAT orders on the attribution rate, the ITAT agreed that attributing 5% of receipts to recorded feed may not be appropriate.

Basis the above, the ITAT held that receipts towards live broadcasting rights cannot be regarded as royalty. The ITAT attributed 10% of total receipts towards recorded feed and taxed it as royalty.

Fast Tracking Mergers

INTRODUCTION

Mergers are governed by the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 (“the Act”). A traditional merger of two or more companies involves obtaining permission from the National Company Law Tribunal (“the NCLT”). However, the Companies Act also contains a provision for fast-track mergers that shortens the approval process for mergers. This Article examines these provisions and the recent developments that have taken place in this respect.

PROVISION FOR MERGERS

Sections 230 to 232 of the Act deal with compromises, arrangements and amalgamations between a company and its members/creditors. These constitute the provisions governing traditional mergers and require the companies to obtain permission of the NCLT for the merger. The Companies (Compromises, Arrangements and Amalgamations) Rules  2016 (“the Rules”) have prescribed the procedure under the Act. The Finance Minister in her Budget Speech for 2025–2026 stated that “Requirements and  procedures for speedy approval of company mergers will be rationalised. The scope for fast-track  mergers will also be widened and the process made simpler”.

However, consider a case where a Hindu male/female dies intestate and leaves behind no heirs at all to succeed to his property. In such a case, s.29 of this Act provides that such property shall devolve upon the Government and the Government would take such property subject to all obligations and liabilities to which an heir would have been subject.

FAST-TRACK MERGERS

Section 233 of the Act prescribes an alternative route to the traditional merger for certain eligible companies. Instead of obtaining permission of the NCLT, this class of eligible companies can opt for a fast-track merger. Such a merger shall comply with the following conditions:

(a) A notice of the proposed scheme inviting objections or suggestions, if any, from the RoC and Official Liquidators or persons affected by the scheme within 30 days is issued by the transferor and transferee company.

(b) The objections and suggestions received are considered by the companies in their respective general meetings and the scheme is approved by at least 90% of their respective members.

(c) Each of the companies involved in the merger files a declaration of solvency with the RoC.

(d) The scheme is approved by majority representing 90% in value of the creditors or class of creditors of respective companies indicated in a meeting convened by the company by giving a notice of 21 days along with the scheme to its creditors.

(e) The Transferee shall file a copy of the scheme so approved with the Regional Director (RD), the RoC and the Official Liquidator.

(f) If the RoC or the Official Liquidator has no objections, the RD shall register the same. The RoC or the Official Liquidator may communicate the objections within 30 days to the RD.

(g) If the RD after receiving the objections or suggestions or for any reason is of the opinion that such a scheme is not in public interest or not in the interest of the creditors, he may file an application before the NCLT within a period of 60 days of the receipt of the scheme stating his objections and requesting that the Tribunal may consider the scheme under section 232. The section also provides that if the RD does not have any objection to the scheme or he does not file any application under this section before the Tribunal, it shall be deemed that he has no objection to the scheme, and the scheme will be considered as approved.

(h) On receipt of an application from the RD, if the NCLT is of the opinion that the scheme should be considered as per the merger procedure laid down in section 232, the NCLT may direct accordingly or it may confirm the scheme by passing such order as it deems fit.

(i) A copy of the order confirming the scheme shall be communicated to the RoC and the RoC shall register the scheme.

Once the scheme is registered, it would mean that the Transferor Company has been wound-up without liquidation and all its assets and liabilities have become those of the Transferee Company. Thus, this route prescribes a highway to mergers compared to the traditional route that requires a substantial amount of time for approval of merger by the NCLT.

Another significant difference between a regular NCLT process and the fast-track route is that the former requires approval of  75% of shareholders and value of creditors whereas the fast-track merger route requires approval  of 90% of the total shareholders and value of creditors. Thus, a significantly higher approval threshold has been prescribed under the fast-track route.

ELIGIBLE COMPANIES 

Rule 25 of the Rules prescribes a list of companies that are eligible for the fast-track merger route. Vide Notification NO. G.S.R. 603(E) [F. NO. 2/31/CAA/2013-CL.V PART] dated 04-09-2025, the Government has widened the class of companies eligible for fast-track mergers under section 233. The revised list of eligible companies prescribed under Rule 25 reads as follows:

(i) Two or more start-up companies – a “start-up company” means a private company incorporated under the Companies Act, 2013 or Companies Act, 1956 and recognised as such in accordance with notification number G.S.R. 127 (E), dated the 19th February, 2019 issued by the Department for Promotion of Industry and Internal Trade.

(ii) One or more start-up company with one or more small company.

(iii) One or more unlisted company, (not being a section 8 Company) with one or more unlisted company, (not being a section 8 company), where every company involved in the merger, –

(a) has, in aggregate, outstanding loans, debentures or deposits not exceeding ` 200 crores, and

(b) has no default in repayment of loans, debentures or deposits referred to above.

These conditions must be satisfied within 30 days prior to the date of inviting objections from regulatory authorities as well as on the date of filing the scheme. Further, a certificate from the auditor of the company that the company meets the conditions referred to in this clause must also be filed in Form No. CAA-10A along with a copy of the approved scheme.

(iv) A holding company (whether listed or unlisted) and a subsidiary company (whether listed or unlisted). However, the transferor cannot be a listed company. Thus, a listed holding or subsidiary can be a transferee company. A major amendment is that earlier only merger with or into a wholly-owned subsidiary was permissible. Now, any subsidiary is permissible. Here it should be noted that even if a listed transferee company is involved, the voting threshold required is 90% of its members. This could become a difficult requirement for a listed company.

(v) Merger of fellow subsidiary companies of the same holding company, provided the transferor company is not listed. Thus, again the transferee can be listed.

(vi) Merger of a foreign holding company into a transferee Indian company which is its wholly owned subsidiary company incorporated in India. While cross-border mergers were always permissible under Rule 25A of the Rules and also permissible under FEMA vide the Foreign Exchange Management (Cross Border Merger) Regulations, 2018, this is the first time that such a merger has been made possible under the fast-track route.

(vii) The amendment also now specifies that the above provisions will also apply to a demerger of an undertaking. Thus, fast-track demergers are now expressly permissible.

TAX NEUTRALITY

S.2(1B) of the Income-tax Act, 1961 defines an amalgamation. This definition does not prescribe that the amalgamation must be one under sections 230-232 of the Act. Hence, even fast-track mergers would be treated as an amalgamation under the Act. S.47 prescribes additional conditions for an amalgamation when a transfer of capital asset, issue of shares would not be treated as a taxable transfer for computing capital gains. Even these do not prescribe that the merger must be one approved by the NCLT.  S.2(6) of the Income tax Act, 2025 is also on similar lines as the aforesaid s.2(1B).

However, in the case of a demerger, s.2(19AA) of the 1961 Act states that it must be a demerger pursuant to a scheme of arrangement under ss.391-394 of the Companies Act, 1956 (now ss. 230-232 of the Companies Act 2013). Hence, the 1961 Act specifically requires that the demerger must be NCLT approved. Similarly, s.2(35) of the Income tax Act 2025 also specifically refers to a demerger under ss.2302-232 of the Companies Act 2013. Hence, both the Acts require that a demerger must be a traditional NCLT approved one. With the recent amendment to the Rules expressly permitting a fast-track demerger, it would be desirable that this restriction in the Income tax Act is removed. However, the Ministry of Finance Response to the Select Committee stated that fast-track mergers are non-court monitored and therefore the valuations thereof can result in tax implications or avoidance. Hence, tax neutrality was never provided to such demergers both under the 1961 Act as well as under the 2025 Act.

STAMP DUTY

The Maharashtra Stamp Act, 1958 levies duty on an instrument executed in the State of Maharashtra. Article 25(da) of Schedule I to this Act prescribes the stamp duty in case of an order of the NCLT in respect of a merger or demerger. However, this Article specifically refers to Sections 230 to 234 of the Companies Act, 2013. Hence, the concessional duty allowed for NCLT approved mergers/demergers would be applicable even to fast-track mergers and demergers.

SEBI TAKEOVER CODE EXEMPTION

The SEBI (Substantial Acquisition of Shares & Takeover Regulations) 2011 provides a general exemption from making an open offer for any acquisition of shares/voting rights pursuant to a Scheme of amalgamation /merger /demerger pursuant to an order of a Tribunal under any law. Even in case of a fast-track scheme, the ultimate order is passed by the NCLT. Thus, it is possible to contend that the exemption is wide enough to cover fast-track schemes also.

SEBI LODR REGULATIONS

Regulation 37 of the SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015 prescribes that every listed company that is undergoing a scheme of arrangement must file its scheme with BSE/NSE for their approval once it is approved by the shareholders and before submitting the same to the NCLT. Thus, if the transferee company is a listed company and is a party to the fast-track merger/demerger, then it must comply with these provisions once the scheme is approved by its shareholders.

FEMA REGULATIONS

The Foreign Exchange Management (Cross Border Merger) Regulations, 2018 deal with both inbound and outbound cross border mergers. These Regulations are wide enough to cover the fast-track merger of a foreign holding company into a transferee Indian company which is its wholly owned subsidiary company incorporated in India.

ACCOUNTING

Ind AS 103 lays down the accounting treatment for Business Combinations. The phrase business combinations has been defined to mean a transaction or other event in which an acquirer obtains control of one or more businesses. Thus, it is wide enough to cover accounting for fast-track schemes.

AS 14 on Accounting for Amalgamations is also wide enough to cover such schemes. It defines an Amalgamation to mean an amalgamation pursuant to the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 or any other statute which may be applicable to companies and includes ‘merger’. Thus, fast-track mergers would be covered under AS 14.

GST IMPLICATIONS

Section 87 of the Central GST Act, 2017 deals with the GST applicability on supplies between the Appointed Date and the Date of the Order of the NCLT. Section 22 deals with the requirement of GST registration of the transferee. Section 18(4) deals with transfer of unutilised input tax credit of the transferor involved in a scheme of merger/demerger. All these provisions are wide enough to apply even to a fast-track merger / demerger.

TO SUM UP

Expanding the scope of fast-track mergers is a step in the right direction. NCLTs across are burdened with insolvency cases under the IBC 2016. This has led to limited time being available for schemes of mergers. Fast-tracking this to RDs might be a good move. However, one needs to consider whether the RDs would have the bandwidth to adjudicate such schemes. Nevertheless, this is a good move to unclog the judicial system!

Eligibility of LLCs to Claim Benefit under A Tax Treaty

In the Indian context, Tax authorities often challenge the benefits under a Double Taxation Avoidance Agreement (“DTAA” or “tax treaty”) to fiscally transparent entities (“FTEs”) such as foreign partnership firms, trusts, foundations, limited liability company (“LLC”) etc. on the premise that such entities do not qualify as a tax ‘resident’ of that country and are not ‘liable to tax’ in their home country. Whether an FTE can access the tax treaty has been a contentious issue. In this Article, we are analysing some recent judicial developments in this context.

INTRODUCTION

In order to mitigate double taxation in case of cross-border transaction(s), countries have entered into DTAA or tax treaty, which allocates the taxing rights among the Treaty Countries. One of the main conditions that need to be satisfied to access a tax treaty is that the taxpayer should be a tax ‘resident’ (i.e. taxable unit) of either or both the Treaty Countries and is ‘liable to tax’ therein. An exception to this in certain cases is where it appears that the condition of ‘liable to tax’ is subsumed in determining if the taxpayer is resident and once he is resident, whether liable or not does not matter. For example under the India – UAE DTAA, a person is ‘resident’ of UAE if he stays for 183 days in the calendar year concerned and no relevance is provided to being ‘liable to tax’. For illustrative purposes, in this Article, we have considered the provisions of the India-US DTAA.

Article 1 – Personal Scope (in case of India-US DTAA ‘General Scope’) of a Tax Treaty typically provides that ‘This convention shall apply to persons who are residents of one or both of the Contracting States.’ 

Article 3(1)(e) defines the term ‘person’ as follows – “the term “person” includes an individual, an estate, a trust, a partnership, a company, any other body of persons, or other taxable entity.’

Article 4 – Resident (in case of India-US DTAA ‘Residence’) typically provides that for the purposes of a convention, the definition of the term “resident of a Contracting State”.

Article 4(1) of the India-US DTAA reads as follows:

“For the purposes of this convention, the term “resident of a Contracting State” means any person, who under the laws of that State, is liable to tax therein by reason of his domicile, residence, citizenship, place of management, place of incorporation, or any other criterion of a similar nature, provided, however, that:

(a) This term does not include any person who is liable to tax in that State in respect only of income from the sources in that State; and 

(b) In the case of income derived or paid by a partnership, estate, or trust, this term applies only to the extent that the income derived by such partnership, estate, or trust is subject to tax in that State as income of a resident, either in its hands or in the hands of its partners or beneficiaries.”

FTEs such as partnerships, LLCs and trusts are popular across the world considering the legal requirements for certain professions (such as law firms) as well as the ease of doing business without having to undertake significant compliances (as is required to be undertaken in a corporate structure). For tax purposes, these FTEs allow income to ‘pass through’ them i.e. income is taxed at the level of their partners / members / beneficiaries and there is no taxation at the entity level. Given the pass-through status for tax purposes, this has raised the contentious issue as to whether such entities can claim benefits under tax treaties. Tax authorities contend that such entities do not fall under the definition of ‘person’ under tax treaties and that they are not a ‘resident’ in its state of incorporation / location as they are not ‘liable to tax’ in that country and that it is the partners / members / beneficiaries who are taxed in that country.

In the context of Partnerships, certain countries (like Singapore, China, Netherlands etc.) consider partnerships as FTE whereas some countries (like India, Mexico, Hungary etc.) consider partnership as a taxable unit.

Over the years, jurisprudence has developed on whether FTEs can claim benefits under Indian tax treaties. The SC in Azadi Bachao Andolan case ((2003) 263 ITR 706 SC) laid down the principle that liability to taxation is a legal situation and payment of tax is a fiscal fact. Essentially, the SC held that actual payment of tax is not necessarily needed in order to be ‘liable to tax’. In context of partnerships, the ITAT in case of Linklaters LLP ((2010) 40 SOT 51 Mum) held that considering that one of the fundamental objectives of tax treaties is to provide relief to economic double taxation, even when a partnership firm is taxable in respect of its profits, not in its own hands but in the hands of the partners, as long as the entire income of the partnership firm is taxed in the residence country, treaty benefits cannot be denied.

In context of trusts, the Authority for Advance Ruling (AAR), in case of General Electric Pension Trust ([2005] 280 ITR 425), denied tax treaty benefit to the foreign trust considering that the trust was not subject to tax on account of an exemption under the US tax law.

Thus, while judicial precedents exist on the eligibility of tax transparent partnerships being eligible to avail DTAA, similar guidance on the applicability of similar principle to an LLC, was hitherto not available.

Eligibility of a LLC incorporated in USA to claim benefit under India-US DTAA

The Delhi ITAT’s decision in the case of General Motors Company USA vs. ACIT, IT [2024] 166 taxmann.com 170 (Delhi-Trib.), is the first case where the ITAT has upheld the ability of an LLC to claim treaty benefit under the India-US DTAA.

In this case, the taxpayer, an LLC incorporated in Delaware, US, was classified as a disregarded entity; that is, not regarded to be separate from its owner for US tax purposes. For AY 2014-15 and 2015-16, the taxpayer earned income in the nature of ‘Fees for Included Services’. The taxpayer offered this income to tax in India at the rate of 15% under Article 12 of the India-US DTAA instead of 25% (i.e. the tax rate under section 115A of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (“the Act”) during the relevant assessment years). A tax residency certificate (“TRC”) issued by the US tax authorities was furnished by the taxpayer along with the Form 10F to meet the requirements for availing the benefits under India-US DTAA. The Assessing Officer (“AO”) passed an order denying the India-US DTAA benefits to the taxpayer on the ground that it was an FTE and not subject to tax in the US. Accordingly, the AO levied a tax rate of 25% under section 115A of the Act.

The Dispute Resolution Panel upheld the AO’s order, after which the matter went to Delhi bench of the ITAT.

TAX DEPARTMENT’S VIEW

The Revenue contended that based on the taxpayer’s own claim, the taxpayer is an FTE under US tax laws and accordingly, its income is not subject to tax in its own hands in the US.

The Revenue denied the India-US DTAA benefits to the taxpayer for two reasons. The First reason the Revenue contended is that such LLCs do not qualify as ‘Resident’ for the purpose of Article 4 of the India-US DTAA. Only persons who are ‘liable to tax’ in their country according to the laws of that country can be considered to be a ‘resident’ for the purpose of the India-US DTAA. In the instant case, since the income earned by the taxpayer is not liable to tax in the US in their own hands, as per the arguments put forth by the Revenue, it does not qualify as a person ‘resident’ in the US according to the Article 4 of the India-US DTAA.

Secondly, LLCs are not covered under the ambit of the special clause in Article 4(1)(b) of the India-US DTAA, which provides guidance on tax residency related to tax transparent entities such as partnerships, estates and trusts.

The Revenue also relied on paragraph 8.4 of Article 4 of the Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) commentary on Model Convention, which states that where a country disregards a partnership for tax purposes and treats it to be fiscally transparent, and taxes the partners on their share of the partnership income, the partnership itself is not ‘liable to tax’. Therefore, it may not be considered to be a resident of that country.

Accordingly, it was argued that the income earned by the taxpayer should be subjected to tax at 25% under the Act.

ASSESSEE’S CONTENTION

a) The taxpayer contended that under the US domestic tax law, an LLC has an option to either be taxed as a corporation or be considered as a disregarded entity wherein the LLC’s income is clubbed in the hands of its owner who discharges the tax that is assessable in the hands of the LLC in the US. Hence, while the LLC itself is not paying tax, its tax liability is discharged by its owners in the US.

b) The taxpayer contended that the term ‘liable to tax’ has not been defined under the India-US DTAA, and thus, referred to –

i. OECD Commentary 2017 on Article 4, which states that a person is considered to be liable to comprehensive taxation even if the country does not impose a tax.

ii. The commentary of Professor Philip Baker, which states that a person does not have to be actually paying the tax to be liable to tax.

It contended that being ‘liable to tax’ connotes that a person is subject to tax in a country, and whether the person actually pays the tax or not is immaterial.

c) Reliance was also placed on various judicial authorities:

i. UoI vs. Azadi Bachao Andolan [2003] 253 ITR 706 (SC) wherein it noted that for the purposes of the application of Article 4 of a DTAA, the legal situation is relevant—i.e. the liability to taxation—and not the fiscal fact of payment of tax.

ii.Linklaters LLP vs. ITO (ITAT-Mum) [2010] 40 SOT 51 wherein it concluded that while the modalities of taxation may vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, what really matters is that income is taxed in the residence jurisdiction. With reference to a fiscally transparent UK partnership firm, it was held that as long as its entire income is taxed in the residence country, the DTAA benefits cannot be denied.

iii. TD Securities (USA) LLC vs. Her Majesty the Queen 12 ITLR 783 of the Tax Court of Canada, Toronto, wherein it was held that an LLC incorporated in Delaware, US, and classified a disregarded entity to be considered as resident of US for the DTAA purpose.

d) Regarding the second aspect raised by the Revenue that Article 4(1)(b) of the India-US DTAA provides specific guidance on the residency of tax transparent entities which covers partnerships, estates and trusts, but does not cover LLCs, the taxpayer made following arguments:

i. the India-US DTAA (executed in 1989) is based on the 1981 US model convention when
the US laws did not recognise single member LLCs as a disregarded entity for the purpose of tax. The concept of disregarded  LLCs was introduced into the US tax laws only in 1996. Hence, disregarded LLCs were not envisaged at the time of entering into the India-US DTAA.

ii. The technical explanation to the US Model Convention issued by US Internal Revenue Services (IRS) has explained that this provision prevents fiscally transparent entities from claiming the DTAA benefits where the owner of such an entity is not subject to tax on the income in its state of residence.

This suggests that, ordinarily, a fiscally transparent entity will be eligible to be treated as a resident who is eligible to claim the benefit under India-US DTAA.

iii. Based on the above guidance from the IRS, it was contended that an ambulatory approach must be adopted while interpreting the India-US DTAA; that is, the meaning of the term prevailing under the US tax laws at the time of applying the India-US DTAA should be adopted and not that at the time when the India-US DTAA was signed. Hence, a disregarded US LLC should be held to be eligible to claim the benefit under India-US DTAA.

e) Basis the above, as the taxpayer is a US tax resident, it should be eligible to claim the benefits under the India-US DTAA.

ITAT DELHI RULING

The ITAT Delhi while deciding the appeal in favour of the taxpayer i.e. permitting the US LLC to access the India-US DTAA and thereby granting the beneficial DTAA rate, inter alia, relied on IRS Publications and Instructions and made below mentioned observations.

US IRS PUBLICATION AND INSTRUCTIONS: 

Publication 3402 on Taxation of LLCs, of the US IRS explains that an LLC is a business entity organized in the United States under state law and may be classified for US federal income tax purposes as a partnership, corporation, or an entity disregarded as separate from its owner by applying the rules in Regulations section 301.7701-3.

Default classification: An LLC with at least two members is classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes and an LLC with only one member is treated as an entity that is disregarded as separate from its owner for income-tax purposes.

An LLC can elect to be classified as an association taxable as corporation or as an S corporation.

If an LLC has only one member and is classified as an entity disregarded as separate from its owner, its income, deductions, gains, losses, and credits are reported on the owner’s income tax return.

Instruction for Form 8802 (Application for US Residency Certification in Form 6166) issued by US IRS provides that in general, under an income tax treaty, an individual or entity is a resident of the US if the individual or entity is subject to US tax by reason of residence, citizenship, place of incorporation, or other similar criteria. US residents are subject to tax in the US on their worldwide income. It further provides that in general, an FTE organized in the US (that is, a domestic partnership, domestic grantor trust, or domestic LLC disregarded as an entity separate from its owner) and which does not have any US partners, beneficiaries, or owners then such an entity is not eligible for US residency certification in Form 6166.

The Instruction for Form 8802 also provides that the Form 6166 having residency certification is in the form of a letter of US residence certification only certify that, for the certification year (the period for which certification is requested), the applicant were resident of US for purposes of US taxation or, in the case of a FTE, that the entity, when required, filed an information return and its partners/ members/owners/beneficiaries filed income tax returns as resident of United States.

VALIDITY OF TRC 

The ITAT held that the TRC as received from the US IRS in accordance with the requirement of the law as applicable to the assessee, being an LLC, which is organised as body corporate as it fulfills all the requirements of a body corporate in the form of legal recognition of a separate existence of the entity from its Member and a perpetual existence distinct from its Members. Thus, the assessee being a resident under Article 4 of the India-US Tax Treaty by virtue of incorporation and its recognition as a separate existence from its Members qualifies as a ‘person’.

LIABLE TO TAX

The ITAT held that the taxpayer is liable to tax in the resident State by virtue of US Income-tax Law as an LLC is given an option to either be taxed as a corporation or be taxed as a disregarded entity or partnership (depending on number of members) wherein the income of the LLC is clubbed in the hands of its owner who merely discharges the tax that is assessable in the case of the LLC.

The ability of the LLC to elect its classification as well as where the LLC is disregarded as separate from its tax owner and the payment of tax is by the owner(s) of the LLC, supports the legal situation of an LLC being ‘liable to tax’.

The ITAT further held that the phrase ‘liable to tax’ has to be interpreted in the way that the assessee is liable to tax under the authority of the US Income-tax law. The intent of the Indo-US Treaty has to be given precedence wherein the concept of a FTE is recognized for recognizing the phrase ‘liable to tax’.

Accepting the reliance on the decision of the ITAT Mumbai in case of Linklaters LLP vs. ITO [2010] 40 SOT 51, wherein in case of a UK-based limited liability partnership firm which was treated as a FTE in the UK, it was held that while the modalities or mechanism of taxation may vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, what really matters is whether the income, in respect of which treaty protection is being sought, is taxed in the treaty partner country or not and thus held that even when a partnership firm is taxable in respect of its profits not in its own right but in the hands of the partners, as long as the entire income of the partnership firm is taxed in the residence country, treaty benefits cannot be declined.

The ITAT also held that Article 4(1)(b) imposes a limitation on eligibility of a partnership to avail the benefits of India-US tax treaty as prescribed, i.e., it seeks to exclude from the eligibility of provisions of India-US tax treaty such income of the partnership which is not ‘subject to tax’ in the US (either in the hands of partnership or partners). Relying on the AAR ruling in case of General Electric Pension Trust (supra) it observed that in this consideration of the matter, it can be concluded that an exclusion provision can only exclude something if it was included at the outset. Hence, a fiscally transparent partnership was already regarded as ‘liable to tax’ for the purposes of India-US tax treaty and this provision determines the scope of eligibility of such fiscally transparent partnership by excluding income which is not ultimately ‘subject to tax’ in the US.

THE OTHER VIEW

In this connection, it is very pertinent to note the recent decision of the Irish Court of Appeal – Civil, dated 27th May, 2025 in the case of Susquehanna International Securities Ltd. & Others vs. The Revenue Commissioners [2025] 175 taxmann.com 1054 (CA – UK) (“the Susquehanna case”). In this case, with respect to Ireland-US DTAA, in the context of entitlement to group relief under section 411 of the Irish Taxes Consolidation Act, 1997 (“TCA”), on the specific and somewhat unusual / peculiar facts of the taxpayer’s group structure, the court concluded that the Taxpayers’ parent company Susquehanna International Holdings LLC (“SIH LLC”), by reason of its fiscal transparency, was not ‘liable to tax’ in the US and accordingly was not resident in the US within the meaning of Article 4 of the Double Taxation Treaty and that the Taxpayers were not entitled to group relief under section 411 of the TCA.

The Court of Appeal ultimately held that SIH LLC was not itself ‘liable to tax’ in the US and consequently, did not meet the definition of “resident of a contracting state” under Article 4.1. In this regard Justice Allen noted that “If – as it is – the purpose of the treaty is to avoid double taxation, it seems to me that it stands to reason that it should only apply to persons who otherwise would be exposed to a liability to pay tax. SIH LLC had no such exposure.”

On the basis that SIH LLC did not satisfy the definition of “resident of a contracting state”, the Court of Appeal held that SIH LLC was not entitled to rely on the anti-discrimination provisions contained in Article 25 of the DTAA.

TD Securities Case: While arriving its conclusion, the court considered the decision of the Tax court of Canada in the case of TD Securities (USA) LLC (supra) in the context of Canada US DTAA and distinguished the same on the basis that the LLC in TD Securities was ultimately held by a corporation which was subject to US tax (as opposed to SIH LLC which was held by other disregarded entities and ultimately US individuals). The Court of Appeal was of the view that TD Securities was based on US and Canadian interpretation of the US-Canada double tax treaty and consequently, its findings were not persuasive in an Irish court.

In para 87 of the decision, the Irish Court of Appeal also referred to the ITAT Delhi’s decision in the case of General Motors Company, USA vs. ACIT (supra) but the Judge did not dwell on it.

The Susquehanna Case is the first Irish case to consider the tax residence of a US LLC. The case confirmed that a disregarded US LLC ultimately owned by individuals who are liable to tax in the US on the income of the LLC should not be regarded as a resident of the US for the purposes of the DTAA. It appears the Susquehanna Case ultimately turned on the specific and somewhat unusual facts of the taxpayer’s group structure.

It remains to be seen whether an Irish court would reach a different conclusion if a US disregarded LLC was held by a corporation who is subject to US tax.

Applicability to other pass-through entities from other jurisdictions

While the General Motors (supra) ruling has focused on the US treatment of LLCs, the question arises is whether one can apply the principle set in the said decision along with other decisions such as Linklaters (supra), etc could apply to other pass-through entities based out of jurisdictions wherein the treaty with India is silent about treatment of partnerships or other pass-through entities. The key difference is that DTAAs such as India – US or India – UK specifically provide treatment for partnerships in Article 3 (dealing with definition of person) and Article 4 (dealing with residence). In the past, the courts have upheld the entitlement to treaty benefits to pass-through entities from other jurisdictions such as Germany as well. Further, it is important to once again point out that the Delhi ITAT in the case of General Motors (supra) held that the reference to partnership in the India – US DTAA is not to provide benefit to partnerships but is to limit the allowability of benefit to partnerships in cases where all the partners are not residents of that jurisdiction. Further, this ruling also follows the general principle of interpretation of treaty that one should not misuse the benefit of a treaty but at the same time if one is paying tax in that jurisdiction either directly or through partners, members or other entities, then one should be able to claim the benefit of the treaties entered into by that jurisdiction. Therefore, in the view of the authors, one may be able to argue that treaty benefits are available to the extent that the partners / members are tax residents of that jurisdiction.

CONCLUSION

Whether an FTE can access a tax treaty has been a contentious issue and in the Indian context the General Motor Company’s ruling strengthen / support the contention that the tax treaty benefit  should not be denied to an FTE especially when its owners / partners / shareholders are from the same country.

While this ruling lays down a precedent on this issue, the same has been challenged before the high court and the final position would depend upon the outcome at the higher appellate level. However, it is also important to obtain appropriate documentation in addition to the TRC to substantiate the share of profit of the partners/members who are residents of the same jurisdiction as the FTE.

From the above discussion, a view can it be taken that the treaty benefit should be given to the “pass through entity”, where all partners / members are residents of the treaty partner country or if some of the partners / members are residents of the treaty partner country, to the extent of partners/members who are resident of the treaty partner country.

The Accounting Dilemma of Extended Producer Responsibility: Indian Battery Waste Regulations

The Battery Waste Management Rules (“Rules”), as amended, impose Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR) obligations on producers that place battery in the market. These obligations require producers to ensure collection, recycling, or refurbishment, of waste batteries equivalent to a fixed percentage of batteries placed by them in market in prior years, based on the prescribed life of different types of batteries. EPR obligations may be discharged either through in-house recycling (where registered) or by purchasing EPR certificates from authorised recyclers.

If a producer fails to meet its EPR targets, it must pay environmental compensation, typically linked to the maximum notified rates of EPR certificates. The Rule 4(6A) provides that, “ In case the Producer stops its operations, the Producer shall have to discharge its Extended Producer Responsibility obligation in respect of Batteries already made available in the market till closure of operations, in accordance with provisions of these rules” This is a key legal feature that significantly drives the accounting analysis.

This regulatory design raises an important question, should producers recognise obligation only toward recycling/ refurbishment required in the current year (linked to the look-back for that year) (for ease referred to as ‘current year obligation’ in this Article), or should they recognise the cumulative liability for all past batteries placed in the market?

The purpose of this article is not to dive deep into the EPR rules, but to explain the accounting consequences with a simplified example.  We use a very simple example, to demonstrate the accounting, and do not delve into the complexities of the underlying regulations.

ILLUSTRATIVE EXAMPLE

ABC Ltd is a battery manufacturer. EPR regulations require recycling calculated as 70% of batteries placed in market in the fifth preceding financial year. Assumed cost to meet the obligation ₹12000/ tonne, whether via purchase of EPR certificates or equivalent in-house recycling cost (discounting ignored). ABC is going to discharge its obligation by purchasing EPR certificates from recyclers.  A simplified obligation schedule may look like the following:

Recycling/ Obligation year

(FY)

Batteries placed in the market in 5th preceding financial year (in tonnes) Minimum Collection Target Expected cost

(₹million)

Year Quantity (in tonnes) %* Obligated Quantity (in tonnes)
2025-26 2020-21 10,000 70% 7,000 84
2026-27 2021-22 10,500 70% 7,350 88.2
2027-28 2022-23 11,020 70% 7,714 92.56
2028-29 2023-24 11,570 70% 8,099 97.19
2029-30 2024-25 12,150 70% 8,505 102.06
2030-31 2025-26 12,760 70% 8,932 107.18
Sub-total 571.19
2031-32 2026-27 13,400 70% 9,380 112.56
2032-33 2027-28 14,070 70% 9,849 118.19
2033-34 2028-29 14,770 70% 10,339 124.07
2034-35 2029-30 15,510 70% 10,857 130.28

Note:

(i) At the end of 2025-26, the entity must recycle 70% of 2020-21 batteries placed in the market, i.e., 7,000 tonnes costing to ₹84 million at ₹12,000/tonne.

(ii) All EPR target percentages used in above example are for illustrative purpose only. Actual targets applicable to producers vary by battery type, compliance year, and specific provisions under Rules. Further, obligations are based on batteries placed in the market, & targets differ per battery type (portable, automative, industrial, EV batteries).

The critical question is should the entity recognise  a provision of ₹84 million (current years obligation only), or cumulative liability covering all batteries placed in the market, up to the reporting date that eventually need to be recycled (i.e., 2020-21 to 2025-26; ₹571.19 million), assuming financial year ending 31 March, 2026?

COMPETING VIEWS

View 1: Cumulative recognition (all batteries already placed in the market), i.e. ₹571.19 million

A present legal obligation based on past event arises when the battery is placed in the market. Settlement of the obligation then occurs either progressively via ‘5th preceding year’ schedule or in full on closure of the business. Once the product is placed in the market, the producer cannot escape liability. Rule 4(6A) specifically states that even if operation cease, producers must discharge all obligations for products already placed in the market.  Because the producer cannot avoid settling the obligation for batteries already placed in the market till date, the obligation exists independently of future actions of the entity and should be recognised for the cumulative liability.

Under the Battery Rules, the closure clause removes the “exit” escape; if a producer stops operations, the producer must discharge all EPR for products already placed in the market. That means the obligation is inescapable once a sale/placement occurs; later events only affect timing (5th preceding year or accelerated on closure).

Ind AS 37 Provisions, Contingent. Assets and Contingent Liabilities anchors-

Paragraph Principle
Paragraph 14(a) A provision shall be recognised when an entity has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event The past event is placement of battery in market, this creates the legal obligation to ensure collection and recycling of batteries.
Paragraph 17 The entity has no realistic alternative to settling the obligation created by the event Because of the closure clause, the producer has no realistic alternative but to settle obligation for batteries already placed in market.
Paragraph 19 The obligation exists independently of future actions Continuing market participation does not create the liability; it merely schedules settlement or accelerates it on closure.

Basis above, the Indian Battery Rules legally and inescapably bind the producer to settle the obligation for all past placements of batteries.  Though the settlement of the liability is accelerated on closure, it is the  past placement of batteries in the market that triggers the recycling liability. Thus, the obligating event is the past placement of batteries in the market itself, not continuing or future participation in the business.

Since, the obligation arises at sale and cannot be avoided, recognition should be cumulative. Using the illustration above, the provision at March 31, 2026 (FY 2025-26) is ₹571.19 million for all batteries placed to date rather than only ₹84 million, that reflects a liability for the batteries placed in the market five year prior.

Views 2: One year recognition -linked to current market participation, i.e. ₹84 million

The main argument for supporting a provision of ₹84 million is that the obligating event is the participation in the market for the financial year 2025-26 (the measurement period). Each year’s obligation is separately determined by applying the prescribed percentage to placement of batteries made five years earlier. Future obligations are contingent on continued participation in the market. Closure of operations is a separate obligating event, not relevant unless and until it occurs. This view aligns with a situation, where the obligating event was participation in the market during the measurement period, not past placement of batteries in the market.

Further, obligating event is defined under Ind AS 37, as “An obligating event is an event that creates a legal or constructive obligation that results in an entity having no realistic alternative to settling that obligation.”  In the instant fact pattern, can it be said that the obligating event is the cessation of the business that accelerates the liability? This aspect is discussed under final thoughts.

The other argument supporting View 2, are the provisions relating to the Technical Guide referred to below.

Technical Guide on Accounting for Expenditure on Corporate Social Responsibility Activities (Revised July 2025 Edition)

Whether Provision for Unspent Amount is required to be created?

“Other than on going project”

9. Sub-section (5) of section 135 of the Act has been amended by the Companies (Amendment) Act, 2019 whereby, any amount remaining unspent under sub-section (5), pursuant to an activity other than any ongoing project as per section 135(6), the company has to transfer such unspent amount to a Fund specified in Schedule VII, within a period of six months of the expiry of the financial year.

10. As per the said amendment, the company will have an obligation to transfer the unspent amount of “other than relating to an ongoing project” to a specified fund. Accordingly, a provision for liability for the amount representing the extent to which the amount is to be transferred, needs to be recognised in the financial statements. As the obligation to transfer unspent amount arises only at the financial year end and, during the year CSR spends can be incurred anytime. It may not be necessary that a provision being made towards such unspent amounts on pro-rata basis in interim / quarterly financials.

“On going project”

11. In case of any amount remaining unspent under section 135(5) pursuant to any ongoing project, undertaken by a company in pursuance of its Corporate Social Responsibility Policy, shall be transferred by the company within a period of thirty days from the end of the financial year to a special account to be opened by the company in that behalf for that financial year in any scheduled bank to be called the Unspent Corporate Social Responsibility Account, and such amount shall be spent by the company in pursuance of its obligation towards the Corporate Social Responsibility Policy within a period of three financial years from the date of such transfer, failing which, the company shall transfer the same to a Fund specified in Schedule VII, within a period of thirty days from the date of completion of the third financial year.

12. As there is an obligation to transfer the unspent amount to a separate bank account within 30 days of the end of financial year and eventually any unspent amount out of that to a Fund specified in Schedule VII, a provision for liability for the amount representing the extent to which the amount is to be transferred within 30 days of the end of the financial year needs to be recognised in the financial statements. As the obligation to set aside the unspent amount arises only at the financial year end, and during the year CSR spends can be incurred anytime. It may not be necessary that a provision being made towards such unspent amounts on pro-rata basis in interim / quarterly financials.

Basis paragraphs 9, 10, 11 and 12 of the above referred Technical Guide, as the obligation to transfer the unspent amount to a government fund or to set aside the unspent amount in Unspent CSR account arises only at the financial year end, and during the year CSR spends can be incurred anytime, it may not be necessary that a provision is made towards such unspent amounts on pro-rata basis in interim / quarterly financials.  In other words, the provision need not be made on day one or pro-rata each quarter, and therefore the debit to profit or loss occurs on a cash outflow basis.  Thus, as per the Technical Guide if all of the CSR obligation is spent on the last day of the financial year, or remains unspent, the provision is made on the last day of the financial year.

FINAL THOUGHTS

In our view, the argument for recognising only current year’s obligation (View 2) has little substance. The regulation clearly ties the obligation to all of the past placement of batteries, and not to market participation in a later year. The obligating event is the past placement of batteries and not the closure or liquidation of the business.  Closure merely accelerates the settlement of a liability that already exists. Furthermore, the Technical Guide is specific to the creation of a CSR obligation and may not be relevant to interpret the instant facts. Also, one may argue that the Technical Guide view is based on legal position that the entity need not transfer unspent amount if it ceases operation during the year. However, the same is not possible for EPR obligation. Hence, the two positions are not comparable. More importantly, the provisions relating to Ind AS 37 are more authoritative than the Technical Guide. Therefore, the cumulative recognition approach (View 1) is the only appropriate view. The total obligation should be measured with reference to all placement of batteries made in past periods, and a provision (to be discounted as required) recognised accordingly basis the measurement principles in Ind AS 37.

Given the explicit-closure settlement requirement and cycle end 100% rule, Indian Battery EPR is in substance a cumulative obligation. Once batteries are placed in the market, the EPR obligation arises and cannot be avoided. Recognising only one year’s obligation understates the liability and fails to reflect the substance of the rules. By contrast the E-waste regulations, did not contain any specific requirement regarding the closure of the business or liquidation, therefore, the provision to be made with regard to E-waste is restricted only to the period of market participation in a prior year.

Learning Events at BCAS

1. FEMA Study Circle – Draft Borrowing and Lending Regulations Issued by RBI held on 17th October, 2025@ Virtual

The FEMA Study Circle organized a meeting on 17th October 2025 to deliberate on the Draft Borrowing and Lending Regulations issued by the RBI. The session was chaired by CA Natwar Thakrar and led by CA Smeet Naren Madlani.

The discussion covered several key aspects:

  • Clarification on Eligibility Nexus
  • Scope of the Term ‘Eligible Borrower’
  • Use of ECB Proceeds for Acquisitions
  • Ambiguity in Regulation 3A(f)(iii)
  • Lenders from FATF/IOSCO Non-Compliant Jurisdictions
  • Borrowing Limit – Period of Maintenance
  • Currency of Borrowing
  • Arm’s Length Pricing of Borrowings
  • Credit of ECB Proceeds to FCY Accounts
  • Applicability of Revised Parameters to Existing ECBs
  • Reporting Requirements under Form ECB-2.

The session provided valuable insights into the evolving FEMA framework and its implications for cross-border borrowing and lending transactions.

2. India IPO Conclave held on Thursday, 9th October 2025 @ Ginger by Taj, Mumbai Airport

The India IPO Conclave 2025, organised by the Finance, Corporate & Allied Laws Committee of the Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society (BCAS), was held on 9th October 2025 at Ginger by Taj, Mumbai Airport, in collaboration with NISM, with the Bombay Industries Association (BIA) as the Industry Partner. The theme of the Conclave was “Readiness, Challenges & Opportunities.” The event was spearheaded by Co-Chairman CA Anand Bathiya and led by Convenor CA Rimple Dedhia, supported by CA Sahil Parikh and CA Simran Vishwakarma, under the able stewardship of Chairman CA Naushad Panjwani.

The Conclave witnessed participation from around 150 professionals, with 30% of attendees joining from cities beyond Mumbai and nearly half being non-members, reflecting a diverse and pan-India engagement.

The event commenced with an inaugural session, followed by an address from Mr Jeevan Sonaparote, Executive Director, SEBI, who highlighted the critical role of auditors as gatekeepers in the capital-market ecosystem and SEBI’s reliance on them as first-level regulators. Mr Rajeev Thakkar, Chief Investment Officer, PPFAS, delivered the keynote address on the “Current State of Indian Primary Capital Markets.”

Throughout the day, sessions delved into various facets of India’s IPO landscape, including legal and regulatory preparedness, promoter mindset, investor expectations, and the roles of auditors and merchant bankers in the listing process. Esteemed speakers and moderators included Adv. Janak Bathiya, Adv. Yash Ashar, CA Bhavik Shah, Dr Rachana Baid, Dr Jinesh Panchali, and CA Sahil Parikh, while panellists Mr Arvind Agrawal, Mr Jigar Shah, Dr Lalit Kanodia, Mr Deven Choksey, Mr Nimish Shah, Mr Umesh Agarwal, Mr. Pinak Bhattacharyya, Mr V. Prashant Rao, and Mr Vivek Vaishnav shared their valuable insights and perspectives.

Key takeaways included actionable insights on IPO readiness and compliance, encompassing legal, audit, and regulatory perspectives, as well as real-world lessons from promoters, investors, and industry leaders on successful listing strategies, market timing, and investor expectations.

The Conclave successfully provided a comprehensive platform for knowledge-sharing, discussion, and networking.

BCAS Academy link: https://academy.bcasonline.org/courses/india-ipo-conclave-2025/

3. Daughters’ Rights in Succession Laws held on Thursday, 25th September 2025 @ BCAS (Hybrid)

On International Daughters’ Day, the Finance Corporate and Allied Laws Committee of BCAS organized a special session on “Daughters’ Rights in Succession Laws”, led by renowned family law expert Adv. Mrunalini Deshmukh. The session aimed to raise awareness about the legal rights of daughters in inheritance and succession, a topic of growing relevance in India’s evolving socio-legal landscape.

Adv. Deshmukh covered key legal provisions, landmark Supreme Court rulings, and the impact of the Hindu Succession (Amendment) Act, 2005, highlighting the equal rights of daughters in ancestral property. The talk also touched on practical challenges and societal attitudes that often hinder the implementation of these rights.

The hybrid event drew strong engagement from both in-person and virtual attendees from across the country, making it a truly inclusive and enlightening experience.

BCAS Academy link: https://academy.bcasonline.org/courses/daughters-rights-in-succession-laws/

4. ITF Study Circle Meeting on “Future of MLI Post Mumbai Tribunal Ruling in Sky High” held on 23rd September, 2025@ Virtual.

The International Tax and Finance Study Circle organized a meeting on 23 September 2025 to discuss the future of the Multilateral Instrument post the Mumbai Tribunal’s ruling in the case of Sky High.

Chairman of the session – CA Ganesh Rajagopalan

Group Leaders CA Abhitan Mehta and CA Nemin Shah

  • The session opened with remarks from the chairman on his initial views of the Mumbai Tribunal ruling.
  • Post that, the group leaders began with a quick look at the basic concepts of BEPS and MLI and various steps taken by the Government.
  • Next, the group leaders discussed the facts of the case, the contentions of the taxpayers and the tax authorities and the ruling by the Mumbai Tribunal.
  • Then the group leaders discussed the nuances and implications of the ruling. The chairman of the session also added key points at critical points in the discussion. The chairman opened the floor for discussion on the key implications of the ruling.
  • Many participants shared their views on a number of implications of the ruling, and divergent views were expressed on a lot of issues. The discussion was lively and enriching for the participants. The session was attended by a number of senior members, and the participants benefited from their expert views on the ruling.

The session closed with concluding remarks by the chairman.

5. Direct Tax Laws Study Circle Meeting on “Applicability of Valuation Provisions under Income Tax Act” held on 18th September2025@ Virtual.

Speaker: Mr. Raghav Bajaj

The speaker began by emphasizing the critical role of valuation in ensuring fair taxation and its relevance across advisory, restructuring, and litigation contexts. He then examined key valuation provisions of the Act, illustrating them with practical examples and interpretative insights.

The following major areas were discussed during the session:

1. Section 9(1)(i): Indirect transfer provisions and their valuation implications in cross-border transactions.

2. Section 17(2)(vi): Determination of perquisite value in the case of ESOPs, including nuances in valuation methodology.
3. Section 28(via): Tax treatment on conversion of inventory into capital assets and its valuation considerations.

4. Sections 9B and 45(4): Capital gains taxation arising on dissolution or reconstitution of firms and valuation of distributed assets.

5. Section 50B: Valuation in slump sale transactions and computation of capital gains in scenarios involving negative net worth.

6. Sections 50C and 50CA: Valuation disputes in the transfer of immovable property and unquoted shares vis-à-vis stamp duty and fair market values.

7. Section 56(2)(x): Determination of fair market value for receipt of property and shares, particularly in related-party or group transactions.

8. Sections with no explicit FMV mechanism: Practical issues in adopting alternative valuation methodologies and dealing with the absence of prescribed rules.

Overall, the discussion offered valuable insights into the interplay between valuation and taxation, equipping participants with practical knowledge to navigate evolving tax and regulatory landscapes effectively.

6. One-Day Seminar on NBFCs – Challenges, Opportunities and the Road Ahead held on Friday, 12th September 2025 @ Babubhai Chinai Hall IMC.

To dive deep into governance, RBI compliance, digital disruptions, fintech innovations and sustainable financing, the BCAS organized a full-day seminar on NBFCs.

The NBFC Seminar has become a regular feature on the BCAS calendar, providing members with an important platform to stay abreast of evolving trends in the financial services sector. With Ind AS stabilising in the industry, economic growth gaining momentum, technological disruptions reshaping business models, and RBI guidelines constantly evolving, this year’s seminar proved to be both a refresher on established principles and a window into emerging opportunities.

The seminar opened with remarks from CA. Zubin Billimoria, President of BCAS, and CA. Abhay Mehta, Chairman of the Accounting and Auditing Committee. Both highlighted the significance of knowledge-sharing and the society’s role in equipping members for the future of the profession.

The technical sessions covered a wide spectrum of contemporary issues and were delivered by an eminent panel of speakers:

NBFC Universe & RBI Compliance – CA. Bhavesh Vora offered an insightful overview of the role of NBFCs in India’s growth trajectory, touching on regulatory developments and key market undercurrents. He highlighted how NBFCs complement the banking system and bridge the last-mile credit gap in the economy.

From Legacy to Digital: FinTech Disruptions – CA. Keshav Loyalka explained how AI and technology are reshaping the credit landscape, enabling new business models and driving economic expansion. He emphasised how fintech players are transforming customer experience and risk assessment frameworks.

Sustainable Financing by NBFCs – Ms Namita Vikas presented thought-provoking insights on the emerging field of climate finance, illustrating its transformative impact with practical examples, including initiatives supporting salt farmers in Gujarat. She stressed that sustainability is not just a social responsibility but also a strategic business imperative.

Auditing Digital Lenders & FinTech NBFCs – CA. Murtuza Vajihi addressed the challenges faced by auditors in a rapidly digitising environment, emphasising the need to be well-versed both technically and technologically. He pointed out that audit approaches must evolve to deal with data-driven business models and high transaction volumes.

Enterprise Risk Management in Fintech & LSPs – Dr Gautam Sanyal introduced important concepts such as risk culture, risk appetite, control frameworks, and risk-based governance, enriching his session with real-life case studies. He underlined that proactive risk management is central to building resilience and investor confidence.

Ind AS vs. Ind Guess? Decoding ECL, Fair Value & Audit Judgment – CA. Manan Lakhani shared practical insights into the complexities of Ind AS, with a special focus on Expected Credit Loss, fair value assessments, and the role of professional judgment in audits. He also explained common pitfalls observed in practice and how auditors can exercise balanced judgment.

BCAS Academy link: https://academy.bcasonline.org/courses/seminar-on-nbfcs-challenges-opportunities-and-the-road-ahead/

7. FEMA Study Circle meeting on “Residence of Individuals under FEMA – Issues and implications out of recent SAFEMA Tribunal decision” held on 4th September 2025@, Virtual.

The FEMA Study Circle held a meeting on the recent SAFEMA Tribunal decision pronounced in the case of Pradeep Mishra vs. Special Director, ED, which dealt with the interpretation of the definition of “person resident in India” as defined under Section 2(v) of FEMA.

The session was chaired by Chairman, CA Rashmin Sanghvi and led by group leader, CA Bhavya Gandhi.

The chairman provided a deep insight into the history and background of the definition provided under Section 2(v) of FEMA, the two possible interpretations that can be made and their associated complexities.

The group leader explained the significance of determining the residential status under FEMA while dealing with foreign exchange transactions and assessing FEMA implications thereon. Practical examples were discussed to demonstrate the challenges associated with adopting a literal interpretation of the definition instead of a purposive interpretation. Light was also thrown on different RBI Regulations/Master Directions or Government press releases, which indicate how the residency definition should be interpreted.

Elaborate discussions were held on the implications of the interpretation adopted by the SAFEMA Tribunal in pronouncing the decision. The group members also participated by asking queries, giving their views and experiences on the matter.

The meeting was concluded by summarising what are the best practices while dealing with controversial provisions of FEMA.

II. REPRESENTATIONS

The Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society (BCAS) has made two important representations to the GST authorities during the period under review, highlighting practical difficulties faced by professionals and taxpayers.

1. Representation for Extension of Due Date for Filing GSTR-3B for September 2025

On 8th October 2025, BCAS has requested an extension of the statutory due date for furnishing Form GSTR-3B and discharging tax liability for the month/quarter ending September 2025. The request was made considering that the original due date coincides with a weekend and major festival days across several regions, which could lead to operational and logistical constraints for taxpayers and professionals. The Society has urged the authorities to grant a reasonable extension to ensure smooth compliance and avoid hardship.

2. Representation for Dedicated Login and Dashboard Facility for Authorised Representatives on the GSTAT e-Filing Portal

On 29th September 2025, BCAS has requested the introduction of a dedicated login and dashboard facility for Authorised Representatives (ARs) on the GSTAT e-Filing Portal. Currently, the portal allows access primarily to appellants and respondents, creating challenges for ARs who manage multiple cases. A separate login for ARs would facilitate efficient case tracking, hearing management, and document access. The Society has emphasized that such functionality, similar to that available in other judicial forums like the ITAT and NCLT, would enhance overall efficiency and ensure better compliance management.

Through these initiatives, BCAS continues to promote a more efficient, practical, and taxpayer-friendly GST administration.

Readers can read the full representation by scanning the QR code or visiting our website www.bcasonline.org

III. BCAS IN NEWS & MEDIA

BCAS has been featured in several news and media platforms, showing our active involvement, professional contributions, and commitment to the field. This reflects the growing recognition of BCAS in the public and professional space.

Link: https://bcasonline.org/bcas-in-news/

Regulatory Referencer

I. FEMA

1. RBI extends time for foreign exchange outlay in Merchanting Trade Transactions from four to six months

The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) has revised the guidelines relating to Merchanting Trade Transactions (MTT). On review, it has been decided to extend the permissible time period for outlay of foreign exchange from four months to six months. All other provisions of Circular dated January 23, 2020 remain unchanged.

[A.P. (DIR Series) Circular No. 11, dated 1st October 2025]

2. Amendment to Foreign Exchange Management (Debt Instruments) Regulations 2019

The RBI has amended the Debt Instruments regulations expanding and clarifying the scope of investment for persons resident outside India (PROI) holding rupee accounts under Deposit Regulations. Sub-para (E) of Para 1 of Schedule I has been amended, allowing them to purchase or sell dated Government securities, treasury bills, non-convertible debentures/bonds and commercial papers issued by Indian companies subject to conditions laid by RBI.

Further, Para 2(4A) of Schedule I has been replaced to specify that consideration for such purchases must be paid exclusively from the funds held in the investor’s rupee account maintained under Regulation 7(1) of Deposit Regulations.

[Notification No. FEMA.396(4)/2025-RB, dated 29th September 2025]

3. RBI allows PROIs holding Special Rupee Vostro Accounts to invest surplus balances in NCDs and commercial papers

As per existing norms, persons resident outside India (PROIs) are permitted to invest their rupee surplus balance in Central Government Securities (including Treasury bills). It has been decided to permit investment of these balances in non-convertible debentures/ bonds and commercial papers issued by an Indian company.

[A.P. (DIR Series 2025-26) Circular No. 13, dated 3rd October 2025]

4. RBI eases EDPMS/IDPMS closure norms for small export & import bills up to ₹10 lakhs, with declaration-based process

The RBI has come up with easy EDPMS/IDPMS closure norms for small export and import bills up to ₹10 lakhs. The AD bank shall follow the below mentioned directions for the same:

a. Such entries shall be reconciled and closed based on a declaration provided by the concerned exporter that the amount has been realised or by the importer that the amount has been paid.

b. Any reduction in declared value or invoice value of the shipping bills / bills of entry shall also be accepted, based on the declaration by the concerned exporter or importer.

c. The declarations referred above may also be received on a quarterly basis from the exporters and importers in a consolidated manner (by combining several bills in one declaration) for bulk reconciliation and closing of EDPMS/IDPMS entries.

[A.P. (DIR Series) Circular No.12, dated 1st October 2025]

5. RBI proposes simplified regulations for External Commercial Borrowings

In order to rationalise regulations pertaining to External Commercial Borrowings (ECBs) under FEM (Borrowing and Lending) Regulations, 2018, RBI has issued Draft Amendment to Borrowing and Lending Regulations, 2018. Salient features of the regulations are:

a. The borrowing limits are proposed to be linked to a borrower’s financial strength and ECB are proposed to be raised at market determined interest rates.

b. The end-use restrictions and Minimum Average Maturity requirements are proposed to be simplified.

c. The borrower and lender base eligible for ECB transactions is proposed to be expanded to enhance opportunities of credit flow.

d. Reporting requirements are being simplified to ease compliance obligations.

The draft is available on the RBI website for public comments and feedback till 24th October 2025. One may follow the following link:

https://www.rbi.org.in/Scripts/bs_viewcontent.aspx?Id=4736

[Press Release 2025-2026/1235, dated 3rd October 2025]

6. RBI proposes to rationalise norms for establishing a branch or office in India

The RBI has issued Draft FEM (Establishment in India of a branch or office) Regulations, 2025. On a review, it has been decided to amend the extant regulations [FEM (Establishment in India of a Branch Office or a Liaison Office or a Project Office or any other place of business) Regulations, 2016] along the following lines:

a. The eligibility criteria for establishment of a place of business in India, are proposed to be relaxed.

b. The draft proposals offer greater operational freedom by shifting from prescriptive to a principle-based framework, which is expected to result in greater operational freedom.

c. The process for closure of non-compliant and inactive branch/office, are proposed to be simplified.

The draft is available on the RBI website for public comments and feedback till 24th October 2025. One may follow the following link:

https://www.rbi.org.in/Scripts/bs_viewcontent.aspx?Id=4735

[Press Release: 2025-2026/1232, dated 3rd October 2025]

7. RBI relaxes repatriation norms for exporters maintaining foreign currency accounts held in IFSCs

RBI has notified Foreign Exchange Management (Foreign Currency Accounts by a Person Resident in India) (Seventh Amendment) Regulations, 2025. Now, the foreign currency accounts permitted to be opened ‘outside India/abroad’ can also be opened in IFSC. Further, the RBI has revised the repatriation timeline for funds held by exporters in foreign currency accounts maintained outside India. Exporters with accounts maintained at banks in IFSCs can retain funds for up to 3 months (instead of previous 1 month) from the date of receipt. For accounts in other jurisdictions, the existing 1-month limit remains unchanged.

[Notification No. FEMA 10(R)(7)/2025-RB, dated 6th October 2025]

8. RBI permits AD banks to lend in INR to residents of Bhutan, Nepal and Sri Lanka for cross-border trade transactions

The RBI has notified the Foreign Exchange Management (Borrowing and Lending) (Amendment) Regulations, 2025. An amendment has been made to Regulation 7 relating to ‘Lending in Indian Rupees by a Person Resident in India’. A new clause has been inserted which states that an AD bank may lend in Indian Rupees to a person resident outside India being a resident in Bhutan, Nepal, or Sri Lanka, including a bank in these jurisdictions, for cross-border trade transactions.

[Notification No. FEMA 10(R)(7)/2025-RB, dated 6th October 2025]

2. IFSCA

9. Extension of deadline for implementing revised norms for principal officer and compliance officer for capital market intermediaries and Extension of deadline for compliance with revised Net worth requirements

IFSCA had issued Regulations on Capital Market Intermediaries on 16th April 2025. The deadline to meet the below mentioned compliances was 1st October 2025. Pursuant to representations received from market participants, the deadline for both the following compliance activities has been extended till 31st December 2025:

a. Appointment of Principal officer and compliance officer

b. Compliance with revised minimum net worth requirements

[Notification No. IFSCA-PLNP/80/2024, dated 4th September 2025]

[Notification No. IFSCA-PLNP/80/2024, dated 12th September 2025]

10. IFSCA amends Regulatory Framework for Global Access in the IFSC

IFSCA issued Regulatory Framework for Global Access in the IFSC on 12th August 2025. Representations have been made for permitting services offered by Payment service providers for facilitating movement of funds for global access activities in IFSC. Accordingly, it is decided that Global Access providers and Introducing Brokers will have an option to either open bank account(s) with a licensed IFSC Banking Units or open account(s) with a PSP authorised under IFSCA (Payment Services) Regulations, 2024. This would enhance efficiency and competitiveness in cross-border payments in a regulated manner.

[Notification No. IFSCA-PLNP/80/2024, dated 12th September 2025]

11. IFSCA notifies Payments Regulatory Board Regulations, 2025 for oversight of payment and settlement systems in IFSCs

The IFSCA has established a governance framework for a new board responsible for payment systems. These regulations define the composition, eligibility criteria, tenure, and code of conduct for board members. The board will meet twice a year and can delegate power to ensure efficient operations. This notification repeals previous regulations from 2024, with the new rules taking effect upon official publication.

[Notification No. IFSCA/GN/2025/008, dated 12th September, 2025]

12. IFSC Authority prescribes norms for appointment, reappointment, and review of Public Interest Directors in MIIs

IFSCA has issued a circular specifying the governance framework for Market Infrastructure Institutions (MIIs) in IFSCs under the IFSCA (MII) Regulations, 2021. It lays down eligibility, appointment, and reappointment procedures for Public Interest Directors (PIDs), mandates performance review policies, and provides for their knowledge upgradation.

[Notification No. IFSCA/CMD-DMIIT/PID-MII/2025-26/001, dated 13th October 2025]

13. IFSC Authority amends definition of ‘Board’ under Payment and Settlement Systems Regulations, 2024

The IFSC Authority has notified the International Financial Services Centres Authority (Payment and Settlement Systems) (Amendment) Regulations, 2025. The amendment revises Regulation 3(1)(d) of the 2024 Regulations, redefining ‘Board’ to mean the Payments Regulatory Board constituted under sub-section (2) of section 3 of the Act.

[Notification No. IFSCA/GN/2025/010, dated 13th October 2025]

Miscellanea

1. SCIENCE

#NASA Says Earth Has a New ‘Quasi-Moon’ Shadowing Our Orbit Until 2083

Key Points:

  • 2025 PN7 is a small asteroid that has been traveling alongside Earth for roughly six decades.
  • A quasi-moon is an object that orbits the Sun but moves almost exactly in sync with Earth’s orbit.
  • Researchers say the asteroid poses no threat to Earth and offers a unique opportunity to study near-Earth object dynamics.

2025 PN7 is a newly discovered mini asteroid, behaving like a ‘quasi-moon’ as it orbits the Sun in sync with Earth. First spotted by the University of Hawaii on August 2, 2025, and confirmed by researchers in September, it has likely been accompanying Earth for about 60 years. Measuring between 18 and 36 meters in diameter, it comes within 4 million kilometers of Earth at its closest approach.

Unlike our Moon, which is gravitationally bound to Earth, 2025 PN7’s orbit closely matches Earth’s, allowing it to effectively shadow our planet. It is part of the Arjuna class of near-Earth objects and is expected to remain in this configuration until around 2083. While it poses no threat to Earth, its discovery provides valuable insights into orbital dynamics and the behaviour of small bodies in our solar system.

(Source: International Business Times – By Annalyn Zoglmann – 22 October 2025)

2. ECONOMY & MARKETS

#Crude Oil Slides to Five-Month Lows Amid Supply Concerns and Weak Demand

Crude oil prices fell on 15 October 2025, with West Texas Intermediate (WTI) down 0.27% to $58.54 and Brent down 0.34% to $62.18, hitting five-month lows.

The decline is driven by warnings of a potential supply glut, with the International Energy Agency (IEA) forecasting a surplus of up to 4 million barrels per day by 2026 due to rising production, amid sluggish demand.

Concerns over U.S.–China trade tensions are also affecting sentiment. In the U.S., analysts expect a slight decline in crude inventories, while the EIA raised production forecasts to 13.5 million barrels per day for 2025 and 2026.
Oil markets are expected to remain volatile, with traders closely watching upcoming inventory reports and OPEC+ statements.

(Source: International Business Times – By IBT Newsroom – 15 October 2025)

3. OPINION

#We Treat Cancer and Overlook the Damage to Others: Why Childhood Cancer and Autism Are Rising and What We Must Do Now

The author, with over three decades of experience in the hazardous waste industry, expresses concern over the rising rates of autism and childhood cancer, suggesting a link to the excretion of cytotoxic chemotherapy drugs from cancer patients. These drugs, which are known to cause birth defects and cancer, can contaminate family members and the environment through bodily fluids like sweat, urine, and faeces.

Despite existing regulations such as USP 800, which address the handling of hazardous waste in healthcare settings, there is a significant gap in managing outpatient excreta. Families caring for cancer patients often unknowingly come into contact with these toxic substances when performing routine tasks like cleaning or laundry. The wastewater systems are also ineffective at removing these chemicals, leading to a silent spillover into homes and communities.

The author argues that while the healthcare system celebrates the survival of childhood cancer patients, it fails to protect caregivers and the environment from the harmful byproducts of treatment. They advocate for a comprehensive approach that includes capturing, destroying, and safely disposing of patient excreta before it contaminates families and wastewater systems.

The call to action emphasizes the need for federal funding, oversight, and the implementation of effective disposal solutions. The author believes that addressing this issue is crucial to prevent further health crises, as ignoring the downstream effects of chemotherapy could lead to a new generation of victims suffering from birth defects and cancer. The overarching message is that in the fight against cancer, we must not create new health risks for families and communities.

(Source: International Business Times – Created By Jim Mullowney – 21 October 2025)

Refund — Denial on the ground that TDS not reflected in 26AS — Responsibility of the AO to verify from Form 16A — Taxpayer should not be at the mercy of an officer who delays the payment of genuine refund — Assessee is entitled to refund after verification of Form 16A certificates.

46 . U.P. Rajya Nirman Sahakari Sangh Limited vs. UOI

2025 (10) TMI 537 (All.)

A.Ys. 2009-10 to 2012-13 & 2015-16: Date of order 08/10/2025

Refund — Denial on the ground that TDS not reflected in 26AS — Responsibility of the AO to verify from Form 16A — Taxpayer should not be at the mercy of an officer who delays the payment of genuine refund — Assessee is entitled to refund after verification of Form 16A certificates.

The assessee is a co-operative society claiming exemption u/s. 80P of the Act. Since the assessee’s income is exempt, refund on account of tax deducted at source along with interest was due to the assessee. Despite several applications and reminders, the Department was not issuing the refund to the assessee on the ground that the amount of TDS was not reflected in Form 26AS.

The Assessee filed a writ petition before the High Court seeking refund of the amount due to the assessee from the Department and allowing the to the assessee, the credit of TDS for the AYs 2009-10 to 2012-13 and AY 2015-16. The Allahabad High Court allowed the petition and held as follows:

“i) The Delhi High Court in Its Motion v. Commissioner of Income Tax (Writ Petition (CIVIL) No. 2659 of 2012, decided on 14/03/2013) and in Rakesh Kumar Gupta vs. Union of India and Another (Civil Misc. Writ Petition (Tax) No. 657 of 2013, decided on 06/05/2014) held that in the event the TDS amount is not reflected in Form 26AS, refund must still be provided if the petitioner is able to furnish the Form 16A certificates.

ii) A taxpayer should not be left at the mercy of an Assessing Officer who chooses to delay the payment of genuine refunds. Furthermore, as long as the assessee is able to provide documents proving that tax has been deducted at source, the same has to be accepted by the Assessing Officer, who cannot insist that the amount match the figures in Form 26AS. It is the responsibility of the Assessing Officer to verify the amounts provided by the assessee through the proof of Form 16A.

iii) The assessee in the present case is entitled to receive a refund of the amounts once the 16A forms are accepted by the Income Tax Authority.”

Penalty u/s. 271(1)(c) — Addition made on the basis of ad hoc estimate — No clear finding that there was concealment of income or furnishing of inaccurate particulars of income — Penalty u/s. 271(1)(c) cannot be imposed.

45. Pr.CIT vs. Colo Colour Pvt. Ltd.

2025 (9) TMI 1041 (Bom.)

A. Y. 2011-12: Date of order 16/09/2025

S. 271(1)(c) of ITA 1961

Penalty u/s. 271(1)(c) — Addition made on the basis of ad hoc estimate — No clear finding that there was concealment of income or furnishing of inaccurate particulars of income — Penalty u/s. 271(1)(c) cannot be imposed.

The assessee was engaged in the business of operating a photo studio and trading in photographic material. The assessee filed its return of income declaring total income at ₹4,32,530. Subsequently, the case was re-opened and the assessment was completed u/s. 143(3) r.w.s. 147 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 assessing the total income at ₹12,32,570 after making an addition of ₹7,40,776 on account of bogus purchases on an estimate basis and addition of ₹59,262 was made towards unexplained commission expenditure on bogus purchases. The assessee did not file an appeal against the said order and agreed to the addition to buy peace and to avoid litigation.

Thereafter, penalty proceedings were initiated u/s. 271(1)(c) of the Act on the ground that the assessee had furnished inaccurate particulars of income and/or had indulged in concealment of income. The Assessing Officer thus levied penalty at 100% of the tax sought to be evaded in respect of the addition made towards bogus purchase and commission on such bogus purchase.

The CIT(A), allowed the appeal of the assessee and it was held that the penalty was not warranted when the addition was made on the basis of ad hoc estimate and further since the assessee had provided details and furnished necessary documents, there was no case of concealment of income or furnishing inaccurate particulars of income. The Department’s appeal before the Tribunal was dismissed as the penalty was levied on the basis of an addition which was made on ad hoc estimate basis.

The Bombay High Court dismissed the appeal of the Department and held as follows:

“i) The condition precedent for levy of penalty u/s. 271(1)(c) is only when the Assessing Officer, in the course of proceedings, is satisfied that an assessee has concealed the particulars of his income or has furnished inaccurate particulars of income. Thus, in applying the penalty provisions u/s. 271(1)(c), it was necessary for the assessing officer to reach to a conclusion, that the assessee had consciously concealed the particulars of his income and/or had deliberately furnished inaccurate particulars of income to gain an undue advantage of not offering the real income to tax. A clear subjective satisfaction of these essentials is a sine qua non for the assessing officer to levy a penalty. Penalty proceedings are penal in nature, as the intention of such provisions is to create an effective deterrent, which will restrain the assessee from adopting any practices detrimental to the fair and realistic assessment as the law would mandate.

ii) The approach of the assessee was certainly, not of the nature which can be recognized to involve any concealment of particulars of income and/or furnishing inaccurate particulars of income. The reason being that the penalty could not have been levied when an ad-hoc estimation of the assessee’s income was made by the assessing officer who restricted the profit element in the purchases at 12.5%.

iii) There was no allowance or a basis for the Assessing Officer to reach to a conclusion that this was a case where the provisions of section 271(1)(c) were required to be invoked, to levy a penalty on the ground that the assessee had furnished inaccurate particulars or had concealed its income.

iv) In the assessment proceedings leading to the assessment order passed u/s. 143(3) read with Section 147 of the Act, in so far as the bogus purchases were concerned, the assessee had taken a clear position that the assessee had agreed for the addition to buy peace of mind and to avoid a protracted litigation. Hence, the assessee agreeing with such addition, did not mean that the assessee had accepted, that the assessee had concealed income or furnished inaccurate particulars of income, so as to take a position contrary to the invoices/bills submitted by the assessee supporting its returns. This position not only on the part of the assessee but also on the part of the assessing officer formed the basis of the assessment, leading to the additions as made by the Assessing Officer. Thus, in our clear opinion, there was no warrant for invoking the penalty provision u/s. 271(1)(c) of the Act, as rightly observed in the concurrent findings of the CIT(A) and the Tribunal. It is also a settled position of law that penalty proceedings and assessment proceedings are independent of each other, hence the parameters which are applicable for passing assessment orders are completely distinct from those applicable not only to initiate penalty proceedings but also in passing a penalty order under the provisions of section 271(1)(c) of the Act.

v) In the light of the above discussion, no interference is called for in the orders passed by the Tribunal.”

Miscellaneous Application — Mistake apparent on record — S. 254(2) — Appeal of the assessee was allowed by the Hon’ble Tribunal on the basis of the judgment of the High Courts prevailing at that time — Subsequently, the Hon’ble Supreme Court reversed the view taken by the High Courts — Subsequent decision of the Hon’ble Supreme Court cannot be the basis to invoke section 254(2).

44. Vaibhav Maruti Dombale vs. Asst. Registrar, ITAT

(2025) 178 taxmann.com 447 (Bom)

A. Y. 2019-20: Date of order 12/09/2025

Ss. 36(1)(va), 43B and 254 of ITA 1961

Miscellaneous Application — Mistake apparent on record — S. 254(2) — Appeal of the assessee was allowed by the Hon’ble Tribunal on the basis of the judgment of the High Courts prevailing at that time — Subsequently, the Hon’ble Supreme Court reversed the view taken by the High Courts — Subsequent decision of the Hon’ble Supreme Court cannot be the basis to invoke section 254(2).

The return of income filed by the assessee was processed u/s. 143(1) of the Act wherein an adjustment was made towards the amount received from the employees as contribution to any provident fund, superannuation fund etc. and not paid within the due dates prescribed u/s 36(1)(va) of the Act.

The CIT(A) dismissed the appeal of the assessee on the ground that Explanation 5 inserted u/s. 43B vide Finance Act 2021 was applicable retrospectively and therefore the addition deserved to be sustained. The Tribunal allowed the appeal filed by the assessee. It was held by the Tribunal that the amendment by way of inserting Explanation 5 to section 43B was prospective in nature. Further, the Tribunal held that the controversy was settled by the decision of the Hon’ble Supreme Court in Alom Extrusions 319 ITR 306 and the Hon’ble Bombay High Court in the case of Ghatge Patil Transport Ltd. 368 ITR 749.

Subsequently, the Department filed a Miscellaneous Application by relying on the decision of the Hon’ble Supreme Court in the case of Checkmate Services P. Ltd. and contended that the issue was settled in favour of the Department. It was the case of the Department that the order passed by the Tribunal was rectifiable u/s. 254(2) on the basis the decision of the Hon’ble Supreme Court in the case of Saurashtra Kutch Stock Exchange wherein it was held that non-consideration of subsequent decision of Supreme Court was a rectifiable mistake and the provisions of section 254(2) could be invoked on the basis of subsequent decision of the Supreme Court. The Tribunal allowed the Miscellaneous Application filed by the Department and recalled its order.

Against this order, the assessee filed a writ petition before the High Court. The assessee also filed appeal against the order of the Tribunal where under the appeal filed by the assessee was dismissed.

The Bombay High Court allowed the petition of the assessee and held as follows:

“i) The judgement of the Hon’ble Supreme Court in Saurashtra Kutch Stock Exchange Ltd.( [2008] 173 Taxman 322/305 ITR 227 (SC)) is not an authority for the proposition that the power under Section 254(2) of the IT Act can be invoked on the ground of “mistake apparent from the record” on the basis of a subsequent decision of the Superior Court.

ii) The Hon’ble Supreme Court in the case of Reliance Telecom Ltd. (2021) 133 taxmann.com 41 (SC) holds that the powers u/s. 254(2) of the IT Act are akin to Order 47 Rule 1 of the CPC. The Explanation to Order 47 Rule 1 of the CPC clearly provides that the fact that a decision on a question of law on which the judgement of the Court is based has been reversed or modified by a subsequent decision of a superior court in any other case was not a ground for review of such judgement. Hence, the said Explanation under Order 47 Rule 1 of the CPC expressly bars a review on the ground that there is a mistake apparent on the face of the record on the basis of a subsequent decision of a Court.

iii) A subsequent ruling of a Court cannot be a ground for invoking the provisions of Section 254(2) of the IT Act. Section 254(2) of the IT Act can be invoked with a view to rectify any mistake apparent from the record. Admittedly, on the date when the original order was passed by the ITAT on 5th September 2022, it followed the law as it stood then. This was overruled subsequently by the Hon’ble Supreme Court in Checkmate Services ([2022] 143 taxmann.com 178 (SC)). Hence, we are of the view, that, on the date when the ITAT passed its original order dated 5th September 2022, it could not be said that there was any error or mistake apparent on the record, giving jurisdiction to the ITAT to invoke Section 254(2) of the IT Act.”

Charitable Institution — Exemption u/s. 10(23C)(iv) — Assessee a Institution for promoting trade, commerce and industry — Rejection of application for exemption invoking s. 2(15) for A. Y. 2014-15 — Appeal pending against rejection order — On similar facts and circumstances Tribunal granted exemption u/s. 10(23C)(iv) to assessee for A. Y. 2016-17 and 2017-18 — Matter remanded to the Tribunal for reconsideration — Not challenging order of rejection for A. Y. 2013-14 is assessee’s discretion.

43. Indian Merchants Chamber vs. CIT

(2025) 478 ITR 599 (Bom): 2024 SCC OnLine Bom 4281

A. Y. 2014-15: Date of order 08/03/2024

Ss. 2(15), 10(23C)(iv), 253 and 254 of ITA 1961

Charitable Institution — Exemption u/s. 10(23C)(iv) — Assessee a Institution for promoting trade, commerce and industry — Rejection of application for exemption invoking s. 2(15) for A. Y. 2014-15 — Appeal pending against rejection order — On similar facts and circumstances Tribunal granted exemption u/s. 10(23C)(iv) to assessee for A. Y. 2016-17 and 2017-18 — Matter remanded to the Tribunal for reconsideration — Not challenging order of rejection for A. Y. 2013-14 is assessee’s discretion.

The petitioner is an institution formed and established with the primary object of promoting, advancing and protecting trade, commerce and industry in India. It has been regularly filing return of income since its inception. The Central Government had notified the petitioner as an institution qualifying for this exemption for the A. Ys. 1977-1978 to 2000-2001. Thereafter, up to the A. Y. 2008-2009, the Revenue has granted it exemption u/s. 11 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 as a charitable institution.

According to the assessee, it qualifies for claiming exemption u/s. 10(23C)(iv) of the Act. The Chief Commissioner rejected the assessee’s application for grant of approval u/s. 10(23C)(iv) of the Act for the A. Y. 2014-2015 primarily by invoking the provisions of the proviso to section 2(15) of the Act. According to Chief Commissioner, the assessee is not a charitable institution because it carries on the activities mentioned in the impugned order.

The assessee filed writ petition challenging the order of rejection. The Bombay High Court allowed the writ petition and held as under:

“i) For the A. Y. 2016-2017 and the A. Y. 2017-2018, by an order dated September 27, 2022, the Tribunal has set aside the order of rejection passed by CIT (Exemptions) and has held that the petitioner was entitled to exemptions u/s. 10(23C)(iv) of the Act. The petitioner’s application for the A. Y. 2015-2016 is yet to be disposed of by the CIT (Exemptions).

ii) Since the order of the Income-tax Appellate Tribunal for the A. Ys. 2016-2017 and 2017-2018 has been passed after the impugned order was passed, in our view, CIT (Exemptions) should be given an opportunity to apply the law as laid down by the Income-tax Appellate Tribunal.

iii) Mr. Gulabani submitted that the order of the Income-tax Appellate Tribunal for the A. Ys. 2016-2017 and 2017-2018 has been challenged in this court by way of an appeal which is still pending. Mr. Gulabani submitted that, therefore, the Revenue has not accepted the findings of the Income-tax Appellate Tribunal. The apex court in Union of India vs. Kamlakshi Finance Corporation Ltd. [1992 Supp (1) SCC 443.] held that the mere fact that the order of the appellate authority is not “acceptable” to the Department—in itself an objectionable phrase—and is the subject matter of an appeal can furnish no ground for not following it unless its operation has been suspended by a competent court. The court further observed that if this healthy rule is not followed, the result will only be undue harassment to assessees and chaos in administration of tax laws.

iv) Mr. Gulabani states that a similar order, as impugned in this petition, was passed for the A. Y. 2013-2014 which has not been challenged by the petitioner. In our view, that would make no difference and it is for every assessee to decide whether to accept the order or not to accept. Mr. Mistri submitted that the petitioner is an institution that has been formed and established for promoting, advancing and protecting trade, commerce and industry in India and has been in existence for over 100 years and was established in the year 1907 and the petitioner might have chosen not to contest the order for the A. Y. 2013-2014. But that cannot alter the fact that the law, as laid down by the Income-tax Appellate Tribunal, is the law on the subject.

v) In the circumstances, we hereby quash and set aside the impugned order dated September 23, 2015 and remand the matter to CIT (Exemptions) for de novo consideration. CIT (Exemptions) shall consider and apply the law as laid down by the Income-tax Appellate Tribunal unless CIT (Exemptions) is able to distinguish on the basis of facts. All rights and contentions are kept open.”

Charitable purpose — Exemption u/s. 11 and 12 — Disqualification for exemption where activities in the nature of trade or business carried out — Income from ticket sales by organizing dance events and food stalls — Decision of court in favour of assessee in appeal for earlier assessment years on identical facts and circumstances —Held that organizing cultural events did not constitute business activity to deny exemption and dismissed the appeal filed by the Department.

42. CIT (Exemption) vs. United Way of Baroda

(2025) 478 ITR 530 (Guj): 2024 SCC

OnLine Guj 4431

A. Y. 2015-16: Date of order 22/01/2024

Ss. 2(15), 11, 12 and 13(8) of ITA 1961

Charitable purpose — Exemption u/s. 11 and 12 — Disqualification for exemption where activities in the nature of trade or business carried out — Income from ticket sales by organizing dance events and food stalls — Decision of court in favour of assessee in appeal for earlier assessment years on identical facts and circumstances —Held that organizing cultural events did not constitute business activity to deny exemption and dismissed the appeal filed by the Department.

For the A. Y. 2015-16, the assessee, a trust, which organized dance events during festivals, earning income from ticket sales and food stalls filed a nil return claiming exemption u/s. 11 and 12 of the Income-tax Act, 1961. The Assessing Officer denied exemption treating these activities as business under the proviso to section 2(15) and accordingly made disallowances.

The CIT(Appeals) partly allowed the assessee’s appeal. The Tribunal confirmed the order of the CIT(Appeals).

The Gujarat High Court dismissed the appeal filed by the Department and held as under:

“The assessee’s own case for the A. Y. 2014-15, on identical facts and circumstances concurrently found by the appellate authorities, had already been dismissed by the court in the appeal of the Department u/s. 260A holding, inter alia, that organizing dance events could not be termed as a business there were no distinguishing facts to take a different view for the subsequent A. Y. 2015-16.”

Capital Gains — Immovable Property — S. 50C — Sale of immovable property at or above Stamp Duty Value (SDV) — Subsequent increase in SDV — SDV at the time of agreement to sell has to be considered — Subsequent increase in SDV at the time of execution of Sale Deed not to be considered — Proviso to section 50C applicable retrospectively.

41. Pr.CIT vs. Thompson Press (India) Ltd.

(2025) 176 taxmann.com 237 (Del)

A. Y. 2014-15: Date of order 02/07/2025

S. 50C of ITA 1961

Capital Gains — Immovable Property — S. 50C — Sale of immovable property at or above Stamp Duty Value (SDV) — Subsequent increase in SDV — SDV at the time of agreement to sell has to be considered — Subsequent increase in SDV at the time of execution of Sale Deed not to be considered — Proviso to section 50C applicable retrospectively.

One LMIL, sold land to one MIPL which belonged to the Maccons Group. The agreement to sell was entered amongst the parties on 30/05/2013 and on the same day stamp duty of ₹72 lakhs was paid by the purchaser, that is, MIPL. The said land admeasuring about 20,000 square meters was sold by LMIL at the rate of ₹18,000 per square meter viz. for total consideration of ₹36 crores. Thereafter, LMIL merged into the assessee company.

Subsequently, a search was conducted at the residential and business premises of the Maccons Group on 27/11/2014. During search, sale deed dated 11/10/2013 executed by LMIL was found. The Stamp Duty Value of the property on the date of execution of sale deed was traced to ₹28,000 per square feet and therefore, it was the view of the Department that the consideration should have been ₹56 crores as against ₹36 crores offered by the assessee. This information was received by the Assessing Officer and notice was issued to re-open the assessment. The proceedings were completed vide order dated 05/12/2018 wherein addition u/s. 50C of the Act was made on account of the difference in the sale consideration taken into account by the assessee and the SDV on the date of execution of the agreement.

On appeal, both, the CIT(A) as well as the Tribunal decided the issue in favour of the assessee, and held that the addition made by the Assessing Officer was not warranted since the assessee had entered into transaction prior to the increase in the circle rates and that the assessee had paid the stamp duty on the date of entering into agreement to sell.

The Delhi High Court dismissed the appeal of the Department and held as under:

“i) It is at once clear that no substantial questions of law arise in the facts of the present case. The issue sought to be raised on behalf of the revenue is whether the proviso to section 50C is applicable retrospectively. However, in view of the express finding that the transaction was at the value which is commensurate with the circle rate at the material time, the fact that the circle rate had been increased subsequently would have little effect for the purposes of section 50C.

ii) The issue involved in the present case is also covered by an earlier decision of this Court in Pr. CIT vs. Modipon Ltd. [IT Appeal No.543 of 2015, dated 30/01/2017]. In the said case, the parties had entered into an agreement to sell, which was duly registered prior to 16/09/2004. The said agreement stipulated a schedule for payment of consideration of the subject immovable property. The parties had adhered to the said schedule and had thereafter entered into a sale deed on 16/09/2004. However, on 16/09/2004, the circle rate was revised upwards. In the aforesaid context, the revenue had contended that the circle rate, as on the date of the sale deed, was required to be considered for the purposes of section 50C. This Court had rejected the said contention holding that where there is adequate external evidence supporting the assessee’s case that the transaction has been recorded and been reflected objectively in the form of a registered instrument (agreement to sell dated 27/05/2004), and all subsequent payments made have adhered to the time schedule agreed upon in respect of the amounts, the application of section 50C would be unwarranted.

iii) The Tribunal’s conclusion that the transaction was covered by two deeds, both of which characterised as sale deeds though not strictly correct in one sense, describes the nature of the agreements between the parties. Quite possibly there can be a situation like the present one where transaction recorded in the agreement to sell are acted upon over a period of time and in the interregnum the circle rates are increased. Application of section 50C in such cases would result in extreme hardship.

iv) Parliament has recognized this mischief and has added proviso to section 50C(i) with effect from 01/04/2017. Having regard to the forgoing reasons, no question of law arises; the appeal is accordingly dismissed.

Section 254(2) – Rectification – Miscellaneous Applications before ITAT – ITAT the last fact finding authority under the Act – Non consideration of the judgments, which, at least prima facie were relevant, would certainly amount to a mistake apparent from the record.

Gulermak TPL Joint Venture vs. Income Tax Appellate Tribunal & Ors. WITH Gulermak TPL Joint Venture vs. Income Tax Appellate Tribunal & Ors.

[WRIT PETITION (L) NO.27895 OF 2025 dated 30th September 2025 (Bombay) (HC)] Assessment year 2017-18 and 2018-19

Section 254(2) – Rectification – Miscellaneous Applications before ITAT – ITAT the last fact finding authority under the Act – Non consideration of the judgments, which, at least prima facie were relevant, would certainly amount to a mistake apparent from the record.

The Petitioner is an un-incorporated joint venture between Gulermak Agir Sanayi Insaat Ve Taahhut Sirketi, a company incorporated under the laws of Turkey, and registered in India under Section 380 of the Companies Act, 2013, and Tata Projects Limited, a company incorporated under the Companies Act, 1956. The joint venture was formed by the parties to obtain and execute a contract with Lucknow Metro Rail Corporation Limited (“LMRCL“), a nodal agency established for the purpose of administering and regulating the Lucknow Metro Rail to be constructed in the city of Lucknow.

On 27th May 2016, the Petitioner had entered into a contract with LMRCL under which the Petitioner was to design and construct an underground tunnel and 3 underground metro stations for fixed consideration. The agreement entered into by the Petitioner, inter alia, imposed various obligations upon it regarding designing, procurement of labour and material, testing of the work, obtaining necessary permissions, employing its materials, plant and labour to complete execution of the construction of the tunnel/metro stations, taking financial risk and guaranteeing the quality of its work, providing/obtaining insurance, warranties etc.

For the Assessment Year 2017-18, the Petitioner had filed its return of income claiming a deduction under Section 80-IA of the Act for developing an infrastructure facility on the profits earned from the aforesaid contract with LMRCL. The Assessing Officer denied the deduction under Section 80-IA of the Act on various grounds, two of which are relevant, viz. that (a) the Petitioner was only a contractor and not a developer of the infrastructure facility; and (b) the condition set out in Section 80-IA(4) (i)(b) of the Act was not satisfied as the agreement was not entered into with Central Government, State Government, Statutory Authority or a Local Authority.

The Petitioner had challenged the denial of deduction under Section 80-IA by filing an Appeal before the Commissioner (Appeals). The first Appellate Authority, confirmed the disallowance made by the Assessing Officer under Section 80-IA of the Act. The Petitioner therefore approached the Tribunal challenging the order of the Commissioner (Appeals) approving the disallowance under Section 80-IA of the Act.

During the course of the hearing of the Appeal before the Tribunal, the Petitioner pointed out the various clauses in the agreement entered into with LMRCL, analysed the facts of the case, and urged, inter alia, that various binding decisions of the High Courts and Co-ordinate benches of the Tribunal had settled the tests to be considered when deciding the issue of whether a person was a developer entitled to deduction under Section 80-IA, or a mere contractor. The Petitioner had filed a detailed and comprehensive note setting out the various clauses of the agreements and facts, as well as the binding decisions on the issue, which, accordingly to the Petitioner, would irrefutably lead to the conclusion that the Petitioner was a developer entitled to the deduction under Section 80-IA of the Act. The Petitioner also pointed out (and cited authority on the subject) that the statute had been amended w.e.f. 1st April 2002 and it had been made clear that an assessee was entitled to a deduction under Section 80-IA, even if its business was merely developing an infrastructure facility, as opposed to developing operating and maintaining the said facility.

The Petitioner contented that the Tribunal was satisfied with these contentions and required the Petitioner’s counsel to move on to other grounds in the cross appeals before it. The said note also set out the various decisions including the decision of the Gujarat High Court in CIT vs. Ranjit Projects Pvt Ltd [(2018) 94 taxmann.com 320 (Guj)], SLP dismissed in CIT vs. Ranjit Projects Pvt Ltd [(2019) 105 taxmann.com 126 (SC)], which had held that a contract executed with a Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) / Nodal Agency, whose entire share capital was held by a State Government [like LMRCL] would be entitled to a deduction under the said section, and was not in contravention of the condition specified in Section 80-IA(4)(i)(b) of the Act. As required by the Tribunal, during the hearing of the appeal the Petitioner also set out in the form of another note a detailed reply to the arguments of the Revenue’s counsel which once again set out the nature of contracts, which were the subject matter of the binding precedent, and the fact that they had also been entered into with SPV’s / Nodal Agencies and replied to all other arguments of the Revenue.

The Tribunal in a cursory manner, by order dated 29th January 2025 dismissed the Appeal of the Petitioner and confirmed the disallowance of deduction under Section 80-IA of the Act, purportedly on the grounds that (a) the Petitioner was not developing the infrastructure facility and was only a contractor; and (b) the agreement with LMRCL does not satisfy the requirement of having an agreement with the Central Government, State Government, Statutory Authority or a local Authority under Section 80-IA(4)(i)(b) of the Act. While setting out the aforesaid conclusions, the Tribunal did not refer to the 2 detailed notes filed by the Petitioner during the course of the hearing which captured various contentions, did not refer to the material on record, or even the terms of the contract, and simply did not deal with the binding judgments of the co-ordinate benches of the Tribunal and the High Courts. Merely bare conclusions were recorded, based on, inter alia, erroneous factual assumptions and presumptions. On the other issues raised in the Appeal the Tribunal has not recorded any finding against the contentions urged by the Petitioner.

Since the order dated 29th January 2025 [passed under Section 254(1) of the Act] did not deal with the various contentions of the Petitioner, did not refer to or consider the evidence on record including the binding judgments on the subject, and suffered from various other mistakes apparent from the record, the Petitioner filed a Miscellaneous Application under Section 254(2) of the Act for rectification of the order dated 29th January 2025. The said Miscellaneous Application exhaustively set out the mistakes apparent from record. However, the Tribunal, vide order dated 30th July 2025, dismissed the Miscellaneous Application on, inter alia, the ground that it was not necessary to deal with each and every clause of the contract entered into with LMRCL or the judicial decisions relied upon by the Petitioner, which were all ignored stating that the same were “fact specific” without in any manner setting out how this conclusion was arrived at. The Tribunal further held that merely because it has not specifically discussed various clauses of the agreement or the judicial precedents cited in the body of the order, there was no mistake apparent from the record. In this regard, the Tribunal relied on the judgement of this Court in CIT vs. Ramesh Electric and Trading Co. [(1994) 203 ITR 497 (Bom.)] and the judgment of the Supreme Court in case of CIT vs. Reliance Telecom Limited [(2022) 440 ITR 1 (SC)].

The Hon’ble Court re-iterated that the Tribunal is the last fact-finding authority under the Act. Therefore, it is necessary that the Tribunal while deciding an Appeal, considers the entire material on record and thereafter decides the factual and legal issues that arise in an Appeal. It is the duty of the Tribunal to examine the evidence which is brought on record by the parties and render findings of facts and law, as an Appeal before the High Court is entertained only on a substantial question of law. The Court referred to the Supreme Court decision in the case of Omar Salay Mohammed Sait vs. CIT [(1959) 37 ITR 151 (SC)] ; Esthuri Aswathiah vs. CIT [(1967) 66 ITR 478 (SC)] ; Killick Nixon & Co. vs. [CIT (1967) 66 ITR 714 (SC)]

Applying the principles laid down by the Hon’ble Supreme Court in the aforesaid judgments, the Court held that the order dated 29th January 2025 passed by the Tribunal falls short of the requirements set out by the Supreme Court in the abovementioned judgments. The Tribunal had not considered the evidence on record and had merely recorded bare conclusions without setting out any reasons in support thereof. The Tribunal, while coming to the conclusion that the Petitioner was a mere contractor and not a developer, had failed to consider various clauses of the agreement with LMRCL. It was incumbent upon the Tribunal to consider various clauses in the agreement with LMRCL .

The Hon’ble High Court observed that the aforesaid clauses in the agreement with LMRCL were material to determine whether the Petitioner was acting as a mere contractor or, it was a developer of the infrastructure facility undertaking operational, financial and entrepreneurial risk in execution of the aforesaid contract. The conclusion of the Tribunal that the Petitioner was a mere contractor without considering the various clauses of the agreement and other material placed on record clearly rendered the order of the Tribunal as one which suffered from a mistake apparent from the record.

The Court further observed that the Petitioner during the course of the hearing had filed a note which referred to the aforesaid clauses in the agreement and had also relied upon the judgments of the co-ordinate benches of the Tribunal and the High Courts to support its contention that it was a developer of the infrastructure facility. However, (apart from a single decision noted by the Tribunal in an erroneous context), none of the judgments relied upon by the Petitioner were referred to, much less considered, by the Tribunal in the order dated 29th January 2025. In fact, when the Petitioner in the Miscellaneous Application [filed under section 254(2) of the Act] pointed out that the Tribunal has failed to consider the various clauses in the agreement and the judicial pronouncements on the subject, the Tribunal dismissed the Application of the Petitioner holding that it was not necessary to refer to each and every clause of the agreement and that judgments filed by the Petitioner were fact specific without pointing out as to what are the distinguishing facts. Therefore, the order of the Tribunal dated 29th January 2025 passed under section 254(1) of the Act clearly suffered from a mistake apparent from the record.

The Court observed that the Tribunal in the order dated 29th January 2025 had not considered the ratio laid down by the aforesaid judgments relied upon by the Petitioner during the course of the hearing. The Court noted that the Tribunal has instead incorrectly referred to the judgment of Gujarat High Court in case of Ranjit Projects (supra) to decide the issue of “contractor or developer”. The aforesaid judgment was not cited by the Petitioner for that purpose as was evident from the note submitted before the Tribunal. The Tribunal therefore, had failed to properly consider the judgment of the Gujarat High Court in case of Ranjit projects (supra). Non consideration of the judgments, and which, at least prima facie were relevant, would certainly amount to a mistake apparent from the record.

The failure of the Tribunal to consider the contentions urged before it, the material on record, and failure to consider the judgments cited before it, amounted to a mistake apparent from record, is supported by the judgment of the Court in the case of Amore Jewels Pvt. Ltd. vs. DCIT (WP No. 1833 of 2018 decided on 3rd August 2018) wherein a similar issue arose for consideration.

Similarly, in the case of Sony Pictures Networks India (P.) Ltd. vs. ITAT [(2023) 156 taxmann.com 443 (Bom.)], the Court had held that the failure of the Tribunal to decide a fundamental submission of an assessee in an appeal is a mistake apparent from record.

Further, the Hon’ble Supreme Court, in the case of CCE vs. Bharat Bijlee Limited [(2006) 198 ELT 489 (SC)], had also held that the failure of the Tribunal to consider material evidence on record is a mistake apparent rectifiable under section 35C(2) of the Central Excise Act, 1944, which provisions are in pari materia with the provisions of section 254(2) of the Income-tax Act, 1961.

The Court further held that the reliance placed by the counsel for the Revenue on the judgments in the case of Ramesh Electric (supra) and Reliance Telecom (supra) was wholly misconceived.

The Impugned Order dated 30th July 2025 and also the order dated 29th January 2025 passed under section 254(1) of the Act suffered from mistakes apparent from the record and the Tribunal was directed to decide the appeals of the Petitioner afresh in accordance with law.

Section 119(2)(b) – Application for condonation of delay in filing Form No. 10B – the delay was neither deliberate nor mala fide but was on account of inadvertence of the accountant of the auditor – technical lapse.

16. Vesava Koli Samaj Shikshan Sanstha, Mumbai vs. Commissioner of Income (Exemption), Mumbai & Ors [WRIT PETITION NO. 2906 OF 2025 dated 17th September 2025 (BOM) (HC)] (Assessment Year 2019-20.)

Section 119(2)(b) – Application for condonation of delay in filing Form No. 10B – the delay was neither deliberate nor mala fide but was on account of inadvertence of the accountant of the auditor – technical lapse.

The Petitioner is a registered Public charitable trust running an educational institution, consisting of Pre-primary, Primary and secondary classes upto 10th Standard. For A.Y. 2019-20, the Petitioner filed its return of income on 30th September, 2020 declaring NIL income. The audit report in Form No. 10B had been obtained on 30th September, 2019, but the same was uploaded on the portal only on 30th March, 2021. The delay occurred as the auditor’s accountant, while filing the return of income, inadvertently failed to upload the audit report, though reference thereto was made in the return itself.

The CPC, Bengaluru thereafter, on 23rd November 2021, passed an intimation under section 143(1) of the Act determining the total income of the Petitioner as ₹2,52,88,547 and raised a demand of ₹1,30,48,480. The Petitioner then moved an application before Respondent No. 1 on 30th December, 2022 seeking condonation of delay of 181 days in filing Form No. 10B, supported by explanations, affidavit of the Trustee, and other documents.

Respondent No. 1, by the impugned order dated 26th March, 2025, rejected the condonation application on the ground that no “reasonable cause” was shown for the delay, holding that the audit report was not furnished within the extended due date of 30th September, 2020.

The Hon’ble High Court held that the delay was neither deliberate nor mala fide but was on account of inadvertence of the accountant of the auditor. The Petitioner, a charitable educational trust, had otherwise complied with the statutory requirements, obtained the audit report in time, and filed it immediately upon noticing the lapse. The explanation offered has not been found to be false, and the Petitioner has annexed documentary proof including the affidavit of the Trustee confirming the circumstances.

Further, the Hon’ble High Court held that, refusal to condone the delay results in grave financial hardship to the Petitioner, which runs only an educational institution, especially when the demand has arisen solely on account of a technical lapse. Considering the beneficial object of section 119(2)(b) and the CBDT circulars empowering condonation in genuine cases, the Court was satisfied that the Petitioner is entitled to relief. Therefore, the Hon’ble High Court quashed and set aside the impugned order dated 26th March, 2025 passed by Respondent No. 1 under section 119(2)(b) of the Act. Also, the Court condoned the delay of 181 days in filing Form No. 10B for A.Y. 2019-20.

ICAI and Its Members

I. ICAI PUBLICATIONS

1.  ISSUANCE OF CERTIFICATES BY CHARTERED ACCOUNTANTS

This publication addresses the critical role of certificates issued by Chartered Accountants in today’s complex regulatory and business landscape. Recognizing that CA certificates have evolved beyond mere compliance attestations to become vital instruments of trust that influence decisions of regulators, financial institutions, investors, and other key stakeholders, this comprehensive guide provides essential guidance to the profession.

The publication offers systematic and practical direction on the audit procedures required for certificate issuance while prescribing the fundamental elements that must be incorporated in every certificate. It thoroughly examines various types of certificates, their requisite contents, applicable standards, and ethical considerations, thereby enabling practitioners to fulfill their responsibilities with clarity, confidence, and due diligence. It provides various illustrative certificates like Net worth certificate for Visa, share capital and shareholding pattern, certificate on ITR Acknowledgment, Computation of Annual Turnover etc.

2. TECHNICAL GUIDE ON DISCLOSURE AND REPORTING OF KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS (KPIs) IN OFFER DOCUMENTS (REVISED 2025)

This Revised Technical Guide, issued by the Auditing and Assurance Standards Board, serves as a comprehensive reference for disclosing and reporting Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) in offer documents during securities issuances.

KEY COMPONENTS

For Issuer Companies

The guide provides detailed instructions on:

  • How to disclose KPIs in offer documents
  • Compliance with ICDR (Issue of Capital and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations
  • Adherence to ISF (Industry-Specific Framework) KPI Standards
  • Proper presentation and formatting of KPI information

For Practitioners (Auditors / Assurance Professionals)

The guide offers comprehensive guidance on:

  • Reporting requirements for KPI assurance engagements
  • Professional responsibilities when examining KPIs
  • Illustrative report formats for standardised KPI reporting
  • Technical aspects of verification and validation procedures

ROLE CLARIFICATION

The guide clearly delineates responsibilities among three key parties:

  • Bankers – Their role in the offer document process
  • Issuer Companies – Primary responsibility for KPI disclosure accuracy
  • Practitioners – Independent verification and reporting obligations

Link: https://resource.cdn.icai.org/88743aasb-aps2729.pdf

3.  BASICS OF INTERNATIONAL TAXATION – A GUIDE

The guide systematically covers critical areas including double taxation avoidance, tax treaties, taxation of non-residents, transfer pricing mechanisms, base erosion and profit shifting (BEPS), and contemporary challenges in e-commerce taxation. Structured across eight detailed sections, the book progresses from foundational economic principles of international trade and tax treaty frameworks to more complex technical aspects of cross-border taxation.

This edition has been thoroughly updated to reflect amendments introduced by the Finance Act, 2025, ensuring alignment with the latest provisions of the Income-tax Act, 1961. The guide serves as an essential resource for practitioners seeking to understand and navigate the evolving landscape of international tax law and practice.

Link: https://resource.cdn.icai.org/88232cit-aps2322-basic-int-guide.pdf

II. EXPERT ADVISORY COMMITTEE OPINION

Accounting for GST Component Paid on Lease Payment under Ind AS 116, “Leases”

Background:

A public sector power generation company had leased its Delhi corporate office premises from one of its joint venture partners. The lease was for three years (Nov 2023–Oct 2026) with monthly rent of plus 18% GST, and annual escalation of 5%. Since the company’s output (electricity) is exempt under GST, it could not claim input tax credit on GST paid on lease rentals.

During C&AG’s supplementary audit, the auditors observed that the company had incorrectly included GST in the computation of the right-of-use (RoU) asset and lease liability under Ind AS 116. C&AG referred to the ICAI’s Educational Material (January 2020), which clarifies that GST should not form part of lease payments.

COMPANY’S VIEW:

The company argued that since it could not claim input credit, the GST paid was a real, non-recoverable cost. Excluding it would distort the presentation of lease expenses, as expensing it separately in the Profit & Loss account might misleadingly appear as an additional lease. It contended that the Educational Material is only recommendatory.

EAC’S ANALYSIS:

The Expert Advisory Committee (EAC) examined the issue solely from an accounting perspective and referred to the following principles under Ind AS 116:

  • Paragraph 23–26: The RoU asset equals the initial measurement of lease liability, based on the present value of lease payments made to the lessor.
  • Definition of “Lease Payments”: Payments relate to the right to use the asset—fixed payments, variable payments linked to an index or rate, etc.

The EAC also examined the nature of GST under Indian law:

  • GST is a consumption-based levy imposed by the Government on the recipient of services.
  • The lessor merely acts as a collection agent for the Government.
  • Hence, GST is not a payment made to the lessor for the right to use the asset, but a statutory levy payable to the Government.

As per Appendix C to Ind AS 37 (“Levies”), GST constitutes an outflow imposed by law and not a lease payment. Therefore, it does not meet the definition of a component of the lease liability or RoU asset.

EAC’s Opinion:

GST payments made by the lessee cannot be included in the measurement of the right-of-use asset or lease liability under Ind AS 116.

Even if the lessee cannot claim input tax credit (as in this case of exempt electricity supply), the GST is still a government levy, not a lease payment. Consequently, the GST component should be charged to Profit & Loss when incurred.

The Chartered Accountant, October 2025, p. 117–120 (Opinion of the Expert Advisory Committee, ICAI

Link: https://resource.cdn.icai.org/88520cajournal-oct2025-31.pdf

III.  ICAI DISCIPLINARY COMMITTEE ORDERS

1. Case: ROC, Mumbai vs. CA. A.J.

File No. PR/G/87C/22-DD/441/2022/DC/1801/2023

Date of Order: 23.09.2025

Particulars Details
Complainant Registrar of Companies, Ministry of Corporate Affairs, Mumbai
Nature of Case Professional Misconduct – signing audit report without directors’ approval/signature on financial statements
Background The complaint arose from a larger MCA investigation where dummy directors and forged incorporation documents were used by several companies. The respondent, as statutory auditor of M/s C for FY 2018–19, was alleged to have signed the audit report on financial statements that were not signed or approved by any directors, violating Section 134 of the Companies Act, 2013.
Key Allegations The respondent signed the financial statements of the company without approval/signature of the board or directors.

– The uploaded financials on MCA portal contained only the auditor’s signature.


The respondent later produced another set of financials with
director signatures, which were found to be fabricated to cover up the defect.

Respondent’s Defence Claimed that financials were handed to company officials for obtaining directors’ signatures and his firm was not responsible for MCA filing.

– Alleged that his signature on the uploaded version was forged, but admitted he filed no police complaint.

– Submitted that any omission was clerical and unintentional; assured the committee it would not recur.

Findings – The committee found contradictory statements by the respondent and inconsistencies in documents produced.

– Comparison of financial statements revealed differences in the audit stamp size and layout, confirming post-facto fabrication.

– Held that he failed to ensure compliance with Section 134 of the Companies Act, 2013, by signing unauthorised financial statements.

– Found guilty under Item (7) of Part I of Second Schedule – failure to exercise due diligence and gross negligence.

Punishment Reprimand and fine of ₹25,000 to be paid within 60 days (Section 21B(3) of the CA Act, 1949).

 

2. Case: ROC, Mumbai vs. CA. D.S.

File No.: PR/G/88A/2022-DD/446/2022/DC/1701/2022

Date of Order: 21.09.2025

Particulars Details
Complainant Registrar of Companies, Mumbai
Nature of Case Alleged lack of due diligence in certifying Form INC-32 (SPICe Form) – incorporation of M/s A
Background The ROC alleged that during physical verification in January 2022, the company was not found operating at its registered office address, though the respondent had certified the incorporation Form INC-32 on 22.03.2017 declaring that he had personally verified the premises. The complaint alleged false declaration and lack of due diligence.
Key Allegations The respondent falsely certified physical verification of the registered office.

– Claimed the premises belonged to the director’s mother but failed to prove ownership.

– ROC inspection (after 5 years) found the office non-existent, alleging a false declaration in Form INC-32.

Respondent’s Defence Claimed he had personally visited and verified the premises, supported by photographs, affidavit from the owner (director’s mother), and witness confirmations.

– The property was residential but genuine and suitable for registered office use.

– Stated the company continued to exist at the same address as per MCA records.

– Alleged misunderstanding in his earlier statement recorded by ROC.

Findings – The company was incorporated in 2017 and the ROC inspection occurred five years later in 2022.

– Evidence including society confirmation, owner’s affidavit, photographs, and witness letters corroborated the existence of
the premises at the time of certification.

– The company’s MCA records still showed the same address and active status.

– The Committee held that the respondent had exercised reasonable due diligence as expected while certifying Form INC-32.

Decision None – respondent exonerated. Not Guilty of Professional Misconduct under Item (7), Part I, Second Schedule of the CA Act, 1949.

 

3. Case: ROC, Kanpur vs. CA. M.G.

File No.: PR/G/113/2024/DD/187/2024/DC/1913/2024

Date of Order: 21.09.2025

Particulars Details
Complainant

Registrar of Companies, Kanpur (MCA)

Nature of Case Alleged lack of due diligence while certifying e-Form DIR-12 for appointment of a Chinese national as Director without mandatory security clearance
Background The case arose out of a larger government investigation into incorporation and operation of companies linked to Chinese nationals. The respondent had certified Form DIR-12 for appointment of a Chinese national, as Director of M/s F on 6 September 2023. As per Rule 10(1) of the Companies (Appointment and Qualification of Directors) Amendment Rules, 2022, nationals of countries sharing land borders with India require security clearance from the Ministry of Home Affairs (MHA). The ROC alleged the respondent failed to ensure such clearance was obtained before certifying the  form.
Key Allegations Certified Form DIR-12 without ensuring MHA security clearance for a Chinese national.

– Relied on company’s written statement that no clearance was required as the director already had DIN and was residing in India with PAN and Aadhaar.

– Failed to exercise due diligence under Item (7), Part I, Second Schedule of the CA Act, 1949.

Respondent’s Defence – The director’s DIN was issued on 7 December 2021, before the 2022 amendment mandating security clearance; hence Rule 10(1) was inapplicable.

– Sought clarification from the company via letter dated 1 September 2023; company replied on 5 September 2023 confirming exemption based on  prior directorship and valid Indian documents.

– Certified DIR-12 relying on company’s response; no false data was entered by him.

– Argued that the obligation to obtain clearance rested with the appointee director and company, not the certifying CA.

Findings – The Committee confirmed that Mr. D already possessed a DIN allotted in 2021, before Rule 10(1) came into force.

– Rule 10(1) applies only to DIN applications (DIR-3), not subsequent appointments (DIR-12).

– The respondent verified supporting documents — passport, PAN, Aadhaar, visa — and raised a written query on security clearance.

– No amendment existed in Form DIR-2 to require attaching MHA clearance at that time.

– Hence, the respondent had exercised reasonable diligence and no false certification was made.

Decision

Not Guilty of Professional Misconduct under Item (7), Part I, Second Schedule, Chartered Accountants Act, 1949.

From The President

My Dear BCAS Family,

Diwali – the festival of lights, is just behind us. I would like to take this opportunity to wish all a Very Happy Diwali. Traditionally, Diwali falls just before the onset of winter and marks the beginning of the new year for many of us. It also symbolises the spirit of spring cleaning, by discarding old or unused items and acquiring new items with the ultimate hope of ushering prosperity. This year, the celebration started early with the ushering in of path breaking changes and reforms in GST popularly known GST 2.0 effective from 22nd September, 2025. The most significant change is in the duty structure with fewer tax slabs resulting in reduction in rates to as low as 5% from the existing 12% or 18% for items like personal care and hygiene products, packaged food and everyday staples and health and medical items reducing prices of day to day items bringing cheer to a vast majority of consumers. Further, the reduction in the rates of consumer appliances and electronic items and vehicles from 28% to 18% will also bring a lot of cheer since these items are generally bought during Diwali as part of the spring cleaning exercise. Accordingly, I feel it is apt to reflect on the concept of celebration and its role for professionals and institutions like us.

The word celebration evokes joy, festivities, milestones and collective victories. It is not merely a festive occasion, but a deeper expression of purpose and professional pride.

LINKAGE BETWEEN PROFESSIONALS AND CELEBRATION

Celebration is intrinsically linked with our professional journey as Chartered Accountants, both individually and collectively.

Individual Celebration

It manifests itself in different forms and stages in one’s professional journey as under:

Initial Stages– The day we qualify invokes the initial celebration amongst family and friends since the CA exam is one of the toughest professional exams not only in India but also universally, with the passing percentage generally below 20% with wide fluctuations. After the initial euphoria dies down, the professional journey begins in various ways which call for celebration in some form or the other. The first job, the first pay check, the first professional assignment, the first signing of a financial statement, the first litigation victory for clients are all events which trigger feelings of joy and celebration.

Onward Professional Journey – During the course of our professional journey, whilst we strive for excellence by focussing on performance, targets, regulations and other responsibilities, we also need to appreciate certain softer aspects. In this context, celebration enables us to set the right tone by allowing us to pause and reflect on individual efforts, sacrifices made and progress achieved.

Celebration during the course of our professional journey is not always about grand occasions. It is also about recognizing the small, consistent steps that make big impacts which also warrant a celebration, examples of which include:

  • A successful audit closed with due professional care and integrity;
  • A successful mentoring session;
  • A new Accounting Standard applied with due professional care;
  • A new legislation complied with not only in letter but also in spirit;
  • A value-added advisory opinion provided to a client;
  • A pro bono effort that helped a not-for-profit organisation.

Collective Celebration

The Chartered Accountancy profession in India has evolved significantly over the past seven decades by widening its ambit from traditional accounting and audit to being partners in strategic decision-making, from handling compliance to enabling governance, from financial reporting to sustainability and integrated assurance. It is imperative that we celebrate this evolution not with complacency, but with gratitude and pride. We must acknowledge the tireless hours of study, the rigor of training, and the ethical framework that binds us. Accordingly, we need to collectively celebrate the resilience of our members who adapt to changing laws, embrace technology and uphold the dignity of our profession even in challenging circumstances.

CELEBRATING BCAS AS AN INSTITUTION

The formation and evolution of BCAS seven decades ago reflects celebration through the community spirit represented through its members; diverse in experience – young and old, practitioners and industry professionals, researchers and teachers; but united by a shared identity. Our events, whether technical or social, are an opportunity to celebrate relationships. The friendships forged at study circles, the mentorship conducted and the collaborations forged at RRCs all have celebration of knowledge and relationships as the underlying theme. These celebrations and connections assume added importance in a world which is increasingly digitized and isolated through virtual events. At BCAS, whilst our forte is knowledge dissemination via different formats we do not lose sight of networking and leisure opportunities during the course of our long duration flagship events like RRCs by organizing entertainment programmes and social outings which promote camaraderie and celebration. Also, recent initiatives like felicitation of fresh CAs, organising the CAthon, arranging movie screenings and other similar events foster a spirit of celebration.

Whilst it is important that we celebrate our past, celebration is not just about looking back but a moment to reflect, renew and reimagine what lies and needs to be done ahead. It is our constant endeavour to introspect and recommit ourselves to the ideals we hold dear — independence, objectivity, and service to society. It is also a moment to reflect on the following as we prepare to celebrate our existence and relevance towards our centenary:

  •  How can we elevate our impact?
  • How can we empower the next generation of professionals?
  • How can we make ourselves more inclusive, our practices more sustainable and our voices more relevant?

LIFE IS A CELEBRATION

I would like to conclude with a quote by the author Amit Kalantri in his book “Wealth of Words”, whereby he reminds us that our life on this planet is a reminder to celebrate as well as keep on updating and upgrading ourselves, which is equally true of institutions like the BCAS, where change is the only constant!

“A birth date is a reminder to celebrate the life as well as to update the life”

A big thank you to one and all!

Warm Regards,

 

CA Zubin F. Billimoria

President

The Regulatory Conundrum: Balancing Control and Freedom in a Globalized Economy

When a Tamil Nadu-based logistics firm, Wintrack Inc., abruptly halted operations in October 2025 alleging harassment by Customs officials, it exposed more than an isolated grievance — it rekindled India’s perennial “regulatory conundrum.” Customs authorities predictably cited statutory violations, but the clash underscored a deeper dilemma between regulation and deregulation, between control and freedom.

The issue is not whether to regulate but how much and how intelligently. Beyond taxation, this dilemma cuts across all spheres of governance — trade, finance, technology, and environment. The challenge lies in designing rules that safeguard public interest without suffocating enterprise. The search for this dynamic equilibrium should define modern policymaking.

Historical Evolution of Regulatory Policy

The tension between state control and market freedom is as old as civilization. From Hammurabi’s Code to Kautilya’s Arthashastra, regulation has long been the tool to preserve fairness and stability. The Great Depression birthed the modern regulatory state, grounded in Keynesian principles of intervention to curb market excesses.

Neoliberal reforms in the 1970s and 80s swung the pendulum toward deregulation and privatization. Globalization expanded prosperity but also widened inequality. The 2008 financial crisis and the COVID-19 pandemic re-exposed the perils of under-regulated systems.

Today, as digital technologies dismantle borders and redefine value creation, the pendulum is swinging again — toward smarter control. Regulation must become a compass guiding progress, not a destination that immobilizes it.

Global Trade: Strategic Nationalism Replaces Consensus

Once steered by multilateral harmony under the WTO, global commerce increasingly mirrors geopolitical rivalries. The United States’ tariff wars with China and India, Europe’s sanctions on Russia, and restrictions on trade in semiconductors reveal how trade now doubles as diplomacy. Europe’s Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism (CBAM), while driven by environmental goals, is viewed by developing nations as green protectionism.

India, too, walks a tightrope. Post-1991 reforms tripled its trade-to-GDP ratio, but the new phase is one of calibrated openness. Tariff hikes and withdrawal from the Regional Comprehensive Economic Partnership (RCEP) coexist with free trade agreements with the UAE, UK, and EU. India’s assertion of digital sovereignty — opposing the WTO e-commerce moratorium while globalizing its UPI platform — signals a doctrine of strategic self-reliance within open markets.

The Digital Frontier

If trade nationalism is the old battlefield, the digital economy is the new frontier. In August 2025, Microsoft suspended cloud services (e.g. Outlook, Teams access) to Nayara Energy (which has Russian ownership ties) after the EU placed it under sanctions, prompting Nayara to file suit in the Delhi High Court. Microsoft subsequently restored services ahead of the hearing, and the court disposed the petition in Nayara’s favour. However, the incident brings to light the importance of independence on the aspect of digital data and IT services. The recent thrust towards moving from Whatsapp to Arattai may also be viewed in this perspective.

India’s Domestic Reforms: From Red Tape to Red Carpet

India’s march toward a USD 5-trillion economy by 2030 hinges on regulatory reform. The obstacle is not absence of law but its overabundance. With 1,536 Acts and over 69,000 compliances, India suffers from chronic “regulatory cholesterol.” Its’ not only the number of laws, but also the manner in which the law is implemented. Most laws lend discretion to the officials, thus implementation is based on individual whims and fancies of the officials who lack accountability.

Manufacturing, barely 14% of GDP, remains mired in approvals and paperwork. Starting a factory can take months, winding up a company can take years, if not decades. The need for faceless, paperless, single window clearance is pressing. Encouragingly, the faceless tax assessment model demonstrates how technology can build both trust and transparency. The same principle must extend to environmental, labour, and licensing regimes. The goal is to shift from permission-based control to principle-based governance — focusing less on procedural compliance and more on measurable outcomes.

The NITI Aayog report “Towards India’s Tax Transformation: Decriminalisation and Trust-Based Governance” proposes fully decriminalising 12 minor tax offences, retaining criminal liability for 17 offences only in cases of fraudulent or wilful intent, and preserving criminal sanctions for just six severe misconducts — thereby shifting India’s tax enforcement philosophy from coercion to trust. As and when implemented, this would be one positive step in a series of such steps required across the entire spectrum of cleansing the‘regulatory cholesterol’

From Control to Confidence

The way forward lies in making regulation responsive, technology-driven, and participatory—a framework that balances risk with innovation. Governance must integrate digital tools, periodic review, and global cooperation, while ensuring that laws are drafted with due consultative process, proportionate, and rooted in local sovereignty. Governance in the 21st century must convert control into confidence — designing systems that protect the vulnerable while nurturing innovation. For India, this means shifting from red tape to red carpet, from rigid enforcement to adaptive stewardship.

From Published Accounts

COMPILER’S NOTE

Going Concern is one of the basic assumptions for preparation of financial statements. In case there are circumstances where the auditor believes that the continuation of the activities of the company on Going Concern basis is subject to certain events, industry status, business decisions, continued financial support, etc., he has to include a paragraph on ‘Material Uncertainty over Going Concern” (MUGC). Given below are few instances of large companies where the auditor has reported on MUGC for the year ended 31st March 2025 along with related disclosures in Notes to the financial statements and Directors’ Report

SPICEJET LIMITED

A. Independent Auditor’s Report on Audit of the Standalone Financial Statements

i. Material Uncertainty Related to Going Concern:

Para 5:

We draw attention to Note 2A(a)(iii) to the accompanying standalone financial statement which describes that the Company has earned a net profit (after other comprehensive income) of ₹477.66 million for the year ended March 31, 2025, and, as of that date, the Company’s accumulated losses amount to ₹77,648.13 million and the current liabilities have exceeded its current assets by ₹38,450.67 million. These conditions together with other matters as described in Note 2A(a)(iii), indicates the existence of material uncertainties that may cast significant doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. However, based on management’s assessment of future business projections and other mitigating factors as described in the said note, which, inter alia, is dependent on improvement in operational performance of the Company and settlement of dues with vendors and lenders of the Company, the management is of the view that the going concern basis of accounting is appropriate for preparation of accompanying standalone financial Statement.

In relation to the above key audit matter, our audit work included, but was not restricted to, the following procedures:

  • Obtained an understanding of the management’s process for identification of events or conditions that may cast significant doubt over the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern and the process to assess the corresponding mitigating factors existing against each such event or condition;
  • Evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of key controls around aforesaid identification of events or conditions and mitigating factors, and controls around cash flow projections prepared by the management;
  • Obtained the cash flow projections for the next twelve months from the management, basis their future business plans;
  • Held discussions with the management personnel to understand the assumptions used and estimates made by them for determining the cash flow projections for the next twelve months;
  • Evaluated the reasonableness of the key assumptions such as expected growth in the revenue, expected optimisation in the costs etc. based on historical data trends, future market trends, existing market conditions, business plans and our understanding of the business and the industry;
  • Tested the arithmetical accuracy of the calculations and performed sensitivity analysis around possible variation in the above key assumptions; and
  • Evaluated the appropriateness and adequacy of disclosures in the standalone financial statements with respect to this matter in accordance with the applicable accounting standards.

Our opinion is not modified in respect of this matter.

Key Audit Matters

Para 8:

In addition to the matters described in the Basis for Qualified Opinion and Material Uncertainty Related to Going Concern section…

Report on Other Legal and Regulatory Requirements

Para 20:

Further to our comments in Annexure A, as required by section 143(3) of the Act, based on our audit, we report, to the extent applicable, that:

(e) The matters described in paragraph 3 of the Basis for Qualified Opinion section, paragraph 5 of the Material uncertainty related to Going concern section and paragraph 6 of the Emphasis of Matter section, in our opinion, may have an adverse effect on the functioning of the Company;

B. Notes to Standalone Financial Statements Note 2A – Summary of material accounting policies

(a)(iii) – Going concern assumption:

The Company has earned a net profit (after comprehensive income) of ₹477.66 million during the year ended 31 March 2025, and as of that date, the Company has negative retained earnings of ₹77.648.13 million, and the current liabilities have exceeded its current assets by ₹38,450.67 million. The Company has a positive net worth of ₹6,830.22 million as at 31 March 2025.

On account of its operational and financial position, the Company has not been able to operate its entire fleet of aircrafts and a large part of the same has become non-operational due to non-maintenance. Underutilisation of the fleet during the period has further affected the profitability of the Company. Over this period, the Company has deferred payments to various parties, including lessors and other vendors and its dues to statutory authorities and certain litigations.

The Company continues to implement various measures such as return to service of its grounded fleet, enhancing customer experience, improving selling and distribution, revenue management, fleet rationalization, optimizing aircraft utilization, redeployment of capacity in key focus markets, renegotiation of contracts and other costs control measures, to help the Company establish consistent profitable operations and cash flows in the future. The Company had also issued fresh equity shares and equity warrants on preferential basis in the current year to various investors under non-promoter category with an issue size of ₹10,600 million and qualified institutional buyers by way of qualified institutional placement amounting to ₹30,000 million. During the current year, the Company has also entered into settlements with certain aircraft/engine lessors. The Company is also in the process of regularising payments due to its vendors and is engaged in ongoing discussions with other vendors/lessors and expects some relief from settlement of their outstanding dues. Based on the foregoing business plans and its effect on cash flow projections, the management is of the view that the Company will be able to meet its liabilities as they fall due.

Accordingly, these financial statements have been prepared on the basis that the Company will continue as a going concern for the foreseeable future. The auditors have included ‘Material Uncertainty Related to Going Concern’ paragraph in their audit report in this regard.

C. Board’s Report

Directors’ Responsibility Statement:

In terms of Section 134(5) of the Companies Act, 2013, in relation to the audited financial statements of the Company for year ended March 31, 2025, the Directors of the Company state that:
(iv) the Directors have prepared the Annual Accounts of the Company on a ‘going concern’ basis.

VODAFONE INDIA LIMITED

A. Independent Auditor’s Report on Audit of the Standalone Financial Statements

i. Material Uncertainty Related to Going Concern:

We draw attention to Note 5 to the standalone financial statements, which describes the Company’s financial condition as of March 31, 2025 including its debt obligations due for the next 12 months. The Company’s financial performance has impacted its ability to generate cash flows that it needs to settle/refinance its liabilities as they fall due. The Company’s ability to continue as a going concern is dependent on support from the DoT on the AGR matter, successfully arranging funding and generation of cash flow from its operations that it needs to settle its liabilities as they fall due. Our opinion is not modified in respect of this matter.

ii. Key Audit Matters

In addition to the matter described in the ‘Material Uncertainty Related to Going Concern’ section, we have determined the matters described below to be the key audit matters to be communicated in our report……

iii. Report on Other Legal and Regulatory Requirements

(2) As required by Section 143(3) of the Act, we report, to the extent applicable, that:

(e) The matter described in Material Uncertainty Related to Going Concern paragraph above, in our opinion, may have an adverse effect on the functioning of the Company.

iv. Annexure 1 to the Independent Auditor’s Report – Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2020
Clause xix:

As referred to in ‘Material uncertainty related to Going concern’ section in our main audit report and as disclosed in Note 5 and 63(A) to the financial statements which also includes the financial ratios and ageing and expected dates of realization of financial assets and payment of financial liabilities, other information accompanying the financial statements, our knowledge of the Board of Directors and management plans and based on our examination of the evidence supporting the assumptions, there exists a material uncertainty that the Company may not be capable of meeting its liabilities, existing at the date of balance sheet, as and when they fall due within a period of one year from the balance sheet date.

We, further state that this is not an assurance as to the future viability of the Company and our reporting is based on the facts up to the date of the audit report and we neither give any guarantee nor any assurance that all liabilities falling due within a period of one year from the balance sheet date, will get discharged by the Company as and when they fall due.

B. Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

i. Note 5

The Company has incurred a loss of ₹274,421 Mn for the year ended March 31, 2025 and net worth stands at negative ₹698,562 Mn at that date.

– As at March 31, 2025, the Company’s outstanding debt from banks (including interest accrued but not due) is ₹23,451 Mn and Deferred payment obligation (including interest accrued but not due) towards Spectrum which is payable over the
years till FY 2044 and towards AGR which is payable over the years till FY 2031 aggregates to ₹1,949,106 Mn.
– The AGR instalment on which moratorium was availed as per the Telecom Reforms Package 2021, falling due during FY 2026 is ₹164,280 Mn (subject to engagement with the GoI as discussed in Note 3 above). Instalments related to deferred payment obligations towards spectrum payable during FY 2026 is ₹25,385 Mn.

– Debt from banks payable during FY 2026 is ₹16,000 Mn (excluding interest and amount reclassified as current on account of not meeting certain covenant clauses).

– The debt from banks include an amount of ₹7,260 Mn reclassified from non-current borrowings to short-term borrowings for not meeting certain covenant clauses under the financial agreements. The Company has exchanged correspondences and continues to be in discussion with the lenders for next steps/waivers.

– As of date, the Company has met all its debt obligations payable to its lenders / banks and financial institutions along with applicable interest. The Company is in discussion with banks to raise additional funds as required.

The Company’s ability to settle the above liabilities is dependent on further support from the DoT on the AGR matter as explained in note 3, fund raise through equity and debt and generation of cash flow from operations. Based on current efforts, the Company believes that it would be able to get DoT support, successfully arrange funding and generate cash flow from operations. Accordingly, these financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis.

ii. Note 3 – AGR Matter

The Honourable Supreme Court on October 24, 2019 along with supplementary order dated July 20, 2020 delivered its judgement relating to the definition of Adjusted Gross Revenue. The order upheld the principal demand, levy of interest, penalty and interest on penalty as per DoT demands. In its final order of September 1, 2020 (all orders collectively referred as the AGR judgement), the Honourable Supreme Court has inter-alia directed that telecom operators shall after making payment of the first instance, make payment of 10% of the total dues as demanded by the Department of Telecommunications (‘DoT’) by March 31, 2021 and shall thereafter make payment in ten instalments commencing from April 1, 2021 to March 31, 2031, payable by 31st March of every succeeding financial year.

The Union Cabinet on September 15, 2021 announced major structural and process reforms in the telecom sector (“Telecom Relief Package 2021”) and approved deferment up to four years for AGR dues and spectrum auction instalments payable from October 1, 2021 to September 30, 2025 excluding the instalments due for spectrum auction conducted post 2021, without any change in the overall tenure. On October 14, 2021, DoT issued the required notifications giving an option for moratorium of Spectrum instalment and AGR dues to be confirmed by the Company. The Company conveyed its acceptance for the deferment of Spectrum auction instalments & AGR dues by a period of four years. Resultantly, the next AGR instalment of ₹164,280 Mn is due on March 31, 2026.

During the year, the Company’s review petition and a curative petition filed before the Hon’ble Supreme Court in FY22 and FY24 respectively have been dismissed.

Subsequently, in April 2025, the Company represented to the Department of Telecommunications (DoT) seeking certain relief on the AGR matter. Post disposal of the representation, the Company had filed a Writ Petition on May 13, 2025 seeking appropriate relief/direction in the matter before the Hon’ble Supreme Court, which has been dismissed on May 19, 2025. In the Company’s view, this dismissal does not preclude it from further engaging with the Government of India based on its foreseeable cashflows for arriving at an appropriate solution on the AGR matter before the next instalment date including amount disclosed in Contingent liability note 46(A)(ii)(b).

As at March 31, 2025, the net liability towards the AGR judgement amounting to ₹759,452 Mn [net of payment and conversion] of which ₹655,927 Mn is disclosed as deferred payment obligation (DPO) under long term borrowings and the balance of ₹103,525 Mn as short-term borrowings in the financial statements.

iii. Note 46(A)(ii)(b) – Capital and other commitments

Other Licensing Disputes – ₹105,800 Mn (March 31, 2024: ₹97,805 Mn):

Additional demands towards AGR dues till FY 2018-19 (mainly including amounts for the period till FY 16-17 not forming part of the affidavit submitted by the DoT to SC) which are subject to correction/revision on account of disposal of representations and any other outcome of litigations as finally determined by December 31, 2025 (refer note 3).

C. Directors’ Report & Management Discussion and Analysis

Auditors and Audit Reports:

Auditors’ Report and Notes to Financial Statements

The Board has duly reviewed the Statutory Auditors’ Report on the Financial Statements at March 31, 2025. The report does not contain any qualification, disclaimer or adverse remarks.

The Board has duly reviewed the Statutory Auditors’ Report on the Financial Statements including the Para of Material Uncertainty Related to Going Concern relating to the Company’s financial condition as at March 31, 2025 and its debt obligation due for the next 12 months, which has impacted the Company’s ability to generate the cash flow that it needs to settle/refinance its liabilities as they fall due. The Company’s ability to continue as a going concern is dependent on support from DoT on the AGR matter, successfully arranging funding and generation of cash flow from its operations that it needs to settle its liabilities as they fall due.

Note 5 to the financial statements cover the Material Uncertainty Related to Going Concern issue and the comments under para xix of Annexure 1 to the Independent Auditors’ Report, the clarification of which is self-explanatory. The Board believes that the Company’s ability to settle the liabilities is dependent on further support from the DoT on the AGR matter, fund raise through Equity & Debt and generation of cashflow from operations. Based on the current efforts, the Company believes that it would be able to get DoT support, successfully arrange funding and generate cashflow from operations. Hence, these financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis.

OLA ELECTRIC MOBILITY LIMITED

A. Independent Auditor’s Report on Audit of the Standalone Financial Statements

i. Key Audit Matter

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the standalone financial statements of the current period. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the standalone financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

The Appropriateness of Management’s Use of The Going Concern Basis of Accounting:

See Note 2.6 to standalone financial statements

The key audit matter

The Management and Board of Directors of the Company have evaluated the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern in the foreseeable future. This is based on various factors including, inter alia, past history of losses, projections of future operating cash flows, available credit limits with banks, available cash and bank balances and its ability to raise funds.

The Company has incurred losses and has cash outflows for operations during the year. These events and conditions require the Company to consider mitigating circumstances in support of Company’s ability to continue as going concern.

The Company has used certain estimates and judgements to forecast its future cash requirement and its ability to generate future cash flows on a timely basis. These estimates and judgements include expected future operating cash flows of a material subsidiary based on its business projections from expansion of its business operations, projected market share of the Group, improved gross margins, launch of new products and expected operational efficiencies. These are fundamental for us to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the appropriateness of the use of going concern basis of accounting.

The Company has relied on existing liquidity, sufficient future operating cash flows and ability to raise funds to prepare the standalone financial statements on a going concern basis. Due to the judgement involved in this assessment made by the Management and Board of Directors, we have identified the appropriateness of management’s use of the going concern basis of accounting as a key audit matter.

How the matter was addressed in our audit

In view of the significance of the matter, we applied the following audit procedures in this area, amongst others, to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence:

  • Evaluating the design and operating its effectiveness of relevant control over the Company’s forecasting process.
  • Obtaining an understanding of the estimates and judgements made by the Management in preparing the cash flow projections for next twelve months from the end of the reporting period. Testing the underlying data and evaluating reasonableness of the assumptions used. For this, we compared the estimates with the industry reports. We also assessed consistency thereof with our expectations based on our understanding of the Company’s business.
  • Comparing the assumptions used in the forecasted statement of profit and loss and cash flows for the twelve months period ending 31st March 2026 with the Group’s business plan approved by the Board of Directors.
  • Applying sensitivities on the forecasts by considering plausible changes to the key assumptions used in the business plan.
  • Assessing the reliability of the cash flow forecasts through a retrospective analysis of actual performance subsequent to year-end in comparison to budgets.
  • Assessing the subsequent funding plan considered by the Management.
  • Assessing the adequacy of related disclosures in the standalone financial statements.

ii. Annexure A to the Independent Auditor’s Report on the Standalone Financial Statements

Clause xix

We draw attention to Note 2.6 to the standalone financial statements which explains that the Company has incurred a loss of ₹40 crore (31 March 2024: loss of ₹27 crore) resulting in accumulated losses of ₹468 crore as at 31 March 2025 (31 March 2024: ₹402 crore). Further, the Company has negative cash flow from operations during the current year amounting to ₹117 Crore (31 March 2024: ₹312 crore). Further, the Company has provided letters of support to all its subsidiaries indicating the Company’s intent to provide necessary financial support.

Notwithstanding above, the Company’s management believes that the Company will be able to continue to operate as a going concern for the foreseeable future and meet all its liabilities as they fall due for payment based on a) available cash and bank balances; b) available credit limits; c) ability to raise borrowings from the bank and d) expected future operating cash flows of a material subsidiary based on its business projections from expansion of its business operations, increase in gross margins, launch of new products and expected operational efficiencies.

On the basis of the above and according to the information and explanations given to us, on the basis of the financial ratios, ageing and expected dates of realisation of financial assets and payment of financial liabilities, our knowledge of the Board of Directors and management plans and based on our examination of the evidence supporting the assumptions, nothing has come to our attention, which causes us to believe that any material uncertainty exists as on the date of the audit report that the Company is not capable of meeting its liabilities existing at the date of balance sheet as and when they fall due within a period of one year from the balance sheet date.

We, however, state that this is not an assurance as to the future viability of the Company. We further state that our reporting is based on the facts up to the date of the audit report and we neither give any guarantee nor any assurance that all liabilities falling due within a period of one year from the balance sheet date, will get discharged by the Company as and when they fall due.

B. Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

Note 2.6 – Going Concern

The Company has negative cash flow from operations during the current year amounting to ₹117 Crore (31 March 2024: ₹312 crore) which is primarily on account of continued operating losses. Further, the company has provided letters of support to all its subsidiaries indicating the company’s intent to provide necessary financial support, which requires the Company to consider mitigating circumstances, in order to support its operations and meet its continuing obligations.

Accordingly, the Company’s management has carried out an assessment of its going concern assumption and believes that the Company will be able to continue to operate as a going concern for the foreseeable future and meet all its liabilities as they fall due for payment. To arrive at such judgement, the management has considered a) available cash and bank balances; b) expected future operating cash flows of a material subsidiary based on its business projections from expansion of its business operations, increase in gross margins, launch of new products, and expected operational efficiencies; c) available credit limits; and d) ability to raise borrowings from the bank. Further, the Board of Directors of the Company in their meeting dated 22 May 2025 have approved a resolution to raise funds up to ₹1,700 crores through issuance of non-convertible debentures and other eligible debt securities.

Accordingly, these standalone financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis.

C. Board’s Report

Directors’ Responsibility Statement:

In accordance with the provisions of Section 134(5) of the Act, the Board of Directors to the best of their knowledge and belief confirm and state that:

(d) The directors have prepared the annual accounts on a going concern basis.

JSW BENGAL STEEL LIMITED

A. Independent Auditor’s Report on Audit of the Standalone Financial Statements

i. Material Uncertainty Relating to going concern:

We draw attention to Note 23.14, 23.14(a) and 23.14 (b) in the standalone Ind AS financial Statements, which indicates that there are material uncertainties relating to the allocation of coal and iron ore mines to the Company including its subsidiaries and its consequential impact on the implementation of the project. The events described in the said Note to the financial statements indicate that a material uncertainty exists that may cast a significant doubt on the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. However, for reasons stated in the said note, the financial statements of the Company have been prepared on a going concern basis.

Our opinion is not modified in respect of this matter.

ii. Report on Other Legal and Regulatory Requirements

(2) As required by Section 143(3) of the Act, we report that:

(e) The matters described above in “Material uncertainty relating to going concern” para, in our opinion, may have an adverse effect on functioning of the Company.

iii. Annexure 1 to the Independent Auditor’s Report on the Standalone Financial Statements

Clause xix:

On the basis of the financial ratios disclosed in note 23.10 to the financial statements, the ageing and expected dates of realization of financial assets and payment of financial liabilities, other information accompanying the financial statements, our knowledge of the Board of Directors and management plans and based on our examination of the evidence supporting the assumptions, the Company has obtained the letter of financial support from the Holding Company, nothing has come to our attention, which causes us to believe that Company is not capable of meeting its liabilities, existing at the date of balance sheet, as and when they fall due within a period of one year from the balance sheet date.

We, further state that this is not an assurance as to the future viability of the Company and our reporting is based on the facts up to the date of the audit report and we neither give any guarantee nor any assurance that all liabilities falling due within a period of one year from the balance sheet date, will get discharged by the Company as and when they fall due.

B. Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

i. Note 23.10

Disclosure of Ratios

Sl. No. Ratio 31st March 2025 31st March 2024 % change from March 31,  2024 to March 31, 2025 Remark (Reasons for more than 25% variation in above ratio)
1 Current Ratio 1.76 1.45 31% Due to receivable from Related party. Viz JSW Cement and JSW Steel. Payment of security deposit amounting ` 2 crores to JSW Cement.
2 Debt Equity ratio 0.01 0.01 0%
3 Debt service coverage ratio 0.14 (0.03) 18%
4 Return on equity ratio (0.01) (0.02) 1%
5 Inventory turnover ratio N/A N/A
6 Trade receivable turnover ratio N/A N/A
7 Trade payable turnover ratio N/A N/A
8 Net capital turnover ratio N/A N/A
9 Net profit ratio N/A N/A
10 Return on capital employed (0.01) (0.01) 0%
11 Return on investment N/A N/A

ii. Note 23.14

Status of the Project

In 2007, the company (together with its subsidiaries) entered into a Development Agreement with the Government of West Bengal and West Bengal Mineral Development and Trading Corporation (WBMDTC) to set up a 10 MTPA integrated steel plant with 1620 MW captive power plant at Salboni in Paschim Medinipur district of West Bengal and accordingly Government of West Bengal agreed to provide necessary assistance and cooperation for implementation of the project, including arrangement and supply of resources. In first phase, the Company obtained various approvals for setting up 3 MTPA steel plant and 300 MW coal-based power plant (Project). The State Government allocated 4102 acres of land necessary for the project on a long-term lease, with all the required approvals e.g., 14Y in place.

The Company had also entered into a long-term coal supply agreement for the Project with West Bengal Mineral Development and Trading Corporation Limited (WBMDTC). However. subsequently, three coal blocks allocated in favor of WBMDTC was cancelled pursuant to the judgment passed by the Hon’ble Supreme Court of India (Writ Petition (Criminal) No. 120 of 2012), vide order dated September 24, 2014 and since then the Company is exploring various alternatives to tie-up long-term coal supply linkages for the Project. The Company has also taken up matter with Government of West Bengal to secure coal supply linkages as per their commitments in the Development Agreement executed on January 11, 2007 for setting up of the Project.

In view of the above, the Project has been put on hold till the Company secure long-term coal and iron ore linkages/ resources required for the Project. However, The Company is committed towards implementing the Project with support of Central and State Governments and hopeful that it will be able to secure coal and iron ore linkages in due course of time. Also, the company is exploring the options for operating the plant based on bought out coal and iron ore, if the long-term linkage of resources form domestic market is not feasible.

Apart from the above efforts, the company as part of its commitment to state government and the local people to set up Project at Salboni and there by opening up avenues of large-scale economic activities amongst the surrounding communities. has subleased/transferred 133 acres of land to JSW Cement Limited, a JSW group company, for setting up of 2.4 MTPA cement plant with a 18 MW coal based Captive Power Plant and also received permission from Government of West Bengal dated 28.02.2022 for assignment of 14.4 acres of land to JSW Energy Ltd. for setting up 3.5 MW Solar Plant.

As a part of the initiative of opening up of the coal sector for commercial coal mining in the country, the Government of India had successfully auctioned 19 coal blocks for commercial mining under 1lth tranche of auction under the Coal Mines (special Provision) Act 2015 and first tranche of auction under Mine and Minerals (Development & Regulation) Act, 1957, auction conducted in November,2020. In light of the New Policy on Commercial Mining of coal blocks and option for coal linkages from Coal India Ltd, the Company is hopeful of securing coal linkages with support of GoWB.

In FY 2023-24, the company has proposed in the plan for conversion of leased property to free hold property and use of its significant portion for establishment of industrial park and commercial properties along with plan for setup of steel manufacturing plant. The company has also proposed an 880 X 4 megawatt Thermal Power Plant during 2024-25. This will foster economic growth for the state. For such conversion and developments there would be infusion of capital by JSW Steel Limited i.e., parent company, through private participation. However, there is a delay in processing the order from the Government of West Bengal and this entire process is anticipated to be completed in FY 2025-26.

JSW Steel Limited, the holding company, vide its letter dated 7th April 2025 confirmed its unconditional financial support to the company to enable it to continue as a going concern till such time the implementation of the project commences.

Considering the above, the Board of Directors are of the opinion that none of its assets is impaired as at 31st March 2025 and the going concern assumption is appropriate.

iii. Note 23.14(a)

Status of project of subsidiary Company -JSW Natural Resources India Ltd. (JSWNRIL)

JSWNRIL has been in the process of setting up coal mines project at Kulti Sitarampur coal blocks in West Bengal, under sole and exclusive Coal Raising Agreement entered with WBMDTC dated March 31, 2010, for raising the coal to be “exclusively used in Integrated Steel Plant Complex at Salboni of district Paschim Medinipur in West Bengal”, being set up by its Holding Company (JSW Bengal Steel limited). However, since the allotment of this coal blocks have been cancelled by order of the Supreme Court read with Schedule I of The Coal Mines (Special Provision) Act 2015, the above-mentioned agreement would no longer be valid. The Company is in the process of exploring certain alternatives to resource the long-term coal supply linkages and has also taken up with Government of West Bengal (GOWB) to resource long-term coal supply linkages as per its commitment in the Development Agreement dated 11th Jan 2007 signed for the Project. In view of the new Policy of Government of India (GOI) on allocation of Coal Blocks and Coal linkages from Coal India Ltd, the Company is hopeful of establishing fresh coal linkages with support of Govt of West Bengal. In view of given circumstances, at this juncture, there is no necessity of impairing the assets and investments as per provisions of Ind AS 36. Pursuant to clause V(l) of the said agreement, the Company had paid interest free Security Deposit of ₹ (Previous Year ₹ 18,750,000 for WBMDTC). However, since the allotment of this coal blocks has been cancelled by order of the Supreme Court, the Coal Raising Agreement for mining of coal from Kulti & Sitarampur Coal Blocks is no more valid and it has been refunded by WBMDTC vide letter dated 31.10.2018. WBMDTC has assured that, once the fund is released by Ministry of Coal on allocation of these coal blocks to successful bidder, they will refund the expenses incurred by the JSWNRIL related to coal blocks.

iv. Note 23.14 (b)

Status of project of subsidiary Company -JSW Energy (Bengal) Ltd. (JSWEBL)

JSW Energy (Bengal) Limited has been in the process of setting up a Captive Power plant for Integrated Steel Plant (ISP) of its Holding Company JSW Bengal Steel Limited at Salboni of district Paschim Medinipur in West Bengal. However, since the Long term linkages of Iron ore & Coal supplies, essential prerequisites for the ISP are still in process, the main erection work of ISP is yet to commence. But field survey of the ROW (Right of Way) for the purpose of identification of the landowners holding such plots of land within the alignment of ROW (water pipeline route) is in progress, for putting up 68 km cross country water pipeline for the project. As advised by Ministry of Environment, Forest and climate change, Government of India, the company has applied for renewal of its Environment Clearance (EC) which has since expired, due to unavoidable delays in the project. The recent proposal to set up the 1 x 660 MW super critical Power Plant (IPP) within the already acquired Project Lands has also not been found feasible with the Govt of West Bengal (GOWB) due to technical reasons. The Company had entered into a Long-Term Coal Supply Agreement for its Power plant project with (WBMDTC). However, since the allotment of this coal block has been cancelled by order of Supreme Court read with Schedule I of The Coal Mines (Special Provisions) second ordinance, 2014, the above-mentioned coal supply agreement would no longer be valid. The Company, along with GOWB, is in the process of exploring certain alternatives to resource the long-term coal supply linkages for the proposed power plant project.

Why Lord Shiva Drank Poison!

Friends, we are in kaliyuga. The predominant factor in kaliyuga is ‘kalaha’. – quarrels and disputes. Two nations, two regions, two communities, two lobbies, two political parties, keep on fighting among themselves. Members in a co-operative housing society also keep on quarrelling. Two brothers, two sisters, even two friends have differences or disputes. Similar is the case with business partners, directors and so on.

Now, these disputes have reached micro level. Members of even one family have internal disputes. Today, we have nuclear families with only one kid! Even there, husband and wife may not get along well! There are rampant separations and divorces.

One Sanskrit poet has very interestingly described this observation by linking such disputes to the mythological beliefs. In our ancient scriptures, there is a story of Samudra Manthan (churning of the ocean) out of which 14 jewels (Ratnas) emerged. One of them was very disastrous poison which would have destroyed the whole world. Lord Shiva came to the rescue and swallowed that poison. That made his neck blue in colour! That is why he is called ‘Neelkantha”. The poison also has many medicinal qualities. Hence, it is also one of the jewels.

The poet thought about all the family members of Lord Shiva: Wife Parvati’s vehicle is Lion (She is Durga). Son Kartikeya’s vehicle is peacock, Second son Ganesha’s vehicle is mouse while Lord Shiva’s vehicle is Nandi (bullock). Lord Shiva holds Ganga and Moon on his head. Shiva’s forehead also has ‘fire’ – Agni. Shiva has snakes around his neck, like garlands.

Now, imagine the scenario. Shiva’s snake (फणी) is hungry. So, he wants to swallow Ganesha’s mouse (आखु) Kartikeya’s peacock is keen to eat up the snakes! Durga’s lion wants to eat the peacock (नागाशनम्).

Gauri (Parvati) is jealous of Ganga (जह्नुसुता) and the fire (अग्नी) hates the moon. (कलानाथ) The moon pacifies the fire. Due to these disputes in the family, Lord Shiva got fed up. Out of frustration he resorted to the poison!

Such situations, are not very uncommon in today’s society. The love and affection between two individuals is disappearing. Two persons or groups are finding it difficult to stay together with peace, harmony and co-operation. Selfishness is at its peak. People have lost patience and tolerance. There is hunger, greed, jealousy, hatred every-where. People have become too individualistic and their co-existence is almost impossible.

The poet suggests that even Mahadev (God of Gods) cannot escape this ‘reality of present life’.

अत्तुं वाञ्छति वाहनं गणपतेराखुम् क्षुधार्थ: फणी !

तं च क्रौञ्चपते: शिखी च गिरिजासिंहोSपि नागाशनम्!

गौरी जह्नुसुता मसूयति कलानाथम् कपालोSनलो !

निर्विण्ण:स पपौ कुटुम्बकलहाद् ईशोSपि हालाहलम् !

The verse teaches that conflicts are natural, but wisdom lies in maintaining balance, like Shiva who ultimately bears the poison to save the world (and perhaps, his own household).

SEBI’s 2025 Overhaul: A New Era for Related Party Transactions in India

SEBI’s 2025 overhaul of Related Party Transactions (RPTs) marks a shift toward a risk-based, transparent, and scalable compliance framework. The new regime under Regulation 23 of the SEBI (LODR) Regulations replaces the earlier uniform materiality limit with scale-based thresholds linked to company turnover, easing compliance for large entities while maintaining oversight on significant transactions. The Industry Standards Forum (comprising ASSOCHAM, FICCI, and CII) introduce uniform disclosure formats effective September 2025, standardizing information to Audit Committees and shareholders. The October 2025 circular simplifies disclosure for transactions below ₹10 crore and exempts those under ₹1 crore. Clarified validity for omnibus approvals and targeted exemptions further streamline governance. Auditors now play an enhanced role in validating RPT disclosures, supported by SA 550 and NFRA guidance. Overall, SEBI’s reforms strengthen transparency and minority protection while reducing compliance friction for listed companies.

INTRODUCTION

Related Party Transactions (RPTs) have always been a focus area of the regulators, considering the potential for conflicts of interest, financial misreporting, and disproportionate advantage. The regulatory bodies, such as the Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI), have identified RPTs as an important area for governance due to possible effects on minority shareholder rights and financial transparency. The regulatory framework governing RPTs in India has changed considerably, with the SEBI introducing new reforms in 2025. These changes are designed to enhance transparency, streamline compliance, protect the interests of minority shareholders and ensure that oversight is focused on transactions that truly warrant shareholder scrutiny. This article explores the latest amendments in RPTs, their rationale, and their practical impact on listed companies and their subsidiaries.

MODERNISING THE RPT FRAMEWORK

SEBI’s recent initiatives reflect a broader push to simplify and strengthen the governance of RPTs. The launch of the RPT Analysis Portal1 in February 2025 marked a major step forward, offering stakeholders unprecedented access to
governance data. In parallel, the Industry Standard Forum (ISF), working closely with SEBI, developed new industry standards for approval of RPTs that require listed companies to provide detailed information about RPTs to both their Audit Committees and shareholders. Although these standards were initially set for implementation in early 2025, their effective date was postponed to July, with further simplifications introduced in September 2025.


1. Refer SEBI | Speech of Shri Ashwani Bhatia, Whole Time Member, SEBI at the Launch of 
Related Party Transactions Analysis Portal

Regulation 23 of SEBI Listing Obligations and Disclosure Regulations, 2015, governs Related Party Transactions (RPTs) for listed entities in India. Its primary aim is to ensure transparency, accountability, and fairness in dealings between entities and their related parties, thereby strengthening corporate governance.

SEBI recently approved in its Board Meeting dated 12th September, 2025, the proposals enunciated in the consultation paper dated 4th August, 2025, to amend the provisions relating to RPTs under the LODR Regulations.

SCALE-BASED THRESHOLDS FOR RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Old Regime

Previously, the materiality of an RPT was determined by a uniform threshold: the lower of ₹1,000 Crore or 10% of the annual consolidated turnover of the listed entity. This “one size fits all” approach often resulted in routine, high-value transactions in large companies being classified as material, triggering shareholder approval and extensive disclosures—even when such transactions posed little risk to minority shareholders.

The New Scale-Based Approach

The new approach introduces a scale-based mechanism, which aligns the threshold with the size of the company:

  • Turnover up to ₹20,000 Crore: Materiality is set at 10% of annual consolidated turnover.
  • Turnover between ₹20,001 and 40,000 Crore: The threshold is r2,000 Crore plus 5% of turnover above ₹20,000 Crore.
  • Turnover above ₹40,000 Crore: The threshold is ₹3,000 Crore plus 2.5% of turnover above ₹40,000 Crore, capped at ₹5,000 Crore.

This threshold-based approach ensures that the compliance burden is proportionate to the scale of the business, reducing unnecessary approvals for routine, high-value transactions in large organisations. The following paragraphs further explain how this will lead to ease of doing business for the approval of RPTs.

How Scale-Based Thresholds Ease Doing Business

  • Proportional Compliance: By aligning materiality thresholds with company size, the new regime ensures that only genuinely significant transactions are subject to the most stringent scrutiny. Large-listed entities, which routinely engage in high-value intra-group transactions, will no longer need to seek shareholder approval for every such transaction. This reduces unnecessary compliance and allows management to focus on transactions that truly warrant oversight.
  • Reduced Administrative Burden: The scale-based approach minimises the number of transactions classified as “material” for large companies, thereby reducing the frequency of shareholder meetings and the volume of documentation required. This streamlining is particularly beneficial for conglomerates and business groups with multiple subsidiaries and frequent inter-company dealings.
  • Enhanced Efficiency: With fewer routine transactions requiring shareholder approval, companies can execute business decisions more swiftly. This agility is crucial in today’s fast-paced business environment, where delays in approvals can impact competitiveness and operational efficiency.
  • Focused Oversight: The new thresholds ensure that the Audit Committee and shareholders can devote their attention to transactions that are truly material and potentially impactful, rather than being overwhelmed by the sheer volume of approvals for routine matters.

SUBSIDIARY TRANSACTIONS: ENHANCED SCRUTINY

The amendments also address transactions involving subsidiaries. For subsidiaries with at least one year of audited financials, the materiality threshold is the lower of 10% of standalone turnover or the scale-based threshold. For newly formed subsidiaries, the threshold is the lower of 10% of paid-up capital and securities premium or the parent’s scale-based threshold. Importantly, these thresholds only apply to RPTs exceeding ₹1 Crore, ensuring that minor transactions are not unduly burdened by compliance requirements.

STREAMLINED DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENTS

SEBI has also rationalised the information that must be provided to Audit Committees and shareholders for RPT approvals. For transactions below 1% of annual consolidated turnover or INR 10 Crore, only minimal disclosures are required. RPTs under ₹1 Crore are exempt from these requirements altogether, while those between ₹1 Crore and ₹10 Crore are subject to a circular with lighter disclosure obligations. SEBI has issued a circular dated 13th October 20252 which modifies previous requirements by allowing transactions that do not exceed 1% of the annual consolidated turnover or ₹10 crore (whichever is lower) to follow a simplified disclosure format (Annexure-13A to the circular), and exempts transactions not exceeding ₹1 crore from these requirements altogether. These changes aim to facilitate ease of doing business while maintaining transparency and governance standards. The circular also reiterates that listed entities must comply with the revised format and industry standards for RPT disclosures as prescribed under the SEBI LODR Regulations.


2. Refer SEBI Circular - 13th October 2025

Annexure-13A of the circular details the specific information to be provided for Audit Committee and shareholder approvals. For the Audit Committee, disclosures must include the type and terms of the transaction, names and relationships of related parties, transaction value, tenure, justification, and—where applicable—details of loans or advances, including source of funds, terms, and intended use by the ultimate beneficiary. For shareholders, the notice must summarise the information provided to the Audit Committee, justify the transaction’s interest to the entity, and disclose relevant details of loans or investments. The circular takes effect immediately and is intended to streamline compliance while ensuring that all material RPTs are subject to appropriate scrutiny and disclosure.
Transactions above ₹10 Crore must comply with the full Industry Standards for RPTs.

VALIDITY OF OMNIBUS APPROVALS

To further ease compliance, SEBI has clarified the validity of omnibus approvals for material RPTs. Approvals granted at an Annual General Meeting (AGM) are valid until the next AGM, not exceeding 15 months. Approvals from other general meetings are valid for up to one year. This clarification aligns the regulatory framework with the Companies Act, 2013, and provides greater certainty for companies planning their RPTs.

CLARIFICATIONS AND EXEMPTIONS

The other exemptions include the following:

  • Retail Purchases: Transactions involving retail purchases by employees or directors from the company or its subsidiaries are generally exempt from RPT classification, except where relatives of directors or key managerial personnel (KMPs) are involved.
  • Holding Company Transactions: Exemptions for transactions between a holding company and its wholly owned subsidiary apply only to listed holding companies, excluding unlisted structures.

INDUSTRY STANDARDS ON RPTs: ROLE OF ASSOCHAM, FICCI, AND CII

Collaborative Development

Recognising the need for uniformity and clarity, SEBI tasked the Industry Standards Forum (ISF)—comprising representatives from ASSOCHAM, FICCI, and CII—to develop standardised disclosure requirements for RPTs. These standards were finalised in consultation with SEBI and are now mandatory for all listed entities from September 2025 onwards.

KEY FEATURES OF THE INDUSTRY STANDARDS FOR APPROVAL OF RPTs

  • Standardised Disclosure Format: The standards specify the minimum information that must be provided to the Audit Committee and shareholders for RPT approvals. The information includes the nature of the transaction, terms, rationale, pricing, and potential impact on the company.

 

  • Three-Part Structure:
  • Part A: Minimum information for all RPTs.
  • Part B: Additional details for specific types of RPTs (e.g., loans, guarantees, asset transfers).
  • Part C: Further disclosures for material RPTs, as defined under the new scale-based thresholds.

 

  • Uniform Application: The standards are applicable to all listed entities and their subsidiaries, ensuring consistency across the market.

 

  • Procedural Clarity: The standards clarify that information must be included in the agenda for Audit Committee meetings and, for material RPTs, in the explanatory statement to shareholders.

The involvement of ASSOCHAM, FICCI, and CII ensures that the standards reflect industry realities and best practices. Their collaborative input has helped create a disclosure regime that is both robust and workable, reducing ambiguity and facilitating compliance for companies and their advisors.

FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (FAQS) AND PRACTICAL GUIDANCE

SEBI and the ISF have also issued detailed FAQs to clarify the application of the new standards. Key points include:

  • The ₹1 Crore threshold applies to the aggregate value of all RPTs with a related party in a financial year.
  • Transactions with foreign subsidiaries are covered if they require Audit Committee or shareholder approval under the LODR Regulations.
  • If an RPT is not approved, the rationale must be documented in the Audit Committee’s  minutes.
  • Information provided to shareholders for approval of material RPTs can be redacted, subject to Audit Committee and Board approval.

AUDITORS’ ROLE IN AUDIT OF RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Recent amendments to SEBI’s RPT framework have further elevated the auditor’s responsibilities. The revised Industry Standards, effective from September 2025, mandate a tiered disclosure format—Parts A, B, and C—where auditors must ensure that minimum and material information is accurately presented to audit committees and shareholders. These standards aim to simplify compliance while enhancing transparency, and auditors are now expected to validate disclosures, assess valuation reports, and confirm that approvals align with regulatory thresholds. In this evolving landscape, auditors are not just compliance gatekeepers but strategic partners in upholding governance and protecting minority shareholder interests.

The corporate scandals over a period of time have indicated that related parties are often involved in cases of fraudulent financial reporting. The RPTs may provide scope for distorting financial information in financial statements and not presenting accurate information to the decision makers and stakeholders. SA 550, Related parties issued by the ICAI, deals with auditors’ responsibilities regarding related party relationships and transactions. Under the current auditing framework, auditors are required to focus on three areas:

  • Identification of previously unidentified or undisclosed related parties or transactions.
  • Significant related party transactions outside the normal course of business. Related parties may operate through an extensive and complex range of relationships and structures, with a corresponding increase in the complexity of related party transactions.
  • Assertions that related party transactions are at arm’s length.

The National Financial Reporting Authority (NFRA) has also issued Audit Committee- Auditor Interactions Series 33 which deals with audit of Related Parties – Ind AS 24, Related Party Disclosures, AS 18 – Related Party Disclosures and SA 550, Related Parties. This Auditor-Audit Committee Interactions Series 3 draws the attention of the auditors to the potential questions the Audit Committees/Board of Directors may ask them in respect of related party relationships, transactions and disclosures.


3. Refer to NFRA's official Series 3 publication.

Auditors are required to evaluate whether the effects of related party transactions are such that they prevent the financial statements from achieving a true and fair presentation.

With the given plethora of amendments in SEBI regulations, the responsibilities of auditors have been enhanced further. The auditors need to understand the implications of the amendments on the company’s systems and processes of identification and disclosure of related party transactions.

WAY FORWARD

SEBI’s 2025 reforms represent a significant step towards a more efficient, risk-based approach to RPT governance. By introducing scale-based thresholds, streamlining disclosure requirements, and clarifying exemptions, the new framework reduces unnecessary compliance burdens while maintaining robust oversight of material transactions. Listed companies should review their internal policies to ensure alignment with both SEBI regulations and the latest industry standards, thereby fostering a culture of transparency and accountability.

For companies as well as auditors, these changes mean a more rational, risk-based approach to RPT compliance—one that supports business growth while safeguarding stakeholder interests. Companies should review their internal policies and processes to ensure alignment with these new requirements and leverage the clarity and efficiency they bring to RPT governance.

Company Law

16. In the matter of:

Naman Gurumurthi Joshi

Before NCLAT PRINCIPAL BENCH,

NEW DELHI

Company Appeal No. 155 of 2025

Date of Order: 26th September 2025

Selective Reduction of Capital is valid if fair value is paid: NCLAT reiterates that the list given in Section 66 (1) (a) and (b) are merely examples and not the only ways share capital may be decreased.

FACTS 

  • This appeal is filed against an impugned order dated 5th January 2024 passed by NCLT under Section 66 of the Companies Act, 2013.
  • The appellant is a shareholder of RR Ltd: The Respondent and held 129 shares, constituting 0.0000014% of the issued paid up capital of the Company. He as an intervenor had objected to the reduction of share capital alleging inter alia such reduction is against the minority interest and is not permitted under Section 66 of the Companies Act, 2013 since the Respondent company is forcefully removing its shareholders and that the promoters are increasing their stakes by using this process.
  • It is argued that on 4th July 2023 the Board of Directors of RRL, by a special resolution had approved the proposal to reduce and cancel 78,65,423 equity shares of Respondent company, being the shares held by the shareholders, other than the promoters/holding company of the Respondent company.
  • The special resolution for reduction of the share capital was passed with 99.99% approval. The summary of the voting as set out says that the percentage of identified shareholders voting in favour of the reduction was to an extent of 84.65%.
  • Admittedly under the Scheme, the Respondent is paying a consideration of r1,380/- per share, which is at a premium of 56% to its fair value as is determined by two independent valuers. Admittedly, NCLT while approving the scheme categorically held the scheme to be fair and reasonable and in the interest of minority shareholders.
  • The impugned order notes the rational for capital reduction as under:

Rationale for Capital Reduction: (a) The equity shares of the Petitioner Company are not listed on any stock exchanges and there is no recognised market available to the shareholders of the Petitioner Company to buy and sell the shares held by them in the Petitioner Company. The Petitioner Company submits that its equity shares are being traded privately at random prices quoted by some brokers/ intermediaries on their websites without any fair price discovery and that, the number of equity shares traded are increasing month-on month viz. 2,45,229 equity shares in June 2023 as against 43,740 equity shares traded in January 2023 , with new investors becoming shareholders of the Applicant Company month-on-month by purchasing equity shares of the Applicant Company. The Petitioner Company therefore contends that such trading, without fair price discovery, is not in the interest of the investors in securities market and is thus detrimental to their interests. (b) The Petitioner Company does not have any plan to list its equity shares on the stock exchanges. The Petitioner Company thereby contends that, at a certain stage the said equity shares will lose their marketability and liquidity pursuant to which the Identified Shareholders, majority of whom are small shareholders holding less than 100 equity shares, will not be able to monetise their investment(s) effectively. (c) Further the Petitioner company contends that the proposed capital reduction will help structure the Petitioner Company’s business in compliance with the requirements under the Act, it becomes a 100% subsidiary of RRVL.

  • Admittedly the Regional Director and ROC have not objected to the reduction of share capital, though the Regional Director remarked, that the proposed reduction is a selective reduction. The NCLT found that selective capital reduction allowable under Section 66 of the Act and held that the shareholders are getting consideration of ₹1,380/- per share i.e. at a premium of 56% of the fair value, hence determined the reduction appears to be fair and reasonable and in the interest of minority shareholders.
  • In appeal too, the appellant had raised an objection that the reduction is not in the manner as suggested in Section 66(1) of the Companies Act, 2013 and it has not been proved by the Respondent company that it had the paid up share capital in excess of wants of the company.

EXTRACT FROM THE RELATED PROVISIONS OF THE ACT IN BRIEF:

Section 66(1) of the Companies Act, 2013 read as under: –

(1) Subject to confirmation by the Tribunal on an application by the company, a company limited by shares or limited by guarantee and having a share capital may, by a special resolution, reduce the share capital in any manner and in particular, may— (a) extinguish or reduce the liability on any of its shares in respect of the share capital not paid-up; or (b) either with or without extinguishing or reducing liability on any of its shares,— (i) cancel any paid-up share capital which is lost or is unrepresented by available assets; or (ii)pay off any paid-up share capital which is in excess of the wants of the company, alter its memorandum by reducing the amount of its share capital and of its shares accordingly:

Provided that no such reduction shall be made if the company is in arrears in the repayment of any deposits accepted by it, either before or after the commencement of this Act, or the interest payable thereon.

FINDINGS:

  •  The crux of the argument of the appellant is that since there is no proof on record that the paid-up capital is in excess of the want of the company, there cannot be a selective reduction. However, a bare reading of clauses (a) and (b) of sub-section (1) of Section 66, it was noted that these are merely few instances of reduction of shares. The section itself suggests the company may reduce its share capital in any manner though in particular, as suggested by Clauses (a) and (b) of sub-section (1) of Section 66 (Supra).
  • Moreso, admittedly the appellant held mere 129 shares, constituting 0.0000014% of the shareholding of the Respondent company. Admittedly no other shareholder has filed any appeal against the impugned order. Admittedly the argument that reduction is against the minority interest, has since been rejected by the NCLT, in its impugned order. Further, admittedly the appellant has raised no grievance to the value given viz an amount of ₹1,380/- per share, being offered is either unfair or unreasonable. The only ground alleged by him is that the reduction is against the purpose envisaged under Section 66 of the Companies Act. This argument has been dealt with above by mentioning that the list given in clauses (a) and (b) of sub-section 1 of section 66 of the Companies Act, 2013 is not exhaustive.
  •  Further, it is settled law that the question of reduction of share capital is treated as a matter of domestic concern, i.e., it is the decision of the majority which prevails. In considering a petition for reduction of share capital, the Tribunal has to be satisfied the transaction is fair and reasonable. In any case the selective reduction is permissible if objecting shareholders are paid a fair value of their shares, as held in Reckitt Benckiser (India) Ltd, (2005) 122 DLT 612, Brillio Technologies P Ltd Registrar of Companies and Anr, 2021 SCC Online NCLAT 508 and Elpro International Ltd. In Re: 2007 SCC Online Bom 1268.
  •  Thus, once it is established that non-promoter shareholders are being paid a fair value of their shares and at no point of time it was suggested that the amount paid was less and where an overwhelming majority voted in favour of resolution, there is no reason to upset a reasoned order passed by the NCLT.

CONCLUSION:

In view of the above there was no ground to accept the appeal and accordingly it was dismissed.

17. Mr. Dilipraj Pukkella & Mr. Muhammed Imthiyaz vs. Union of India &

Regional Director (South East Region) & Registrar of Companies

High Court of Karnataka at Bengaluru

Writ Petition No. 3465 of 2021 (under Article 226 & 227 of Constitution of India)

Date of Order: 25th July,2025

The High Court upheld provisions of Sections 164 and 167 of the Companies Act, 2013 with regards to Disqualification as Directors and also stated that provisions do not violate the “fundamental right to practice any profession or carry on any occupation, trade or business” guaranteed by Article 19(1)(g) of the Constitution of India.

The court’s decision was revolved around interpretation of Sections 164 read with Section 167 of the Companies Act, 2013 on a question:

“Whether a director, disqualified under Section 164 of the Companies Act, 2013, can be disqualified from the defaulting company and any other company in which they are a director”?

The High Court had responded to the question raised via Writ Petition and states the followings in its order:

  •  The court held that the Disqualification under Section 164(2) (for failures like not filing financial statements or annual return for three continuous years or failing to repay deposits) are depended on the Director’s actions or inactions and not just the company.
  •  Section 167(1)(a), read with its proviso, clarifies that if a director incurs a disqualification under Section 164(2), their office becomes vacant in all other companies except on the Company or Companies in which default occurred i.e. Director office does not become vacant in the defaulting company. This is with intent that the director who remains in the Company are liable for the violation and to prevent the Company from easily appointing a new director in place of defaulting directors, while the default continues.
  • The court found that Sections 164 and 167 are reasonable restrictions on the fundamental right under Article 19(1)(g) and are therefore within the constitutional framework.

Disallowance of Chapter via – Part C Deductions U/S 143(1) In Case Of Belated Return

ISSUE FOR DISCUSSION

Section 80AC of the Income Tax Act, 1961 (“the Act”) provides that, from assessment year 2018-19 onwards, where any deduction is admissible under Part C of Chapter VI-A (including section 80P), the deduction shall not be allowed unless the assessee furnishes a return of income on or before the due date specified under section 139(1) of the Act.

Section 143(1)(a) provides for certain adjustments when processing the return of income. Clause (v) of that section, as it stood from AY 2018-19 to AY 2020-21, provided for disallowance of deduction claimed under sections 10AA, 80-IA, 80-IB, 80-IC, 80-ID or 80-IE, if the return was furnished beyond the due date prescribed under section 139(1). With effect from AY 2021-22, the scope of the disallowance is widened. It now provides for disallowance of deduction claimed under section 10AA or Part C of Chapter VI-A under specified circumstances.

The issue has arisen before the Tribunal for the periods from AY 2018-19 to AY 2020-21, whether belated filing of return of income could attract disallowance of deduction claimed under any of the sections of Part C of Chapter VI-A, such as under section 80P, while processing the return of income under section 143(1)(a). In other words, whether an adjustment can be made by disallowing a deduction claimed, under one of the sections of chapter VI-A, which is otherwise not specified explicitly in section 143(1)(a). While the Mumbai bench of the Tribunal has taken the view that such adjustment could be made by the AO, the Rajkot, Chandigarh and Nagpur benches have taken a contrary view, holding that such adjustment could not be made under section 143(1)(a) while processing the return of income.

JANKI VAISHALI CO-OP HOUSING SOCIETY’S CASE

The issue first came up before the Mumbai bench of the Tribunal in the case of Janki Vaishali Co-op Housing Society Ltd, in ITA No 944/MUM/2024, order dated 31.10.2022.

The assessee filed its return of income for AY 2018-19, which was due on 31st October 2018, on 24th December 2018, claiming deduction under section 80P(2)(d) of ₹ 2,96,681, in respect of interest earned from co-operative banks. The assessee’s return was processed under section 143(1), disallowing the assessee’s claim of deduction under section 80P(2)(d) by invoking the provisions of sub-clause (v) of clause(a) of s. 143(1) of the Act .

The CIT(A) dismissed the assessee’s appeal, on the ground that since the income tax return was filed beyond the due date under section 139(1), the benefit of deduction under section 80P could not be allowed to the assessee.

Before the Tribunal, on behalf of the assessee, it was argued that section 80AC as applicable for assessment year 2018-19 had no application in respect of deduction claimed under section 80P. It was also claimed that the provisions of section 80AC were only applicable in respect of deductions claimed under sections 80IA, 80IB, 80IC, 80ID and 80IE. The provisions of section 80AC were amended by the Finance Act 2018 with effect from 1 April 2018 to include all deduction claims under part C of Chapter VI-A. It was therefore claimed (though incorrectly) that deduction under section 80P was not covered by section 80AC.

On behalf of the Department, it was argued that the assessee had filed its return of income beyond the due date, and hence was not eligible for deduction under section 80P, in light of the provisions of section 80AC.

The Tribunal observed that it was undisputed that the assessee had filed its return of income beyond the due date of filing the return of income under section 139(1) for the assessment year 2018-19. The solitary reason for denying benefit of deduction under section 80P was that the return filed by the assessee for the relevant assessment year was beyond the due date.

The Tribunal examined the provisions of section 80AC prior to the amendment made by the Finance Act 2018, and post such amendment. It observed that perusal of the unamended provision would show that there was no restriction for claiming deduction under section 80P. The restriction was then limited only to the specified sections mentioned in section 80AC. It further observed that the scope of the section was enlarged by the Finance Act of 2018 to include all deductions admissible under part C of Chapter VI-A – Deduction in Respect of Certain Incomes.

The Tribunal noted that the substituted section with effect from 1 April 2018 would be applicable to assessment year 2018-19, and in respect of deductions claimed under section 80P as well. Since the substituted provisions of section 80AC would be applicable for the relevant assessment year, the Tribunal held that the CIT(A) had rightly rejected the appeal of the assessee.

The Tribunal accordingly rejected the appeal of the assessee, holding that the disallowance of deduction under section 80 P was justified.

AMBARADI SEVA SAHKARI MANDAL’S CASE

The issue came up again before the Rajkot bench of the Tribunal in the case of Ambaradi Seva Sahkari Mandali Ltd vs. Dy CIT, ITA No 186/RJT/2022 decided on 10 February 2023, along with Dhareshwar Seva Sahakari Mandali Ltd vs. Dy CIT, ITA No 197/RJT/2022, Shree Sanaliya Seva Sahakari Mandli Ltd vs. Addl DIT, ITA N0 204/RJT/2022, and Amrutpur Seva Sahakari Mandali Ltd vs. Addl DIT, ITA N0 203/RJT/2022 all cases pertaining to assessment year 2019-20.

The assessee was a co-operative society registered under the Mumbai Co-operative Societies Act, 1925, with the object and activities of providing credit facilities to its members, as well as providing facilities to members for purchase of agricultural implements, seeds, livestock or other articles for agricultural activities.

The original return of income for the year was filed on 30 November 2020, declaring total income of ₹ NIL, after claiming deduction of ₹ 18,20,276 under section 80P. The assessee received a communication under section 143(1)(a) from CPC dated 8th December 2020, proposing adjustment under section 143(1)(a) to the returned income, for denial of deduction of ₹ 18,20,276 claimed under section 80P. It was stated in the notice by the CPC that the assessee had made an incorrect claim by way of deduction under section 80P, which was capable of adjustment under section 143(1)(a)(ii), as the return of income was not filed within the due date.

The assessee filed a response in reply to the communication under section 143(1)(a), stating that the return of income was filed under section 139(4), and that the provisions of section 143(1)(a)(b) did not provide for denial of deduction under section 80P, even when the return of income was not filed within the time limit as per section 139(1). Therefore, the assessee claimed that the denial of deduction under section 80P vide intimation under section 143 (1) was not valid in law. The assessee also submitted that the said adjustment could not be called a prima facie adjustment. The assessee thereafter received an intimation under section 143(1) dated 22nd December 2020, denying deduction under section 80P, and determining total income at ₹18,20,276.

The CIT(A) upheld the prima facie adjustments applying the provisions of section 80AC(ii). He held that since the above amended provisions were effective from 1st April 2018, and as the return was filed beyond the due date mentioned in section 139(1), the disallowance of deduction under section 80P was correctly made. He therefore dismissed the appeal of the assessee.

Before the Tribunal, on behalf of the assessee, it was submitted that the return was not filed as per section 139(1), but was within the time limit of due date under section 139(4). Therefore, the rejection of return could not be the criteria. It was further argued that a debatable issue in respect of prima facie adjustment could not be considered by disallowing the claim under section 80 P, which was available to the assessee.

It was submitted on behalf of the assessee that the decision of the Madras High Court in the case of Veerappampalayam Primary Agricultural Co-operative Credit Society Ltd vs. DyCIT 321 CTR (Mad) 163, which was relied upon by the CIT(A), was not applicable in the present case as the Kerala High Court, in the case of Chirakkal Service Co-operative Bank Ltd vs. CIT 384 ITR 490, specifically stated that in cases where returns had been filed, the question of exemption or deductions referable to section 80P would definitely have to be considered and granted if eligible. In that case, the Kerala High Court specifically observed that the Tribunal was not justified in denying deduction under section 80P. Reliance also placed on behalf of the assessee on the decisions of the Tribunal in the cases of Lanjani Co-operative Agri Service Society Ltd vs. DyCIT 146 taxmann.com 468 (Chd) and Medi Seva Sahakari Mandali Ltd vs. Addl DIT, ITA No 38/RJT/2022, order dated 31st October 2022.

On behalf of the revenue, it was argued that the Madras High Court had given a categorical finding that it was an administrative order, and the adjustment was properly done by the AO, as the return was filed beyond the due date under section 139(1). It was submitted that the returns in all the four cases had been filed beyond the due date of their filing as per the date specified in section 139(1). It was further submitted that the CPC was justified in processing the returns of income under section 143(1)(a)(ii), disallowing the claim of deduction under section 80P, as the returns were not filed within the due date.

It was further contended on behalf of the revenue that the only remedy to the solution lay in the machinery provisions of the Act, rather than seeking regular remedy, through resort to section 119(2)(b), which enabled an assessee to approach the CBDT for seeking relief in such matters. Section 119 did not give powers to appellate authorities in such cases.

Reliance was further placed on behalf of the revenue on the decision of the Madras High Court in Veerappampalayam Primary Agricultural Co-Operative Society Ltd (supra), where the court had decided the matter in favour of the revenue holding that prima facie adjustment under section 143(1)(a) was possible. The High Court had observed that the provisions of section 80AC(ii) were very clear in the sense that any deduction claimed under Part C of Chapter VIA would be admissible only if the return of income was filed within the prescribed due date, that the date of filing of the return of income would be apparent from the return itself, that the AO could draw an inference whether the return was filed within the statutory limit prescribed under section 139(1), which was basically a mechanical exercise and within the scope of section 143(1)(a)(ii). Reliance was also placed on the decision of the Mumbai Tribunal in the case of Janki Vaishali Co-operative Housing Society Ltd (supra).

Reliance was also placed by the revenue on the decision of the Supreme Court in the case of Prakash Nath Khanna vs. CIT 135 Taxman 327 (SC), wherein the Supreme Court had held that the time within which the return was to be furnished was indicated only in sub-section (1) of section 139 and not in sub-section (4), and therefore a return filed under section 139(4) would not dilute the fact that the return was filed after the due date. It was argued that the Kerala High Court had not considered this Supreme Court decision, nor had it considered the machinery provisions of section 119(2)(b).

The Tribunal noted the fact that though the return was not filed before the due date specified under section 139(1), it was filed prior to the due date under section 139(4). It noted the decision of the Kerala High Court in the case of Chirakkal Service Co-operative Bank Ltd (supra), where the Kerala High Court had observed that denial of exemption under section 80P merely on the ground of belated filing of return by the assessee was not justified.

The Tribunal observed that the decision of the Madras High Court in the case of Veerappampalayam Primary Agricultural Co-Operative Society Ltd (supra) would not be applicable in the case before it, as whether the assessee therein had filed the return of income beyond the due date under section 139(4) or not had not been taken into account by the Court. According to the Tribunal, the issue was squarely covered by the decision of the Kerala High Court.

The Tribunal therefore allowed the appeals of the assessees.

This decision of the Rajkot bench of the Tribunal has been followed by the same bench in Lunidhar Seva Sahkari Mandali Ltd vs. AO (CPC) 200 ITD 14, by the Chandigarh bench of the Tribunal in the case of Chaplah Co-operative Agricultural Service Society Ltd vs. ITO, 38 NYPTTJ 1292 (Chd) and by the Nagpur bench of the Tribunal in the case of Somalwar Academy Education Societies Employees Co-op. Credit Society, ITA No 17/Nag/2023 dated 18.9.2025.

OBSERVATIONS

The issue moves in a narrow compass. While s. 80AC provides for disallowance of a deduction claimed under any of the sections of chapter VIA of the Act w.e.f A.Y. 2018-19, the provisions of s. 143(1)(a) permit adjustment to the returned income for the relevant period only in respect of those deductions specified in s. 143(1)(a) namely, s. 10AA, 80-IA, 80-IB, 80-IC, 80-ID or 80-IE, and not all those which are specified in chapter VI–A. There is no dispute that a claim made under a belated return of income would be disallowed in an assessment if made under s. 143(3) or any other applicable provisions; the dispute is limited to the issue whether such a deduction claimed in a belated return of income during the relevant period, can be disallowed in processing the return of income under the powers of the AO vested at the relevant time under s. 143(1)(a) permitting him to make the authorised adjustments. The larger issue about the possibility of disallowance at all even in cases of regular assessment where the return of income is belatedly filed under s.139(4) is not tested or examined here.

An important aspect of the decision of the Mumbai bench requires to be noted that the Mumbai bench, in deciding the issue before it, examined the provisions of s. 80AC without examining he applicability of the provisions of s. 143(1(a)(v) at all. Had it done so, or had the distinction between the two been brought to its notice, we are sure that the decision could not have been what has been delivered. Even where it is granted that the provisions of s. 80AC did permit the disallowance by an AO, the issue that was before the bench was whether the said provisions of s.80AC could be applied in determining the total income under s.143(1) by making adjustments that were limited to those specified in sub-clause(v) of clause(a).

Before the Rajkot bench, the revenue had placed significant reliance on the Madras High Court decision in Veerappampalayam’s case(supra). This was a writ petition, where the Madras High Court, while dismissing the writ petition, observed:

“The conduct of the petitioners is also relevant. Not only have the returns been filed belatedly but the petitioners have also chosen not to co-operate in the conduct of assessment. They are admittedly in receipt of the defect notices from the CPC, but have not bothered to respond to the same. The writ petitions have themselves been filed belatedly and after the elapse of more than six to eight months from the dates of impugned orders, in all cases. It is only when the Revenue has initiated proceedings for recovery by attachment of bank accounts have the petitioners approached this Court. This factor also strengthens my resolve that these are not matters warranting interference in terms of Article under section 226 of the Constitution of India, quite apart from the decision that I have arrived at on the legal issue.”

Therefore, that decision of the Madras High court was found by the Rajkot bench to be significantly influenced by the inaction of the petitioners in Veerappaamalayam’ case, and the petitioner in that case belatedly approaching the Court. Besides, as observed by the Rajkot bench of the Tribunal, from the facts before the Madras High Court, it was not clear whether the returns were filed within the time specified under section 139(4). The Rajkot bench chose to hold that the ratio of the Madras High court decision was applicable to the peculiar facts of the case before the court.

On the other hand, the Rajkot bench derived support from the decision of the Kerala High Court in the case of Chirakkal Service Co-operative Bank Ltd (supra) that dealt with the period prior to amendment of section 80AC itself. The Kerala High Court observed as under:

“18. Questions B and C relate to denial of exemption on ground referable to belated filing of return, that is to say, returns filed beyond the period stipulated under section 139(1) or section 139(4), as the case may be, as well as section 142(1) or section 148, as the case may be. There are no cases among these appeals where returns were not filed. There are cases where claims have been made along with the returns and the returns were filed within time. Still further, there are cases where returns were filed belatedly, that is to say, beyond the period stipulated under sub-section 1 or 4 of section 139; and, there are also returns filed after the period with reference to sections 142(1) and 148 of the IT Act.

19. Section 80A(5) provides that where the assessee fails to make a claim in his return of income for any deduction, inter alia, under any provision of Chapter VIA under the heading “C.-Deductions in respect of certain incomes”, no deduction shall be allowed to him thereunder. Therefore, in cases where no returns have been filed for a particular assessment year, no deductions shall be allowed. This embargo in section 80A(5) would apply, though section 80P is not included in section 80AC. This is so because, the inhibition against allowing deduction is worded in quite similar terms in sections 80A(5) and 80AC, of which section 80A(5) is a provision inserted through the Finance Act 33/2009 with effect from 1.4.2013 after the insertion of section 80AC as per the Finance Act of 2006 with effect from 1.4.2006. This clearly evidences the legislative intendment that the inhibition contained in sub-section 5 of section 80A would operate by itself. In cases where returns have been filed, the question of exemptions or deductions referable to section 80P would definitely have to be considered and granted if eligible.

20. Here, questions would arise as to whether belated returns filed beyond the period stipulated under section 139(1) or section 139(4) as well as following sections 142(1) and 148 proceedings could be considered for exemption. If those returns are eligible to be accepted in terms of law, going by the provisions of the statute and the governing binding precedents, it goes without saying that the claim for exemption will also stand effectuated as a claim duly made as part of the returns so filed, for due consideration.

21. When a notice under section 142(1) is issued, the person may furnish the return and while doing so, could also make claim for deduction referable to section 80P. Not much different is the situation when pre-assessment enquiry is carried forward by issuance of notice under section 142 (1) or when notice is issued on the premise of escaped assessment referable to section 148 of the IT Act. This position notwithstanding, when an assessment is subjected to first appeal or further appeals under the IT Act or all questions germane for concluding the assessment would be relevant and claims which may result in modification of the returns already filed could also be entertained, particularly when it relates to claims for exemptions. This is so because the finality of assessment would not be achieved in all such cases, until the termination of all such appellate remedies. Under such circumstances, the Tribunal was not justified in denying exemption under section 80P of the IT Act on the mere ground of belated filing of return by the assessee concerned. A return filed by the assessee beyond the period stipulated under section 139(1) or 139(4) or under section 142(1) or section 148 can also be accepted and acted upon provided further proceedings in relation to such assessments are pending in the statutory hierarchy of adjudication in terms of the provisions of the IT Act. In all such situations, it cannot be treated that a return filed at any stage of such proceedings could be treated as non est in law and invalid for the purpose of deciding exemption under section 80P of the IT Act.”

The Mumbai bench of the Tribunal, while dealing with the provisions of section 80AC, did not consider the aspect of whether the disallowance of the deduction under section 80P was permissible under section 143(1)(a), particularly the fact that sub-clause (v) of clause(a) of sub-section(1) of section 143, as it then stood, permitted the adjustments only in respect of those specifically referred sections 10AA, 80IA, 80IB, 80IC, 80ID and 80IE, for disallowance of deduction if the return was filed beyond the due date specified under section 139(1). The provisions of section 143(1)(a) were specifically modified only with effect from AY 2021-22, to amend clause (v) to include all deductions under part C of Chapter VIA – disallowance of deduction claimed under section 10AA or under any of the provisions of Chapter VIA under the heading C- Deductions in respect of Certain Incomes, if the return is furnished beyond the due date specified under sub-section (1) of section 139. This amendment in s. 143(1)(a)(v), to match the language of section 80AC, was made by the Finance Act 2021 with effect from AY 2021-22. The amendment is not made retrospectively applicable. Therefore, it appears that the intention before the amendment was only to cover the then specified sections for adjustment under section 143(1)(a) till AY 2020-21, and not to include deduction under section 80P for such adjustment.

It may be noted that subsequently the CBDT issued circular No. 13 of 2023 dated 26 July 2023, directing the Chief Commissioners of Income Tax/Directors-General of Income Tax to admit and deal on merits with applications for condonation of delay from co-operative societies claiming deduction under section 80P, for assessment years from AY 2018-19 to AY 2022-23. The circular laid down criteria for dealing with such applications, which required verification of whether the delay was caused due to circumstances beyond the control of the assessee, whether there was a delay in getting the accounts audited by statutory auditors appointed under the respective state law, and whether there was any other issue indicating tax avoidance or tax evasion.

In our opinion had the Mumbai bench examined the apparent contrast between the provisions of s. 80AC and the provisions of s. 143(1)(a)(v), as then applicable for assessment year 2018-19, it would have surely appreciated the glaring difference between the language and the scope of the two provisions and would have held that the power of the AO under s. 143(1)(a) to make adjustment was limited to the sections specified in clause(v) thereof and not to all the claims made under part C of the Chapter VI-A of the Act. Therefore, the better view of the matter seems to be the one taken by the Rajkot, Chandigarh and Nagpur benches of the Tribunal, that the deduction under section 80P could not have been disallowed while processing the return under section 143(1)(a) for the assessment years up to 2021-22, in spite of the amendment in s. 80AC made w.e.f assessment year 2018-19. Even for the subsequent assessment years, the better and beneficial view would be to not deny and disallow the deduction claimed under any of the provisions of chapter VI-A where the return of income is filed belatedly but before the due date specified under section 139(4).

Fast-Track Mergers in India: Recent Amendments

The Ministry of Corporate Affairs’ notification dated 4 September 2025 marks a significant reform in India’s corporate restructuring regime by expanding the scope of fast-track mergers under Section 233 of the Companies Act, 2013. Earlier confined to small companies and wholly owned subsidiaries, the provision now includes mergers between unlisted companies, holding–subsidiary entities, fellow subsidiaries, and certain inbound foreign mergers. It also extends to divisions and demergers, introducing procedural relaxations such as longer filing timelines and mandatory auditor certification (Form CAA-10A). Judicial precedents emphasise balancing efficiency with fairness and stakeholder protection, limiting the Regional Director’s discretion and ensuring public interest oversight. While the amendments simplify processes and decongest tribunals, practical challenges remain – especially in obtaining high shareholder and creditor approvals, managing cross-border compliance, and ensuring valuation transparency. The success of this framework will hinge on harmonized regulation, digital integration, and preservation of stakeholder trust.

INTRODUCTION

Mergers and acquisitions represent some of the most significant transformations in the corporate world, fundamentally altering ownership structures, redefining strategic direction, and often determining the long-term viability of enterprises. In India, the regulatory framework governing mergers has evolved thoughtfully, seeking to harmonize international best practices with the unique challenges of the domestic market. The enactment of fast-track merger provisions under Section 233 of the Companies Act, 2013, including its further enhancement, is one such step towards simplifying the merger process for certain classes of companies, while maintaining essential protections for stakeholders. As Prof. K.T. Shah aptly observed, the Law must serve the people, adapting to changing needs without losing sight of justice. The ongoing evolution of merger regulations, emphasizing both efficiency and equity in corporate restructuring, reflects this very principle.

LEGISLATIVE GENESIS (Evolution of Section 233 and its limited original scope)

Why did India, a jurisdiction long accustomed to court-driven merger approvals, choose to carve out a tribunal-free path for certain companies? The answer lies in the shifting priorities of regulatory reform: streamlining corporate processes, decongesting the judiciary, and aligning with global best practices—without sacrificing stakeholder protection.

Here are some key reasons that set the fast track in motion:

1. Ease of Doing Business (EoDB)

The Ministry of Corporate Affairs (MCA) wanted to align Indian corporate law with the global thrust for simplification of corporate processes. The corporate law regime under the Companies Act, 1956, required all schemes of arrangement under Sections 391 and 394 to obtain High Court sanction, regardless of scale or simplicity, imposing delays and costs. Recognizing these inefficiencies, the J.J. Irani Committee (2005) recommended simplified merger pathways for intra-group and small company restructurings. Consequently, Section 233 of the Companies Act, 2013, along with Rules prescribed later, introduced a fast track route for certain eligible companies that, under specific conditions and subject to rules, allows mergers without first going to the NCLT.

2. Reducing Tribunal Burden

With NCLTs replacing High Courts in 2016, the government anticipated heavy caseloads. To free up judicial bandwidth, simple, non-controversial mergers were carved out into a fast-track route (no NCLT approval unless objections arise).

GLOBAL BENCHMARKS: (Viewing through global lenses)

Several jurisdictions already had streamlined merger processes. Section 233 was India’s attempt to import global best practices while tailoring them to Indian realities. Like Delaware’s short-form mergers or Singapore’s intra-group mechanism, the Indian provisions were crafted to deal with ‘non-contentious, low-risk mergers’ in an efficient manner—ensuring speed and simplicity without overburdening the courts.

Singapore – Short form amalgamation

Singapore’s Companies Act (Cap. 50) provides a ‘short-form amalgamation’ under Section 215D to streamline intra-group mergers where no minority interests are involved. The provision allows a holding company to merge with one or more of its wholly-owned subsidiaries, or for two or more wholly-owned subsidiaries of the same holding company to merge among themselves. In such cases, the process bypasses the more detailed requirements of Sections 215B and 215C, provided that the members of each amalgamating company approve the amalgamation by special resolution. The surviving entity may be either the holding company or one of the subsidiaries. While certain formalities are dispensed with, the procedure still requires directors to provide solvency assurances and, where applicable, notices to secured creditors.

Delaware- Short-Form Mergers

Under Section 253 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (DGCL), a parent corporation that owns at least 90% of the shares of a subsidiary may merge the subsidiary into itself without a vote by minority shareholders. The parent’s board must adopt a resolution approving the merger and file a Certificate of Ownership and Merger with the state. Minority shareholders are notified of the transaction and may exercise appraisal rights under Section 262, enabling them to seek a judicial determination of the fair value of their shares.

These global benchmarks underscore a common objective—streamlining intra-group mergers while safeguarding stakeholders—an approach that India has now reinforced through its recent September 2025 amendments.

RECENT AMENDMENTS (Expanding the doorway: more companies, more possibilities, same safeguards.)

The Ministry of Corporate Affairs (MCA) notification dated 4 September 2025 marks a decisive step in expanding the scope of fast-track mergers under Section 233. While the original provision was limited to small companies and wholly-owned subsidiaries (WOS), the amendment broadens its applicability, signalling a significant evolution in India’s corporate restructuring framework.

What are the significant revisions in Section 233, and how do they enhance the framework for fast-track mergers in India?

1. Expanded Eligible Classes of Companies

  • Unlisted Companies:

Fast-track mergers are now allowed between two unlisted companies, provided

a. None of the Companies involved in the merger is a Company under Section 8 of the Companies Act.

b. The aggregate borrowings (loans, debentures, deposits) of each company involved in the merger do not exceed ₹200 crore, and

c. There is no default in repayment of such borrowings.

The qualification (as mentioned in b and c above) must be satisfied both on a date not more than 30 days before the notice inviting objections and on the date of scheme filing. An auditor’s certificate in Form CAA-10A is required to confirm compliance with these criteria.

  • Holding–Subsidiary Mergers:

Mergers between a holding company (listed or unlisted) and its subsidiary (listed or unlisted) are now allowed. Previously, the fast-track route was limited to wholly owned subsidiaries only.

Notably, the fast-track route will not be available in cases where the Transferor company or companies (whether holding company or subsidiary) is a listed company.

Illustration

Provide, Transferor Company (ies) ≠ Listed Company.

  • Fellow Subsidiaries:

Two or more subsidiaries under the same parent company can now merge through the fast-track process. However, here too, the transferor company or companies must not be listed.

Example Illustration:

Subject to the conditions stated in the clause, any scheme of merger, amalgamation, transfer, or division between Company ‘A’, Company ‘B’, Company ‘C’, and Company ‘D’, or any combination thereof, would be covered under this clause, where the Transferor Company (ies) ≠ Listed Company

  • Foreign / Inbound (Reverse-Flip) Mergers:

A foreign holding company incorporated outside India may merge into its wholly owned Indian subsidiary under the fast-track route.

2. Procedural and Filing Relaxations / Clarifications

  • Notice to Regulators and Stock Exchanges

Companies regulated by a sectoral regulator such as Reserve Bank of India (RBI), Securities and Exchange Board (SEBI), Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of India (IRDA) or Pension Fund Regulatory and Development Authority (PFDA), as the case may be, must issue notices to the concerned regulatory authorities for their objection(s) or suggestion(s). Listed companies must also notify their respective stock exchanges.

Any objections or suggestions received from the sectoral regulator and the stock exchanges must be addressed in the scheme.

  • Extended Timelines

Following the conclusion of meetings of members or class of members or creditors or class of creditors, the transferee company must file the approved scheme and meeting result reports within 15 days (previously 7 days) using Form CAA-11 (attached to Form RD-1), along with a report from a registered valuer.

3. Extension to Demergers / Transfer of Undertakings

The fast-track provisions now explicitly apply, mutatis mutandis, to schemes involving the division or transfer of undertakings under Section 232(1)(b), providing a statutory pathway for certain demerger cases that were earlier subject to NCLT supervision under Sections 230–232.

This amendment represents a qualitative shift in corporate restructuring procedures. By broadening eligibility, introducing procedural relaxations, and explicitly including certain demergers and transfer of undertakings, it streamlines the approval process while maintaining robust safeguards for creditors, minority shareholders, and regulators.

As these procedural reforms take effect, courts will play a key role in interpreting how efficiency and oversight intersect in the broader public interest.

JUDICIAL INTERPRETATION (When efficiency meets oversight — How courts redefine ‘Public Interest’.)

While corporate laws allow companies to restructure and streamline operations, courts have repeatedly emphasized that efficiency must not compromise fairness, stakeholder rights, or the public interest. These cases show how judicial oversight translates these principles into real-world decisions.

Case example 1: Emphasizing – Purpose and Fairness of the scheme

Gabs Investments Pvt. Ltd. v. Union of India (NCLT, Mumbai, 2017)

Background

Gabs Investments Pvt. Ltd. (Gabs), a promoter holding company, proposed a merger with Ajanta Pharma Ltd. (Ajanta) to streamline the promoter group’s shareholding structure.

Regulatory Objection

The Income Tax Department objected, asserting that the merger was primarily a tax avoidance mechanism under the General Anti-Avoidance Rules (GAAR), potentially leading to significant revenue loss.

Tribunal’s Analysis and Decision

The NCLT rejected the merger after reviewing the financials, finding that it disproportionately benefited promoters while offering minimal advantage to public shareholders. The scheme also enabled the avoidance of significant tax liabilities, indicating it was not in the public interest. The Tribunal stressed that its role goes beyond procedural checks to ensuring the purpose and fairness of the scheme.

Key takeaway

The NCLT emphasized that its role extends beyond procedural compliance. While Sections 230–232 (and by analogy, Section 233 fast-track mergers) permit restructuring, they cannot be misused to evade tax obligations or undermine public interest.

Case example 2: Interesting understanding– Power of the Regional Director

Asset Auto India Pvt. Ltd. & Ors. vs. Union of India (Bombay High Court, 2018)

Background

Asset Auto India Pvt. Ltd. and its wholly owned subsidiaries sought approval for a scheme of amalgamation under the fast-track merger route provided by Section 233 of the Companies Act, 2013. The petitioners confirmed that they had complied with all statutory requirements under subsections (1)–(4) of Section 233.

Action by Regional Director (RD)

The Regional Director, Western Region (Mumbai), rejected the scheme on 12 November 2018, citing concerns about the solvency of the companies based on their balance sheets.

Legal Issue

Whether the Regional Director has the authority to outright reject a fast-track merger scheme under Section 233, when the statutory conditions appear to have been fulfilled.

Court’s Findings

The Bombay High Court held that the RD exceeded his authority by rejecting the scheme outright. The Court relied on Section 233(5), which provides that if the Central Government (through the RD) believes the scheme is not in the public interest or prejudicial to creditors, it may apply to the Tribunal within 60 days for the scheme to be considered under Section 232.

The Court examined and clarified that the word “may” in Section 233(5). The Court clarified that the RD’s role is limited to forming an opinion; any adverse view must be referred to the Tribunal. Allowing direct rejection would violate principles of natural justice and the legislative intent of Section 233.

Conclusion

The High Court held that the Regional Director cannot outright reject a fast-track merger scheme. Adverse opinions must be referred to the NCLT under Section 232, curtailing administrative discretion and ensuring adherence to due process.

Significance

By channelling contentious matters to the Tribunal, the ruling balances efficiency with oversight, strengthens confidence in the fast-track merger framework, and encourages eligible companies to use it while safeguarding stakeholder interests.

While fast-track provisions aim to simplify mergers, the judicial scrutiny in these cases shows that practical and procedural challenges still shape how these schemes operate in reality.

FAST-TRACK MERGER PROCESS (From boardroom to regulatory nod — procedural roadmap.)

The fast-track merger under Section 233 of the Companies Act, 2013, offers a simplified route for mergers between eligible entities. Designed to reduce procedural delays and regulatory burden, this mechanism bypasses the full NCLT approval process.However, companies must carefully navigate statutory requirements, prescribed forms, and stakeholder approvals to ensure a smooth merger process.

FAST TRACK MERGER
PROCESS TIME LINES
A Applicability of fast-track merger
Confirm the applicability as per
section 233 of the Companies Act.
B MOA and AOA review
Before initiating the merger, review their MOA and AOA to ensure that the objects clause permits amalgamation and that the Articles authorize the Board to approve such a scheme; amendments may be required if these provisions are absent.
C STEPS FOR FAST TRACK MERGER
1. Approval of the Board of Directors for the Fast Track merger
Both the transferor and transferee companies shall hold the Board
Meeting to approve the draft scheme of merger.
2. Issue a notice of merger –
 

Issue notice FORM CAA-9 for inviting objects/ suggestions from:

 

a)            Jurisdictional Registrar of Companies – (In from GNL 1);

 

b)            Official Liquidator (OL) – (Physical
copy);

 

c) Persons affected by the scheme of merger of the company (respective Income tax authorities)-  (Physical copy);

d)            Sectoral regulator such as Reserve Bank of India, Securities and Exchange  Board, Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of India or Pension Fund Regulatory and Development Authority, as the case may be (Physical copy);

 

e)            Respective stock exchanges  (for listed companies)- (Physical copy).

Within 30 days
3. Declaration of Solvency
Each company involved in the
scheme of merger has to file their
respective Declaration of Solvency Statement in Form CAA-10 with the ROC in Form GNL-2.
Within 7 days of the conclusion of the meeting
4. Any Objection/ Suggestion received
The objections and suggestions received are considered by the companies in their respective general meetings.
5. Approval of Members and Creditors
The scheme must be approved by:

Members holding at least 90% of the total shares, and Creditors representing 9/10th in value..

Both the Transferor and Transferee Companies are to file the special resolution as approved by the members and creditors in E-form MGT-14 with the ROC.
6. Notice of meeting of members and creditors
Notice given to the shareholders/creditors to be accompanied by;

 

a) Copy of the proposed scheme;

 

b) Statement disclosing the details of the merger;

 

c) Copy of the latest audited/provisional financial statements:

 

d) Copy of valuation report, if any;

 

e) Explanation stating the effect of the scheme on creditors, KMPs, Promoters and Non-promoter members and debenture holders and the effect on any material interests of the directors or the debenture trustees;

 

f) Copy of Declaration of Solvency;

 

 

 

7. Filing of scheme with the RD, ROC and OL

The transferee company is to file the approved scheme, notice, along with the result of the members’ meeting and approval by creditors:

 

– With the RD in Form CAA-11, through hand delivery or registered post or speed post.

 

– With ROC in Form GNL-1,

 

– With the Official Liquidator, through hand delivery or by registered post or speed post.

 

– With the Income Tax department, through hand delivery or by registered post or by speed post.

 

Note: Form GNL-1 to be accompanied by FormCAA-11 filed with the RD

Within 15  days from the date of the meeting
8. Approval of Scheme
ROC and OL may give objections or suggestions, if any, to the RD within 30days.

 

Post that if no objection is received and if RD is of the opinion that the scheme is in the public interest or in the interest of creditors, the scheme will be confirmed in Form CAA-12.

If no objections or suggestions are received within 30 days from ROC and OL, it shall be presumed that they have no objections and within a period of 15 days after the expiry of said thirty days, a confirmation order shall be issued.
 

 

If objections are received from ROC or OL or both, and RD is of the opinion that the scheme is not in public interest, it may file an application with the NCLT in Form CAA-13. Within 60 days from the date of receipt of the scheme
9. Filing of approved scheme and confirmation order
The order of RD approving the scheme to be filed in Form INC- 28 with the ROC within 30 days With 30 days from the date of receipt of the order

Additional Consideration – The Regional Director may request for following additional documents. Keeping these ready in advance facilitates smoother and faster processing.

1. Certified Copy of the list of Directors, shareholders and creditors of both the transferor and transferee companies.

2. Verified Facts regarding the subject companies having a relationship of Holding and wholly owned subsidiary company.

3. Shareholding Pattern of pre- and post-merger of the Transferee Company.

4. Audited Financial Statements and Directors’ reports of both the transferor and transferee companies for the preceding three years.

5. Memorandum and Articles of Association of both companies containing a clause empowering merger and amalgamation.

6. Details of Related Party Transactions entered into by both companies.

7. Undertaking from the directors of the Transferee Company that no employees shall be adversely affected, and accounting policies will not be altered.

8. A Certificate issued by the Auditor of the Company to the effect that accounting treatment, if any, proposed in the scheme of merger is in conformity with the Accounting Standards prescribed under section 133 of the Companies Act, 2013.

9. Proof that the Authorised capital of the Transferee Company is sufficient to allot shares to the shareholders of the Transferor Company.

a) Present Paid-up Share Capital of the Company.

b) Cross Holdings to be cancelled.

c) Remaining paid-up Capital of the Company.

d) Amount of shares to be allotted to the members of the Transferor Companies by the Transferee Company.

e) Consolidated Statement of Authorised Capital and Paid-up Capital of Transferee Company after issuing shares to the members of Transferor Company.

f)

(Disclaimer: The documents mentioned above are indicative and may vary on a case-by-case basis.)

Pre-merger consideration and implementation issues:

Before initiating a fast-track merger, companies must carefully evaluate strategic, legal, and compliance aspects to ensure eligibility, smooth execution, and regulatory alignment. Early planning mitigates procedural delays and potential objections. Key points that need consideration before initiating the process of fast-track merger:

1. Creditor Approvals: Obtaining consent from 90% of creditors can be a major operational hurdle. Non-participation may cause delays or force the company to restart the fast-track merger or switch to the standard NCLT process. While written consents are permitted, coordinating responses from a large creditor base can be cumbersome. Companies should assess creditor positions in advance and seek preliminary indications of no-objection before commencing the formal process.

2. Shareholder Approvals: Securing 90% approval from shareholders, especially in public or widely held entities, can be difficult. The framework does not explicitly allow written consent from shareholders, which could simplify the process in closely held companies. Early engagement with shareholders is recommended to anticipate challenges and streamline approvals.

3. Documentation Preparedness: The Regional Director or ROC may request additional documents, including auditor certificates on accounting treatment, updated financial statements, and NOCs from secured creditors. Requirements may vary across jurisdictions, and some ROCs may mandate physical filings. It is advisable to confirm the procedure and customary practice with the relevant authority in advance to avoid delays.

4. Pending Compliance Issues: Unresolved ROC filings, statutory defaults, or litigation may hinder approval. Ensuring that all regulatory requirements are up to date before initiating the merger is critical.

5. Regulatory and Interpretational Considerations: While the statutory procedure for fast-track mergers is prescribed under Section 233 of the Companies Act, 2013, review practices by Regional Directors may vary, and issues such as treatment of pending liabilities, accounting practices, or cross-border elements can give rise to queries. Companies should anticipate potential questions, clarify ambiguities, and provide detailed disclosures in the scheme to facilitate smooth regulatory approval.

6. Intellectual Property and Regulatory Approvals: If either company holds IP, licenses, or regulatory approvals, ensure that these can be transferred or revalidated under the merger scheme.

7. Stamp Duty on Asset Transfer: The transfer of assets from the transferor to the transferee company may attract stamp duty under state-specific laws. Companies should assess applicable rates and understand the implications before initiating the merger process.

8. Solvency Requirement: Only companies that are solvent are eligible for a fast-track merger. Prior verification of solvency is thus essential.

9. Clubbing of Authorised Share Capital: In a fast-track merger, the authorized share capital of the transferor company is combined with that of the transferee. Companies should ensure the post-merger capital structure is properly reflected and represented in the scheme to maintain compliance and ease approval.

10. Taxation Implication: While the Income Tax Act grants tax-neutral treatment to mergers and demergers fulfilling specific conditions under Section 47, it does not explicitly recognize fast-track mergers under Section 233 of the Companies Act. This legislative gap creates uncertainty over the availability of tax benefits such as exemption from capital gains, carry-forward of losses, and transfer of tax credits. Companies should therefore seek tax advice and evaluate potential liabilities in advance to ensure proper structuring and compliance.

TECHNICAL & PRACTICAL CHALLENGES (Challenges Unveiled: The Dynamic between Rules and Realities in Fast-Track Mergers)

The fast-track merger provision offers a streamlined process, allowing companies to undergo mergers or demergers with reduced regulatory hurdles and shorter procedural timelines. However, while designed for efficiency, the mechanism can give rise to several challenges in practice when applying Section 233.

Here are some of the challenges under the current law:

1. Regulatory Coordination Challenges

While notifying sector-specific regulators and stock exchanges enhances oversight, it may also create procedural uncertainty. In practice, delays in feedback or prolonged clarifications from regulatory bodies can undermine the intended efficiency of the fast-track route. To minimize potential setbacks, companies should plan sufficient lead time and engage early with relevant authorities to ensure smoother progression.

2. Complexity in Shareholder Consent

The shareholder and creditor approval requirements under Section 233 can pose practical challenges, particularly due to the high consent thresholds. Obtaining approval from 90% of the value of shareholders may be especially difficult for widely held or listed companies, where aligning diverse interests is inherently complex. By comparison, the regular merger process under the NCLT requires only a 75% majority of voting shareholders present at convened meetings, making the fast-track route comparatively less feasible in certain scenarios.

3. Legal and Structural Challenges

The fast-track merger mechanism still demands full legal and regulatory compliance. Pending disputes, statutory non-compliance, or structural inefficiencies can create significant hurdles. The perception that this route is easier or less demanding is misleading and increasingly risky. With the recent amendment expanding Section 233 to cover certain public company mergers, the bar for legal and operational readiness has been raised.

4. Public Perception and Market Reactions

Fast-track mergers are highly sensitive to investor sentiment and creditor confidence. Limited transparency around strategic objectives or financial health can provoke resistance, especially given the 90% approval threshold for creditors. With the amended framework now covering a broader class of entities, clear communication and proactive stakeholder engagement are more important than ever—particularly in complex or widely held ownership structures.

5. Cross-Border Mergers

Cross-border mergers introduce additional legal and regulatory layers, including compliance with FEMA, RBI guidelines, international tax and investment laws. The recent inclusion of inbound cross-border mergers under the fast-track route heightens the need for careful navigation of multi-jurisdictional requirements.

6. Contingent Delays in the Fast-Track Mechanism

Although the fast-track route is designed to streamline mergers by removing the need for NCLT approval, its efficiency is conditional. If statutory authorities—such as sectoral regulators, the Registrar of Companies, or the Official Liquidator—raise concerns, the Regional Director may escalate the matter to the NCLT. This escalation triggers a fresh tribunal application, nullifying time savings and potentially extending the merger timeline significantly.

With these practical and legal realities in view, we turn our gaze to how merger law in India is poised to adapt and transform in the years ahead.

FUTURE OF MERGER LAW IN INDIA  (The road ahead — reforms, evolving practices, and new opportunities)

Key developments likely to shape the future of India’s merger law:

1. Harmonization Requirement: SEBI LODR and Section 233:

Listed companies must seek prior approval from stock exchanges for schemes of arrangement filed before a court or tribunal under Sections 230–234 of the Companies Act, per regulation 37 of SEBI (LODR) Regulations. However, schemes under Section 233 (fast-track mergers) are not presented before a tribunal, creating a technical gap. While an exemption exists for holding–subsidiary mergers, the drafting does not explicitly extend this relief to fast-track mergers. This misalignment generates compliance uncertainty for listed companies, making SEBI guidance or a clarificatory amendment essential to harmonize the fast-track framework with LODR requirements.

2. Scrutiny of Fellow Subsidiary Merger:

Post-2025, courts are expected to adopt a more rigorous approach to mergers between fellow subsidiaries, particularly to safeguard minority shareholders’ rights. Increased scrutiny will ensure these transactions serve the interests of all shareholders, with courts examining whether mergers are genuinely fair. Minority shareholders may invoke Section 241 of the Companies Act to challenge unfair treatment, potentially adding complexity. This challenge could prompt the development of best-practice protocols for intra-group mergers to ensure transparency and fairness.

3. Further Eligibility Expansion:

Extending fast-track mergers to listed companies under strict disclosure and minority protection frameworks. This expansion would align India with certain other global practices, where listed intra-group mergers are facilitated under controlled conditions.

4. Digital Transformation:

Moving toward end-to-end digital filings, e-consents by shareholders/creditors, and regulator  dashboards to track progress. This transformation would minimize delays caused by physical filings and inter-agency coordination, making “fast-track” truly fast.

5. Valuation Complexities

The extension of fast-track mergers to divisions, undertakings, and demergers introduces valuation challenges. Independent valuers are required, but their methodologies (DCF, NAV, market multiples) can produce divergent outcomes. Disputes over the fairness of swap ratios or book values are likely, especially where promoter interests are perceived to dominate. Professional independence of valuers and transparent disclosures will be the real test of integrity in this regime.

6. Minority Rights Evolution:

As dissent risks increase, India may adopt  mechanisms like “exit rights” at fair value, mandatory valuation fairness opinions, or statutory  appraisal remedies (similar to Delaware’s Section 262). This would strengthen minority confidence in the process.

7. Institutional Bandwidth Constraints:

The effective rollout of the revised fast-track merger regime may be hindered by limitations in regulatory capacity. With Regional Directors managing a diverse set of statutory functions, the additional workload could challenge timely and consistent approvals. Strengthening institutional readiness through additional dedicated teams, procedural clarity, targeted capacity building, setting standard protocols, and inter-agency coordination will be essential to support the intended efficiency of the framework.

CONCLUSION (Fast-track success will be measured not in speed alone, but in trust sustained.)

The Section 233 fast-track merger process offers clear advantages in speed and reduced bureaucracy, yet challenges persist around shareholder and creditor consent, valuation, compliance, and post-merger integration. Meanwhile, the broader regulatory landscape still grapples with uncertainty, enforcement delays, and policy inconsistency — factors that can influence investor confidence. Still, the deeper success of this mechanism will depend not merely on timelines or approvals, but on how faithfully equity among all stakeholders — shareholders, creditors, and the public alike is preserved.

As the ancient Sanskrit maxim reminds us, “Dharmaḥ rakṣati rakṣitaḥ”  — the law protects those who uphold it. When law is honoured, trust follows; and with trust comes the strength to build systems in business and governance that endure.

Cybercrime: Threats, Warning Signs, And Practical Remedies

Cybercrime in 2025 poses severe financial and reputational risks, with Indian entities projected to lose ₹20,000 crore. AI has revolutionised both attack and defense — enabling phishing, ransomware, and deepfake frauds, while also strengthening cybersecurity through real-time anomaly detection. India records 369 million security incidents annually, making awareness essential. Key laws like the DPDP Act 2025, Telecom Cyber Security Rules 2024, and IT Act provisions enhance accountability. Common frauds include phishing, BEC, ransomware, SIM swaps, and crypto scams. Victims must act swiftly—contact banks, report to NCRP (1930), and involve law enforcement. Prevention, vigilance, and education remain the strongest defense.

Indian entities are projected to lose nearly ₹20,000 crore to cybercrimes in 2025. The most significant new threats in 2025 include AI-driven ransomware, large-scale use of infostealers, deepfake-enabled frauds, and event-based attacks. AI has become a game-changer in the cyber threat landscape, serving both as a powerful tool for attackers and a critical defense for security professionals. In 2025, cybercriminals use generative AI to automate phishing, break through traditional defenses and scale social engineering attacks. Deepfakes on social media surged to over 8 million videos and audio in 2025 due to affordable and accessible tools, leading to identity and reputational attacks.

On the defensive front, AI technologies are increasingly used to protect individuals and organizations. State-of-the-art AI cybersecurity systems analyze billions of data points in real time, detect anomalies, reverse-engineer advanced malware, and automate threat response, leading to faster, more accurate detection and mitigation. AI-based security solutions continue to gain ground in India, especially for financial services and critical infrastructure, with adaptive learning and predictive analytics preventing attacks before they escalate.

Digital transformation in India has accelerated cybercrime at an unprecedented rate. In 2025, India has already recorded over 369 million security incidents so far according to the latest India Cyber Threat Report. On an average, 702 cyber threats are detected every minute, impacting businesses, professionals, and citizens across multiple sectors.

Organizations are advised to deploy AI-driven tools for behavior-based detection, automating routine security workflows, and building resilience against rapidly evolving threats. The responsible use of AI combined with timely human intervention remains pivotal to overcoming AI-powered cybercrime in 2025.

The Telecommunications (Telecom Cyber Security) Rules, 2024, require operators to have robust cybersecurity policies and incident reporting within 6 hours. The Digital Personal Data Protection (DPDP) Act is expected to be fully implemented in 2025, mandating stricter data governance. Section 43 and 65 of the IT Act, 2000 and new provisions under the Bhartiya Nyaya Sanhita also strengthen legal prosecution of cybercrimes such as hacking and data theft. Underreporting remains a challenge in certain geographies.

Cybercrime today is no longer confined to the IT department. It directly impacts businesses, professionals, and individual citizens, often resulting in substantial financial and reputational loss. With India’s rapid adoption of digital payments and online services, incidents have multiplied. In 2024, the Indian Cyber Crime Coordination Centre (I4C) reported millions of complaints, while the Federal Bureau of Investigation’s Internet Crime Complaint Center (IC3) in the United States noted losses exceeding USD 16 billion.

For Chartered Accountants, whether in advisory or operational roles, awareness is crucial. This article outlines the main forms of cybercrime and provides actionable steps before, during, and after an incident.

TYPES OF CYBERCRIME

Phishing (email / SMS fraud): Phishing is the fraudulent attempt to obtain sensitive information (passwords, OTPs, account details) by disguising as a trusted entity. For example, a Mumbai-based professional received an email that appeared to be from his bank, urging him to ‘update KYC details.’ The email carried a link to a fake site. The victim entered his internet banking credentials, leading to unauthorised transfers within minutes. Prevention: Verify links, enable multi-factor authentication (MFA), and never share OTPs.

Business Email Compromise (BEC): Business Email Compromise is a sophisticated scam targeting companies, especially their finance departments. Attackers impersonate CEOs or suppliers through compromised or look-alike email accounts. A Delhi-based SME received an invoice from what seemed like a regular supplier, but with slightly altered bank account details. The accounts team transferred ₹25 lakh before realising the fraud. Prevention: Introduce call-back verification for new or changed payment details. Train staff to double-check sender addresses.

Ransomware: Ransomware is malicious software that encrypts data and demands payment for release, often in cryptocurrency. A healthcare facility in Pune found its patient records locked with a ransom note demanding Bitcoin. Since backups were outdated, the hospital had to pay to regain access. Prevention: Maintain offline backups and patch systems regularly.

SIM Swap Fraud: Fraudsters duplicate a victim’s SIM card by tricking telecom operators, allowing them to intercept OTPs. An NRI businessman lost access to his Indian mobile number while abroad. Fraudsters used the duplicate SIM to reset banking passwords and transferred funds from his NRE account. Prevention: Use authenticator apps or hardware tokens instead of SMS OTPs.

Investment and Cryptocurrency Scams: Fraudsters lure victims with promises of high returns on fake platforms. An IT employee in Bengaluru invested through a trading app recommended by a social media contact. The app showed ‘profits,’ but withdrawals were blocked until further payments were made. Eventually, the app vanished. Prevention: Verify regulatory registration of financial platforms. Be wary of unsolicited investment advice.

Travel Booking, Hotel Booking, Action against Money Laundering, Payment Link from Traffic Police for fines, Offers and Free Gifts etc Scams are few more examples of mode adopted by Fraudsters to lure the victims.

Prevention: Verify regulatory registration of financial platforms. Be wary of free gifts and free offers. Be alert when any email/sms/link is received from any government agency entity. Check emails/phone numbers etc. from where the sender is located, don’t click on any link received from any unknown number or from any unknown source, don’t be afraid of any fines/penalties, but check vigilantly, don’t be attracted by any free offers. Nothing is free in this life.

STEP-BY-STEP RESPONSE FOR VICTIMS

Victim has to take following action as applicable: Contact the bank, request freezing of the account, call the cybercrime helpline 1930, and file a report on the National Cyber Crime Reporting Portal (NCRP), inform law enforcement, and alert vendors and auditors, disconnect infected systems, engage CERT-IN (Indian Computer Emergency Response Team), and avoid negotiating directly with attackers, contact the telecom provider to block the duplicate SIM, alert the bank, and file a police complaint, preserve transaction records, and inform SEBI (Securities and Exchange Board of India) if financial markets are involved. This is segregated based on time and importance as under:

Immediate Actions (First Hour):

  • Contact the bank or payment service provider to request a freeze.
  • Call 1930 (India’s cybercrime helpline) and report the incident to NCRP.
  • Disconnect affected devices from the internet.

Within 24 Hours:

  • File an FIR with local cyber police.
  • Notify CERT-IN (for corporate victims).
  • Change passwords and review security measures.

Post-Incident:

  • Hire forensic experts to determine how the breach occurred.
  • Inform clients, auditors, and regulators if any data was compromised.
  • Revise security policies and train staff based on lessons learned.

CONCLUSION

Cybercrime is borderless, opportunistic, and constantly adapting. For accountants, the dual responsibility lies in protecting their firms and guiding clients. The golden rules remain: anticipate, educate, and escalate quickly. Awareness of the prevalent scams, combined with structured pre- and post-incident responses, can drastically reduce financial and reputational losses.

The Importance of a Risk Assessment Framework in Corporate Social Responsibility

Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) in India has matured into a statutory obligation and a strategic opportunity. With crores being channelled annually into development programmes, the scale of impact is vast — but so are the risks of fund diversion, weak governance, and regulatory non-compliance.

A Risk Assessment Framework is therefore indispensable. It enables companies to identify vulnerabilities, ensure compliance with Section 135 of the Companies Act, 2013 and CSR Rules, and safeguard both corporate reputation and community trust. Beyond regulatory intent, the framework ensures that CSR investments are transparent, well-governed, and directed to their intended beneficiaries.

This article explains how such a framework can be structured and applied in practice. It highlights the key pillars of financial, operational, compliance, and governance risks, and demonstrates how tools like a risk scoring matrix, due diligence protocols, monitoring schedules, and red flag indicators can transform CSR from reactive compliance into proactive risk management.

The core message is clear: CSR risk oversight is no longer optional. It is a moral and strategic imperative for every company aiming to achieve meaningful, measurable, and compliant social impact.

BACKGROUND

As companies increasingly embrace their social mandates and channel significant resources into development programmes across India, the promise of Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) is immense—yet so are the associated risks. Picture a well-intentioned organisation investing in community development, only to discover that the funds have been misdirected, or worse, misused. This is where a robust Risk Assessment Framework emerges, not merely as a best practice, but as a moral imperative. In the dynamic landscape of CSR, the need for vigilant oversight is essential. Such a framework serves as a compass, guiding resources toward their intended impact while protecting against frauds, mismanagement, and compliance1 failures.

While relevant to all CSR funders, the strategic importance of a structured risk framework is particularly critical for large corporates with CSR obligations of ₹100 crore or more. Given the scale of deployment, the margin for error is slim, and the consequences of oversight lapses far greater.

By identifying vulnerabilities, ensuring compliance, and promoting transparency, a well-structured risk framework enables funders to align their social investments with both regulatory expectations and sustainable impact goals. This article explores how such a framework functions in practice, and why its adoption is central to building responsible, and resilient CSR funding models.


1. Compliance in this context refers to mandatory Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) 
obligations under Section 135 of the Companies Act, 2013, the Companies (CSR Policy) 
Rules, 2014, and Schedule VII.

UNDERSTANDING THE LANDSCAPE OF CSR RISKS

India’s Corporate Social Responsibility ecosystem operates within a complex web of legal structures, governance models, and implementation vehicles. While the regulatory intent is clear i.e. to promote sustainable development and ensure accountability, the ground-level implementation exposes a spectrum of risks that differ across organisational forms;

Public Charitable Trusts in India face regulatory fragmentation, for example, the state of Maharashtra enforcing strict oversight under the Maharashtra Public Trusts Act, 1950, while several other states operate under the old Indian Trusts Act, 1882— creating inconsistent governance standards and increasing the potential for financial opacity and accountability risks in CSR fund utilisation.

Cooperative societies, often engaged as grassroots CSR implementers, can face significant governance challenges stemming from weak financial controls and limited transparency.

Section 8 companies, though bound by stringent compliance under the Companies Act, 2013 remain vulnerable to governance lapses, as many fail to meet CSR-1 registration norms, lack the required three-year relevant experience record, or risk penalties for retaining surpluses or misaligning with Schedule VII objectives.

Further, beyond risk frameworks, companies must also comply with statutory CSR provisions covering thresholds for CSR Committees, treatment of ongoing vs non-ongoing projects, unspent CSR accounts, treatment of surplus, limits on administrative overheads, set-off of excess spending, impact assessment triggers, annual disclosures, and eligibility norms for implementing agencies.

Compliance issues further compound the problem. Violations of key statutes such as the Companies Act, 2013, FCRA, Maharashtra Public Trusts Act (MPTA), and the Income Tax Act, 1961 not only attract legal scrutiny but also erode public trust. This complexity is further deepened by operational risks arising from weak governance in some NGOs, including inadequate documentation, issues of collusion, failure to uphold the arm’s length principle in commercial transactions, and insufficient disclosures in related party dealings, which heighten the risk of mismanagement and reputational damage.

These realities emphasize the urgency of a robust risk assessment framework, one that enables corporations to evaluate partnerships meticulously, ensure adherence to regulatory norms, and channel resources effectively. In an environment where intent alone isn’t enough, vigilance and structured evaluation become essential tools for responsible and impactful CSR.

DEVELOPING A STRUCTURED APPROACH

Before embarking on CSR partnerships, funders must move beyond surface-level evaluations and adopt a structured and holistic approach to risk assessment. This process begins by identifying critical risk domains—financial, operational, compliance, and governance—and defining clear specific indicators for each. Risk assessments should be grounded in both quantitative metrics (such as liquidity ratios and funding diversification) and qualitative factors (such as leadership stability and adherence to the arm’s length principle in transactions). Tools like risk scoring matrices, regulatory checklists, and tiered due diligence protocols help funders assess the readiness and reliability of NGOs, with the depth of assessment matching the scale of CSR deployment. For large corporates, more rigorous frameworks are essential, and together these dimensions provide a foundation for evaluating vulnerabilities and ensuring accountable fund deployment.

A practical due diligence review must be backed by a checklist of documents such as registration certificates, governing bylaws, board/trustee details, 12AB/80G approvals, FCRA status, audited financials, donor concentration reports, conflict-of-interest declarations, related-party reviews, procurement and vendor policies, and safeguarding/child protection frameworks where relevant.

Sample Due Diligence Checklist for CSR Partnerships:

  • Verify CSR-1 registration and NGO Darpan ID
  • Review audited financial statements for the last three years
  • Confirm FCRA registration and dedicated bank account (if applicable)
  • Check compliance with Schedule VII objectives
  • Assess leadership track record and board independence
  • Obtain registration certificate and governing bylaws
  • Review list of board members or trustees
  • Verify 12AB and 80G approval certificates
  • Review donor concentration details
  • Collect conflict of interest declarations
  • Check related-party transaction disclosures
  • Review procurement and vendor empanelment policy

CORE ELEMENTS OF RISK AND COMPLIANCE ASSESSMENT

An effective CSR risk framework rests on four key pillars: financial sustainability, operational efficiency, compliance, and governance. Many NGOs operate with limited financial buffers and rely heavily on CSR grants, raising concerns about long-term viability and autonomy. Funders must assess liquidity, funding diversification, and corpus reserves, while ensuring that NGOs demonstrate transparent fund utilisation and maintain robust internal controls. Equally important is the ability to measure program impact, supported by accurate reporting, active board oversight, and mechanisms to prevent conflicts of interest. These dimensions collectively help identify vulnerabilities before they evolve into reputational or financial liabilities.

On the compliance front, the stakes are even higher. NGOs must navigate a dense regulatory landscape—including the Companies Act, 2013, FCRA, and state-level trust laws—while meeting administrative benchmarks like CSR-1 registration, NGO Darpan ID, and multi-year project governance requirements. For entities receiving foreign contributions, FCRA compliance demands special safeguards such as maintaining a dedicated bank account, using separate utilisation accounts, tagging foreign donor funds, monitoring geo-restricted spends, and preventing commingling with domestic CSR monies. To mitigate fraud and governance risk, operational controls such as audit trails, and vendor due diligence and dedicated FCRA checks are critical. Additionally, growing scrutiny around documentation, geo-tagged impact tracking, and desk reviews necessitates a sharper focus on digital readiness and transparent record keeping.

Sample Red Flag Indicators in CSR Evaluation:

  • Lapsed FCRA or CSR-1 registration.
  • Over 80% dependence on a single CSR funder.
  • Retention of surplus funds without disclosure.
  • Related-party transactions without transparency.
  • Failure to geo-tag project sites or submit utilisation certificates.

Sample Governance Roles and Responsibilities in CSR Risk Management

Role Key Responsibilities
Board of Directors Overall accountability for CSR policy, approval of annual CSR plan, ensuring alignment with Section 135 and Schedule VII.
CSR Committee Recommends CSR policy, approves projects, monitors implementation, and ensures compliance with statutory thresholds and reporting.
Implementing Agency (NGO/Trust/Section 8 Company) Executes CSR programmes, maintains statutory registrations (CSR-1, 12AB, 80G, FCRA if applicable), and provides utilisation certificates and impact reports.
Internal Audit / Independent Assurance Conducts reviews of fund utilisation, compliance with CSR Rules, checks for fraud risk, and validates monitoring data.

QUANTIFYING RISK THROUGH A SCORING MATRIX

For CSR funders operating at scale, especially those managing high portfolios a qualitative risk review is no longer sufficient. Implementing a structured risk scoring matrix allows funders to evaluate NGOs across weighted dimensions—financial, compliance, operational, and governance. Each domain is scored using a 5×5 severity grid, where risk is measured by likelihood and impact, and weighted according to its relevance to CSR success. For instance, an NGO with heavy CSR dependence and lapsed FCRA registration could be flagged as high risk, requiring corrective action before further disbursements. This matrix serves as both a pre-funding filter and a dynamic monitoring tool that can be recalibrated as regulatory landscapes evolve.

An Illustrative Risk Grading Matrix:

Likelihood ↓ / Impact → Low (1) Medium (2) High (3) Critical (4) Severe (5)
Rare (1) 1 2 3 4 5
Unlikely (2) 2 4 6 8 10
Possible (3) 3 6 9 12 15
Likely (4) 4 8 12 16 20
Almost Certain (5) 5 10 15 20 25

EMBEDDING RISK INTELLIGENCE INTO CSR MONITORING

Once the risk profile is established, it must be embedded into real-time monitoring and evaluation systems. Today’s leading CSR platforms offer MIS dashboards that combine geo-tagged tracking, milestone-based fund release triggers, and automated alerts tied to key compliance checkpoints (like FCRA lapses). Modern CSR frameworks must also safeguard data protection and beneficiary privacy, ensuring that digital records, geo-tagging, and monitoring systems do not compromise individual rights. Risk scores feed into these dashboards to enable differentiated oversight: high-risk partners receive weekly reviews and audits, while low-risk ones follow automated quarterly reporting. Complementing these tools are tiered evaluation frameworks—ranging from monthly formative reviews to post-project impact assessments2—which not only validate outcomes but also directly influence disbursement schedules. This level of real-time visibility is vital in ensuring accountability and responsiveness, especially for long-term or high-value CSR engagements. An assurance layer further strengthens CSR oversight, through internal audits, third-party monitoring agencies, structured sampling methods, site visit protocols, and readiness for forensic reviews.


2. Companies with an average CSR obligation of `10 crore+ over the past three years must 
conduct impact assessment by an independent agency for CSR projects with outlay of `1 crore+ 
completed at least a year prior; expenditure is capped at 5% of CSR spend or `50 lakh, 
whichever is lower. Voluntary assessment for other projects is optional, not mandatory.

Illustrative CSR Monitoring Matrix:

Risk Tier Review Frequency Oversight Actions
High-Risk Weekly Detailed fund utilisation audit + site visit
Medium-Risk Monthly MIS dashboard review + sample verification
Low-Risk Quarterly Automated compliance checks + desk review

THE CASE FOR A FOLLOW-UP: DEEP DIVE INTO DUE DILIGENCE PROTOCOLS

The sophistication of today’s risk intelligence tools and monitoring strategies stresses the growing complexity of CSR governance in India. From block chain enabled audit trails to AI-assisted impact verification and compliance velocity benchmarking, the landscape is rich with evolving technologies and practices. Additionally, due diligence now includes granular assessments like Aadhaar-linked beneficiary verification, independent whistle blower audits, and compliance capacity scoring. Given the depth and importance of these elements, a full exploration of risk matrix construction, digital integration, and the audit-response cycle is beyond the scope of this article. It merits a dedicated follow-up that unpacks these mechanisms in detail, offering funders a comprehensive roadmap to navigate CSR funding with foresight, precision, and regulatory confidence.

THE ROLE OF TECHNOLOGY IN MODERN CSR RISK MANAGEMENT

In an era where regulatory scrutiny is intensifying and stakeholder expectations are rising, technology has emerged as a game-changer in the CSR risk management toolkit. Advanced tools like AI-driven anomaly detection, block chain based fund traceability, and real-time KPI dashboards have revolutionized how companies track, evaluate, and report on their CSR initiatives. Machine learning platforms analyze spending patterns to flag irregularities before they escalate, while predictive models and tools like Benford’s Law are increasingly used to uncover manipulation risks in financial disclosures. Simultaneously, block chain applications now automate milestone-linked fund disbursements and ensure that vendor payments and procurement trails are transparent and tamper-proof. These innovations don’t just boost compliance—they actively prevent fraud, reduce fund leakage in high-value projects, and align seamlessly with audit mandates under India’s CSR regulations.

WHY THE TECHNOLOGY CONVERSATION MERITS A STANDALONE FOCUS

While these digital interventions are already reshaping how CSR is implemented, their full potential—and associated operational complexities—are too vast to cover within this article alone. From automated reporting systems that ensure adherence to CSR Section 135 mandates, to integrated platforms that link corporate dashboards with NGO Darpan and MCA data, the architecture of tech-enabled governance is both deep and fast-evolving. The emergence of unified CSR ecosystems—combining block chain, AI, geo-tagged monitoring, and real-time audits—signals a paradigm shift from reactive compliance to proactive risk mitigation. As such, a comprehensive exploration of these technologies, their interoperability, and implementation challenges deserves dedicated treatment focussed solely on tech-powered CSR governance.

CONCLUSION: FROM OBLIGATION TO STRATEGIC IMPERATIVE

Finally, CSR risk frameworks should not exist in isolation but align with broader ESG and BRSR Core disclosures—ensuring transparency, avoiding over-claiming impact, and preventing double-counting across sustainability reporting. As India’s CSR landscape matures, moving beyond mere compliance to strategic impact, a structured risk assessment framework is no longer optional—it is a cornerstone of responsible corporate governance. For Chartered Accountants and finance leaders, navigating this terrain requires a multi-faceted approach that integrates rigorous financial due diligence, quantitative risk scoring, and real-time monitoring. By leveraging modern tools—from AI-driven anomaly detection to block chain-based audit trails—organisations can effectively mitigate the risks of fund misuse and regulatory non-compliance. Ultimately, embedding a culture of risk intelligence into CSR ensures that every rupee deployed not only adheres to the letter of the law under Section 135 but also achieves its intended social impact, safeguarding both corporate reputation and community trust in an increasingly complex world.

Allied Laws

34. Sanjabij Tari vs. Kishore S. Borcar & Anr.

2025 INSC 1158

September 25, 2025

Dishonour of Cheque – Presumptions of Financial Capacity – Probation allowed for offenders – There is no legal bar to granting probation in Section 138 cases – Not a serious criminal offence. [S. 118 and 139 Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881 (NI Act) S. 269SS of the Income Tax Act, 1961]

FACTS

The Appellant – Complainant, Sanjabij Tari, alleged that he had advanced a friendly loan to Respondent No. 1 – Accused and towards the repayment of the said loan, Respondent No. 1 issued a cheque which, on presentation, was dishonoured due to insufficiency of funds. The Trial Court held that Respondent No. 1 had admitted his signature on the cheque, and the statutory presumption under Sections 118 and 139 of the NI Act stood unrebutted and accordingly found Respondent No.1 guilty under Section 138 of the NI Act. On Appeal, the Appellate Court rejected the contention of Respondent No. 1 that the Appellant had no means to advance such a loan and accordingly dismissed the Appeal and upheld the conviction. In a Revision Petition, the High Court acquitted Respondent No. 1 ex parte, holding that the Appellant lacked financial capacity to advance such a large sum. The Appellant’s subsequent application for recall was further dismissed on the ground that the court had become functus officio. Hence, an Appeal was filed before the Hon’ble Supreme Court.

HELD

The Hon’ble Supreme Court held that it is essential to first outline the scope and intent of Sections 138 to 148 of the NI Act. It was held that if the accused admits signing the cheque, a presumption under Sections 118 and 139 of the NI Act arises. Respondent No. 1 led no independent evidence to show that the Appellant couldn’t have lent the money. Non-reply to the statutory notice under Section 138 allows an adverse inference against Respondent No. 1. The Supreme Court held that there is no legal bar to granting probation in Section 138 cases, it ruled that a convict for cheque bounce under Section 138 of NI Act can be released on probation instead of being jailed, as these are not serious criminal offences.

The Court further held that Section 269SS of the Income Tax Act merely restricts large cash transactions; it does not make such transactions illegal, invalid or statutorily invalid and provides only for a penalty under Section 271D.

Accordingly, the High Court’s acquittal was set aside, and the Trial and Sessions Courts’ convictions were restored.

35. Delhi Development Authority vs. Corporation Bank & Ors.

Civil Appeal No. 11269 of 2016 / 2025 INSC

1161 September 25, 2025

Mortgage of Leasehold Property – Without Consent – Invalidity of Action – Restitution to Innocent Auction Purchaser – Strict procedural compliance is mandatory in public auctions to safeguard fairness and public trust in the debt recovery process. [S. 29, Recovery of Debts Due to Banks Act, 1993]

FACTS

The Delhi Development Authority (DDA) allotted land to one Sarita Vihar Club on leasehold basis. The lease deed expressly required prior written consent of the Lieutenant Governor for any mortgage. The Club obtained a loan of from the Corporation Bank, deposited the original lease deed, and mortgaged the plot without express consent from the Lieutenant Governor. On default, the Bank approached the Debt Recovery Tribunal and the Recovery Officer ordered an auction despite Delhi Development Authority’s objections that the mortgage was illegal and it had rights of unearned increase and pre-emptive purchase. The property was e-auctioned and sold to Jay Bharat Commercial Enterprise Pvt. Ltd. (JBCEPL), the Auction Purchaser.

The Delhi Development Authority filed a Writ Petition in the High Court and the petition was dismissed. Hence, leading to an appeal before the Hon’ble Supreme Court.

HELD

The Hon’ble Supreme Court held that the e-auction conducted by the Bank was invalid and void because the Bank failed to disclose material encumbrances and liabilities attached to the auction property, specifically the DDA’s claim for unearned increase and the lease conditions. The Court further held that this non-disclosure is not permissible and requires full and honest disclosure of all encumbrances in any sale proclamation. The Court emphasised that strict procedural compliance is mandatory in public auctions to safeguard fairness and public trust in the debt recovery process.

Accordingly, the Appeal was allowed and the High Court’s order was set aside, and the Auction proceedings were quashed.

36. Kamlakant Mishra vs. Additional Collector & Ors

Special (Civil) D. No. 42786 of 2025

September 12, 2025

Maintenance of Senior Citizens – Eviction of Parents – Jurisdiction of Tribunal – Maintenance Tribunal had no jurisdiction to direct eviction – Order of High Court set aside. [S. 22, 23 and 24, Maintenance and Welfare of Parents and Senior Citizens Act, 2007 (Act)].

FACTS

The Appellant is an 80-year-old Senior Citizen living with his wife and owns two properties in Mumbai. Respondent No. 3 is the eldest son, financially secure and well-established and capable of supporting his aged parents. Due to old age and health concerns, the Appellant and his wife shifted to Uttar Pradesh, leaving properties in Mumbai. During this time, the Respondent No. 3 took possession of both the properties instead of safeguarding them for his parents. Effectively, the Appellant and his wife were rendered homeless and dependent, while Respondent No. 3 enjoyed the benefits of the properties. The Appellant filed an application before the Maintenance Tribunal under Sections 22, 23, and 24 of the Act seeking eviction of Respondent No. 3. The Tribunal ordered eviction of Respondent No. 3 and maintenance. The Respondent no. 3 filed an appeal before the High Court, where the Court ruled in favour of the Respondent No. 3, stating that the Maintenance Tribunal had no jurisdiction to direct eviction, since Respondent No. 3 himself was a senior citizen, and the order for maintenance and eviction was set aside. Hence, the Appellant approached the Supreme Court.

HELD

The Supreme Court held that the High Court erred in holding that the Respondent No. 3 was a senior citizen merely because he had crossed 60 years of age by the time the writ petition was decided. The Supreme Court clarified that the relevant date is the date of filing of the application before the Tribunal; therefore, Respondent No. 3 could not claim the statutory protections available under Section 2(h) of the Act. The Supreme Court emphasised that the Maintenance Tribunal has wide jurisdiction under Section 22 – 24 of the Act to pass necessary and appropriate orders not only for maintenance, but also for the protection of the life and property of senior citizens. The High Court wrongly concluded that the Tribunal lacked jurisdiction to pass an eviction order and held that such reasoning turned the object of the Act upside down, as the statute is designed primarily for the welfare of aged parents and senior citizens, not to shield defaulting children. The Supreme Court set aside the order of the High Court and restored the orders of the Maintenance Tribunal.

37. Shivranjan Towers Sahakari Griha Rachana Sanstha Maryadit vs. Bhujbal Constructions & Ors

2025:BHC-AS:37175 September 04, 2025

Arbitration – Arbitrability of Disputes – Co-operative Society bound by Arbitration Clause in Members Agreement. (S. 16 – Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 (Act); S. 36 – Maharashtra Co-operative Societies Act, 1960; S.11 – Maharashtra Ownership Flats Act, 1963)

FACTS

The disputes arose out of a development project, where Respondent No. 2 to 8 were the owners of the land at Pune, and granted development rights to Respondent No. 1, the builder. The builder constructed five buildings and sold flats to individual purchasers through an Agreement for Sale governed by the Maharashtra Ownership Flats Act, 1963 (MOFA). The builder failed to form a society and execute a conveyance in favour of flat purchasers as required under MOFA. The purchasers subsequently formed a society and sought a deemed conveyance before the competent authority under Section 11 of MOFA. The builder invoked Clause 38 of the Agreement for Sale and filed an Arbitration Petition under Section 11 of the Act. The Arbitrator was appointed, granting liberty to the society to raise objections under Section 16 of the Act. The Petitioner Society filed an application under Section 16 of the Act that no arbitration agreement existed between the society and the builder. The arbitrator rejected the application, holding that society’s title flowed through the same sale agreement and it was therefore bound by its terms, including the arbitration clause.

HELD

The Bombay High Court held that the orders under Section 16 of the Act can only be challenged under Section 34 of the Act after the final award. Writ jurisdiction under Articles 226/227 lies only in cases of patent lack of inherent jurisdiction or exceptional rarity. The Court relied on Section 36 of the Maharashtra Co-operative Societies Act, 1960, which grants a society independent juristic personality but also recognises that members act collectively through the society. The deemed conveyance, being unilateral, could not contain an arbitration clause, but did not preclude arbitration since the underlying rights and obligations stemmed from the earlier Agreements for Sale. The society was not a third party to the arbitration, and having derived rights from the individual purchasers, it stepped into their shoes for all purposes, including dispute resolution through arbitration.

Accordingly, the Bombay High Court found no patent lack of jurisdiction or perversity in the arbitrator’s order and upheld the decision of the arbitrator.

38. Sangeeta Gera vs. Sanjeev Gera

2025:DHC:8356-DB

September 22, 2025

Matrimonial Law – Cruelty and Desertion – Joint Ownership and Benami Transaction Prohibition – Maintenance pendente lite – The title was in both names, the wife was entitled to a 50 per cent share in the sale proceeds of the property – The order of the family court was upheld. (S.13(1) (ia) & (ib), 23(1)(a), 24 and 27, Hindu Marriage Act, 1955; S. 4 Prohibition of Benami Property Transactions Act, 1988)

FACTS

The marriage between the parties was solemnized according to Hindu rites and registered in Noida and they lived together in Mumbai until they began to live separately. The husband filed a petition in the Bandra Family Court seeking divorce on the grounds of cruelty. The wife moved a transfer petition before the Supreme Court, which transferred the case to the District Judge, Tis Hazari Courts Delhi. Meanwhile the wife filed application for maintenance Pendente lite and litigation expenses. In a separate proceeding under the Protection of Women from Domestic Violence Act, 2005, she had already been granted interim maintenance, and later the Mahila Court, Delhi, awarded her interim maintenance. During the marriage, the parties purchased a Flat in their joint names. The entire purchase consideration and EMIs were admittedly paid by the Husband. Subsequently, due to default in repayment, the bank auctioned the flat, adjusted the dues, and deposited the surplus amount in a joint account with HSBC Bank. The Family Court dismissed the husband’s petition, holding that cruelty and desertion were not proved. Hence, an appeal was filed in the Delhi High Court.

HELD

The Delhi High Court held that a husband cannot claim exclusive ownership of a property jointly held with his wife, even if he alone paid the entire purchase price or EMIs (Equated Monthly Instalments). Once a property is registered in the joint names of both spouses, any claim by the husband that it solely belongs to him would violate Section 4 of the Benami Transactions (Prohibition) Act, 1988, which bars enforcement of rights over property held benami. The court also held that a jointly acquired owned property cannot be treated as the wife’s Stridhana, as Stridhana only includes property gifted to her, before or after marriage, for her exclusive ownership. However, since the title was in both names, the wife was entitled to a 50 per cent share in the sale proceeds of the property.

Accordingly, the order of the Family Court was upheld, and the appeal was dismissed.

DDT cannot be charged on dividend paid to a shareholder who is granted immunity from taxation

10. [2025] 175 taxmann.com 707 (Mumbai – Trib.)

Polycab India Ltd. vs. ACIT

IT APPEAL NOS. 4671 AND 4672 (MUM.) OF 2023 A.Y.: 2018-19 to 2021-22

Dated: 16.06.2025

Section 115O

DDT cannot be charged on dividend paid to a shareholder who is granted immunity from taxation

FACTS

The assessee, a listed Indian company, had paid dividends to its shareholders, which included International Finance Corporation (“IFC”), a World Bank Group entity. In terms of International Finance Corporation (“IFC”) Act, 1958, IFC was exempted from all taxation on its assets, income, property, and operations. The assessee had discharged Dividend Distribution Tax (“DDT”) under Section 115-O of the Act on entire dividend paid by it. The Assessee applied for refund of DDT under Section 237 in respect of DDT relatable to IFC.

The AO rejected the application on the footing that if the argument of the Assessee were accepted, then dividend payable to every entity which was exempt was liable to be excluded from DDT. However, no such provision is envisaged under the Act.

The CIT(A) observed that in terms of decision of Special Bench in Total Oil India P. Ltd [2023] 149 taxmann.com 332 (Mumbai -Trib.) (SB), under section 115-O, it is not a tax paid by the company on behalf of the shareholder but a charge on profits distributed by the company. Accordingly, it upheld the action of the AO.

Aggrieved by the order, the Assessee appealed to ITAT.

HELD

Pursuant to sovereign commitment under IFC agreement, India enacted IFC Act, 1958. Section 9 of IFC Act provided immunity from taxation in respect of its assets, income, property operations, etc.

Section 115-O(1A) of the Act provided for reduction of certain amount from computation of DDT. Finance Act (No.2), 2009, amended section 115-O and provided reduction of dividends paid to National Pension System Trust (NPS Trust) referred to in Section 10(44) for discharging DDT.

Several institutions such as RBI, SEBI, IMF, etc. are exempt from levy of income tax due to overarching provisions of specific legislation enacted by the Parliament.

In the past, Courts have held that income tax immunity provided to salaries received by employees of certain foreign institutions (UN, IMF, etc.) equally applies to pensions received by them, even in absence of express provision under the Act. Therefore, there is no need for specific provision in income tax, if the Parliament had enacted an overarching provision.

The ITAT observed that the charge under 115-O was on dividend distributed by a company. However, it could not override the overarching immunity granted in respect of assets, incomes, operations and transactions of IFC. Any such interpretation was contrary to the intent of the legislature.

Accordingly, the ITAT held that DDT could not be charged in respect of dividend paid to IFC.

Article 5 of India – USA DTAA – Indian subsidiary of foreign parent company cannot constitute dependent agent permanent establishment merely because it provided marketing support activity, and in absence of PE, receipts of foreign company were taxable only in USA.

9. [2025] 175 taxmann.com 992 (Delhi – Trib.)

Zscaler Inc. vs. DCIT ITA NO. 3376 (DEL) OF 2023, 928 (DEL) OF 2025

A.Y.: 2021-22 to 2022-23 Dated: 18.06.2025

Article 5 of India – USA DTAA – Indian subsidiary of foreign parent company cannot constitute dependent agent permanent establishment merely because it provided marketing support activity, and in absence of PE, receipts of foreign company were taxable only in USA.

FACTS

The Assessee was a tax resident of USA. It was engaged in the business of providing security-based software solutions globally, and the software was provided to customers through its resellers/distributors. The Assessee had an Indian subsidiary (“I Co”), which rendered back-office services, sales support, and marketing services. The Assessee compensated I Co for its services at arm’s length.

Relying on the Supreme Court decision in Engineering Analysis Centre of Excellence (P.) Ltd 432 ITR 471 (SC), the Assessee filed a Nil return of income for the relevant AYs on the footing that receipts from software did not constitute royalty. Further, the Company discharged equalization levy @ 2% of gross receipts and claimed exemption under Section 10(50) of the Act.

The AO contended that I Co secured orders for the Assessee by providing sales and market support services for software distribution in India; therefore, the activity constituted a dependent agent permanent establishment (“DAPE”) in India. The AO held that the provision of equalization levy was not applicable in view of alleged DAPE in India. The DRP upheld the draft order of the AO.

Aggrieved with the final order, the Assessee appealed to ITAT.

HELD

In terms of reseller agreement, the Assessee and resellers had principal-to-principal relationship and only they were authorized to enter into contracts with customers. Entire sales of the Assessee were through the resellers or channel partners.

The Service agreement between the Assessee and I Co was confined to IT support and marketing support services. It did not confer rights to negotiate or conclude contracts on behalf of the Assessee to I Co.

The role of the subsidiary was confined to providing updates to the client about products and inquiring about their intent to renew the subscription. These services can only be classified as marketing support, and the agreement did not confer the authority to conclude contracts or secure orders on behalf of the assessee.

The burden of proof to substantiate that the Assessee had DAPE in India was on the revenue. The AO failed to establish involvement of I Co in procuring orders or maintaining stock on behalf of the Assessee.

Accordingly, the ITAT held that the activities of the subsidiary did not constitute DAPE in India.

Estimation of Income – Rejection of Books – Section 145(3) – Failure to conduct audit under Section 44AB – Income declared at 0.187% of turnover – Assessing Officer estimated income @ 10% of turnover – Tribunal held that in absence of audit and proper explanation for drastic fall in profits, estimation justified but rate excessive – Past effective NP rate of 1.52% accepted – Addition restricted accordingly – Partly in favour of assessee.

54. [2025] 125 ITR(T) 160 (Jaipur – Trib.)

Adworld Communications (P.) LTD. VS. DCIT

ITA NO:. 1049 (JPR.) OF 2024

A.Y.: 2011-12 Date: 29.04.2025

Estimation of Income – Rejection of Books – Section 145(3) – Failure to conduct audit under Section 44AB – Income declared at 0.187% of turnover – Assessing Officer estimated income @ 10% of turnover – Tribunal held that in absence of audit and proper explanation for drastic fall in profits, estimation justified but rate excessive – Past effective NP rate of 1.52% accepted – Addition restricted accordingly – Partly in favour of assessee.

FACTS I

A survey action under section 133A was carried out at the business premises of the assessee. As per the AST data available with the department, the assessee failed to comply with section 139 for the year under consideration, despite the fact that the assessee’s total business receipt was 7.96 crores. In view of this figure under the head ‘business’ and non-filing of return, a notice under section 148 was issued.

In response thereto, the assessee filed a return declaring total income of ₹1.49 lakhs, i.e. 0.187% of the gross receipts. It was observed by the Assessing Officer that despite the fact that the accounts of the assessee were liable to tax audit under section 44AB, no tax audit was got conducted.

In view of all the facts the case of the assessee was assessed while applying the provisions of section 145(3) and income was estimated after rejection of expenses claimed in the profit and loss account, at the rate of 10 per cent.

On appeal, the Commissioner (Appeals) partly allowed the appeal by sustaining the addition to the extent of 2.16 per cent of expenses claimed in the profit and loss account. Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal before the Tribunal.

HELD I

The Tribunal observed that out of the total revenue of ₹7,96,67,680/-, the assessee had received ₹7,70,69,109/- from a single party, M/s Resonance Eduventures Ltd. In the preceding assessment year, the assessee had declared a net profit (NP) rate of 1.18% on a turnover of ₹10,60,05,001/-, amounting to ₹12,51,668/-. However, for the year under consideration, the NP declared was only 0.187% (the assessee having incorrectly calculated NP at 0.36% on an inflated turnover of ₹9,38,23,920/).

The Tribunal noted a significant fall in the assessee’s profitability and emphasised that the accounts for the relevant year were not duly audited, despite the statutory obligation under Section 44AB. This raised serious concerns about the credibility of the financial statements. Further, the assessee had also failed to file its return of income within the prescribed time, even though it was mandatorily required to do so regardless of the quantum of turnover.

It was also observed that in the preceding assessment year, the Assessing Officer had made a disallowance of ₹3,63,826/-, which had been accepted by the assessee. This resulted in an effective NP rate of 1.52%.

Considering these facts, the Tribunal held that the flat 10% addition made by the Assessing Officer was excessive and unjustified. However, since the assessee failed to justify the sharp decline in profitability and the absence of a statutory audit, an estimation was warranted.

Accordingly, the Tribunal partly allowed the appeal, restricting the addition to 1.52% of the turnover, in line with the previous year’s effective NP rate. The addition was thereby computed at ₹12,10,949/-, from which the self-declared income of ₹1,49,165/- was to be reduced.

Presumption set out in Section 292C of the Act does not apply since the documents in question was not found or impounded from the appellant’s premises but in the course of survey (not search) conducted against a third party.

53. [2025] 125 ITR(T) 1 (Jaipur – Trib.) 

Pushpa Vidya Niketan Samiti vs. ACIT

ITA NO.: 313 TO 315(JPR) OF 2024

A.Y.: 2015-16 TO 2017-18 Date: 24.03.2025 

Sec. 292C

Presumption set out in Section 292C of the Act does not apply since the documents in question was not found or impounded from the appellant’s premises but in the course of survey (not search) conducted against a third party.

FACTS

The assessee is involved in imparting school education in the name of Bhagat Public School and the administration of the same is being managed by Shri Naresh Jain. The assessee filed its return of income on 31.03.2016 under section  139(4) of the Act declaring total income at ₹1,03,060/-.Notice under section  148 of the Act was issued on 15.03.2019.

A survey under section  133A of the Act was carried out at the premises of the assessee and also at M/s. Quick Advertisement Co., Prop. Smt.Nisha Jain. During the survey at M/s. Quick Advertisement Co. certain documents were seized as containing list of students of Bhagat Public School respectively. These documents were confronted to Shri Naresh Jain who confirmed and admitted that these documents related to class wise actual fee collection of the student of Bhagat Public School and that the lower fee collection has been disclosed as compared to the actual fee collected by the Bhagat Public School. Shri Naresh Jain, Accountant on behalf the assessee surrendered a sum of ₹50 Lacs to cover all the error and omissions, but retracted from his statement.

The case of the assessee was assessed after making addition of ₹56,16,513/- without giving benefit of section 11 & 12 of the Act.

On appeal, the Commissioner (Appeals) upheld the order of the Assessing Officer. Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal before the Tribunal.

The assessee had raised the following relevant grounds –

1. Statement recorded of Shri Naresh Jain u/s 131 of the Act was unauthorised and illegal. Consequently, there was no evidentiary value of such illegally recorded statement being without authority of Law.

2. The addition made by the Ld. AO on account of alleged suppressed school fees, was completely ignoring the consistently followed method of accounting, and other material available on record – Presumption set out in Section 292C of the Act does not apply to the appellant.

HELD

The Tribunal relied on the decision in the case of CIT s. S. Khader Khan Son [2008] 300 ITR 157 (Mad) [duly affirmed by the Hon’ble Apex Court], and confirmed that section 133A of the Act does not empower the authorities to record the statements; and statements obtained during the survey proceedings would not automatically bind the assessee.

The Tribunal referred to provisions of section 292C of the Act for the documents being seized. The Tribunal observed that there was a simultaneous survey at the premises of the assessee and M/s. Quick Advertisement Co., Prop. Smt. Nisha Jain and that the documents under consideration were found from M/s. Quick Advertisement Co., Prop. Smt. Nisha Jain and not from the control or possession of the assessee school.

The Tribunal observed that section 133A r.w.s. 292C of the Act, raises a presumption that the contents of books of account and other documents seized during the course of search is true. But it should be kept in mind that this presumption is only qua the person who is searched and/or from whose possession the books of account and documents are found and none else. Moreover, this presumption is rebuttable. In the given facts of the case, since the documents in question was not found or impounded from the appellant’s premises but in the course of survey (not search) conducted against a third party, the presumption set out in Section 292C of the Act does not apply to the appellant.

The Tribunal held that other than the calculation sheets found at the premises of M/s. Quick Advertisement Co., no further working was carried out by the AO to substantiate the same that it pertains to the assessee and that the calculations embedded were true to be considered for the purposes of taxation.

The Tribunal held that the statement recorded during the survey operations under section  133A of the Act has no evidentiary value and presumptions drawn under section  292C of the Act are also not in the favour of the Revenue.

In the result, the appeal by the assessee was allowed.

Where draft assessment order is passed in the name of a non-existent entity despite the Assessing Officer having been duly informed of the amalgamation, such an assessment is void and not a procedural irregularity that can be cured by invoking section 292B.

52. (2025) 177 taxmann.com 546 (Ahd Trib)

Man Energy Solutions India (P.) Ltd. vs. ITO

A.Y.: 2012-13 Date of Order: 11.08.2025

Sections : 144C, 292B

Where draft assessment order is passed in the name of a non-existent entity despite the Assessing Officer having been duly informed of the amalgamation, such an assessment is void and not a procedural irregularity that can be cured by invoking section 292B.

FACTS

Man Turbo India Pvt. Ltd. (MTIPL) stood amalgamated into Man Diesel & Turbo India Pvt. Ltd. (MDTIPL), w.e.f. 01.01.2013, pursuant to the Scheme of Amalgamation sanctioned by the Bombay High Court vide order dated 28.03.2014. The amalgamation scheme was made effective upon filing with the Registrar of Companies on 21.05.2015. The intimation of amalgamation was given to the AO as well as the Transfer Pricing Officer (TPO). However, despite these prior intimations, the Transfer Pricing order dated 21.01.2016, draft assessment order dated 01.03.2016, Dispute Resolution Panel (DRP) direction under section 144C(5) dated 13.12.2016 and the final assessment order dated 30.01.2017 were all passed in the name of MTIPL, which was a non-existent entity which had since amalgamated into MDTIPL.

Aggrieved, the assessee filed an appeal against the order passed by DRP before ITAT.

HELD

Following the decision of Supreme Court in PCIT v. Maruti Suzuki India Ltd., (2019) 416 ITR 613, other decisions High Courts and Tribunals as well as assessee’s own case in Man Diesel and Turbo India (P.) Ltd. vs. ACIT [IT Appeal No. 1319 (Ahd.) of 2018, dated 12-2-2025], the Tribunal observed that where an assessment order is passed in the name of a non-existent entity despite the Assessing Officer having been duly informed of the amalgamation, such an assessment is void and not a procedural irregularity that can be cured by invoking section 292B.

The Tribunal further observed that the draft assessment order forms the very foundation of the final assessment process under section 144C and once the draft order is found to be vitiated for being passed in the name of a non-existent entity, the entire downstream proceedings-including the directions of the DRP and the final order-also stand vitiated. The mere reference to the correct name in the DRP order or final assessment order does not cure the foundational illegality.

The Tribunal also observed that issuance of an assessment order against a non-existent entity is a substantive illegality going to the root of the jurisdiction of the Assessing Officer and cannot be cured by Section 292B, which only addresses procedural errors.

Accordingly, the Tribunal allowed the appeal of the assessee.

Where the employer paid a sum to LIC under a Voluntary Retirement Scheme (VRS) for allotment of annuity policy in favour of an employee payable in instalments in future, such sum cannot be taxed as perquisite in the hands of the employee in the year of purchase of annuity since the employee did not acquire any vested or enforceable right over the said amount in the relevant assessment year.

51. (2025) 177 taxmann.com 369 (Ahd Trib)

Biswas Manik vs. ITO

A.Y.: 2018-19 Date of Order: 08.08.2025 Section : 17

Where the employer paid a sum to LIC under a Voluntary Retirement Scheme (VRS) for allotment of annuity policy in favour of an employee payable in instalments in future, such sum cannot be taxed as perquisite in the hands of the employee in the year of purchase of annuity since the employee did not acquire any vested or enforceable right over the said amount in the relevant assessment year.

FACTS

The employer-company had taken annuity policy from LIC under a Voluntary Retirement Scheme (VRS) in favour of the retiring employees, including the assessee. The employer had paid a sum of ₹20 lakhs directly to LIC (not to the assessee) for allotment of annuity policy in the name of the assessee. The annuity was structured to be paid to the assessee only after four years, in the form of monthly instalments from LIC. The assessee claimed that since he had no access to, or right over, the amount in AY 2018-19, it cannot be considered part of his salary or perquisite income for that year under section 15 or 17 and that he had offered the annuity instalments received from LIC as income in his return in the year of receipt.

The AO issued a notice under section 133(6) to the employer. Based on the response and disclosure in Form 16, the AO held that the amount paid to LIC formed part of salary under Section 17(2)(v), being a perquisite in the nature of a contract for an annuity. Accordingly, he recomputed the salary of the assessee.

Aggrieved, the assessee went in appeal before CIT(A), who upheld the addition made by the AO.
Aggrieved, the assessee filed an appeal before ITAT.

HELD

The Tribunal observed as follows:

(a) Section 17(2)(v) includes within the definition of perquisite any sum paid by the employer to effect a contract for an annuity, subject to certain exclusions. However, in order for such a payment to be taxed in the hands of the employee, it is essential, as per section 15, that the amount is either due, paid, or allowed to the employee. The law is well settled that a contingent benefit or a non-vested future entitlement cannot be brought to tax in the year of payment by the employer unless the employee acquires a vested right in the amount.

(b) In the present case, the assessee acquired no such vested right in AY 2018- 19, and the annuity payments commenced only four years thereafter. Moreover, from the records it was observed that the assessee had in fact offered to tax, on accrual/receipt basis, the annuity income received from LIC in the relevant year under the head “Income from Salary.” Therefore, taxing the employer’s payment of ₹20,00,000/- in AY 2018-19 would amount to taxing the same amount twice – once at the stage of employer’s contribution and again at the time of annuity receipts-resulting in double taxation, which was impermissible in law.

(c) The Department’s reliance on Form 16 and Form 26AS was erroneous, as these do not override the substantive legal provisions under the Act.

(d) The employer’s payment to LIC was not made on behalf of the employee nor credited to his account; hence, it cannot be treated as income due, paid or allowed to him in that year.

Accordingly, the Tribunal held that addition of ₹20 lakhs in AY 2018-19 should be deleted.
In the result, the appeal of the assessee was allowed.

Application for final approval under section 80G(5)(iv)(B) cannot be denied on the ground that the applicant had claimed exemption under section 11 / 10(23C) in the past. Amendment in section 80G(5)(iv) made by Finance Act 2024 is clarificatory in nature and applies retrospectively.

50. (2025) 177 taxmann.com 590 (Ahd Trib)

Akshat Education and Charitable Trust vs. CIT

A.Y.: N.A. Date of Order: 19.08.2025

Section: 80G

Application for final approval under section 80G(5)(iv)(B) cannot be denied on the ground that the applicant had claimed exemption under section 11 / 10(23C) in the past.

Amendment in section 80G(5)(iv) made by Finance Act 2024 is clarificatory in nature and applies retrospectively.

FACTS

The assessee was a registered public charitable trust under the Bombay Public Trusts Act, 1950, engaged in imparting education. The Trust had commenced its activities in 2014 upon receiving school opening permission and had been claiming exemption under section 11 and section 10(23C) in earlier years. However, it had never obtained approval under section 80G(5). For the first time, the Trust was granted provisional approval under section 80G(5) for the period from 22.06.2022 to A.Y. 2025-26. Pursuant to this, the appellant moved an application in Form 10AB on 06.02.2024 seeking final approval under section 80G(5).

CIT(E) rejected the application relying strictly on the wording of section 80G(5)(iv)(B), holding that since the assessee had already claimed exemption under section 11/10(23C), the application was outside the scope of maintainability.
Aggrieved, the assessee filed an appeal before ITAT.

HELD

On the issue of delay of 137 days in filing the appeal, the Tribunal observed that since the assessee was prevented by sufficient cause from filing the appeal within the prescribed time, the delay should be condoned.

On the issue of non-maintainability of the assessee’s application under section 80G(5)(iv)(B), the Tribunal observed that:

(a) The Finance Act, 2023 substituted clause (iv) of the first proviso to section 80G(5) with effect from 01.10.2023, and CBDT Circular No. 1/2024 dated 23.01.2024 has clarified that institutions which have already commenced activities shall make an application for regular approval under sub-clause (B) of clause (iv).

(b) This amendment is remedial and clarificatory in nature, intended to remove an anomaly, and therefore must be read as having retrospective effect.

(c) The amendment brought by Finance Act, 2024 only clarifies what was implicit even earlier, namely, that claiming exemption in prior years does not debar a trust from seeking approval under section 80G(5). The legislative intent is to encourage donations to genuine charitable institutions, and hyper-technical construction must give way to purposive interpretation.

(d) The assessee having already been granted provisional approval, and having fulfilled the procedural compliances, its application for final approval could not have been brushed aside on the sole ground of earlier claims of exemption under section 11/10(23C).

Following decision of coordinate bench in West Bengal Welfare Society vs. CIT(E) [IT Appeal Nos. 730 & 731/Kol/2023, dated 13-9-2023], the Tribunal held that the order of CIT(E) cannot be sustained.

Accordingly, the Tribunal allowed the appeal of the assessee, quashed the order of the CIT(E) and restored the matter to the file of CIT(E) for examining the application afresh on merits.

Enhancement made by CIT(A), by exercising a power not conferred by section 251(2) being without jurisdiction needs to be deleted.

49. TS-596-ITAT-2025 (Delhi)

Toshiba Water Solutions Pvt. Ltd. vs. ACIT

A.Y.: 2014-15

Date of Order : 7.5.2025

Section: 251

Enhancement made by CIT(A), by exercising a power not conferred by section 251(2) being without jurisdiction needs to be deleted.

FACTS

The assessee, for assessment year 2014-15, filed its return of income declaring a loss of ₹10,46,67,132. The Assessing Officer (AO) completed the assessment under section 143(3) of the Act, made various disallowances and consequently determined the total loss to be ₹4,70,23,278. Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to the CIT(A) who deleted most of the additions made by the AO except a sum of ₹81,10,231 in respect of balances written off.

However, CIT(A) enhanced the income by ₹1,54,68,280 on account of provision for contract loss. The assessee challenged this addition in the appeal filed by him to the Tribunal and also raised an additional ground contending that this is absolutely new source of income and that CIT(A) could not have invoked his powers of enhancement in terms of section 251(2) to make an addition on account of a new source of income.

HELD

The Tribunal observed that the issue of disallowance of contract loss is an absolutely new source of income and that the CIT(A) cannot invoke his power of enhancement, in terms of section 251(2) of the Act, and make addition on account of new source of income. The Tribunal relied on the decision of the jurisdictional High Court in the case of Gurinder Mohan Singh Nindrajog vs. CIT [348 ITR 170 (Delhi)].

The Tribunal allowed the ground of appeal challenging the disallowance of contract loss while deciding the technical ground of the assessee viz. that the addition has been made by CIT(A) by exercising jurisdiction which was not conferred upon him pursuant to section 251(2) of the Act.

Claim for deduction, made in belated return filed under section 139(4), of capital gains under sections 54F and 54EC, not liable to penalty under section 271(1)(c).

48. TS-720-ITAT-2025 (Ahd.)

Tejas Ghanshyambhai Patel vs. ITO

A.Y.: 2016-17 Date of Order : 4.6.2025

Section: 271(1)(c)

Claim for deduction, made in belated return filed under section 139(4), of capital gains under sections 54F and 54EC, not liable to penalty under section 271(1)(c).

FACTS

The assessee, an individual, co-owner of immovable property, sold his interest in the property for a consideration of ₹1.80 crore and claimed deduction under section 54EC of ₹50,00,000 and deduction under section 54F of ₹36,27,254. The Assessing Officer (AO) denied the claim of deductions under section 54F and 54EC on the ground that the return of income was filed belatedly and also the return was revised belatedly. The AO completed the assessment by making an addition of ₹86,27,254 and demanded tax thereon.

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal against the assessment which appeal was partly allowed. The AO thereafter proceeded with penalty proceedings and levied a penalty of
₹1,70,414.

Aggrieved by the levy of penalty, the assessee preferred an appeal to the CIT(A) who confirmed the action of the AO in levying penalty.

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to the Tribunal where relying upon a decision of co-ordinate bench of the Tribunal in Jaysukhlal Ghiya vs. DCIT [ITA No. 324/Ahd./2020; Order dated 7.8.2024] it contended that the claim for deduction made in a belated return cannot be denied. Consequently, penalty levied by AO and confirmed by CIT(A) needs to be deleted.

HELD

At the outset, the Tribunal noted that the CIT(A) in quantum appeal set aside the assessment with a direction to AO to allow the claim of investment / deposit done on or before 31.7.2016 and proportionately allow the claim of deduction under section 54EC / 54F. While deciding the said appeal, the CIT(A) dismissed the ground challenging the initiation of penalty for the reason that it is consequential in nature and that no prejudice is caused to the assessee at this juncture. In the penalty proceedings, the assessee failed to participate, despite notice being sent even by speed post, resulting in levy of penalty for concealing income.

The Tribunal observed that CIT(A), in quantum proceedings, allowed the deduction under sections 54EC and 54F proportionately and therefore there is no concealment of income by the assessee. This part was not brought out in ex-parte penalty proceedings before the AO and in an appeal against penalty order before the CIT(A).

Having noted that the co-ordinate bench of the Tribunal in the case of Jaysukhlal Ghiya (supra) has held that when assessee furnishes return of income subsequent to the date filing under section 139(1) of the Act but within the extended time available under section 139(4) of the Act, the benefit of investment made up to the date of filing of return of income cannot be denied. Therefore, the Tribunal held, that in its opinion, there is no concealment of income in making a claim of deduction in a return of income filed belatedly. The Tribunal directed deletion of penalty levied under section 271(1)(c) of the Act.

As per the provisions of section 70(2) of the Act, the short-term capital loss can be set off against gain from any other capital asset. Section 70(2) of the Act does not make any further classification between the transactions where STT was paid and the transactions where STT was not paid.

47. ITA 2134/Mum./2025

Schwab Emerging Markets Equity ETF

A.Y.: 2022-23 Date of Order : 11.6.2025 Section: 70

As per the provisions of section 70(2) of the Act, the short-term capital loss can be set off against gain from any other capital asset. Section 70(2) of the Act does not make any further classification between the transactions where STT was paid and the transactions where STT was not paid. Accordingly, the short-term capital loss arising from sale of shares subjected to Securities Transaction Tax (‘STT) can first be set-off against the short-term capital gains arising from sale of securities not subjected to STT instead of short-term capital gains arising from sale of shares subjected to STT.

FACTS

For the year under consideration, the assessee, a company incorporated in Mauritius, registered with the Securities and Exchange Board of India as a Foreign Portfolio Investor, filed its return of income on 07/11/2022, declaring a total income of ₹270,76,67,910. In the course of assessment proceedings, it was observed that the assessee computed the net short-term capital gains by setting off the short term capital loss (on which STT was paid), which is taxable at 15% under section 111A of the Act, against the short-term capital gains (on which STT was not paid), which is taxable at 30% under section 115AD of the Act, and thereafter, set off the balance loss against the short-term capital gains earned on the transaction of sale of share subjected to STT.

The assessee was asked to show cause as to why the set-off of lower taxable loss should not be denied with higher taxable gains, as the IT Rules have provided separate columns for set-off and carry-forward of losses. In response, the assessee submitted that section 70 of the Act allows the assessee to set off the losses of lower taxable gains with the gains of higher taxable gains. In support of its submission, the assessee placed reliance upon several judicial pronouncements, wherein a similar issue was decided in favour of the taxpayer.

The Assessing Officer (“AO”), vide draft assessment order dated 24/03/2024 passed under section 144C(1) of the Act, disagreed with the submissions of the assessee and held that computation of the net short-term capital gains by the assessee is not in order. The AO further held that the IT Rules have clearly defined separate columns for set-off and carry forward of gains of having differential tax rates. Accordingly, the short-term capital gain was computed by first setting off 15% loss against 15% gains.

The assessee filed detailed objections, inter-alia, against the addition made by the AO as a result of his not accepting the manner of set off adopted by the assessee. Vide directions dated 05/12/2024, issued under section 144C(5) of the Act, the DRP rejected the objections filed by the assessee and upheld the computation of capital gains made by the AO vide draft assessment order. The DRP further noted that this issue is pending consideration before the Hon’ble Bombay High Court in the case of DIT vs. M/s. DWS India Equity Fund, in ITA No.1414 of 2012, and there is no judicial finality on this issue.

In conformity with the directions issued by the DRP, the AO passed the impugned final assessment order under section 143(3) read with section 144C(13) of the Act computing the net short-term capital gains amounting to ₹2,95,96,810 taxable at 15% under section 111A of the Act and the net short-term capital gains amounting to ₹4,60,58,240 taxable at 30% under section 115AD of the Act.

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to the Tribunal.

HELD

The Tribunal observed that the sole issue which arises for its consideration in the present appeal is whether the short-term capital loss (on which STT was paid) can be set off against short-term capital gains (on which STT was not paid). The Tribunal noted the provisions of section 70(2) of the Act, which deals with the set off of short-term capital loss and observed that as per the provisions of section 70(2) of the Act, the short-term capital loss can be set off against gain from any other capital asset. Section 70(2) of the Act does not make any further classification between the transactions where STT was paid and the transactions where STT was not paid. It held that the emphasis of the AO on the term “similar computation” also only refers to the computation as provided under sections 48 to 55 of the Act, and therefore, does not support the case of the Revenue.

The Tribunal noted the findings of the Co-ordinate Bench of the Tribunal, while deciding a similar issue, in iShares MSCI EM UCITS ETF USD ACC vs. DCIT, reported in [2024] 164 taxmann.com 56 (Mum. -Trib.). The Tribunal in this case following the decision of the Hon’ble Calcutta High Court in CIT vs. Rungamatee Trexim (P.) Ltd. [IT Appeal number 812 of 2008, dated 19.12.2008], allowed the set off of short-term capital loss (on which STT was paid) against the short-term capital gains (on which STT was not paid).

It also found that similar findings have been rendered by the Co-ordinate Benches of the Tribunal in favour of the taxpayer in the following decisions: –

i) Emerging Markets Index Non-Lendable Fund vs. DCIT, Mumbai, in ITA No. 4589/Mum/2023, order dated 05.08.2024.

ii) Vanguard Total International Stock Index Fund vs. ACIT (IT) – 4(3)(1), in ITA No.4656/Mum/2023, order dated 13.12.2024.

iii) JS Capital LLC vs. ACIT (International Taxation), reported in (2024) 160 taxmann.com 286 4. Dy.DIT vs. M/s. DWS India Equity Fund, in ITA No.5055/Mum/2010, order dated 11.04.2012.

It observed that the DR could not show any cogent reason to deviate from the aforesaid judicial precedents.

The Tribunal, following the aforesaid decisions, directed the AO to accept the methodology adopted by the assessee for the computation of the capital gains. The ground of appeal filed by the assessee was allowed.

Imposition of penalty for violation of provisions of section 269SS of the Act towards consideration received in cash for sale of agricultural land by bringing the said consideration within the ambit of “specified sum” as defined under section 269SS of the Act is totally incorrect and defeats the very purpose of law.

46. TS-1252-ITAT-2025 (Hyd.)

Late Nimmatoori Raja Babu vs. ACIT 

A.Ys.:  2016-17 and 2017-18 

Date of Order : 12.9.2025

Section:  271D

Imposition of penalty for violation of provisions of section 269SS of the Act towards consideration received in cash for sale of agricultural land by bringing the said consideration within the ambit of “specified sum” as defined under section 269SS of the Act is totally incorrect and defeats the very purpose of law.

Receipt in cash, of genuine sale consideration of immovable property including agricultural land, before witnesses at the time of registration cannot be brought within the ambit of “specified sum” merely because it has been received in cash. 

FACTS

The Tribunal, in this case, was dealing with 3 appeals wherein levy of penalty under section 271D of the Act for AYs 2016-17 and 2017-18 amounting to ₹33,75,000;  ₹2,59,35,760 and ₹2,14,35,760 was under challenge.  The Tribunal took up appeal in the case of Late Nimmatoori Raja Babu for AY 2016-17 as the lead case.

The assessee, an individual, was one of the trustee of M/s Aurora Educational Society & Other Group Trusts.  In the course of assessment proceedings, consequent to search, the Assessing Officer (AO) noticed that assessee received consideration for sale of land in Raigir village to Incredible India Projects Private Limited.  The land was sold vide registered deed dated 24.6.2016 and assessee had admitted sale consideration of ₹33,75,000 per acre.  Since assessee failed to prove receipt of consideration by banking channels, the AO noted that the assessee violated the provisions of section 269SS of the Act and initiated penalty proceedings under section 271D and subsequently Joint / Additional Commissioner levied penalty, under section 271D, equivalent to 100% of the amount received in cash.

Aggrieved, by levy of penalty, the assessee preferred an appeal to CIT(A) who confirmed the action of the AO.

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to the Tribunal where it was submitted that –

i) right from the very beginning the assessee explained the source to be sale of agricultural land and the AO has accepted the source and not made addition to income but has initiated penalty for contravention of section 269SS;

ii) the expression “specified sum” cannot be stretched to consideration for transfer of property at the time of registration in presence of witnesses;

iii) the property sold by the assessee is agricultural land situated beyond the limit specified under section 2(14) of the Act and is therefore not a capital asset. The assessee was under a bonafide belief that accepting cash for sale of agricultural land does not attract provisions of section 269SS of the Act and consequently provisions of section 271D are not attracted.  The Tribunal, in a separate order, accepted the very same land to be an agricultural land.

HELD

At the outset the Tribunal noted that there is no dispute that the transaction is genuine and is recorded in Registered Sale Deed.  The land sold is an agricultural land and not a capital asset.  It noted that the assessee has explained that cash was received at the time of sale of agricultural land on the bonafide belief that agricultural land is exempt from tax and consequently receiving cash on sale of agricultural land will not attract provisions of section 269SS and 271D of the Act.  The Tribunal held that the provisions of section 271D are not automatic and exceptions of reasonable cause exonerates an assessee from levy of penalty.  In the present case, the assessee has satisfactorily demonstrated a `reasonable cause’ for acceptance of cash consideration for sale of agricultural land. There is no material brought on record by revenue to establish any malafide intention or tax evasion.

The Tribunal having noted that the provisions of section 269SS were amended by the Finance Act, 2015 and “specified sum” has been inserted in section 269SS examined the Explanatory Memorandum and observed that the purpose of the amendment is to curb the black money in immovable property transactions.  It held that, in its view, stretching the genuine consideration received for sale of an immovable property including agricultural land before the witnesses at the time of registration cannot be brought within the ambit of the term “specified sum” merely because the same has been received in cash.  The purpose of insertion of “specified sum” is only to check abuse of law by tax payers by entering into various kinds of agreements for transfer of immovable property showing consideration paid or received in cash and finally registration has not taken place.  It held that in a situation where consideration paid for transfer of any immovable property at the time of registration before witnesses and further, the said transaction is a genuine transaction and also part of regular books of accounts of the assessee or disclosed in the return of income filed for the relevant assessment year, then, the said transaction cannot be brought within the ambit of “specified sum” merely because the consideration has been received in cash. The Tribunal held that imposition of penalty for violation of provisions of section 269SS of the Act towards consideration received in cash for sale of agricultural land by bringing the said consideration within the ambit of “specified sum” as defined under section 269SS of the Act is totally incorrect and defeats the very purpose of law.

The Tribunal held that since, the assessee accepted the cash consideration for sale of agriculture land, which is outside the scope of capital asset as defined under section 2(14) of the Act and further, it is exempt from tax, the said transaction cannot be brought within the ambit of provisions of section 269SS of the Act, for the purpose of sec.271D of the Act.

The Tribunal, upon consideration of the decision of Bangalore Bench of the Tribunal in Rakesh Ganapathy vs. JCIT [(2025) 170 taxmann.com 239] on which reliance was placed on behalf of the assessee, found it to be on identical set of facts in light of penalty under section 271D.

Considering the facts and circumstances of the case, the Tribunal held that the Addl. CIT, Central Range-2, Hyderabad erred in levying penalty under section 271D of the Act for contravention of section 269SS of the Act towards consideration received in cash for sale of agricultural land.   The CIT(A) without considering the relevant facts, has simply sustained the penalty levied by the AO. The Tribunal set aside the order of the CIT(A) and directed the AO to delete the penalty levied under section 271D of the Act.

Taxation of Charitable & Religious Organisations under Income Tax Act 2025

The Income Tax Act, 2025 (effective 1 April 2026) restructures the taxation of charitable and religious organisations while largely retaining the substantive framework of the 1961 Act. The concept of “trusts” is replaced by “registered non-profit organisations” (NPOs), with detailed eligibility and registration requirements under section 332. Provisions earlier treated as exemptions are now computation provisions, classifying income into regular, specified, and residual categories, with differential tax treatment. Anonymous donations, impermissible investments, and violations in commercial activity attract strict tax consequences, including 30% levy and possible cancellation of registration. Key exemptions, such as corpus donations and reinvested capital gains, remain, while accumulations are permitted for up to five years. Compliance obligations relating to books, audit, returns, and investments are tightened, with harsher penalties for violations. The exit tax on accreted income and donation approval rules under section 133 also continue. Despite restructuring, complexity persists, raising risks of litigation

The Income Tax Act 2025 (“new Act”), which comes into force from 1st April 2026, has by and large retained the substance of the manner of taxation of charitable and religious organisations as existed in the Income Tax Act, 1961 (“existing Act”), but has significantly changed the structure of the provisions relating to taxation of charitable and religious organisations.

At the stage of the draft Bill, there had been a few major changes suggested in the provisions – withdrawal of the exemption for reinvestment of capital gains [current s.11(1A)] and of the option to spend the income in the subsequent year [current explanation to s.11(1)], extending the taxability of anonymous donations to all charitable-cum-religious trusts are some of the proposals. Fortunately, at the time of passing the Revised Bill, these proposals were withdrawn, and the existing exemptions broadly continue to operate.

In this article, an attempt is being made to analyse how the new provisions need to be read, and some of the changes that may apply on account of the changed structure of the law or changes in the language of the new law. While all major aspects are sought to be covered, it may not be possible to cover all the provisions, which run into 21 pages of the new Act, besides the items contained in the Schedules.

The new provisions are contained in part B of Chapter XVII, which consists of 7 sub-parts – registration, Income of regd NPO, commercial activities by regd NPOs, compliances, violations, approval for purposes of section 133, and interpretation.

1. SIGNIFICANT CHANGES

The significant changes to the structure are analysed below:

1. The concept of a trust or institution holding property in trust for charitable or religious purposes has been replaced by a concept of registered non-profit organisation (“regd NPO”). A list of types of entities which can apply for registration as a regd NPO is laid down in s.332(1), which was not present in the current ITA. These are:

(a) A public trust;

(b) A society registered under Societies Registration Act, 1860 or under any law in force in India;

(c) A company registered under s.8 of Companies Act 2013 or under s.25 of Companies Act 1956 and deemed to have been registered under s.465(2)(g) of Companies Act 2013;

(d) A University established by law or any other educational institution affiliated thereto or recognized by the Government;

(e)An institution financed wholly or in part by the Government or a local authority;

(f) Investor Protection Funds set up by recognized stock exchanges, commodity exchanges or depositories, notified bodies administering any activity for the benefit of the general public, Prime Minister’s National Relief Fund, PM CARES Fund, Chief Minister’s Relief Fund, Swachh Bharat Kosh, Clean Ganga Fund, university/educational institutions and hospitals/medical institutions wholly or substantially financed by the Government or with annual receipts of less than Rs 5 crore, and notified bodies set up under a Central/State Act for dealing with housing accommodation, planning, development or improvement of cities, towns and villages, regulating or regulating and developing any activity for the benefit of the general public or regulating any matter for the benefit of the general public;

(g) Any other person notified by the CBDT.

Section 332(2) provides that such a person shall be eligible for registration if:

(a) It is constituted, registered or incorporated in India for carrying out one or more charitable purposes, or one or more public religious purposes, and

(b) The properties of such person are held for the benefit of the general public under an irrevocable trust –

i. Wholly for charitable or religious purposes in India; or

ii. Partly for charitable or religious purposes in India, if such person was constituted, registered or incorporated prior to 1.4.1962.

Therefore, a trust created after 1.4.1962 cannot apply for registration as a regd NPO if it is not constituted, registered or incorporated in India or any of its objects are for the benefit of the public or any persons outside India. This requirement is not contained in the current Act. This also seems to contradict the provisions of section 338 (analysed later), where income can be applied outside India with the prior approval of the CBDT. One fails to understand how an NPO can apply income outside India, if it does not have such an object permitting application outside India, in which case it would not be eligible for registration.

Further, in case of an NPO set up after 1.4.1962, it can only be wholly for charitable and religious purposes, as is the case under the existing law.

2. The earlier provisions of exemption contained in sections 10 and sections 11 to 13 were contained in Chapter III – Incomes which do not Form Part of Total Income. These were therefore exemption provisions. Under the new Act, the provisions are contained in sections 332 to 355, which are contained in Part B – Special Provisions for Registered Non-Profit Organisations of Chapter XVII – Special Provisions Relating to Certain Persons. These are now therefore computation provisions, and not exemption provisions. Certain specific provisions, such as those contained in clauses (iiiab), (iiiac), (iiiad) and (iiiae) of section 10(23C) continue as complete exemptions, being part of Schedule III, read with section 11 of the new Act, which deals with incomes not to be included in total income.

The switchover from a scheme of exemption to a scheme of computation may not have any significant impact, given that:

(a)  the provisions of section 14 (current section 14A) relating to disallowance of expenditure incurred for earning exempt income apply for the purposes of computing income under Chapter IV (i.e. under the heads of income) and not under Chapter XVII-B; and

(b)  the provisions of Alternate Minimum Tax under section 206 specifically provide for reduction of “regular income” of a regd NPO referred to in section 355 from the profits as per profit and loss account, in the definition of “book profit” in section 206(1)(c).

3. The exemption provisions contained for some specific types of important institutions, educational and medical institutions in clauses (iv), (v), (vi) and (via) of section 10(23C) have been merged with the general computation provisions for regd NPOs. Therefore, there is now only one regime of computation for regd NPOs under the new Act, as opposed to two exemption regimes under the current Act. A beginning for the merger of the two regimes had been made earlier under the current Act, by providing that with effect from 1.10.2024, no application for renewal of s.10(23C) approval would be made under that section, but would have to be made under section 12A, and by bringing the two exemption regimes almost on par with each other. Section 355(g) of the new Act provides that an approval under section 10(23C) would be a registration for the purposes of the new Act, and therefore an entity approved under section 10(23C) would be a regd NPO under the new Act.

4. Instead of all income from property held under trust, including donations, being considered for computation of exemption, and with loss of exemption for certain incomes under sections 11(3), 13 or section 115BBC,  incomes of a trust would now be categorised into 3 categories – regular income (85% of which is required to be applied), specified income (which is taxable at a flat rate of 30%) and residual income.

“Regular income” is defined in section 335 as:

(a) Income from any charitable or religious activity for which the NPO is registered, carried out by it in such tax year;

(b) Income derived from any property, deposit or investment held wholly for charitable or religious purposes by such regd NPO in such tax year;

(c) Income derived from any property, deposit or investment held in part for religious and charitable purposes by NPOs set up prior to 1.4.1962;

(d) Voluntary contributions received by such regd NPO in such tax year; and

(e) Gains of any permitted commercial activity carried out by such regd NPO in such tax year.

In the draft Bill, the word “receipts” had been used in place of the word “income” in items (a), (b) and (c), and in (b), the term used was “receipts, whether capital or revenue”. Fortunately, the language in the new Act has been rectified, with the term used now being “income”.

“Specified income” consists of anonymous donations and income which was so far taxable under section 115BBI, and includes the following:

(a) Taxable anonymous donations;

(b) Income applied for the benefit of specified persons;

(c) Income applied outside India without CBDT approval;

(d) Investment made in contravention of permitted investment pattern;

(e)Accumulated income, applied to purposes other than purposes of accumulation, or ceasing to be accumulated or set apart, or not applied within the period of accumulation, or credited or paid to another regd NPO;

(f) Income applied to purposes other than purposes for which it is registered;

(g) Business income determined by the AO in excess of income shown in books of account of the business undertaking.

Here too, in the draft Bill, the scope of anonymous donations had been proposed to include all anonymous donations received by a charitable-cum-religious trust. The new Act finally covers only anonymous donations received for a university/educational institution or hospital/medical/institution by such religious-cum-charitable trusts, besides all anonymous donations received by a charitable trust, as is the position under the current Act. Anonymous donations received by religious trusts continue to remain outside the purview of taxation as anonymous donations.

“Residual Income” is defined in section 355(j) to mean the total income without giving effect to the provisions of Part B of Chapter XVII, as reduced by regular income and specified income. Incidentally, the term “total income” is not defined in this Chapter. Section 2(108) defines total income as the total amount of income referred to in section 5, computed in the manner as laid down under this Act. Given that the headwise computation provisions would not apply (as discussed below), this would probably mean the sum total of all the incomes as computed after deductions and exclusions under Part B of Chapter XVII.

2. REGISTRATION

The provisions for registration of an NPO are contained in section 332(3), and are identical to those currently applicable under section 12A(1)(ac). Section 332(3) has a table listing out the 7 types of cases [currently found in clauses (i) to (vi)(A) and (B) of current section 12A(1)(ac)], giving the time limit for furnishing the application, time limit for passing the order by the CIT, and the period of validity of registration. The enhanced period of registration of 10 years for small NPOs having gross income of less than ₹5 crores in each of the preceding two years, introduced by the Finance Act 2025, has also been provided for in section 332(5).

As under the current Act, the CIT has been empowered to condone delay in making of the application if he finds that it was for a reasonable cause. There is now a specific provision in section 332(6) to the effect that if an application for registration is not made within the specified time and the delay in filing such application is not condoned, the NPO shall be liable to pay tax on accreted income under section 352.

The provisions of current section 11(7), which prohibit claim of exemption under section 10 except certain specific sub-sections, and which provide a regime for one-time switchover from section 10(23C) to section 11, are continued in section 333.

3. CANCELLATION OF REGISTRATION

Section 12AB(4) of the current Act lists out the “specified violations” on the noticing of which, the CIT can cancel the registration of a trust, and the procedures for the same. Section 12AB(5) provides the time limit within which such order of cancellation, or refusal of cancellation, has to be passed.

Section 351 of the new Act now contains these provisions relating to specified violations, the procedure to be followed for cancellation and the time limits for passing of order by the CIT.

The list of specified violations is identical, except that it now covers violation of section 346. Section 346 deals with commercial activity by GPU trusts, and prohibits such activity unless carried out in course of GPU objects, aggregate receipts from such activity do not exceed 20% of total receipts of the regd NPO and separate books of account are maintained for such commercial activity. Therefore, if the receipts from commercial activity of a GPU trust exceed 20% of the aggregate receipts, this can result in cancellation of registration, which was not the position under the current Act.

4. COMPUTATION OF INCOME AND TAX LIABILITY

Section 334 provides that the tax payable by a regd NPO on its total income for a tax year shall be the aggregate of tax calculated at 30% of the specified income and calculated at the applicable rate for taxable regular income and residual income for the tax year.

As per section 334(2), the provisions of Chapter XVII would override all other provisions of the new Act, except the clubbing provisions contained in sections 96 to 98 of the new Act. Therefore, the computation provisions contained under the respective heads of income would not apply to a regd NPO. This is similar to the position prevailing under the current Act, where the CBDT had clarified vide its Circular No. 5-P (LXX-6) dated 19th June, 1968, that the income, for the purpose of computation of exemption, has to be taken on a commercial basis (as per books of account). One area of difference from the current Act would be in a situation where the entire income of the regd NPO is not exempt from tax, the income would be computed and taxed under this Chapter. Under the current Act, in some Tribunal decisions, a view had been taken that income which was not exempt was to be computed under the respective heads of income.

This would also mean that the tax computation contained in section 334 would apply irrespective of the nature of income. For instance, the tax on long term capital gains would be as per the provisions of section 334, and not at the rate of 12.5% prescribed under section 197 (section 112 of the current Act). Section 334 refers to the rate applicable on taxable regular income and any residual income. This rate is not spelt out in the new Act – it would probably be prescribed under the Finance Act each year. But, in case the regd NPO is a company, it will not be eligible for the concessional rate of tax for companies under section 200 (section 115BAA of the current Act).

A. Taxable Regular Income

Section 336 defines taxable regular income. Taxable regular income is nil, where 85% or more of the regular income has been applied or accumulated for charitable or religious purposes. Where less than 85% of the regular income has been applied or accumulated, the taxable regular income would be 85% of the regular income, less income applied for charitable or religious purposes or accumulated.

Voluntary contributions received by a regd NPO are included in the definition of income under section 2(49)(c).

B. Deemed Accumulated Income

This 15% of regular income (or unspent amount up to 15% where more than 85% of the regular income is spent), is treated as deemed accumulated income [section 343(1)]. As per the draft Bill, such deemed accumulated income was to be invested in modes permitted under section 350. This could have created difficulty, as such amount may not necessarily be available with the regd NPO (e.g. if 100 is donated to another regd NPO, 85% is treated as application and balance 15% may fall under deemed accumulation, but would not be available for investment, having already been donated). Fortunately, in the new Act, the provision is that if invested, it has to be invested in modes permitted under section 350 [current section 11(5)]. In other words, such investment is not mandatory, but only the modes of investment are mandatory. It is specifically provided in section 343(2) that deemed accumulated income is different from accumulated income under section 342 [current section 11(2)].

C. Exclusions from Regular Income

Section 338 provides that certain incomes shall not be included in the regular income. These are:

(a)  Income applied outside India where the CBDT has directed that such income shall not be included in the total income (i.e. income applied outside India with the approval of the CBDT). This approval can be granted for an NPO created before 1st April 1952 for charitable or religious purposes, or for an NPO created on or after 1st April 1952 for charitable purposes where such application of income outside India tend to promote international welfare in which India is interested.

(b) Corpus donations received by the regd NPO.

The language of the new Act in effect settles the controversy existing under the current Act as to whether, to claim exemption, the application has to be in India or charitable purposes has to be in India. The current Act uses the phrase “applied to such purposes in India”, which gave rise to this controversy. The Delhi High Court in National Association of Software & Services Companies, 345 ITR 362, had held that the application had to be in India, while the Karnataka High Court in Ohio University Christ College, 408 ITR 352, had held that the exemption was available if the purposes was in India. Since the new Act uses the term “income applied outside India”, where any application of income is to be made outside India, it would be excluded from income only if prior CBDT approval is obtained for such expenditure.

The exclusion of such income applied outside India (with CBDT approval) and corpus donations, implies that such incomes would not be considered for computing the deemed accumulated income of 15% (i.e. for computing 85% of regular income) in determining the taxable regular income.

D. Corpus Donations

“Corpus donation” is defined in section 339 to mean any donation made with a specific direction that it shall form part of the corpus of the regd NPO, provided that such donation is invested or deposited in one of the modes permitted under section 350 maintained specifically for such corpus. This is similar to the current section 11(1)(d), which requires investment of corpus donations in permitted modes and earmarking of investments.

E. Application of Income

What is considered as allowable application of income is contained in section 341. Sums applied for charitable or religious purposes in India for which the NPO is registered and paid during the year, are allowable as application of income. In case of donations paid to another regd NPO, 85% of the donations are allowable. If such donations are towards the corpus of the other regd NPO, the donation will not be allowable as application of income. As under the current Act, adjustments are required to be made for payments made out of corpus or out of loans or borrowings (not to be considered in the year of payment), and reinvestment back in corpus investments or repayment of such loan or borrowing (to be considered as application in the year of reinvestment or repayment). Cash payments exceeding ₹10,000 and amounts on which TDS which was deductible, but are not deducted, are not allowable as application of income. Similarly, deficit of earlier years is also not allowable as an application of income.

F. Deemed Application of Income- Option to Spend and Capital Gains

The option to spend income in subsequent year (or the year of receipt of income), currently contained in the explanation to section 11(1), which was proposed to be done away with in the draft Bill, has been finally retained in the new Act. This is contained in section 341(5), and is deemed to be an application of income. Similarly, the exemption for capital gains, currently in section 11(1A) of the current Act, which was also sought to be removed in the draft Bill, has been retained in the new Act. It will now be treated as a deemed application under section 341(9). Interestingly, while sub-section (8) of section 341 provides that application under sub-section (1) shall include deemed application where option is exercised under sub-section (5), similar provision is absent in respect of deemed application under sub-section (9) in respect of capital gains. However, the absence of such specific provision should not impact the allowability of capital gains as a deduction in computing taxable regular income.

G. Accumulated Income

As under the current Act, under the new Act also, a regd NPO has the option to accumulate its regular income for a period of up to 5 years. Here also, a form has to be filed stating the purpose and period of accumulation. The amount of accumulation has also to be invested in the modes permitted under section 350, as under the current Act.

Under the current Act, there has been a controversy raging for the last 34 years as to what can be stated to be the purposes of accumulation – whether some or all of the objects of the trust can be stated to be the purposes of accumulation has been a matter of litigation. Unfortunately, this controversy may continue even under the new law, given that it also does not bring about clarity on the issue.

On the contrary, a new issue could arise as to whether the accumulation can only be for a single purpose or whether it can be for multiple purposes, as permitted under the current law. This issue is on account of the use of the word in singular “purpose” in the new Act and not the plural “purposes” as in the current Act. It appears that the intention is not to restrict it to a single purpose, as the objective of the new Act is merely to use simpler language and not to bring about policy changes.

In the new Act also, change in purpose is permissible with the approval of the Assessing Officer (“AO”). Besides, the amount of accumulation cannot be utilized by donating to another regd NPO as under the current Act. Similarly, as under the current Act, on dissolution of the regd NPO, an application can be made to the AO to donate the amount of application to another regd NPO.

As mentioned earlier, the unspent accumulation or accumulation ceasing to be kept apart or that is donated to another regd NPO would be taxable as specified income.

5. COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY

Section 11(4) of the current Act applies to a business undertaking held in trust, and provides that the term “property held under trust” includes a business undertaking so held. Courts have taken the view that section 11(4) applied to a situation where the business itself was held in trust, while section 11(4A) applied in other cases where business was carried on. Therefore, the requirements of section 11(4A) of incidental business and separate books of account did not apply to cases covered by section 11(4). Section 344 of the new Act corresponds to section 11(4). It provides that where the property held by a regd NPO includes a business undertaking, and if a claim is made for benefits under these provisions, then the AO has the power to determine the income of such business undertaking as per the provisions of the new Act. The definition of “specified income” includes the addition made by the AO to the book income of such business undertaking – only the book income would qualify as regular income, eligible for deduction of application, deemed application and accumulation of income.

Under the current Act, the proviso to section 2(15) used the term “activity in the nature of trade, commerce or business or activity of rendering any service in relation to trade, commerce or business”. This applied only to trusts engaged in the object of advancement of general public utility (GPU trusts). Section 11(4A) used the term “business”. Section 11(4A) applies to both GPU trusts as well as non-GPU trusts. There was accordingly a distinction between the proviso to section 2(15), which uses broader terminology, and section 11(4A), which uses the term “business”. The new Act uses the term “commercial activity” in the context of both of these, and does not distinguish between these.

The term “commercial activity” has been defined in section 355(e) as means any activity in the nature of trade, commerce or business, or any activity of rendering any service in relation to trade, commerce or business, for a cess or fee or any other consideration, irrespective of the nature of use or application or retention of the income from such activity. This is identical to the language of the current proviso to section 2(15), which was interpreted by the Supreme Court in the case of ACIT(E) vs. Ahmedabad Urban Development Authority [2022] 449 ITR 1 (SC). In that case, the Supreme Court held that any activity in furtherance of GPU objects where there was substantial mark up over cost would be regarded as in the nature of trade, commerce or business.

Two sections apply to trusts carrying on commercial activity – section 346 deals with GPU trusts, and section 345 deals with non-GPU trusts. In case of GPU trusts, the position under section 346 is the same as was earlier prevalent under the proviso to section 2(15). It provides that a regd NPO, carrying on advancement of any other object of general public utility, shall not carry out any commercial activity unless:

(a) Such commercial activity is undertaken in the course of actual carrying out of advancement of any object of general public utility;

(b) The aggregate receipts from such commercial activity/activities do not exceed 20% of the total receipts of such regd NPO of the relevant tax year; and

(c) Separate books of account are maintained by such regd NPO for such activities.

Section 345, applicable to non-GPU trusts or activities, provides that a regd NPO (other than that referred to in section 346) shall not carry out any commercial activity, unless:

(a)  Such commercial activity is incidental to the attainment of the objectives of the regd NPO; and

(b) Separate books of account are maintained for such activities.

Section 345 was meant to be the equivalent of section 11(4A), with the difference that section 11(4A) as applicable to GPU trusts has been incorporated in section 346. However, section 11(4A) used the term “business”, as opposed to the term “activity in the nature of trade, commerce or business or activity of rendering any service in relation to any trade, commerce or business”, which is a much broader term. Given that the same definition of “commercial activity” would apply to both section 346 (GPU trusts) as well as section 345 (non-GPU trusts), which definition is identical to that contained in the current proviso to section 2(15), it appears that the same meaning which earlier applied only to GPU trusts would now apply to non-GPU trusts as well. The interpretation of the Supreme Court in the case of Ahmedabad Urban Development Authority (supra) may now apply not only to GPU trusts, but also to non-GPU trusts. Therefore, some activities of non-GPU trusts, which resulted in surplus but were not considered as business for the purposes of section 11(4A), may now be covered by section 345. This would require maintenance of separate books of account for such activities.

What are the consequences of violation of sections 345 or 346? Violation of either of these provisions is regarded as a “specified violation” under section 351(1)(b), which can result in cancellation of registration of the NPO. Under the current Act, while violation of section 11(4A) is a “specified violation”, which can attract cancellation of registration, applicability of the proviso to section 2(15) is not such a specified violation and does not result in cancellation of registration. Therefore, under the new Act, if a regd NPO carries on a GPU activity which results in substantial surplus, and the  gross receipts from such activity exceeds 20% of the total receipts of the NPO, its registration can be cancelled, with consequent applicability of tax on accreted income. This is a drastic change from the current position, where there is only a loss of exemption for the year. This seems to be an unintended consequence of merger of the proviso to section 2(15) with section 11(4A) in so far as GPU NPOs are concerned.

Besides, currently, section 13(8) read with section 13(10) provides that in case the proviso to section 2(15) is attracted, while exemption would not be available, only the net income of the trust would be taxable. Section 353(1), corresponding to current section 13(10), provides for taxation of net income of a GPU trust which has violated section 346. However, there is no similar provision for violation of section 345 by a non-GPU trust, which may suffer tax on its gross income.

6. COMPLIANCES

A. Books of Account

Currently, the exemption under sections 11 and 12 is subject to the requirements of section 12A. Clause (b)(i) of section 12A requires the maintenance of books and other documents in the form and manner and at the place, as may be prescribed, where the income exceeds the maximum amount not chargeable to tax. Violation of this condition can result in loss of tax exemption for the relevant year.

Under the new Act, section 347 contains the requirement to maintain the books of accounts and other documents in prescribed form and manner and at the prescribed place. Section 353 provides that the consequence of failure to maintain books of account under section 347 shall be that the regular income as reduced by the expenditure referred to in section 353(3) shall be the taxable regular income, i.e. in other words, the benefit of accumulation, deemed accumulation, deduction for capital expenditure, corpus donations and donations to other NPOs shall not be available. It may be noted that the consequence is only for failure to maintain books of account, and not failure to maintain other documents.

B. Audit

Similarly, current section 12A(b) requires accounts to be audited if the income is above the income exemption threshold limit and the audit report to be filed, in order to get the benefit of exemption. This requirement of audit is now contained in section 348, with the consequences of failure to get books of account audited contained in section 353(1) being taxation of net income without certain deductions, similar to the consequences
of failure to maintain books of account. Here also, section 353(1) is attracted only for failure to get the books of account audited, and not for failure to furnish audit report.

C. Return of Income

Under the current Act, under section 139(4A), a charitable or religious trust claiming exemption under section 11 is required to file a return of income, if its income (before exemption under sections 11 & 12) exceeds the threshold exemption limit. This obligation is now contained in section 263(1)(iii) of the new Act, which requires a person other than a company or a firm to file its return of income if its income (before  giving effect to provisions of Chapter XVII-B)  exceeds the maximum amount not chargeable to tax (“threshold limit”). Current section 139(4C)(e) also requires institutions claiming exemption under clauses (iiiab), (iiiac), (iiiad), (iiiae), (iv), (v), (vi) and (via) of section 10(23C) to file their returns of income. Educational and medical institutions falling under the current clauses (iiiab), (iiiac), (iiiad), and (iiiae) of section 10(23C) would fall within the definition of “specified entity” under the new section 263(1)(iv) and will also be subject to the same obligation. There are no separate exemptions under the new Act corresponding to clauses (iv), (v), (vi) and (via) of the current Act, and these would therefore fall within the general exemption for regd NPOs, also covered by section 263(1)(iii).

Section 349 of the new Act provides that where the total income of a regd NPO exceeds the threshold limit, it has to furnish the return of income as per the provisions of section 263(1)(a)(iii) and (2), within the time limit allowed under section 263(1)(c). This time limit continues to be 31st October for persons whose accounts are required to be audited. Under the current Act, trusts are permitted to file returns within the time limits specified in sub-sections (1) and (4) of section 139 – i.e. even belated returns are permitted.

Section 353 provides that where any regd NPO fails to furnish its return under section 349, its taxable regular income shall be the net income without certain deductions (the same as in cases of failure to maintain books of account or failure to get books of account audited). Would this cover only cases of failure to file the return of income, or even delay in filing the return of income?  While section 353 refers only to failure to file a return under section 349, section 349 requires the return to be filed within the time allowed under section 263(1)(c). Therefore, even cases of delay may invite applicability of these provisions, unlike under the current law where filing of a belated return of income within the time limit under section 139(4) does not attract such consequence.

D. Permitted Modes of Investment

Section 350(1) of the new Act provides that the modes of investing or depositing the money under Chapter XVII-B shall be those specified in Schedule XVI. Section 350(2) further permits notification by the Central Government of other modes of investing or depositing money.

Schedule XVI lists out all the modes currently listed in section 11(5), including immovable property.
It even includes the other modes notified for the purposes of section 11(5) under rule 17C, such as units of mutual funds, equity shares of a depository, equity shares of an incubatee by an incubator, units of Powergrid Infrastructure Investment Trust, etc.

The permissible investments/deposits list in this Schedule also contains the exceptions which are currently listed under section 13(1)(d) and under clause (b) of the third proviso to section 10 (23C), such as:

(a) Assets held as part of the corpus as at 1st June 1973;

(b) Equity shares of a public company held by a university/educational institution/hospital/ medical institution as part of the corpus as of 1st June 1998;

(c) Bonus shares allotted on such shares held as corpus;

(d) Donations received and maintained in the form of jewellery, furniture or any other notified article;

(e) Any asset, other than those permitted under other clauses of this Schedule, if not held beyond one year from the end of the year in which the asset was acquired;

(f) Funds representing profits and gains of business.

Schedule XVI also has an interpretation clause, where various terms used in the Schedule are defined.

The consequences of violation of the provisions of section 350 are contained in S.No.4 of the table of specified income in section 337. It provides that any investment or deposit made in contravention of the provisions of section 350 out of any income, accumulated income, deemed accumulated income, corpus, deemed corpus or any other fund would be taxable as specified income in the year in which such investment or deposit is made.

Under the current provisions of section 13(1)(d), while exemption was lost on account of the impermissible investment to the extent of the impermissible investment, such loss of exemption could only be to the extent of income for the year. Therefore, if the gross income of the trust for the year was Rs 10 lakh, and an impermissible investment of Rs 1 crore was made out of the corpus or past accumulation, the income that could be taxed so far was only Rs 10 lakh (income for that year which suffered loss of exemption). Under the new Act, the entire Rs 1 crore would be treated as specified income and taxed at 30%. The consequences under the new Act are therefore far more stringent.

7. TAX ON ACCRETED INCOME

The provisions for tax on accreted income, a form of exit tax, currently contained in Chapter XII-EB, sections 115TD to 115TF, are now also part of Chapter XVII-B, being contained in section 352. The computation of accreted income is set out in the form of a formula in section 352(2). Section 352(4) contains a table specifying the cases attracting tax on accreted income, the specified date on which accreted income is to be computed, and the due date for payment of tax on accreted income in each case.

Delay in filing an application for renewal of registration continues to attract tax on accreted income, as under the current Act.

8. APPROVAL FOR PURPOSES OF SECTION 133 (CURRENT SECTION 80G)

The provisions for approval for purposes of section 133 (corresponding to section 80G of the current Act) is also contained in Chapter XVII-B in section 354. The conditions for such registration under the new section 354 are the same as those contained in section 80G(5), except that the condition contained in clause (i) that the income is not liable to income tax by virtue of section 11 and 12 or section 10(23C) is omitted.

Section 354(2) contains a table, stating the types of cases, time limits for furnishing application, time limit for passing the order and validity of approval in each case. These are the same as those contained in the current Act.

The requirement of filing a statement of donations and for furnishing a certificate to the donor in respect of such donations continues under the new Act.

9. PENALTY & FEES

The existing penalty and fees applicable to religious and charitable trusts continue under the new Act – penalty for provision of benefit to related persons (current section 271AAE, new section 445), penalty for failure to deliver statement of donations or furnish certificate to donors (current section 271K, new section 464), and fees for failure to deliver statement of donations or certificate to donors within time (current section 234G, new section 429).

CONCLUSION

All in all, while the general provisions relating to charitable and religious organisations have remained broadly the same, the manner in which some of the changes have been carried out could possibly cause difficulty in some cases. One hopes that these are just drafting mistakes, which will be corrected in the forthcoming Budget.

However, the complexity of the provisions and procedures relating to regd NPOs still continues, with harsh consequences for even minor mistakes. Under such circumstances, unless the provisions are really simplified and made more reasonable, the large scale litigation in this area of income tax is likely to continue.

Statistically Speaking

1.1. INDIA’S TRADE DEFICIT NARROWS

INDIA'S TRADE DEFICIT NARROWS

2. COUNTRIES THAT LOST THE MOST MILLIONAIRES IN 2025

COUNTRIES THAT LOST THE MOST MILLIONAIRES IN 2025

3. COUNTRIES THAT GAINED THE MOST MILLIONAIRES IN 2025

COUNTRIES THAT GAINED THE MOST MILLIONAIRES IN 2025

4. INDIAN STATES WITH THE LARGEST GEN-Z POPULATION

INDIAN STATES WITH THE LARGEST GEN-Z POPULATION

5. INCOME TAX RETURNS HIT NEW RECORD

INCOME TAX RETURNS HIT NEW RECORD

GST Cartoon

 

Learning Events At BCAS

1. Indirect Tax Laws Study Circle Meeting on “Section 74 Notices Under GST: Demands, Defenses & Dilemmas” held on Tuesday, 16th September, 2025 @ Virtual.

Group leader CA. Ganesh Prabhu Balakumar prepared five case studies covering various aspects of Section 74 of the CGST Act.

The presentation covered the following aspects with the background of the applicability of section 74 for detailed discussion:

  1. Issues relating to the classification of drones, procedural aspects of inspection proceedings u/s section 67 of the CGST Act, and whether misclassification may lead to suppression.
  2. Aspects relating to RCM on import of services, implications of treatment of transactions in the books of accounts and allegations of suppression.
  3. Whether every mismatch or lapse, classification differences, return reconciliations, delayed RCM, and ITC mismatches amount to fraud, wilful misstatement and suppression u/s 74, or should they be treated as clerical and interpretational errors u/s 73.

Around 102 participants from all over India benefited while taking an active part in the discussion. Participants appreciated the efforts of the group leader and the mentor.

2. Finance, Corporate & Allied Laws (FCAL) Study Circle –  AGM Related Compliances (W.R.T. Private Companies) including Recent Amendments in Directors’ Report & Annual Filings held on Tuesday, 2nd September 2025 @ Virtual.

The Finance, Corporate and Allied Laws Study Circle of the Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society (BCAS) organised a virtual session on 02nd September 2025 on the topic “AGM-related compliances (w.r.t. Private Companies) including recent amendments in Directors’ Report and annual filings.” The session focused on providing participants with a comprehensive understanding of the statutory provisions and practical considerations surrounding annual general meetings for private companies.

During the session, the speaker explained the latest regulatory updates and their implications on corporate governance and statutory filings. The discussion covered recent amendments impacting Directors’ Reports and annual filings, key timelines, and documentation requirements under the Companies Act. Various practical issues faced by companies were addressed, including common mistakes in annual filings and strategies to ensure timely and accurate compliance.

The session was highly interactive and was well-received by the attendees. A total of 65 participants benefited from the detailed discussion and gained clarity on evolving compliance requirements and best practices to manage statutory obligations efficiently.

3. Family Offices Summit 2025 held on 30th August 2025@ The Rooftop & Malabar Trident, Nariman point.

The Family Offices Summit 2025, organised by the Finance, Corporate & Allied Laws Committee of Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society, held on 30th August 2025 at Trident, Nariman Point, Mumbai, was a landmark summit that brought together leading voices from family businesses, investment management, and advisory practices. The day-long summit featured keynote addresses, thought-provoking panels, and engaging conversations that explored the evolving role of family offices in India and in the global arena.

Setting the Context – The Rise of Family Offices

The summit began with a keynote address by Mr Rishabh Mariwala, who eloquently captured the rise of family offices in India. He spoke about why family offices matter now more than ever, emphasising their role in professionalising wealth management, preserving legacies, and empowering the next generation to carry forward values and vision alongside wealth.

The international perspective on structuring family offices in Asia, the Hong Kong Perspective featured insights from Mr Jason Fong, who delivered a short video message, and Ms Joanne Zheng, who gave a presentation. Together, they highlighted Hong Kong’s evolving ecosystem for family offices and noted that Indian families are increasingly exploring global jurisdictions for wealth structuring. This shift underscores Hong Kong’s appeal as a hub for family offices, thanks to its favourable tax policies, strategic location, and professional services.

Ancient Wisdom for Modern Day Family Businesses

National award-winning author Dr Radhakrishnan Pillai delivered an invigorating talk on ancient wisdom for modern family businesses. Drawing from the Arthashastra and Chanakya’s principles, he connected timeless governance and leadership insights with today’s family business challenges. His address reminded participants that while structures and strategies evolve, the essence of values, vision, and governance remains constant.

Session 1: Family Offices in India – Emerging Trends & Realities

The first panel brought together diverse voices across two parallel discussions. Panel 1A, moderated by Mr Avik Ashar featured Ms Anupa Tanna Shah, Mr Rubin Chheda, Mr. Sachin Tagra  and Mr. Samir Shah. The discussion revolved around the growing sophistication of family offices, professional management, and the balance between preserving legacy and seeking growth through new asset classes.

Panel 1B, moderated by Mr Devashish Khanna, hosted Mr Amit Jain, Mr Rahul Khanna, and Mr Subeer Monga. This discussion focused on the realities of structuring, the need for governance frameworks, and the importance of aligning investment philosophy with family objectives. Together, both panels highlighted the vibrancy and evolving maturity of family offices in India.

Session 2: Smart Structuring – Tax-Optimized Wealth Transfer & Succession

Post lunch, the focus shifted to succession and tax-efficient structuring. Moderated by Mr Rutvik Sanghvi, the panel featured Dr Anup Shah, Mr Parthiv Kamdar, and Mr Tanmay Patnaik. The session explored practical approaches to wealth transfer, succession planning tools, and the nuances of tax implications across jurisdictions. The discussion underscored that succession is not merely a legal exercise but a delicate balance of family dynamics, governance, and foresight.

Fireside Chat – Global Playgrounds: Jurisdiction Shopping for Indian Wealth

One of the highlights of the summit was the engaging fireside chat between Mr Dinesh Kanabar and Mr Anand Bathiya. Their candid conversation on jurisdiction shopping unpacked the rationale behind families considering global structures for wealth, covering regulatory considerations, global opportunities, and challenges. The discussion was both practical and visionary, offering participants a clear sense of the opportunities available in an increasingly interconnected world.

Session 3: Family Offices as Strategic Partners in Alternative Funds

The third thematic session focused on family offices as active partners in alternative investment platforms. Moderated by Ms Kinnari Gandhi, the panel included Mr Aditya Jha, Mr Anurag Agrawal, Mr Manish Chhabra, and Mr Nirav Shah. The dialogue highlighted how family offices are now playing a strategic role in shaping investment ecosystems, co-creating ventures, and deploying patient capital to nurture long-term opportunities.

Session 4: Real-Life Case Studies in Succession Planning

The final session was a powerful exploration of succession in action, moderated by Mr. Amit Goenka. Esteemed panellists Mr Aashish Somaiyaa, Mr Ravi Sheth, Mr Shishir Srivastava, and Mr Vivek Rajaraman shared real-life experiences from different sectors. The dwiscussion illuminated both the challenges and best practices in ensuring smooth transitions, underscoring the importance of trust, governance, and preparation in sustaining legacies.

Concluding Note

The day’s deliberations made it abundantly clear that family offices are not merely financial structures but institutions of continuity, vision, and stewardship. The Family Offices Summit, 2025, was attended by 76 participants, 40 were BCAS members, and the remaining 36 were non-members. Further, 19 participants attended from 12 cities outside the Mumbai Metropolitan Region.

This informative Summit was competently coordinated by Kinnari Gandhi with the help of convenors Khubi Shah Sanghvi and Rimple Dedhia and the guidance of Kanubhai, Naushadbhai and Anandbhai.

Family Offices Summit

4. Webinar on Mastering Charitable Trust Compliances held on Friday, 29th August 2025 @ Virtual

The BCAS webinar on “Mastering Charitable Trust Compliances” was successfully conducted on Friday, 29th August 2025, over the Zoom platform. The session was led by CA Gunja Thakrar and CA Ujwal Thakrar, and attracted wide participation from across the country, with over 145 attendees joining in. The audience comprised a diverse mix of professionals, trustees, and compliance officers, with attendees from more than 40 cities, including Mumbai, Bengaluru, Ahmedabad, Chennai, Delhi, Jaipur, Coimbatore, and even remote locations like Tuensang and Bhimavaram.

The webinar was structured around key compliance areas for charitable and religious trusts under the Income-tax Act. CA Gunja Thakrar led the first half of the session, beginning with an explanation of the Audit Report in Form 10B / 10BB, focusing on the interpretation of the 49 clauses, key compliance expectations, and documentation frameworks. This was followed by an overview of ITR-7, highlighting its key schedules and the accurate reporting of total income. She also covered the nuances of Forms 9 and 10, with emphasis on their applicability and disclosure requirements.

In the second half, CA Ujwal Thakrar delved into the increasingly important area of renewal and re-registration under Sections 12AB and 80G. He offered practical guidance on assessing organizational readiness, fulfilling financial compliance prerequisites, and navigating critical timelines. His session also included tips on managing documentation workflows, engaging with regulatory authorities, and monitoring post-registration conditions — all essential for effective compliance in today’s regulatory environment.

The session concluded with an engaging Q&A round, where attendees raised practical concerns from their daily practice. With participants spanning ages from below 30 to above 60, and nearly 45% of them from outside Mumbai, the webinar served as a robust learning platform. The comprehensive structure and clarity of presentation made it especially valuable to professionals managing trust compliance, reinforcing BCAS’s role in continuous learning and capacity building within the profession.

BCAS Academy Link: https://academy.bcasonline.org/courses/webinar-on-mastering-charitable-trust-compliances/

5. Indirect Tax Laws Study Circle Meeting on “Use Of Technology in GST- Part 2” held on Friday, 29th August 2025 @ Virtual

The Bombay Chartered Accountant Society had organized the following Study Circle Meeting under Indirect Taxes on 29th August 2025.

Group leader CA Rahul Gabhawala prepared a step-by-step demonstration of the prompt use of technology in GST.

The Presentation covered the following aspects for detailed discussion:

  1. Use of Chat-GPT to create codes in order to carry out Login at the GST Portal.
  2. Use of Selenium Wrapper to teach test automation at the GST Portal.
  3. Use of Selenium Wrappers to make test automation more efficient, reliable, and user-friendly.
  4. Use of Codes in automating certain functions at the GST Portal.

Around 80 participants from all over India benefited while taking an active part in the discussion. Participants appreciated the efforts of the group leader.

This was Part 2 of the session; Part 1 was held on 25th July 2025, and the write-up was published in the September 2025 issue of BCAJ.

5. DigiSetu – The Tech Bridge for Senior Professionals held on 7th, 14th, 21st, & 28th August 2025  @ Virtual

Speakers:

  • Ms Mahima Bhalotia, Mumbai
  • Mr Rohit Khiste, Nashik
  • CA Tanmay Bhavar, Nashik
  • CA Anup Tabe, Pune

SUMMARY:

The Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society hosted a four-part online series, DigiSetu – The Tech Bridge for Senior Professionals, in August 2025 through its Technology Initiatives Committee. Designed to blend technology with simplicity, the initiative empowered senior Chartered Accountants to stay updated in a fast-changing digital world — without jargon or complexity.

The journey began with DigiRakshak – Smartphone Safety Secrets, equipping participants with tools to block spam, manage app permissions, and secure payment apps. DigiSavdhaan – Cyber Safety 101 spotlighted online threats and safe digital habits. DigiSahayak – Gadgets & Apps Every Senior Professional Should Know opened a world of productivity apps and smart gadgets, while the finale, DigiBadlaav – AI Basics for Senior Professionals, demystified AI through practical uses of ChatGPT, automation, and ethical insights.

Short, crisp, and highly practical, DigiSetu proved that technology need not overwhelm senior professionals. Instead, it can serve as a bridge to confidence, efficiency, and ease in daily practice.

BCAS Academy Link: https://academy.bcasonline.org/courses/digisetu-the-tech-bridge-for-senior-professionals/

6. Full Day Workshop on GST Appellate Tribunal held on Friday, 22nd August 2025 @ BCAS (Hybrid)

Session Topic Faculty
Session I Pre-preparation for Tribunal CA. Adv. Ishaan Patkar
Session II Understanding the Law and Procedure CA. Adv. Vinay Jain
Session III Drafting & Filing of GSTAT Appeals CA. Vinod Awtani

(1) 123 participants from across 45 cities in India had registered for the workshop, with 32 participants enrolling physically, all the way travelling from Panaji, Satara, Nashik, Navi Mumbai and Vadodara, apart from Mumbai

(2) The first session covered the pre-preparation aspects for the upcoming GSTAT and had a detailed discussion on

– Modes of discharging pre-deposits, acceptance of taxes already paid due to compulsion from the department, discussion on case laws relating to the legal validity of such issues in the erstwhile legacy IDT laws or GST laws for the previous level. Discussions also covered the amendments of 2025 for pre-deposits on penalty orders and their implications

– Understanding the distribution of appeals filed with the Principal Bench and State Bench, and how to segregate the place of supply matters

– Understanding the bandwidth of the professionals to manage the appeals across various benches if virtual hearings are not made available

– Action points for matters remanded back from the high courts

(3) The second session covered understanding the law and procedure pertaining to GSTAT

– A comprehensive discussion amongst the participants on the legal provisions, section 109 to section 113, and CGST Rule 110 to Rule 113A was covered

– Goods and Services Tax Appellate Tribunal (Procedure) Rules, 2025, being notified and covering detailed procedural aspects, were discussed threadbare.

– GSTAT Forms, which are other than the appeal forms, were also covered to complete the procedural aspects.

(4) The last session covered the practical aspects

– Drafting and Filing of GSTAT Appeals

– Paper Book Compilation

– Drafting of Statement of Facts and Grounds of Appeals and prayers

– Curing the defects, communication with Registry

– Condonation of Delay, Miscellaneous Applications, Additional Evidence, Corrections

– This session covered the finer points and care to be taken during the entire process of drafting. The Do’s and Don’ts

(5) The full-day workshop was completely interactive throughout the 3 sessions, with the queries of the participants attending both physically as well as virtually were discussed by the group and answered by the faculty.

Full Day Workshop on GST Appellate Tribunal

BCAS Academy Link: https://academy.bcasonline.org/courses/workshop-on-gst-appellate-tribunal/

7. ITF Study Circle Meeting on the Discussion on Demystifying SC’s Decision in Hyatt International held on 20th August 2025@ BCAS Hybrid.

The International Tax and Finance Study Circle organized a meeting (hybrid mode) on 20th August 2025 to discuss the implications of the Supreme Court’s ruling in the case of Hyatt International.

Chairman of the session – Mr Prashant Maharishi

Group Leaders CA Rohit Jethani and CA Sangeeta Jain

  • The session opened with remarks from the chairman on his initial views of the Supreme Court ruling.
  • Post that, the group leaders began by discussing the concept of Permanent Establishment.
  • Next, the group leaders discussed the facts of the case, the contentions of the taxpayers and the tax authorities and the ruling by the Supreme Court.
  • Then the group leaders discussed the implications of the ruling. The chairman of the session also added key points at critical points in the discussion.
  • Many participants shared their views on the ruling and their practical experiences in dealing with similar situations.
  • The group leaders also presented certain key points from meticulously undertaken research on various aspects of the ruling.

The session closed with concluding remarks by the chairman.

8. Webinar on Filing of Income Tax Returns for AY 2025-26 held on Tuesday, 12th August 2025 @ Virtual

The webinar on “Filing of Income Tax Returns for AY 2025-26 (ITR 1 to 6)” was successfully conducted on Tuesday, 12th August 2025, via Zoom, and witnessed an overwhelming response with 500+ participants. The session was jointly addressed by CA Divya Jokhakar and CA Khyati Vasani, both of whom are eminent professionals with deep domain expertise in direct tax compliance.

The speakers provided a detailed walkthrough of the changes introduced in ITR Forms 1 to 6 for AY 2025-26, including recent disclosure enhancements and practical nuances of reporting under the updated forms. Special emphasis was placed on understanding the granular reporting requirements in light of CBDT’s clarification that the filing due date was extended specifically to accommodate the extensive changes. The session highlighted how even small inaccuracies in ITR filings could lead to serious implications in terms of tax and interest liabilities.

The webinar concluded with an engaging Q&A session where participants actively raised their queries on tricky reporting areas, which were addressed with clarity by the speakers. The event reinforced the critical role of tax professionals in the evolving compliance landscape and was aimed at enhancing the readiness of members and their teams to ensure accurate and timely filing of income tax returns.

YouTube: – https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fNkRsvnRhzI&t

9. Tree Plantation Drive 2025 held on 02nd and 03rd August 2025@ Vada, Palghar District.

On 2nd and 3rd August 2025, 24 BCAS members along with 6 BCAS staff, participated in a school visit and tree plantation drive organized by the BCAS Foundation. The visit began on the morning of 2nd August at Lakhani School, where the team proudly inaugurated a new Digital Classroom supported by the Foundation. Members interacted with students and teachers to understand their expectations and aspirations around digital learning.

Later that evening, the group visited MM School, where the BCAS Foundation had earlier implemented a Digital Classroom, along with a Library and Science Lab. Members had the opportunity to evaluate the positive impact of these initiatives, observing encouraging outcomes such as increased student engagement, heightened interest in learning, and a noticeable reduction in dropout rates. Witnessing the transformative power of technology and infrastructure in shaping young minds was both humbling and inspiring.

On 3rd August, participants visited Koseri Village in Casa District for a tree plantation drive. The villagers welcomed the BCAS team with a vibrant tribal dance, and school students offered a heartfelt prayer before the plantation began. Together, members, staff, and villagers planted 6,000 saplings across six villages, contributing to long-term environmental sustainability and rejuvenation of green cover in the region.

The visit also included an immersive experience at Keshav Srushti, where members explored the Oxygen Park and learned about the organization’s remarkable Gramya Vikas initiatives aimed at uplifting underprivileged rural and tribal communities. Keshav Srushti’s holistic efforts in education, skill development, and building self-reliant ecosystems left a deep impression on everyone. Planting saplings amidst such an inspiring environment of service and sustainability made the experience even more meaningful.
Walking through the Oxygen Park, breathing in the freshness, and witnessing how thoughtfully nature and development coexist offered members a rare pause from their fast-paced urban lives.  The two-day visit concluded with a renewed sense of gratitude and pride in being associated with BCAS Foundation, reaffirming the collective commitment to education, environmental care, and community upliftment.

Tree Plantation

II. REPRESENTATIONS

The Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society (BCAS) has submitted three key representations to the Government:

1. Charitable Trust Compliance Extensions: On 4th September 2025, BCAS requested extensions and clarifications for charitable and religious trusts, highlighting practical and procedural difficulties. Key requests include:

  • Extending the due date for renewal of registration under section 12AB (Form 10AB) from 30th September 2025 to 31st December 2025.
  • Addressing the punitive tax on accreted income under Section 115TD due to procedural hurdles.
  • Seeking a single renewal form for Section 12AB and Section 80G approvals.
  • Requesting a lenient approach to rejections based on technical grounds.
  • Extending the due date for Form 10B/10BB beyond 30 September 2025 due to the late release of the ITR-7 utility (late August 2025).
  • Clarifying the filing timelines for Form 9A/Form 10

Linkhttps://bcasonline.org/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/BCAS-representation-letter-to-CBDT-Form-10A-12A1aci-and-renewal-of-12AB-extension.pdf

 

2. Income Tax Due Date Extensions for AY 2025–26: On 1st September 2025, BCAS requested extensions for Income Tax Return and Audit Report due dates for Assessment Year 2025–26, especially for audit cases. This request is due to the delayed release of ITR forms and utilities (some as late as August 2025), technical portal issues, overlapping deadlines, reduced working days, and increased compliance burdens. BCAS proposed extending deadlines for:

  • Tax Audit Reports (including Firms, Companies, Trusts) to 30th November 2025.
  • ITR Filing for audit cases to 31stDecember 2025.
  • Transfer Pricing Reports (Form 3CEB) to 31st January 2026

Link : https://bcasonline.org/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/BCAS-Representation-for-extension-of-due-dates.pdf

3. GST Reforms: On 30th August 2025, BCAS proposed “next generational” reforms for Goods and Services Tax (GST). These suggestions focus on structural improvements, rate rationalisation, and ‘Ease of Living’ for taxpayers. Key areas include simplifying registration processes, clarifying grounds for registration cancellation, improving input tax credit (ITC) rules, streamlining invoicing and return systems, and enhancing refund mechanisms.

Link : https://bcasonline.org/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/BCAS-Representation-GST-August-2025.pdf

Readers can read the full representation by scanning the QR code or visit our website www.bcasonline.org

III. BCAS IN NEWS & MEDIA

BCAS has been featured in several news and media platforms, showing our active involvement, professional contributions, and commitment to the field. This reflects the growing recognition of BCAS in the public and professional space.

Link: https://bcasonline.org/bcas-in-news/

Guarding Market Integrity: The Evolving Contours of SEBI’S PFUTP Framework

A. INTRODUCTION

The SEBI Prohibition of Fraudulent and Unfair Trade Practices relating to Securities Market Regulations 2003, commonly referred to as PFUTP Regulations, were introduced as a direct response to systemic weaknesses observed during the late 1990s and early 2000s pertaining to market manipulation, to meet its objective of preserving market integrity, ensuring investor protection, and promoting transparency in India’s securities markets.

These regulations are broad in scope having mix of principle and rule-based approach. It applies to all market participants whether individuals, entities, or intermediaries, and are designed to curb manipulative, deceptive, or unethical conduct in connection with securities trading, public offerings, and disclosures. It prohibits person from buying, selling or otherwise dealing in securities in fraudulent manner by using any manipulative or deceptive device.

The term “fraud” under PFUTP is defined expansively to “include any act, expression, omission or concealment committed whether in a deceitful manner or not by a person or by any other person with his connivance or by his agent while dealing in securities in order to induce another person or his agent to deal in securities, whether or not there is any wrongful gain or avoidance of any loss, and shall also include—

(1) a knowing misrepresentation of the truth or concealment of material fact in order that another person may act to his detriment;

(2)a suggestion as to a fact which is not true by one who does not believe it to be true;

(3)an active concealment of a fact by a person having knowledge or belief of the fact;

(4)a promise made without any intention of performing it;

(5)a representation made in a reckless and careless manner whether it be true or false;

(6)any such act or omission as any other law specifically declares to be fraudulent,

(7)deceptive behaviour by a person depriving another of informed consent or full participation,

(8)a false statement made without reasonable ground for believing it to be true.

(9) the act of an issuer of securities giving out misinformation that affects the market price of the security, resulting in investors being effectively misled even though they did not rely on the statement itself or anything derived from it other than the market price.

And “fraudulent” shall be construed accordingly.”

The PFUTP Regulations apply to all persons, regardless of whether they are registered intermediaries, institutional investors, listed companies, or individual market participants.

The wide scope is intentional, reflecting SEBI’s philosophy that market integrity depends not just on the conduct of regulated entities but also on all participants operating within the ecosystem. SEBI, through its investigative and adjudicatory mechanisms, is empowered to detect and act against such misconduct by leveraging surveillance data, trading patterns, and documentary evidence.

B. APPLICABILITY

These regulations apply to act occurring in connection with the buying, selling, or otherwise dealing in securities, whether on-exchange, off-market, or in public offerings. The regulations are also designed to capture both actual misconduct and attempted or intended wrongdoing, even if no loss or damage occurs. The expansive language ensures that enforcement is not limited to technical breaches but encompasses conduct that undermines fair play and transparency.

A landmark case that highlights the application of this definition is SEBI vs. Kanaiyalal Baldevbhai Patel (SAT Appeal No. 44 of 2006). In this case, the Hon. Securities Appellate Tribunal upheld SEBI’s action against a market participant involved in circular trading to create artificial volumes in the shares of a company. The Tribunal observed that the intent behind the transactions was not genuine investment or trading interest, but rather to give a misleading appearance of market activity. The ruling reinforced that intent to manipulate or mislead, even in the absence of direct monetary gain, falls squarely within the definition of fraud under PFUTP.

This interpretation underscores the principle that SEBI focuses not only on outcomes but also on intent and conduct. In an emphatic demonstration of regulatory resolve, SEBI, between April 2024 and June 2025, initiated proceedings against large number of entities wherein the alleged contraventions spanned a wide spectrum of malfeasance ranging from price and volume manipulation, to front-running, dissemination of deceptive information, and fraudulent misstatements in financial disclosures. This scale of enforcement is emblematic of the regulator’s sharpened surveillance system.

The PFUTP framework is thus preventive as well as disciplinary, aimed at deterring unethical behaviour, penalizing the contraventions and ensuring fair, transparent, and trustworthy market operations.

C. KEY AMENDMENTS INTRODUCED UNDER THE 2024 REGIME

The SEBI (Prohibition of Fraudulent and Unfair Trade Practices relating to Securities Market) (Amendment) Regulations, 2024 (‘2024 Amendments’) brought important changes aimed at making the existing framework more effective in preventing and penalizing market abuses. These amendments broaden the definition of fraudulent activities, clarify what counts as manipulative behaviour, and address new types of misconduct seen in today’s markets. The main changes include:

I. INCLUSION OF MULE ACCOUNTS FOR INDIVIDUAL TRADING

One of the major updates in the 2024 amendments is the clear recognition of “mule accounts.” These are trading or bank accounts that, while registered in one person’s name, are actually controlled or operated by someone else. Such accounts have been used to hide the original identity of person behind securities transactions, reducing transparency and enabling market manipulation. By explicitly including mule accounts in the regulations, SEBI can now hold the actual controllers/beneficiaries accountable. Any transactions done through these accounts are considered manipulative, fraudulent, and unfair, and are therefore prohibited under the law.

II. INCLUSION OF MULE ACCOUNTS IN MANIPULATION OF CORPORATE ASSETS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

While SEBI has previously dealt with these issues on misuse of company assets and the manipulation of financial reports by listed companies, this amendment specifically includes bringing Mule Accounts directly under the PFUTP regulations, wherein the diversion of assets or manipulation of earnings impacts the market price of a company’s securities, such actions are now clearly classified as fraudulent and unfair trade practices.

This change emphasizes that misconduct is construed as a serious abuse of the securities market. The amendment clearly states that these acts will always be considered violations under the regulations, removing any doubt about their legal status. This move also supports SEBI’s long-held view that corporate wrongdoing affecting market prices must be treated as market fraud.

D. DEALING IN SECURITIES CONSIDERED DEEMED TO BE FRAUDULENT PRACTICE

Regulation 4(2) of SEBI (PFUTP) Regulations provides an illustrative list of activities that constitute fraudulent, manipulative, or unfair trade practices. These include:

  •  Creating False or Misleading Market Appearances: Deliberate actions that give the illusion of active or genuine trading, misleading market participants about demand or supply.
  •  Dealing in Securities Without Intent to Transfer Beneficial Ownership: Transactions conducted merely to inflate, depress, or cause fluctuations in security prices, without any intention of actual ownership transfer, aimed at wrongful gain or loss avoidance.
  •  Artificially Securing Minimum Subscription: Fraudulently inducing subscriptions in securities issues, including advancing money to others to meet minimum subscription requirements.
  •  Inducing Price Manipulation Through Payments: Offering or agreeing to pay money or other benefits to any person, directly or indirectly, to cause artificial price movements.
  •  Manipulating Security Prices or Reference Benchmarks: Any act or omission that influences or manipulates the price of a security or its benchmark price.
  •  Publishing Misleading or False Information: Knowingly disseminating false or misleading statements about securities or the market to influence prices or investor decisions.
  •  Market Participants Trading Without Client Knowledge or Misusing Client Funds: Executing transactions on behalf of clients without their knowledge or consent, or misappropriating client funds or securities held in fiduciary capacity.
  •  Circular Trading: Engaging in a series of transactions between parties, including intermediaries, to create a false impression of market activity or to manipulate prices.
  • Fraudulent Inducement for Enhanced Brokerage: Persuading others to trade securities with the primary intent of increasing brokerage or commission income fraudulently.
  •  Falsifying Records by Intermediaries: Altering or backdating contract notes, client instructions, or account statements to misrepresent transactions or holdings.
  •  Insider Trading with Unpublished Price-Sensitive Information: Placing orders while in possession of material non-public information affecting security prices.
  •  Planting False News: To induce Sale or Purchase of securities
  •  Mis-selling of Securities: Knowingly making false/misleading statements, concealing/omitting material facts, etc.
  • Illegal mobilization of Funds by sponsoring or causing to be sponsored or carrying on or causing to be carried on any collective investment scheme by any person.

E. FRONT-RUNNING AND ITS DISTINCTION FROM INSIDER TRADING WITHIN THE PFUTP FRAMEWORK

Front-running is a critical aspect of SEBI’s PFUTP Regulations, designed to uphold fairness and transparency in securities markets.

Front-running arises where an intermediary or market participant leverages advance knowledge of a substantial impending order. The compliance concern here is the breach of fiduciary responsibility, particularly were brokers or dealers trade in advance of client instructions.

It differs from Insider trading, which pertains to trading while in possession of unpublished price sensitive information (UPSI) relating to the company itself. The compliance obligation here centres on safeguarding confidential corporate information from misuse by insiders or connected persons.

Both practices are prohibited under SEBI regulations but rest on different sources of confidential information. The case pertaining to SEBI vs. Kanaiyalal Baldevbhai Patel, (2018) 207 Comp Cas 416 (SC), covers front-running as a fraudulent and unfair trade practice, allowing enforcement actions based on circumstantial evidence such as suspicious trading patterns and communication records.

In the above-mentioned order, the factors like market liquidity and order size relative to average volumes were considered to contextually assessed the case. Moreover, SEBI has expanded its vigilance to cover emerging market manipulation techniques, including coordinated digital campaigns designed to artificially influence security prices. While insider trading and front-running are distinct in theory, in practice, they often intertwine in market abuse investigations. For compliance professionals, this means implementing robust surveillance systems, strict internal controls, and information barriers to detect, prevent, and address both forms of misconduct effectively.

F. CONCLUDING REMARKS

The SEBI PFUTP Regulations serve as a cornerstone for maintaining the integrity, transparency, and fairness of India’s securities markets. Through continuous evolution, most notably the recent 2024 amendments, SEBI has strengthened its regulatory framework to effectively tackle a broad spectrum of manipulative and deceptive practices, including mule accounts, financial statement manipulations, front-running, and coordinated digital misinformation campaigns. These regulations not only emphasize the prevention of outright fraud but also target conduct that disrupts market functioning and investor perceptions.

Following measure may further strengthen the PFUTP Framework:

a) Regulatory Refinement: SEBI must continue to refine the PFUTP framework, particularly by codifying guidance on emerging trading practices, ensuring that the law remains both technologically neutral and forward-looking.

b) Surveillance and Forensics: Leveraging artificial intelligence, machine learning, and data analytics in trade surveillance will be indispensable to detect patterns of collusion, layering, spoofing, and other technologically sophisticated manipulations.

c) Institutional Safeguards: Strengthening the role of intermediary’s stockbrokers, asset managers, and depositories in embedding surveillance, information barriers, and fiduciary accountability will serve as the first line of defence against front-running, insider trading, and misuse of mule accounts.

d) Global Convergence: Given the transnational nature of financial flows and digital trading, enhanced cooperation with international regulators will be necessary to combat misconduct that transcends jurisdictions. This can further be combined with global measures undertaken for prevention of money laundering.

e) Investor Awareness and Deterrence: A culture of deterrence must be reinforced not merely through penalties but also through systemic awareness campaigns, enabling investors to identify and avoid manipulative schemes, particularly those propagated via digital platforms.

Ultimately, preserving market integrity demands collective vigilance, timely enforcement, and adaptive regulatory frameworks that respond swiftly to emerging threats. By aligning regulatory rigor with market realities, SEBI and stakeholders can ensure a fair and resilient securities ecosystem that safeguards investors and supports sustainable capital market growth.

Rising Role of Shareholder Activism in Corporate Governance

In recent years, shareholder activism has emerged as a significant force reshaping corporate governance across the globe. This paper explores how active shareholders are increasingly pushing for greater transparency, accountability, and strategic realignment within companies. Shareholder activism now serves as a vital mechanism through which investors—particularly institutional and minority shareholders—exercise their rights to influence corporate policies, leadership decisions, and long-term strategies. The study demonstrates how activism enhances investor participation while acting as an important check on managerial discretion. It highlights the expanding role of institutional investors, the prevalence of proxy battles, and the growing impact of ESG-focused campaigns in redefining governance practices. Various forms of shareholder action are examined, including voting against management proposals, raising public concerns, engaging directly with boards, and seeking legal remedies where necessary. Special attention is given to the rise of ESG-driven activism, reflecting the shifting priorities of today’s investors. The paper also analyses the evolution of shareholder activism in India, shaped by regulatory reforms and changing market dynamics. Additionally, it considers the implications of activism for capital markets and discusses some potential drawbacks associated with shareholder interventions.

OBJECTIVES OF THIS RESEARCH ARTICLE

  • To trace the historical development of shareholder activism globally and in India, identifying the major drivers behind its growth.
  •  To explore how shareholders exercise influence through voting rights, proxy battles, litigation, engagement, and media campaigns.
  •  To highlight in brief the limitations, potential misuse, and regulatory hurdles associated with shareholder activism.

RESEARCH METHODOLOGY

This study follows a qualitative, descriptive, and exploratory research design to analyze the role of shareholder activism in modern corporate governance. It relies entirely on secondary data sourced from academic journals, books, SEBI guidelines, the Companies Act, 2013, stewardship codes, and proxy advisory firm reports. Case studies such as Invesco–Zee, Tata Motors, and Elliott Management campaigns are examined to understand strategies and outcomes. Content and thematic analysis techniques are applied to categorize activism into governance, financial, proxy, legal, and ESG-driven forms. The study focuses on listed companies, with emphasis on India, while acknowledging limitations of secondary data reliability.

INTRODUCTION & CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK

Corporate governance refers to the framework of rules, practices, and processes through which companies are directed and controlled to ensure fairness, accountability, and protection of stakeholder interests. One of the most significant shifts in this field has been the rise of shareholder activism, which has redefined the relationship between companies and their investors. Traditionally, shareholders played a largely passive role, limited to receiving dividends and casting occasional votes. Today, however, they actively participate in shaping corporate policies and governance structures.
Shareholder activism represents deliberate and organized efforts by investors—whether individuals or institutions—to influence corporate decision-making. These efforts may take the form of private engagement with management, filing shareholder resolutions, launching public campaigns, or pursuing legal action. The objective extends beyond safeguarding shareholder value; it seeks to enhance governance standards, strengthen accountability, and promote sustainable long-term performance. Activists commonly focus on issues such as board independence, executive compensation, financial performance, ESG (environmental, social, and governance) practices, and corporate social responsibility.

Modern activism increasingly addresses pressing global concerns such as climate change, diversity, and business ethics, reflecting the evolving priorities of investors. By promoting transparency and accountability, shareholder activism acts as an effective system of checks and balances, discouraging managerial misconduct and unethical behaviour. It helps mitigate the agency problem—where managers prioritise personal gain over shareholder interests—by aligning corporate actions with the goals of shareholders and other stakeholders. Activism also compels companies to enhance disclosures on executive pay, related-party transactions, and risk management practices, thereby building investor confidence. Ultimately, it fosters ethical conduct, drives long-term value creation, and contributes to the development of a healthier and more resilient corporate ecosystem.

GLOBAL CONTEXT AND ORIGIN

Shareholder activism originated in the early 20th century in the United States, when minority investors began raising concerns over corporate mismanagement. It gained prominence in the 1980s during a wave of takeovers and restructuring led by activist investors and hedge funds, initially focusing on unlocking short-term financial gains. By the 1990s and 2000s, the scope of activism expanded, with institutional investors such as pension and mutual funds influencing corporate behaviour through proxy voting and shareholder resolutions. The 2008 global financial crisis further amplified calls for stronger governance, transparency, and risk management, solidifying activism as a mainstream mechanism for holding management accountable. More recently, activism has shifted toward environmental, social, and governance (ESG) issues, with investors demanding corporate responsibility and sustainability. While the U.S. and U.K. remain leaders due to strong regulatory frameworks, emerging markets like India, Brazil, and South Africa are witnessing growing activism, driven by legal reforms and rising investor awareness. Despite variations across regions, the core goal remains to enhance shareholder value while promoting ethical and sustainable business practices.

TYPES OF SHAREHOLDER ACTIVISM

Types of Shareholder Activism

Shareholder activism has evolved into a diverse and powerful mechanism through which investors influence corporate governance, strategy, and performance. Governance activism seeks to strengthen internal governance frameworks by advocating changes in board composition, removing underperforming directors, appointing independent directors, and enhancing board diversity, often urging separation of the CEO and Chair roles to avoid concentration of power. Its primary aim is to improve board oversight, promote accountability, and protect minority shareholder rights, thereby preventing mismanagement and insider abuse. Financial or performance-based activism, typically driven by hedge funds and institutional investors, focuses on unlocking value through restructuring, divestment of non-core assets, spin-offs, improving cost efficiencies, or revising dividend and buyback policies. Proxy activism leverages shareholder voting rights to challenge management proposals, propose resolutions, and mobilize support to influence decisions on mergers, executive pay, or governance reforms, often resulting in board changes or blocking unfavourable actions. Legal activism uses courts and regulators to address fraud, insider trading, related-party transactions, or breaches of law, with frameworks like India’s Companies Act, 2013 and SEBI rules strengthening minority protection. ESG activism, now a global trend, pushes companies toward responsible practices by demanding lower carbon emissions, improved labour standards, greater diversity, and transparent sustainability reporting, aligning business strategies with long-term societal goals. Public or media-based activism amplifies pressure by publishing open letters, releasing reports, or using social media to mobilize investor and public opinion, forcing management to act when private engagement fails. Collaborative activism, by contrast, relies on constructive dialogue between investors and management to achieve gradual improvements in governance and ESG practices without confrontation, fostering long-term relationships. Hostile or aggressive activism represents the most confrontational form, where shareholders acquire significant stakes to force major changes such as board replacement, management overhaul, or mergers, combining proxy fights, litigation, and public campaigns to achieve results. While sometimes criticized for prioritizing short-term gains, this approach can catalyse rapid reform in poorly governed companies, as seen in Carl Icahn’s 2013 campaign against Dell Inc., where he opposed Michael Dell’s buyout plan, rallied shareholder support, and used aggressive tactics to influence the outcome. Together, these forms of activism reflect the expanding role of shareholders as catalysts for accountability, strategic realignment, and sustainable value creation.

MECHANISMS & TOOLS OF SHAREHOLDER ACTIVISM

HOW SHAREHOLDERS INFLUENCE DECISIONS

Shareholder activism mechanisms empower investors to influence corporate decisions through voting, engagement, proposals, litigation, and campaigns, aiming to enhance governance, accountability, transparency, and long-term shareholder value within companies. The following table encapsulates the mechanisms and tools of shareholder activism –

Mechanism Description Typical Uses Example
Voting Rights Each share usually carries one vote, allowing shareholders to influence key decisions at AGMs/EGMs. Approving mergers/acquisitions, electing directors, amending bylaws, approving executive pay. Mutual funds voting against pay hikes in Tata Motors (2017).
Shareholder Proposals / Resolutions Shareholders meeting minimum ownership criteria can submit proposals to be voted on at the AGM. ESG disclosures, governance reforms, capital allocation changes. Proposal for ESG reporting at ITC.
Board Representation (Proxy Fights) Shareholders may nominate directors and solicit votes to replace existing board members. Shifting corporate strategy, replacing underperforming management. Engine No. 1 winning board seats at Exxon Mobil.
Engagement & Negotiations Private discussions with management before resorting to public confrontation. Reaching agreement on strategy without media pressure. LIC engaging with Infosys board on corporate governance issues.
Litigation / Legal Action Filing lawsuits against directors or management for breaches of fiduciary duties, mismanagement, or violation of laws. Stopping value-destructive deals, enforcing disclosure. Shareholders suing Fortis Healthcare board over sale to IHH.
Public Campaigns & Media Pressure Using press releases, interviews, and op-eds to sway public and investor sentiment. Pressuring management to change policies quickly. Elliott Management’s open letter to Arconic shareholders.
Coalitions & Alliances Institutional investors combine votes to amplify influence. Coordinated votes for board reforms. Institutional investors uniting in Vedanta delisting opposition.

Table 1 – Mechanisms & Tools of Shareholder Activism, Source – Authors

ROLE OF PROXY ADVISORY FIRMS

Proxy advisory firms are independent entities that analyze corporate governance matters and provide voting recommendations to institutional investors. They play a vital role in influencing shareholder decisions, particularly in large publicly listed companies where ownership is widely dispersed and no single investor has controlling power. Globally, leading players include Institutional Shareholder Services (ISS) and Glass Lewis, while in India, prominent firms include InGovern Research Services, Stakeholders Empowerment Services (SES), and Institutional Investor Advisory Services (IIAS). The primary function of proxy advisors is to evaluate shareholder proposals—covering issues such as board appointments, executive pay, mergers and acquisitions, and ESG-related resolutions—and issue voting recommendations. Since institutional investors oversee vast pools of capital and may lack the resources to thoroughly analyze every agenda item, these recommendations often exert significant influence on final voting outcomes.

Year Company Proxy Advisor(s) Involved Nature of Campaign Outcome
2018 Fortis Healthcare IiAS, InGovern Opposed proposed deal with Hero-Burman group; supported IHH Healthcare’s higher bid IHH Healthcare’s bid accepted by shareholders
2020 Eicher Motors IiAS Recommended voting against reappointment of Siddhartha Lal due to remuneration concerns Shareholders initially rejected pay proposal; revised proposal later approved
2017 Tata Motors SES, InGovern Recommended voting against certain directors over governance issues post-Tata–Mistry dispute Some directors faced reduced shareholder support; governance reforms initiated
2021 Zee Entertainment IiAS Supported shareholder demand for EGM to remove MD & CEO Punit Goenka EGM proposal gained traction; later merged with Sony Pictures Networks India
2019 Infosys InGovern Called for stronger whistleblower policy after allegations against CEO Infosys strengthened governance and disclosure practices

Table 3 – Examples for Indian Proxy Advisors, Source – Authors

 

USE OF SOCIAL MEDIA & TECHNOLOGY

Social media and digital technology have become powerful tools for shareholder activism, enabling investors to communicate, coordinate, and influence corporate decisions more effectively than ever. Activists now use platforms like Twitter, LinkedIn, YouTube, and dedicated campaign websites to directly engage both institutional and retail shareholders. These channels serve multiple purposes. They simplify complex corporate issues, making it easier for small investors to understand and participate in voting. They also support pressure campaigns, using public exposure and reputational risk to push companies to address governance lapses or strategic errors. Additionally, they allow activists to shape narratives and influence investor sentiment ahead of key events such as Annual General Meetings (AGMs). Real-world cases highlight this trend. In the U.S., Tesla shareholder activists have used Twitter to advocate for greater board independence and stronger governance. In India, retail investors on Telegram and WhatsApp have coordinated AGM voting strategies, enabling dispersed shareholders to act collectively and increase their influence.

ROLE OF INSTITUTIONAL & RETAIL INVESTORS IN SHAREHOLDER ACTIVISM

Shareholder activism refers to the efforts of investors to influence a company’s policies, governance practices, and strategic direction by exercising their rights as owners. In recent years, activism has surged globally, reflecting the growing influence of shareholders in shaping corporate decisions. Both institutional investors—such as mutual funds, pension funds, and insurers—and retail investors—individual shareholders increasingly active through digital trading platforms—play important but distinct roles in this transformation. The following section explores how each group contributes to activism, the growing influence of retail shareholders, and the relative strengths and limitations of each.

INSTITUTIONAL INVESTORS IN SHAREHOLDER ACTIVISM

Institutional investors now play a central role in corporate governance due to the significant stakes they hold in publicly listed companies. Their large shareholdings give them considerable voting power, allowing them to influence outcomes at shareholder meetings far more effectively than dispersed retail investors. Unlike individuals, institutional investors engage actively in “stewardship” activities, monitoring the companies they invest in and intervening when governance or performance concerns arise. Their influence is most visible through proxy voting, where they routinely support or oppose proposals on executive compensation, mergers, board composition, and governance reforms. Many major asset managers have adopted formal policies to vote against boards that fail on critical issues such as diversity, independence, or ESG performance. Because institutional investors—particularly index funds—typically hold long-term positions, they often prefer engagement over divestment, using private discussions, open letters, voting campaigns, and even collaborations with activist hedge funds to drive change. Regulatory reforms have further encouraged institutional participation. For instance, India’s stewardship codes mandate institutional investors to monitor investee companies and engage constructively with management, signalling a shift from passive shareholding to proactive governance oversight.

RETAIL SHAREHOLDERS AND ACTIVISM

Historically, retail investors were considered passive participants in corporate governance, exhibiting what is often called “rational apathy”—the reluctance to invest time and resources in voting given their relatively small stakes. Traditionally, only about 25% of retail-owned shares were voted, compared with over 90% for institutional investors. However, this pattern is changing. Since 2020, retail participation in equity markets has surged worldwide, including in India, where retail investors’ share of NSE trading volumes rose from 33% pre-2020 to over 45% by 2023. Many of these new investors are younger, more financially aware, and increasingly willing to engage with corporate governance issues. Nonetheless, retail activism faces challenges: holdings are fragmented, coordination is difficult, and many investors lack the time or expertise to assess complex matters such as mergers or board nominations. Technology is helping to overcome these barriers. Social media platforms like Reddit, Twitter, and investor forums now enable retail shareholders to share information, coordinate voting, and exert collective influence. Online voting systems have also simplified participation, reducing procedural hurdles and making corporate engagement more inclusive.

EMERGING TRENDS & DIMENSIONS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ ACTIVISM IN CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Shareholder activism, once confined to concerns over dividends and board appointments, has evolved into a powerful driver of global corporate governance. Over the past decade, the scope of activism has broadened significantly, with both institutional and retail investors now engaging on deeper issues such as sustainability, ethical leadership, executive compensation, and board diversity. This shift reflects a move from purely profit-driven motives to purpose-driven investing. A major dimension of this evolution is the rise of Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) activism. Shareholders increasingly demand reduced carbon footprints, enhanced gender and ethnic diversity, respect for human rights across supply chains, and stronger governance standards. These demands are not merely symbolic—they are backed by shareholder resolutions, proxy voting, and public campaigns. Executive pay has also become a focal point, with investors pressing for pay-performance alignment, tying incentives to ESG targets, increasing transparency in stock options, and curbing excessive compensation. Retail investors, empowered by digital platforms, online voting tools, and social media, have emerged as an influential force. They collaborate, participate in AGMs, submit resolutions, and raise governance issues publicly, effectively democratizing shareholder activism beyond large institutional funds. Companies that resist these evolving expectations face reputational damage, investor exits, and even leadership challenges, whereas those that embrace transparency, sustainability, and shareholder engagement are better positioned to achieve long-term competitive advantage. The convergence of ESG priorities, executive pay scrutiny, retail investor empowerment, and assertive hedge fund campaigns underscores how shareholder activism has become a multidimensional force—shaping financial performance while driving corporate accountability, inclusivity, and sustainable value creation.

IMPACT OF SHAREHOLDER ACTIVISM ON THE SECURITIES MARKETS

Shareholder activism plays a pivotal role in shaping securities markets by fostering stronger corporate governance, greater transparency, and enhanced accountability. Activist interventions often prompt strategic shifts—such as restructuring, capital reallocation, or changes in leadership—that can boost investor confidence and attract new capital. These developments frequently lead to short-term stock price gains as markets anticipate improved performance. At the same time, activism can introduce volatility, particularly when campaigns become contentious or create uncertainty about a company’s future direction. Over the long run, however, activism generally strengthens corporate efficiency, supports sustainable growth, and aligns business decisions with the interests of both shareholders and stakeholders, ultimately contributing to healthier and more resilient markets.

Growth of Shareholder Activism Cases

RISKS AND CHALLENGES OF SHAREHOLDER ACTIVISM IN INDIA

Shareholder activism is increasingly recognised as an important tool for strengthening corporate governance in India, yet it faces significant challenges due to the country’s unique ownership patterns, regulatory environment, and market conditions. One major concern is short-termism, as some activists push for quick returns, pressuring management to focus on quarterly results at the expense of long-term investments in research, innovation, and expansion. The promoter-dominated structure of most Indian companies further limits the impact of activism, as controlling families often hold majority stakes, making it difficult for minority shareholders—even with institutional backing—to effect meaningful change. Proxy advisory firms, though influential, may issue recommendations based on incomplete data or face conflicts of interest, potentially distorting voting outcomes. Legal barriers add to these challenges: under the Companies Act, shareholders must hold at least 10% ownership to initiate mismanagement cases, a threshold many retail investors cannot meet, while slow judicial processes weaken timely intervention.

Activism also carries the risk of misuse. Some investors may spread misleading information, engage in “empty voting” by temporarily acquiring shares, or pursue agendas that harm market fairness. ESG activism, though rising, sometimes results in symbolic compliance, with companies adopting check-the-box measures rather than implementing meaningful environmental or social reforms. Furthermore, activist campaigns can trigger internal board conflicts, delay decision-making, and lead management to adopt defensive measures that reduce transparency. At a broader level, high-profile activist campaigns can create market volatility, impose significant financial and reputational costs, and distract companies from core operations. In some instances, activism may even be initiated by competitors seeking to disrupt business, undermining long-term shareholder value and employee morale.

Thus, while shareholder activism has the potential to improve governance and protect investor interests in India, it requires balanced regulation, transparency, and responsible engagement to prevent misuse, safeguard long-term value creation, and maintain trust in corporate systems.

CASE STUDY: INVESCO VS. ZEE ENTERTAINMENT ENTERPRISES LIMITED

The clash between Invesco and Zee Entertainment Enterprises Ltd. (ZEEL) is one of India’s most notable cases of shareholder activism, highlighting the rising assertiveness of institutional investors in demanding accountability and transparency when shareholder value is at risk. In 2021, Invesco Developing Markets Fund, which owned 17.88% of ZEEL, raised concerns over weak governance practices, related-party transactions, lack of transparency, and what it perceived as strategic drift under CEO Punit Goenka. With ZEEL’s stock underperforming and concerns about promoter dominance growing, Invesco requisitioned an Extraordinary General Meeting (EGM) seeking the removal of Goenka and two other directors, while proposing six independent directors to improve oversight and governance. ZEEL’s board rejected the requisition, questioning its legality and the nominees’ suitability, escalating the matter into a legal battle before the Bombay High Court. During the standoff, ZEEL announced a merger with Sony Pictures Networks India, seen as a strategic move to secure Goenka’s position and counter Invesco’s challenge. Invesco ultimately withdrew its EGM request, viewed as a tactical retreat rather than a defeat. The episode underscored the influence of institutional investors, the challenges of activism in promoter-driven companies, and the potential of activism to reshape governance and corporate strategy.

CASE STUDY: ELLIOTT MANAGEMENT CORPORATION

Elliott Management Corporation, founded by Paul Singer, is one of the world’s most influential activist hedge funds, known for its assertive and highly strategic campaigns to influence corporate direction. The firm typically acquires significant minority stakes in underperforming or undervalued companies and then pushes for changes aimed at unlocking shareholder value. Elliott’s approach combines private negotiations with public activism, often through open letters, proxy battles, and, when necessary, litigation. Its philosophy revolves around identifying structural inefficiencies, governance weaknesses, or flawed strategies and advocating for reforms such as divestitures, leadership changes, capital reallocation, or improved shareholder returns. Unlike passive investors, Elliott is prepared for prolonged engagements, sometimes holding its positions for years until meaningful reforms are implemented. A well-known example of Elliott’s activism was its 2019 campaign against AT&T. After building a $3.2 billion stake, Elliott released a detailed letter criticizing AT&T’s acquisition strategy and capital deployment, urging a strategic review including asset sales and cost-cutting measures. The pressure prompted AT&T to announce a three-year plan to streamline operations, reduce debt, and refocus on core businesses. Similar campaigns at Twitter, SoftBank, and Hyundai Motor further underscore Elliott’s reputation as a determined, sophisticated activist capable of driving significant governance and strategic change.

WAY FORWARD FOR CORPORATE GOVERNANCE IN INDIA

Corporate governance in India has made notable progress in recent years with the introduction of stronger laws, SEBI regulations, and increasing investor awareness. Yet, further reforms are essential to make governance more transparent, effective, and geared toward long-term value creation. Strengthening the role of independent directors is a key priority. While they are tasked with protecting shareholder interests, many are neither fully independent nor actively engaged. A more transparent appointment process, coupled with regular training and capacity-building programs, would ensure they discharge their duties responsibly. Enhancing shareholder participation, particularly for retail investors, is equally important. Companies should leverage digital platforms—such as e-voting and virtual meetings—to simplify participation and enable small investors to influence decisions meaningfully. Legal processes also require streamlining. Lowering the minimum shareholding threshold for filing complaints and establishing faster, cost-effective dispute resolution channels would empower minority investors to raise concerns without delay. Stronger coordination between regulators like SEBI and the MCA is necessary to improve monitoring and ensure swift enforcement of governance standards. Finally, integrating ESG principles into board strategies, encouraging ethical leadership, and promoting investor education will foster a culture of good governance, ultimately boosting trust, competitiveness, and long-term corporate performance.

CONCLUSION

Shareholder activism has evolved into a powerful force in modern corporate governance, moving far beyond passive voting at annual general meetings to include proxy contests, litigation, public campaigns, and direct engagement with management. Both institutional and retail investors are now demanding greater transparency, accountability, and long-term value creation, making activism not only a reaction to governance lapses but also a catalyst for sustainable business practices. By holding boards and executives accountable, activism encourages responsible decision-making and strategic realignment that aligns with stakeholder interests. However, activism must be balanced carefully, as excessive pressure can lead to short-term decision-making or hinder long-term growth initiatives. In India and globally, its success will depend on strong regulatory frameworks, informed and active shareholders, and companies’ willingness to engage in constructive dialogue. Ultimately, shareholder activism reinforces the principle that corporations are not merely vehicles for profit but engines of sustainable value creation—representing both a challenge and an opportunity in today’s dynamic corporate landscape.

REFERENCES –

Marco Becht, Patrick Bolton, Ailsa Röell, (2003), Chapter 1 – Corporate Governance and Control, Handbook of the Economics of Finance Volume 1

https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S1574010203010057

Kose John, Lemma W Senbet, (1998), “Corporate governance and board effectiveness”, Journal of Banking & Finance

https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0378426698000053

Kevin Chuah, Mark R. DesJardine, Maria Goranova and Witold J. Henisz, (2024), “Shareholder Activism Research: A System-Level View”

https://journals.aom.org/doi/abs/10.5465/annals.2022.0069

Emma Sjostrom, (2008), “Shareholder activism for corporate social responsibility: what do we know?”

https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/abs/10.1002/sd.361

Ulya Yasmine Prisandani, (2021), “Shareholder activism in Indonesia: revisiting shareholder rights implementation and future challenges”

https://www.researchgate.net/profile/Ulya-Yasmine Prisandani/publication/354390418_Shareholder_activism_in_Indonesia_revisiting_shareholder_rights_implementation_and_future_challenges/links/6699e87202e9686cd10dc3b3/Shareholder-activism-in-Indonesia-revisiting-shareholder-rights-implementation-and-future-challenges.pdf

Regulatory Referencer

DIRECT TAX : SPOTLIGHT

1. Extension of due date for filing of ITRs for the Assessment Year 2025-26 – Circular No. 12/2025 dated 15 September 2025

Due date for furnishing the Income Tax Return for Assessment Year 2025-26 in the case of assessees referred in clause (c) of Explanation 2 to sub-section (1) of section 139 i.e whose accounts are not subject to audit extended from 15 September 2025 (as per circular No.06/2025 dated 27 May 2025) to 16 September 2025.

2. Order under section 119 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 for waiver of interest payable under section 220(2) due to late payment of demand, in certain cases – Circular No. 13/2025 dated 19 September 2025

In several cases, income tax returns were processed and rebate under section 87A was granted on income chargeable at special rates. The rebate was withdrawn by carrying out rectification, which led to additional demands being raised. The circular provides that interest payable under section 220(2) shall be waived in cases where such demands are paid on or before 31 December 2025. However, if demand is not paid on or before 31 December 2025, the interest shall be charged under section 220(2) of the Act from the day immediately following the end of the period mentioned in section 220(1) of the Act

3. Extension of timelines for filing of various reports of audit for Financial Year 2024-25 (relevant to Assessment Year 2025-26) by auditable assesses- Circular No. 14/2025 dated 25 September 2025

The due date for furnishing of the report of audit under any provision of the Income-tax Act, for the Previous Year 2024-25 (Assessment Year 2025-26), in the case of assessees referred to in clause (a) of Explanation 2 to section 139(1) of the Act is extended from 30 September 2025 to 31 October 2025.

Recent Developments in GST

A. NOTIFICATIONS

i) Notification No.12/2025-Central Tax dated 20.8.2025

By above notification, the due date for furnishing FORM GSTR-3B for the month of July, 2025 for registered persons whose principal place of business is in the districts of Mumbai (City), Mumbai (suburban), Thane, Raigad and Palghar in the State of Maharashtra is extended up to 27.8.2025.

ii)  Notification No.13/2025-Central Tax dated 17.9.2025

This notification seeks to notify the Central Goods and Services Tax (Third Amendment) Rules 2025 to come into force from 22.9.2025.

iii)  Notification No.14/2025-Central Tax dated 17.9.2025

This notification seeks to notify category of persons under section 54(6). This notification is brought into force with effect from 1.10.2025.

iv) Notification No.15/2025-Central Tax dated 17.9.2025

This notification seeks to exempt taxpayer with annual turnover less than ₹2 Crore from filing annual return from 2024-25.

v) Notification No.16/2025-Central Tax dated 17.9.2025

By this notification clauses (ii), (iii) of section 121, section 122 to section 124 and section 126 to 134 of Finance Act, 2025 are brought into force from 1.10.2025.

B.  NOTIFICATIONS RELATING TO RATE OF TAX

i)  Notification No.9/2025-Central Tax (Rate) dated 17.9.2025

The above notification seeks to amend Notification No. 1/2017-Central Tax (Rate) dated 28.06.2017. There are seven Schedules giving rate wise list of goods as under:

(i) 2.5 per cent. in respect of goods specified in Schedule I;

(ii) 9 per cent. in respect of goods specified in Schedule II;

(iii) 20 per cent. in respect of goods specified in Schedule III;

(iv) 1.5 per cent. in respect of goods specified in Schedule IV;

(v) 0.125 per cent. in respect of goods specified in Schedule V;

(vi) 0.75 per cent. in respect of goods specified in Schedule VI, and

(vii) 14 per cent. in respect of goods specified in Schedule VII.

This notification is brought into force with effect from the 22nd day of September, 2025.

ii)  Notification No.10/2025-Central Tax (Rate) dated 17.9.2025

The above notification seeks to amend Notification No. 2/2017-Central Tax (Rate) dated 28.06.2017 which is regarding exemption on various goods. By this notification amendment is made regarding exemption to drugs or medicines and indigenous handmade musical instruments. This notification is brought into force with effect from the 22nd day of September, 2025.

iii) Notification No.11/2025-Central Tax (Rate) dated 17.9.2025

The above notification seeks to amend Notification No. 3/2017-Central Tax (Rate) dated 28.06.2017, which relates to specific goods like goods required for Petroleum Operation etc. This notification is brought into force with effect from the 22nd day of September, 2025.

iv) Notification No.12/2025-Central Tax (Rate) dated 17.9.2025

The above notification seeks to amend Notification No. 8/2018-Central Tax (Rate) dated 25.01.2018, which is regarding lower rate of tax on Motor Vehicles. This notification is brought into force with effect from the 22nd day of September, 2025.

v) Notification No.13/2025-Central Tax (Rate) dated 17.9.2025

The above notification seeks to amend Notification No. 21/2018-Central Tax (Rate) dated 26.07.2018, which is regarding lower rate for handicraft goods. This notification is brought into force with effect from the 22nd day of September, 2025.

vi) Notification No.14/2025-Central Tax (Rate) dated 17.9.2025

The above notification seeks to provide rate of tax for various kinds of bricks. The notification is brought into force with effect from the 22nd day of September, 2025.

vii) Notification No.15/2025-Central Tax (Rate) dated 17.9.2025

The above notification seeks to amend Notification No 11/2017 – Central Tax (Rate) dated 28th June, 2017, which is regarding tax rate on services.

The notification is brought into force with effect from the 22nd day of September, 2025.

viii) Notification No.16/2025-Central Tax (Rate) dated 17.9.2025

The above notification seeks to amend Notification No 12/2017 – Central Tax (Rate) dated 28th June, 2017 which relates to exempted Services.

This notification is brought into force with effect from the 22nd day of September, 2025.

ix) Notification No.17/2025-Central Tax (Rate) dated 17.9.2025

The above notification seeks to amend Notification No. 3/2017- Central Tax (Rate) dated 28.06.2017, which relates to tax payment by E-Commerce Operators.

This notification is brought into force with effect from the 22nd day of September, 2025.

C. CIRCULARS

(i) Clarifications about discounts  Circular no.251/08/2025-GST dated 12.09.2025.

By above circular, clarifications on various doubts related to treatment of secondary or post-sale discounts under GST are provided.

D. ADVISORY

i)Vide GSTN dated 21.8.2025, information regarding the extension of due date of GSTR-3B for tax period July-2025 from 20th August, 2025 to 27th August, 2025 is provided.

ii)Vide GSTIN dated 28.8.2025, information regarding system enhancement for Order based refund is provided.

iii)Vide GSTIN dated 9.9.2025, information regarding filing of pending returns before expiry of three years is provided.

E. ADVANCE RULINGS

Classification – Pre-Packaged and Labelled Products

Eastern Zone Industries Pvt. Ltd.

(AR Order No.02/Odisha-AAR/2025-26 dt.24.6.2025)

The applicant presented a question in vague terms but Ld. AAR redefined the same as under:

“Whether GST is applicable on the commodity (Rice, Wheat flour (atta))”pre-packaged and labelled” more than 25 kg (say 26 kg, 30 kg & 50 kg pack) bearing a registered Brand Name? or GST is exempted on the said goods?”

Thus, the applicant sought for an advance ruling as to whether GST is applicable on the commodities like Rice, Wheat flour (atta) which are “pre-packaged and labelled” more than 25 kg (say 26 kg, 30 kg & 50 kg pack) bearing a registered Brand Name or whether GST is exempted on the said goods.

Applicant submitted that GST is applicable on specified food items when they are “pre-packaged and labelled” as defined in Notification No. 06/2022-Central Tax (Rate) which refers to Legal Metrology Act and Legal Metrology (Packaged Commodities) Rules. It was added that GST was applicable on pre-packaged commodities which are required to make declarations under Rule 6 and 24 of Legal Metrology (Packaged Commodities) Rules. Applicant presented various situations arising out of application of above narration.

On analysis the ld. AAR observed that initially GST @ 5% was made applicable on rice, wheat or meslin flour when “put up in a container and bearing a registered brand name” vide Sl. No. 51 & 54 of the Notification No.1/2017-Central Tax (Rate) dated 28.06.2017, respectively.

The ld. AAR also noted changes made in said entries vide Notification No. 27/2017-Central Tax (Rate) dated 22.09.2017.

Lastly Notification No. 6/2022-Central Tax (Rate) dated 13th July2022 was issued, to be effective from 18.7.2022, wherein GST was made applicable on such commodities when it is “pre-packaged and labelled”.

The ld. AAR also examined the meaning of term “pre-packaged commodity” as defined in Legal Metrology Act (LMA) according to which, a pre-packaged commodity is a commodity which is:

1. Packed without purchaser being present;
2. May or may not be sealed;
3. Product has a pre-determined quantity.

The ld. AAR observed that above meaning suggests that, any goods which have been packed prior to identification of purchaser and which has a pre-determined quantity would be considered as “prepackaged” commodity.

Lastly the ld. AAR noted Notification No. 01/2025-Central Tax (Rate) dated 16.01.2025 by which the principal Notification01/2017-Central Tax (Rate) was amended and an exhaustive definition of “pre-packaged and labelled” commodity has been put in place.

Reference also made to FAQ bearing F. No.190354/172/2022-TRU dated 17.07.2022 in which explanation is given about applicability of above rates.

The ld. AAR concluded that with effect from 18th July,2022 the terms Registered Brand Name and Brand Name have been done away with. Accordingly, it is held that the ruling sought by the applicant regarding applicability of GST on commodities [Rice, Wheat Flour (i.e. Atta) “pre-packed and labelled” more than 25KG bearing a registered brand name has no relevance and the applicability of GST on such commodities will be decided by determining whether it is “pre-packed and labelled” as per Legal Metrological Act or not.

The ld. AAR disposed of the AR accordingly ordering that the GST rate on the commodity (rice, wheat flour (i.e. atta) is applicable as per tax rate vide notification 01/2017-CT (Rate) dated 28.06.2017 as amended vide Notification No. 27/2017-Central Tax (Rate), Notification No. 06/2022-Central Tax (Rate) dated 13.07.2022 and subsequently amended vide Notification No. 01/2025-Central Tax (Rate) dated 16.01.2025.

NATURE OF BACK-TO-BACK JOB WORK

Bharat Petroleum Corporation Ltd.

(AR Order No. Advance Ruling/SGST&CGST/2024/AR/16 dt.26.6.2025)

The applicant (BPCL) is involved in re-gasification of LNG & subsequently supplying the re-gasified LNG [RLNG] to its customers.

The applicant had entered into an agreement [Agreement dated 23.12.2013] with Petronet LNG Limited [for short – PLL], wherein PLL undertakes re-gasification activity of LNG on behalf of the applicant. The agreement is of a job work model, wherein the LNG supplied by the applicant is worked upon by PLL & thereafter transferred back to the applicant in RLNG form for which the applicant pays the required charges.

The applicant has also entered into an agreement (Agreement for subletting dated 18.11.2021) with M/s. GAIL (India) Ltd. (for short-GAIL) wherein the applicant has agreed responsibility of re-gasification on itself in respect of the LNG owned by GAIL. It was agreed that the re-gasification will be undertaken by PLL at their facility, on the direction of the applicant. The term of delivery of LNG for re-gasification and re-delivery to GAIL etc. were determined. It was also mentioned that the applicant shall not have title to LNG or RLNG;

GAIL pay job work charges to applicant and applicant raise tax compliant invoice. It was the submission that the entire contracts between applicant and GAIL is akin to a back-to-back job work arrangement wherein the applicant is responsible for undertaking job work activity through PLL.

In this respect applicant referred to various earlier precedents as well as Circular No.38/12/2018-GST dt. 26.3.2018.

With above background, applicant sought ruling as under:

“[i] Whether the applicant’s activity of providing service of regasification of LNG owned by GAIL/others would amount to rendering of service by way of job work within the meaning of section 2(68) of CGST Act, 2017 & GGST?”

The ld. AAR referred to definition of Job Work given in section 2(68) of CGST Act.

The ld. AAR also referred to Notification No. 11/2017-CT(Rate) dated 28.6.2017, as amended about rate of tax on job work services, particularly item 26(i)(id), which provides rate of 12% for job work charges and it is reproduced as under:

(id) Services by way of job work other than [(i), (ia), (ib), (ic) & (ica)] above 10 6%

The ld. AAR referred to the clause in agreement between PLL and applicant and Agreement for subletting of Regasification capacity between BPCL and GAIL (India) Ltd. and noted the obligation of GAIL as well as applicant.

The ld. AAR also noted the averments made by the applicant that they are responsible for ensuring that PLL undertakes the job work; that GAIL pays applicant job work charges; that the title of LNG and RLNG always remain with GAIL & never gets transferred to BPCL or PLL; that the applicant raises tax invoices, and therefore the service rendered, should fall within the ambit of ‘job work’ as defined in section 2(68).

The ld. AAR also referred to clarification given in circular No. 126/45/2019-GST dated 22.11.2019 regarding scope of notification entry at item (id) related to ‘job work’, under heading 9988 of notification No. 11/2017-CT (Rate) dated 28.6.2017.

The ld. AAR confirmed that said service of re-gasification by way of job work is classifiable under serial no. 26(id) of heading no. 9988 of notification No. 11/2017-CT (R) dated 28.6.2017 as amended & is chargeable to GST @ 12%.

Applicability of GST on Interest for Pre-GST Transactions Shoft Shipyard Pvt. Ltd.

(AR Order No. Advance Ruling/SGST&CGST/2024/AR/26 dt.26.6.2025)

Certain relevant facts for this application are that the applicant had received a work order no. 703002 dated 21.5.2009, from GSL [Goa Shipyard Ltd] for construction of Hull of Ship and Towing. GSL held back amount of  ₹1.39 crores on account of losses which they claimed to have been incurred due to mistake on the part of the applicant, in respect of some other contract between the said parties.

Arbitration proceedings were initiated through Arbitration case No. 3/2004. The said proceedings culminated in award dated 29.9.2017, wherein the arbitrator held that the amount of ₹1.39 crore was payable to the applicant by GSL along with interest. The arbitrator further awarded

₹1.75 lakhs as arbitration costs to the applicant.

The applicant received the principal amount in March 2020 and the interest and the arbitration cost in the year 2024. The applicant did not pay any tax on the amount received since the work in respect of which the amount was received was completed in pre-GST era.

With above background, following questions were raised for advance ruling.

“[i] Whether in the facts & circumstances of the case, applicant is liable to pay GST on the “interest awarded under arbitration” & “costs awarded under arbitration” as received by the applicant?

[ii] If the answer to question No. 1 is affirmative, kindly clarify whether any supply is involved & what will be the time of determination of such supply involved, if any, and the rate of tax applicable thereon?”

The ld. AAR made reference to provision of section 12 regarding Time of Supply of Goods and Section 13 about Time of Supply of Services.

The ld. AAR also made reference to Section 142 regarding Miscellaneous transitional provisions.

The ld. AAR noted that the primary question posed before the Authority is whether the GST is payable on the ‘interest awarded under Arbitration’ and ‘costs awarded under Arbitration’ and received by the applicant.

The ld. AAR observed that as per section 12 of the CGST Act, 2017, the time of supply, in respect of goods is earlier of the date of issue of invoice or the date on which the supplier receives the payment. The ld. AAR noted that in present case, the invoice has already been issued and the manufacture, clearance, sale and the date of invoice have taken place in pre-GST period. Accordingly, the ld. AAR held that section 12(6) does not apply.

The ld. AAR relied upon Circular No. 178/10/2022-GST dated 3.8.2022 where in the scope of ‘consideration’ vis-à-vis ‘supply’ is discussed.

The ld. AAR also noted that since the transactions pertained to pre-GST period, the question of the amounts falling under the ambit of GST in terms of clause 5(e) of Schedule II does not arise.

Accordingly, the ld. AAR held that no GST is payable on the “interest awarded under arbitration” & “costs awarded under arbitration”, received by applicant.

Section 104 vis-à-vis Advance Ruling to be void

I_Tech Plast India Pvt. Ltd.

AAAR Order No. GUJ/GAAAR/APPEAL/13 (in application no. Advance Ruling/SGST&CGST/2024/AR/02) DT.31.7.2025

The present appeal was filed against the Advance Ruling no. GUJ/GAAR/R/2024/ dt.3.2.2024 (2024-VIL-25-AAR).

Earlier the appellant has applied for determination of rate of tax on supply of plastic toys under CGST and SGST and claim of ITC in relation to CGST-IGST paid separately in debit notes issued by the supplier in the current financial year i.e. 2020-21, towards the transactions for the period 2018-19.

The ld. AAR decided the application vide Advance Ruling no. GUJ/GAAR/R/10/2021 dated 20.1.2021 – 2021-VIL-205-AAR.

After order was passed the ld. AAR received communication about proceedings done by Directorate General of GST Intelligence Pune, wherein the applicant has even made substantial payments toward tax and interest.

Noting that above facts were never disclosed while seeking the ruling, ld. AAR granted personal hearing to the appellant to decide whether the order dated 20.1.2021was required to be declared as void ab initio in terms of sections 98 and 104 of the CGST Act, 2017.

After hearing, the ld. AAR observed that issue in DGGI was same about classification of plastic toys.

Noting above facts, the ld. AAR vide impugned ruling dated 3.2.2024 – 2024-VIL-25-AAR, held that the ruling dated 20.1.2021 – 2021-VIL-205-AAR, was void in terms of section 104 since there was suppression of material facts and misrepresentation of facts based on the sequential factual position and also findings on the issue.
In appeal before the ld. AAAR, the appellant submitted that the ruling is not hit by provision of section 104 as it was ‘primary scrutiny’ and not ‘proceedings’ and further the investigation has not culminated into any proceedings.

The ld. AAAR referred to Serial No.17 of the application Form in GST-ARA-01, which is the application form for Advance Ruling, which requires to state as under:

“17. I hereby declare that the question raised in the application is not (tick) -□
a. Already pending in any proceedings in the applicant’s case under any of the provisions of the Act

b. Already decided in any proceedings in the applicant’s case under any of the provisions of the Act”

The ld. AAAR held that the onus is on the applicant to declare whether there are any proceedings pending / decided against it in respect of the question on which a ruling is being sought. The applicant has declared that there is no pending/decided proceedings against him.

The ld. AAAR dealt with arguments of appellant in detail and observed that Section 98(2) enjoins the meeting of a certain threshold before which an application for advance ruling is considered and also once that threshold is crossed, the mandate of Section 104 comes into the picture which enjoins the applicant to disclose all the material facts before the Advance Ruling authority to enable it to take a considered view.

Ld. AAAR found that, pursuant to a letter from the DGGI, Pune, dated 15.9.2020, followed by other correspondences, appellant has conveyed to the DGGI that they have discharged their tax liabilities, along with due interest, for the year 2019-20 on 14.10.2020 and further that they had started charging the tax rate at 18% i.e., the rate contended by the DGGI to be the correct rate. Since all these facts, though directly related to the issue raised before the Advance Ruling Authority, were never disclosed in their application dated 30.11.2020, the ld. AAAR in its considered opinion held that appellant has failed to cross the bar of Section 104 of CGST Act,2017 and rejected the appeal filed by appellant.

Classification –“Cake Gel”

AB Mauri India Pvt. Ltd.

AAR Order No.KAR ADRG 20/2025 DT.28.7.2025

The applicant stated that they produce and distribute fresh yeast, bakery ingredients, spices and other functional ingredients in India and under the Bakery Ingredients segment, the Applicant inter alia manufactures a product ‘Cake Gel’ which is branded and marketed globally under the brand names ‘Rich Cake Gel’ and ‘Prime Classic Cake Gel’, collectively referred to as ‘Cake Gel’. It is a bakery food additive used in the cake batter to improve the quality of cake such that the cake is broader and fluffier.  It helps in the preparation of superior quality sponge cakes and other rich cakes.

The applicant has sought advance ruling in respect of the question “What will be the classification of the product ‘Cake gel’ and the rate of tax applicable on the said product?”

Applicant informed about ingredients as under:

Sl. No Ingredient Source INS
1 Water Natural NA
2 Emulsifier Plant INS 471
3 Emulsifier Plant INS 477
4 Emulsifier Plant INS 470(i)
5 Humectants Chemical INS 1520
6 Humectants Plant INS 422

The manufacturing process and its importance in manufacturing was explained. It was submitted that current the applicant is classifying the product under HSN 15179090, liable to tax @ 18%.

The application was interpreting that vegetable oil-based mixture or preparation is liable to tax @ 5% under entry 89 of Schedule I in Notification No.1/2017-CT(R) dt.28.6.2017 but on conservative basis it is paying tax @ 18% under entry 6 of Schedule III in said Notification.

Applicant made very elaborate submission about various related HSN and tried to sum up that the product Cake gel should be classified under HSN 15179090 as an edible mixture of vegetable oils with applicable GST rate at 5% as per Entry No. 89of Schedule I of the Notification No. 1-2017-IT(R) dated 28 June 2017.

The ld. AAR referred to classification modalities under GST. The clarification is to be done with relation to Custom Tariffs and corresponding HSN.

The ld. AAR observed that Chapter 15 covers only the preparations of animal, vegetable or microbial fats or oils or of fractions of different fats or oils whereas in the instant case, the major ingredients of the impugned product “Cake Gel” are Emulsifiers and Humectants. The ld. AAR held that though the Humectants may be derived from vegetable sources (like glycerine from vegetable oils), but they themselves are not vegetable oils or simple mixtures of them. They are chemically distinct ingredients. Emulsifiers and are processed compounds, often derived from oils, but chemically distinct. The ld. AAR held that since the “Cake Gel” is not made from vegetable oils as edible mixtures or preparations of animal, vegetable or microbial fats or oils, it does not merit classification under heading 1517. The ld. AAR held that item as covered by 2106.90.99 as it covers Food preparations not elsewhere specified or included.

Accordingly, the ld. AAR ruled that the rate of tax is 18% in terms of entry no.23 of Schedule III to the Notification no.1/2017-CT(R) dated 28.6.2017 as amended.

Goods And Services Tax

HIGH COURT

52. (2025) 31 Centax 136 (All.) K.C. Timber Products vs. Additional Commissioner dated 21.04.2025.

Appeal filed within prescribed time limit electronically cannot be rejected purely on the basis of delayed submission of certified copy of order under Rule 108 physically as the same is merely a procedural requirement.

FACTS

The petitioner was issued a SCN under section 73 of CGST Act for the F.Y. 2019-20 on account of mismatch between GSTR-3B, GSTR-1 and GSTR-2A. Thereafter, an order confirming demand was passed on 08.07.2021. The petitioner preferred an appeal electronically on 18.08.2021 enclosing all requisite documents including a copy of the order. However, the Respondent dismissed the appeal on 24.12.2024 on the ground that a certified copy of the order, as mandated under Rule 108 of the CGST Rules was physically filed belatedly. Being aggrieved by such dismissal, the petitioner has approached the Hon’ble High Court.

HELD

The Hon’ble High Court after analyzing the factual matrix and relying on the decision of Chegg India (P.) Ltd. vs. Union of India 2025 (97) G.S.T.L. 289 (Del.) held that filing of a certified copy as per Rule 108(3) of the CGST Rules 2017 was only a procedural requirement and non-filing thereof could not defeat a validly filed appeal. The High Court quashed the order dated 24.12.2024 dismissing the appeal and allowed the writ petition remanding the matter to be heard on merits.

53 (2025) 32 Centax 196 (Ker.) Mathai M.V. vs Senior Enforcement Officer, SGST Department, Ernakulum dated 24.06.2025.

Confiscation of vehicle done under section 130 of the CGST Act in absence of proper service of SCN under section 169 of CGST Act, 2017 are invalid and without jurisdiction. 

FACTS

The petitioner was the owner of a truck that was carrying goods belonging to Petro Chemicals that was detained by the respondent on 25.11.2024 and moved to a parking facility. The confiscation order for goods and the vehicle was passed on 21.12.2024 against Petro Chemicals alleging tax evasion but not against the petitioner. On 10.01.2025, the petitioner became aware of a detention order referring to proceedings under section 130 of the CGST Act. Being aggrieved by confiscation of the vehicle, the petitioner preferred Writ Petition before single judge in this High Court on 17.01.2025. However, single judge rejected the petitioner’s stand and dismissed the petition on the ground that respondent had communicated multiple times over WhatsApp. As the vehicle continued to remain in the custody of the respondent, the petitioner filed this Writ appeal challenging the detention and confiscation proceedings before Division Bench.

HELD

The Hon’ble High Court on perusal of section 130(1)(v) and 130(4) of the CGST Act, 2017 held that the vehicle owner must be given an opportunity of hearing to prove a lack of knowledge or connivance. It further stated that service of notice in WhatsApp mode, is not a valid mode of communication prescribed under section 169, and relying on Lakshay Logistics vs. State of Gujarat [2021] 126 taxmann.com 9 (Gujarat), the Court held that proceedings initiated under section 130 of CGST Act, 2017 in absence of any service of notice to concerned person is without jurisdiction. Accordingly, the confiscation order was quashed, and matter was remanded for reconsideration.

54. (2025) 32 Centax 163 (Guj.) Saurashtra Tin and Metal Industries vs. Union of India dated 06.05.2025.

Assignment of leasehold rights in an industrial plot is a transfer of immovable property falling outside the ambit of supply under GST 

FACTS

The petitioner was allotted an industrial plot in 1994, through a valid lease deed. The petitioner applied to the GIDC (Gujarat Industrial Development Corporation) for transfer of the plot to a third party, which was duly approved. On 24.02.2021, the petitioner executed a deed of assignment for transferring the plot to M/s. Janani Incast (third party) without charging GST. Subsequently, the respondent issued a summons which was followed by a SCN dated 26.11.2024, demanding Rs. 2.46 crore in GST on the transfer of leasehold rights, treating the same as a taxable supply of service. The petitioner’s response was disregarded and respondent passed an impugned order confirming the demand. Aggrieved by this, petitioner approached the High Court.

HELD

The Hon’ble High Court held that the transfer of leasehold rights of an industrial plot by way of an assignment deed, amounts to transfer of immovable property and does not fall within the scope of supply under GST. Relying on its earlier decisions in Gujarat Chamber of Commerce and Industry vs. Union of India 2025 (94) G.S.T.L. 113 (Guj.), Kabir Instrument and Technology vs. Union of India 2025 (95) G.S.T.L. 369 (Guj.) and Alfa Tools Pvt. Ltd. vs. Union of India 2025 (97) G.S.T.L. 125 (Guj.) (2025) 28 Centax 287 (Guj.). The Court observed that in the absence of any stay against these rulings, the respondent could not levy GST merely because the respondent intended to challenge them. Accordingly, the impugned order was quashed and set aside in favour of the petitioner.

54. (2025) 31 Centax 305 (Mad.) Tamilnadu State Transport Corporation (Villupuram) Ltd. vs. Additional Commissioner of Central Tax, Chennai dated 14.03.2025

Refund of tax paid under protest cannot be denied by disregarding binding Departmental Circulars, favourable and judicial precedents, merely because Department does not agree with the same. 

FACTS

The petitioner filed a refund application with the respondent for tax paid “under protest” on service of seconded employees availed from its foreign counterpart, where the same issue was disposed-off favourably by a High Court decision in their own case Thales India Pvt. Ltd. vs. Additional Commissioner (2025) 27 Centax 294 (Del.) (where the initial tax demand was quashed). However, the respondent (Assistant Commissioner) rejected the refund application because it did not agree with the precedents cited in the earlier High Court judgment, specifically Metal One Corporation India (P) Ltd. Vs. Union of India (2024) 24 Centax 13 (Del.) and Circular No. 210/4/2024-GST. Aggrieved by this refusal to comply with a binding circular and judicial precedent, petitioner filed a fresh petition with the High Court for seeking refund of tax paid under protest.

HELD

The Hon’ble High Court held that petitioner was entitled to a refund based on the decision of Metal One Corporation India (P) Ltd. vs. Union of India (2024) 24 Centax 13 (Del.) where it was held that deemed value of services from a foreign affiliate should be ‘nil’ if no invoice was raised referring to Circular No. 210/4/2024-GST. Accordingly, High Court quashed the respondent’s order rejecting the refund, stating that the refund could not be withheld as the previous judgment had attained finality and was neither challenged nor stayed.

56. (2025) 31 Centax 387 (Bom.) Sundyne Pumps and Compressors India Pvt. Ltd. vs. Union of India dated 16.06.2025.

Refund of unutilised ITC should be granted on inputs utilized for designing and engineering services to a foreign group company as the same qualifies as export of services.

FACTS

The petitioner, an Indian company, provided designing and engineering services to its group companies located outside of India. The petitioner has been periodically claiming refund of unutilized ITC for similar services. However, one of the refund applications filed by petitioner was rejected by the respondent alleging that the petitioner acted as an agent for its group companies. Being aggrieved by such rejection, the petitioner filed a writ petition before the Hon’ble High Court.

HELD

Hon’ble High Court held that the petitioner providing services to a foreign parent or group company qualifies as an “export of services” falling under “zero-rated supply” under GST law. The High Court rejected the respondent’s argument that the petitioner was merely an ‘agent’ of the foreign company, emphasizing that they are separate legal entities which was also clarified by CBIC Circular No. 161/17/2021 dated 20.09.2021. Accordingly, the writ petition was dismissed in favour of the petitioner.

57. Liberty Oil Mills Ltd. vs. Joint Commissioner (Appeals Thane) GST & Central Excise, Mumbai [2025] 178 taxmann.com 163 (Bombay) dated 02-09-2025.

Where the record suggests that the order was neither served electronically nor by post and the postal evidence contains inconsistencies and overwriting, an appeal filed within one month of actual receipt by the assessee is considered to be within the statutory timeframe prescribed under section 107 of the CGST Act.

FACTS

The petitioner challenged the Joint Commissioner (Appeals)’ order dismissing their appeal as time-barred, asserting the impugned order was neither uploaded on the portal nor communicated. The petitioner only became aware of the order after a show cause notice for a subsequent period in August 2023, prompting a request for the order copy, which was received on 17/08/2023. The appeal was filed within a month thereafter. The department relied on a postal report indicating service of the order on 11/04/2023, but the petitioner disputed this, stating only four documents were received and acted upon and the fifth (the impugned order) was not delivered. The petitioner further argued that inconsistencies and overwriting in the postal report cast doubt on proper service and actual receipt, justifying the appeal filing timeline.

HELD

The Hon’ble Bombay High Court observed that the postal report contains overwriting, suggesting that only four documents were actually delivered, not the fifth, which was the impugned order. The Court also stated that, as the petitioner filed an appeal against the fourth document in time, there was no reason not to file an appeal against the fifth document, i.e., the impugned order, if it was received on 11/04/2023. Furthermore, the petitioner’s prompt appeal against the Assistant Commissioner’s order, received shortly after it was issued, further supports the contention that there was no delay or inaction. Considering these facts cumulatively, the Hon’ble Court held that it is reasonable to accept that the order was not served on 11/04/2023 and the appeal filed on 11/09/2023 was held to be filed within the limitation prescribed under section 107 of the MGST Act.

58. Alstom Transport India Ltd. vs. Commissioner of Commercial Taxes [2025] 178 taxmann.com 71 (Karnataka) dated 15-07-2025.

Reverse Charge Mechanism (RCM) does not apply to Secondment of employees by a foreign parent company when the employees work under the exclusive administrative and functional control of the Indian entity, are integrated within its organizational structure, follow its policies, have their salaries paid directly by the Indian entity subject to Indian income tax and TDS, and receive statutory employment benefits under Indian labour laws. 

FACTS

The petitioner employed the employees of the overseas group companies on a Secondment basis to work in India for a fixed tenure. The employment agreements were executed with each of these expatriate employees, detailing their appointments, salaries, and allowances. During the term of their secondment, these expatriates were placed on the petitioner’s payroll in India, and their salaries were paid directly by the petitioner after deducting applicable Tax Deducted at Source (TDS) in accordance with the provisions of the Income-tax Act, 1961. While the expatriate employees were on its payroll, the overseas group entities continued to provide social security and related benefits available in their home countries, for which they raised debit notes on the petitioner. The petitioner has been discharging Integrated Goods and Services Tax (IGST) on a reverse charge basis, periodically, on the amounts specified in debit notes raised by the overseas group entities and has been availing Input Tax Credit (ITC). The authorities have raised no objections in this regard. The petitioner’s grievance arises from the issuance of a show cause notice demanding GST on the salaries paid to the said employees, alleging that this constitutes the import of “Manpower Supply Service” from its overseas affiliates.

HELD

The Hon’ble Court took cognizance of the decision of the Hon’ble Supreme Court in the case of Northern Operating Systems Pvt. Ltd.  [2022] 138 taxmann.com 359 (SC) and expressed that businesses must now assess Secondment arrangements on a case-by-case basis. Key factors include: who bears the economic burden and controls long-term employment; whether the posting is task-specific or open-ended; how salary is paid directly by the Indian entity or via the foreign company; and whether the secondee is absorbed into the Indian organisation or reverts to the foreign entity post-assignment, etc. As regards the facts of this case, the Court observed that expatriate employees were seconded by the foreign parent solely to render services to the petitioner in India. In the instant case, since these employees were under the exclusive administrative and functional control of the petitioner, were integrated into its organizational framework, and adhered to its internal policies, code of conduct, and disciplinary rules. Their salaries were paid directly by the petitioner and were subject to Indian income tax, including deduction of TDS and they were extended statutory employment benefits under Indian labour laws. The Court held that these facts collectively establish that the existence of a genuine employer-employee relationship between the petitioner and the seconded personnel, falling squarely within the exclusion under Schedule III of the CGST Act and thereby not constituting a taxable supply.

The Court also referred to paragraph 3.7 of Circular No.210/4/2024-GST dated 26.06.2024 that clarified the legal position regarding cross-border intra-group services where full input tax credit is available to the recipient; and held that as no invoices were raised by the petitioner in respect of the services allegedly rendered by the foreign affiliate through seconded employees, the value of such services must be deemed to be ‘Nil’ . The Court thus held that due to the statutory exclusion under Schedule III and the clarificatory Circular issued by the CBIC, the demand raised by the revenue is liable to be set aside.

59. Anand and Anand vs. Principal Commissioner Central Goods and Services [2025] 178 taxmann.com 251 (Allahabad) dated 04.09.2025.

Section 107(11) of the CGST Act, 2017 specifically bars the Appellate authority from remanding any matter back to the adjudicating authority. Any such matter remanded back is unsustainable, and such an order is to be set aside.

FACTS

In the present case, the petitioner has filed an appeal; however, the Ld. first appellate authority remanded the matter, stating that the party had not produced any conclusive evidence, any agreement etc.

HELD

The Hon’ble Court held that plain reading of section 107(11) of the CGST Act indicates a mandatory bar for the Appellate authority for remanding the matter to the original authority. The Court also observed that in the earlier part of the impugned order, there are findings in favour of the petitioner herein and observations made in paragraph 17, where the non-production of evidence is stated, do not relate to the earlier findings returned in the impugned order. The Court accordingly set aside the latter part of the impugned order whereby the matter was remitted back to the adjudicating authority to decide the appeal in accordance with the law.

60. KC Overseas Education (P.) Ltd vs. Union of India [2025] 178 taxmann.com 35 (Bombay) dated 03-03-2025.

Recommending students to foreign universities, where the consideration is paid directly by those universities, qualifies as export of services and does not constitute intermediary services.

FACTS

Under an agreement with a foreign university, the petitioner recommended names of students to foreign universities abroad for enrolment, for which the foreign university paid consideration to the appellant. The department contended that the said transaction would not qualify for export of services as the place of supply is not outside India in light of the definition of ‘intermediary’ as defined in section 2(13) of the IGST Act.

HELD

The Hon’ble Court relied upon the decision in the case of Ernst & Young Ltd vs. Additional Commissioner, Central GST Appeals-II [2023] 148 taxmann.com 461 (Delhi) and also noted that in the assessee’s own case, the service tax tribunal has held the petitioner is providing services to universities and not to Indian students. It also noted that, having regard to the definition of ‘recipient’ under section 2(93) of the CGST Act, the recipient in this case would be foreign universities who are liable to pay the consideration to the petitioner and not the students. It further held that the petitioner would not fall within the definition of an intermediary as contained in section 2(13) and therefore would be entitled to a refund of the GST paid, subject to receipt of the consideration in foreign currency.

61. Mamaine Dey vs. UOI [2025] 178 taxmann.com 243 (Gauhati) dated 03-09-2025.

The Hon’ble Court directed the concerned officer to consider the application for restoration of registration, since post cancellation of GST registration and after expiry of the period stipulated for revocation of the cancellation of the GST registration, the assessee paid entire tax, along with interest and filed all the returns along with late fees as per Rule 22(4) of the CGST Rules.

The petitioner was a sole proprietor and registered under the GST. Because of non-filing of GST returns for a continuous period of six months, the petitioner was served with a show cause notice and an order was passed by cancelling the GST registration without assigning any reason. The petitioner argued that due to unfamiliarity with the online procedure, she was unable to respond to the show cause notice. Additionally, by the time she became aware of the notice, the deadline for submitting a reply had lapsed and the order was already uploaded on the portal. The petitioner also contended that she updated all her pending returns up to the month of March, 2024 as allowed by the GST portal and while updating her returns, she also discharged all her GST dues along with her late fees and interest. Thereafter, the petitioner tried to file the necessary application seeking revocation of GST cancellation, however, the same could not be filed as the time limit prescribed for filing of revocation application was elapsed and a message was displayed in the screen “timeline of 270 days from the date of cancellation order provided to taxpayer to file application for revocation of cancellation is expired”.

HELD

The Hon’ble Court noted that cancellation of registration entails serious civil consequences. It held that if the petitioner submits such an application and complies with all the requirements as provided in the proviso to Rule 22(4) of the Rules, the concerned authority shall consider the application of the petitioner for restoration of her GST registration in accordance with law and shall take necessary steps for restoration of GST registration of the petitioner as expeditiously as possible. The Court directed the concerned authority to consider the application of the petitioner for restoration of her GST registration in accordance with law and shall take necessary steps for restoration of GST registration of the petitioner as expeditiously as possible.

AIZ – MAKA / FALEA – TUKA

It was a chance visit to one of the churches in Goa on a routine professional visit. Travelling through the urban landscape and into the marshlands of Goa, I set my eyes on the church along the quiet road leading to another of the Goa villages. The serene church premises, set amongst the greens and perched on what looked like a hillock, exhibited peace and calm only to be outdone by a low-lying cemetery adjoining the church premises. In fact, the entrance gate of the cemetery could be seen from the church premises albeit as the exit gate.

I walked into the church premises absorbing the beauty of a well-kept area and entered the church building. After having spent a few reflective minutes inside, I walked to the open space in front of the building entrance and I was exactly positioned to see the road from the cemetery leading to its entrance.

However, what caught any attention was the plaque at the cemetery’s exit gate. At first it did not make sense as it was a transliteration of something in the Goan Konkani language. I read it once more but carefully. It read thus – “AIZ – MAKA / FALEA – TUKA”. It did not take long for my little brain to process what it meant – “Today – Me/ Tomorrow – You”

It struck me like a bolt of sudden enlightenment reaffirming what is the hard reality of our life and reminding me not only of life’s impermanence but also of its uncertainty.

I was also reminded of the Bulgarian essayist, Maria Popova, who very succinctly observed – “We live amid and inside emblems of the touching longing for permanence that both defines us and defies reality – our houses, these haikus of brick and hope so easily decomposed by a tremor of the earth or a tempest of the sky; our homes, so easily hollowed by death or indifference; bodies, these boarding houses for stardust”.

However, Saint Kabir provided me a beautiful reminder –

मत कर काया को अभिमान, काया गार से काची

ओ, काया गार से काची, रे, जैसे ओस रा मोती

झोंका पवन का लग जाए, झपका पवन का लग जाए

काया धूल हो जासी, काया तेरी धूल हो जासी

I thanked the Almighty for the fact that I did not require a catastrophe to appreciate the delicateness of life. As I walked back towards my car, my heavy legs gave me more time to think and ponder about how my living today should be, as it could be ‘me’ tomorrow. No matter what luxuries I am rolling in, I need to remember that even orchids have an autumn.

Hearing Cartoon